Slobodan Maldini: Handbook For Builders and Investors

Slobodan Maldini: Handbook for Builders and Investors
Slobodan Maldini: Program for the new model of real estate development in Serbia
SLOBODAN MALDINI: PROGRAM OF STUDY MODEL REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT
1.0. The aim of the project knowledge of all relevant matters which give an overall picture of the project Analysis of all elements of the project poznatihh Adoption of the general picture of the project Adoption of special files related to the project orientation to the project in terms of: Cost Effectiveness Sustainability, economic feasibility, Justification of Investment Investment The overall picture of the project consists of a series of elements that should be established as fact and / or defined (determined) from the established facts and / or checking of the assumptions made.
2.0. Picture elements of the project
The market is the origin and destination of technical solutions - solutions to urban locations and conceptual solutions to facilities, if the property is in this phase of the potential impact on the urban solution. Real estate, real estate market. In law and economics, the term is used for architectural and construction projects, but not in its technical sense, but in terms of their financial and market shares. Investing in real estate is a form of economic operation, when the architectural objects are subject to the preservation of capital values and the realization of surplus value. real estate market is a market characterized by certain principles that recognize economies of trading real estate. The value of the property does not contain only the value of building materials, labor and depreciation value of the architectural structure, but it is contained in the laws of the real estate market: supply, demand, facility location, characteristics and standards of the constructed object, the social structure of people who inhabited the site, near the center and other urban characteristics. Consumer architecture is an architecture derived from the principle of development of consumer society, with the intention to meet the growing needs The user as a consumer good architecture. In parallel with the development p.a., was called. "Throw away Architecture", which is the idea of "architecture for single-use" building for limited use, which will be able to catch up with the pace of modern life. P.a. has been a tendency especially in developed consumer societies with highly developed needs of the population and markets that they meet. From the standpoint of users, thus, the aesthetic significance is far less than functional, and economically the most important moment. Development p.a. in the west, however, did not lead to the construction of collective housing or to the widespread use of prefabricated building systems, but is stopped at the level of individual dwellings grtadnje limited time duration. Housing market has completely specific in relation to the market as other resources. According J.B. Cullingworth in the specificity arises from the peculiarities of the commodity form of flat: Stan's long-term well-served by spending more generations. Apartment is geographically located, causing his immobility, and immobility of land on which is fixed, The price of production itself is high and manifest tendency to increase, primarily due to increase in value. On the other hand, supply and demand in the housing market, also have in addition to regular and specific behaviors. The scope of supply on the housing market conditional on: 1) the extent and quality of existing housing stock, 2) the extent of productive resources that can be invested in housing, and 3) the factors that determines the productivity of these resources. The scope and quality of existing housing stock can be a significant factor in normalization of relations in the housing market. If its scope and quality of (quantum) housing crisis is resolved, the housing market is competitive with the normal supply and demand meet new housing needs. But, as a rule nija such a case. In most countries offer still significantly lags behind demand. Scope produktivnh resources in the construction industry primarily depends on the volume of residential investment. In general the formation of housing capital involved internal and external sources. Internal resources are cen for housing and housing prices and savings, and foreign loans and mortgages. Taken as a whole, housing capital is formed under unfavorable circumstances: 1) a commitment to long-term loans, which are short term loans emerge as more competitive, 2) the high cost of housing equity affects the other as an obstacle to stimulate the capital market. Forced to the economic regulatory function, the government in this area often occurs as a bearer of initiatives and the diversity of shapes and a participant in the formation of housing capital. To strengthen the supply of the housing market, there are two important trends: Strengthening samoregulativnih developments in the production area leads, in the construction industry that have the effect of law based on profitability. Strengthen external regulatory developments in the formation of housing capital, where society as a whole is only capable and most interested in the revival movement. The only question is the choice reprezentenata society. Demand in the housing market also has a specific .. Firstly, the influence it: the size and structure of population, size of household income and preferences, the relationship between housing prices and other material goods for personal consumption, the structure of the existing housing stock. In addition to the classical influence, occurs in certain situations, specifically the behavior of demand.A few examples only: Residential preferences are different depending on the age structure of households, marriage statuza, household size, then the impact of market, environmental framework, etc. Changes in income or anticipated changes in income elastic demand are reflected in housing than in other long-term needs.

Residential demand is significantly determined by the expected prices, forecasts regarding the price. If the expected increase in price, the realization of demand is intense. Devaluation of money laundering intensifies investment in housing, and thus faster realization of demand. All developments related to housing demand, reduce the income elasticity and price stability in the pure market conditions, housing demand is inelastic, housing need is among the basic, fundamental needs of human existence, and its fulfillment is necessary regardless of cost and regardless of income. However, there are practical deviation from the pure model of the housing market in terms of commodity production. Relevant differences in the formation of the elasticity of housing demand are: At certain stages of economic development, as a rule, high levels of development, housing needs go beyond life's existence, and is manifested in a desire to settle and luxury apartments. If the farm is formed in the housing rent as Capital per month price as a lower, subsidized, the pursuit of flats being flexible in relation to income, but not in relation to prices, since prices on the motion failed. The acquisition of an apartment, you can also make a very high income elasticity of demand. This form of elasticity suitable housing crisis. In the disturbed sequence need arises spontaneously forming demand. Extremely differentiation trends in the supply and demand framework prevents the housing market represent itself as an aggregate. His dezagregatnost, on the contrary, it is very strong, and manifested in the existence of several suptrita: 1 The social housing, 2 market with economic cenom, 3 market with a market cenom, 4 market of individual producers, 5 market of monopolistic producers. Land as a commodity. Stan is a product of human labor and a commodity character when the eligibility of merchandise appropriation products: objectivity - the utility, because its material content provides the use and satisfaction of human needs. Social utility, because its intended use-value to the consumer society. marketability, because it occurs over the market. mass, since its assumption of mass production to achieve its social benefits and marketability. Value as a product of human labor, which is the only creator of values. In uproenoj interpretation, the negative definition of dwelling as a commodity might like to explain: House is not a commodity when a house is built for himself, when the market fails to report as an intermediary to satisfy man's needs, when used as a natural shelter "homeless" when building a house serf of feudal lords. Due to this the flat treatments - production of housing has in contemporary forms of social organization - commodity character.Commodity production generally speaking, characterized by: the production of market specific economic laws governing commodity proizvoednju and the law of value as a fundamental law of commodity production. The size and structure of the department chooses its value substantially the form of price. Therefore, the price of an apartment or housing will be determined by the size of the trade value and their special-purpose structure of the structure value of the goods.
Housing market
Housing market has completely specific in relation to the market as other resources. According J.B. Cullingworth in the specificity arises from the peculiarities of the commodity form of flat: Stan's long-term well-served by spending more generations. Apartment is geographically located, causing his immobility, and immobility of land on which is fixed, The price of production itself is high and manifest tendency to increase, primarily due to increase in value. On the other hand, supply and demand in the housing market, also have in addition to regular and specific behaviors. The scope of supply on the housing market conditional on: 1) the extent and quality of existing housing stock, 2) the extent of productive resources that can be invested in housing, and 3) the factors that determines the productivity of these resources. The scope and quality of existing housing stock can be a significant factor in normalization of relations in the housing market. If its scope and quality of (quantum) housing crisis is resolved, the housing market is competitive with the normal supply and demand meet new housing needs. But, as a rule nija such a case. In most countries offer still significantly lags behind demand. Scope produktivnh resources in the construction industry primarily depends on the volume of residential investment. In general the formation of housing capital involved internal and external sources. Internal resources are cen for housing and housing prices and savings, and foreign loans and mortgages. Taken as a whole, housing capital is formed under unfavorable circumstances: 1) a commitment to long-term loans, which are short term loans emerge as more competitive, 2) the high cost of housing equity affects the other as an obstacle to stimulate the capital market. Forced to the economic regulatory function, the government in this area often occurs as a bearer of initiatives and the diversity of shapes and a participant in the formation of housing capital. To strengthen the supply of the housing market, there are two important trends: Strengthening samoregulativnih developments in the production area leads, in the construction industry that have the effect of law based on profitability. Strengthen external regulatory developments in the formation of housing capital, where society as a whole is only capable and most interested in the revival movement. The only question is the choice reprezentenata society. Demand in the housing market also has a specific .. Firstly, the influence it: the size and structure of population, size of household income and preferences, the relationship between housing prices and other material goods for personal consumption, the structure of the existing housing stock. In addition to the classical influence, occurs in certain situations, specifically the behavior of demand.A few examples only: Residential preferences are different depending on the age structure of households, marriage statuza, household size, then the impact of market, environmental framework, etc. Changes in income or anticipated changes in income elastic demand are reflected in housing than in other long-term needs. Residential demand is significantly determined by the expected prices, forecasts regarding the price. If the expected increase in price, the realization of demand is intense. Devaluation of money laundering intensifies investment in housing, and thus faster realization of demand. All developments related to housing demand, reduce the income elasticity and price stability in the pure market conditions, housing demand is inelastic, housing need is among the basic, fundamental needs of human existence, and its fulfillment is necessary regardless of cost and regardless of income. However, there are practical deviation from the pure model of the housing market in terms of commodity production. Relevant differences in the formation of the elasticity of housing demand are: At certain stages of economic development, as a rule, high levels of development, housing needs go beyond life's existence, and is manifested in a desire to settle and luxury apartments. If the farm is formed in the housing rent as Capital per month price as a lower, subsidized, the pursuit of flats being flexible in relation to income, but not in relation to prices, since prices on the motion failed. The acquisition of an apartment, you can also make a very high income elasticity of demand. This form of elasticity suitable housing crisis. In the disturbed sequence need arises spontaneously forming demand. Extremely differentiation trends in the supply and demand framework prevents the housing market represent itself as an aggregate. His dezagregatnost, on the contrary, it is very strong, and manifested in the existence of several suptrita: 1 The social housing, 2 market with economic cenom, 3 market with a market cenom, 4 market of individual producers, 5 market of monopolistic producers.
Market analysis should establish the need and opportunities to reach their customers needs - purchase of a facility (business and residential).
Market research is a part of the technology tools available to modern business. Represents a collection and analysis of data pertaining to one market, starting from sample individuiteta or group of markets that are in relation to certain products on the market. These figures relate to: the characteristics of consumers, their behavior, attitudes, opinions, profession, then the economic power of the market, the level of spending, organization and change. I.t. includes all forms of marketing and social research, such as consumer and industrial analysis and views, psychological research, observational and panel studies.
Also, after analysis, for a valid decision about investing in the project, the necessary conclusions that should contain: current and future residential (or other) purposes problems, constraints and obstacles Resources as a separate part of the proposal of measures for the realization of potential, and enhance or facilitate the realization of customer needs, and thus pospeivanje sales.
The need of housing
housing needs, as one of the facilities in the planning of housing construction, has several special characteristics. They are important because they determine the way they capture the planning process. These are the following features of: 1) social character, 2) historical promenljivost and 3) production conditionality. The social character of housing needs explains the purchasing power of the housing industry. She decided on an objective necessity, which depends on the one side of the unmet desires of the population, on the other hand, the productive capabilities of society to ensure the satisfaction of material needs and abilities of the population. Historical promenljivost housing needs is a feature of which points to the constant development of housing needs, which is historically conditioned, as a consequence of economic development and changes in socio-economic system. housing needs, as well as any other, initiated the production. The design is a method of initiating the contemporary housing needs and their improvement, modernization. Housing needs are identified through standards and through them into the planning document. Several aspects of a primary importance in the planning process. These are biological, functional, and factor approach. From a biological standpoint, it is necessary to classification standards for minimum, maximum and optimum. The minimum standard is a level of biological needs, the system specifies the upper level of the corporation, while the optimal standard one that is set as a goal in the implementation plan. The functional aspect of the standard contains elements that will ensure that all functions of the apartment. The factor approach allows consideration of factors affecting the choice of school standards. They are divided into immediate stakeholders and broader components. The immediate factors occurs, for example. economic development of the country and the general level of standards, the income level of households, characteristics of the region, etc. In general the factors are factors of the environment: the spatial structure of the environment, utility supply for primary schools, playgrounds for children, etc., then the factors protecting the environment from pollution, noise and other environmental disturbances. Housing demand depends on several factors: Population growth that comes from: a) natural increase, b) urbanization and c) the formation of new families. Zamene housing stock, which comes from: a) structural running out and b) the relocation on the basis of public works. Improve the standard of living. Global need for new housing on the basis of demographic factors can be calculated by applying one of the following two ways or by applying and comparing the two: x = (P'-P) and x = m/50 (D'-D) N/50, where: x = the number of required housing, P '= population at the end of the planning period, P = population at the beginning of the planning period, m = average residential area in sq m on one face at the beginning of the planning period, D' = the number of households at the end of the planning period D = number of households at the beginning of the planning period, n = average residential area in sq in one household at the beginning of the planning period, 50 = indicates the average size of apartments in the existing housing stock. Global need for new housing on the basis of replacement housing stock is calculated as follows: x = (nF + f1 (n-1) + f2 (n-2 )+...+ fn-1a ') / 100, where: x = the required number of new dwellings, n = number of years planning period, F = existing number of dwellings, f = number of dwellings built in each year, a '= depreciation rate. Global need for new housing stock-based switching to improve standards of living can be calculated by applying one of the following ways: x = ((P'm ') - (Pm)) / 50 x = ((DS)-d) N/50, where: x = the number of required housing, P '= population at the end of the planning period, P = population at the beginning of the

planning period, m' = the desired standard of dwellings expressed in sq of living space per capita, 50 = average size of an apartment in kvm, D = number of existing households, S = number of existing dwellings, d = deficit in the number of dwellings that are within the planned period can not be recovered, n = average residential area in one household at the beginning of the planning period.
Housing economy
It is particularly a feature of the classical bourgeois economics that views on the basic economic "being" housing economy is very diverse, ranging from Adam Smith's, in which the "home part of the national capital, and not producing any revenue," the safe, which is Housing Capital categorized as "permanent fixed capital formation." According to smth "The entire stock of a country or society is equal to the stock of its inhabitants or members ... Complete stock of residential houses, which at some time there in a country, also constitutes part of the stocks of the species. Stock that has been invested in the house if it is a house for residential owners, ceases from that moment to serve in the function of capital or to provide some income to its owner. Residential house as such, does not contribute anything of their income tenants, and although nesunjivo for him extraordinarily useful, it is useful to him as he was useful to his clothing and household furniture, which, however, constitute part of his expenses, not income. If the house is rented to the lessee for the rent because the house itself can not produce anything, tenant must always pay the rent for any other income, which acquired the work, or capital, or of the country. Thus, although a house can make its owner an income and time to serve Him in the function of capital, it does not provide any income to the public, nor serve in the function of capital. Income people can not be enlarged or a house for the smallest part. " In contrast, A. Marchall, including housing, as well as machines, the capital goods as "products of living conditions". On the definition and classification of the capital, made the first division of consumables and spare, instrumental capital. "Consumer Capital includes property that meet the direct needs, ie goods which serve the maintenance workers, as well as food, clothing, housing, etc." The ideas of the modern world gained the point that diferentovan treatment of residential real economy only. Cerne, by analyzing the theoretical assumptions of capital goods, there is such a close sequence of thought: There are two conditions that a product becomes a capital good: a) that the immediate object of sale and b) that its sales reached capitalization of embedded value. One and the same product can not be capital goods. A car that is used as a taxi is a capital good, a car that is used for its own purposes is a capital good. The same treatment and housing. If they are achieving the capitalization, the apartment is a capital good. That is, for example., A case with the speculative high rents in podstanarskih relations, etc. For the exclusive treatment of housing capital ptivrede requires the following conditions: a) to bid on the housing market to be 3-4% higher than demand, b) that the annual rent is 8.5 to 10.5% shares flat; c) to essential changes even abolish social housing sector in the economy.

In broad terms, the housing economy encompasses the totality of reproductive processes in farm housing, meaning of the entire living area ranging from production to consumption. In a narrower sense, the housing economy includes only the area of exploitation of a housing fund to its specific economic and social characteristics and patterns. Consumption of housing stock is manifested entirely specific. One characteristic of the durability of housing. This is conditioned by a special content playing in a residential farm. It includes cash and commodity specific treatments clean production areas and specific treatment is caused by non-economic, social criteria, which occurs in this area of spending.
Urban solution. Location
Basic functions of the city are: work, housing, recreation and transportation. The functional approach also includes the problem of the formation of spatial structures under the influence of location factors. The greatest interest in the issue of location of industry and housing in the city, then a special topicality impact of traffic on the reconstruction of spatial structures, while the location of recreational functions or considered strictly conditional, or "temporarily ignoring." Location of industry primarily depends on the character of city activities, city functions, then the model of urban development and exploitation of the ways of city land. The City may be oriented to activities that have a predominantly external significance (external economies, an export economy, tertiary city) or from activities that are directed towards the city and its inhabitants (service activities incidental economy). In depends on the maturation of orientation depends on the one hand, a model of urban development, on the other hand, the exploitation of land. A functional location is very engaged residential location. Residential sites include the choice location for housing development and housing choices of their own sites. Both choices are subject to the influence of three groups of factors: Economic factors, the group includes land costs, housing costs and transport costs. Environmental group of factors includes the location features of the natural environment (climate, altitude, wind, insolation), created features of the ambient environment, characteristics of the "neighborhood unit", namely the residential community. Social group of factors includes spatial residential segregation or homogenization, choice and selection based on the preferences of public safety, proximity to educational, cultural, service institutions. The next important function of the traffic. General's tendency to increase the contrast between fast and slow intergradskog intergradskog traffic. Needs transportation for the space to grow extremely rapidly. Space that is intended traffic includes streets, parking lot, maintenance and sale of motor vehicles, railroad facilities, airports, ports, etc.
Lokacioni relations
The first characteristic lokacionog approach is that the target location of the humanization of the location. Analysis of the location of any law specifically indicates that the basis of any laws, even regardless of socio-economic system, which undoubtedly influence the specific content, is the goal - human man location or locations humanization of man. Another characteristic lokacionog approach is time-space continuum. He was given the ratio of two dynamic factors: production and a man and a static, prejudiciranog factors - location. Time-space continuum is subject to the continuing influence of aglomeracionih deaglomeracionih factors. Most important are the economic and aglomerativni deaglomerativni factors. The two processes include economic aglomerativne factors: localization economies and urbanization economies. Among deaglomeracione factors include increased rents and urban costs, the rising cost of living and changes in the ecological equilibrium of the village. These factors influence the need arises for the first razmetanjem industrial activity, followed by residential areas, etc. The third characteristic lokacionog access to the geographic distribution of inputs and outputs. She talks about the origin of the third point - the location of a given system of relations. The location is a static size, geographical data. From this stems primarily the need to man adapts its activity location. A man can live wherever you work, where there is water, where the

climate suits him.However, the location is not one, one has as much to the geographical structure. Hence arises the possibility of selecting the location. The choice of sites affected, the legality of the location, site specific set of rules for industry, for intraurbanu, the interurban location. From the point of all the laws of the region can be reduced to two basic requirements: The first is to maximize efforts and factors in creating a social outputs, and The second is to maximize social output with a given amount of effort and factors (inputs). The essence lokacionog approach, which stems from the triangular relationship of the request for decentralization and deconcentration of activities of people. From this stems the importance of regional locations. It can be viewed from three aspects: 1 as important for the population, 2 as important for economic development and 3 the importance of regional urbanization.
Urban Planning
Indicators: DATA AND SURFACE
of natural factors, the conditions are created, The ratio of the plan and investors. Natural factors Geography, geology, hydrography, land configuration, soil science, climatology, natural resources and natural sites. Geography. Geographical position, shape of land, mountains, rivers, lakes and other administrative divisions. Geology. Ore and mineral deposits, soil composition and the surface layer, the plant world, nosivisti analysis of soil and building amenities, facilities and moving tectonic disturbances. Hydrography - hydrology. Springs, rivers vodoplavna land, ponds, wetlands, groundwater, land reclamation, irrigation and drainage, healing land plots. Water supply - source. Configuration of the land - topography. The relief of the terrain, foothills, bays, plain, plastic terrain and character. Pedology. Designation of the land suitable for agriculture and forestry. Climate. Winds, precipitation, temperature, conditions for the election of the village, the character of the climate, water deposits, humidity, cloudiness, the frequency of occurrence and speed of winds, fog, sun, air flow, microclimate, snowy blanket, convenience climate excursion. for a tourist place and gym-shoes. Natural resources. Wealth of natural deposits. Natural phenomena. Seismic movements, floods, droughts. Created conditions
Demographic data, historical development, transportation, economy, social - social and artistic activity, economic, physical

and administrative factors. Demographics-Population, average goginji natural increase population, mechanical accretion population, household structure, population movement - migration, the average density; - immigration, displacement, ethnicity. Whether the area is a source of labor, or is passive in this regard. Birth rate and mortality. Health data on population, health conditions that characterize the area. Historical Development - Historical development, historic monuments and historic places, national migration, the current urban development; - General characteristics, habits and cultural situation. Transport - The importance of the routes, type and capacity: rail, road, water, air and PTT traffic. Urban, interurban, rural areas and local traffic. The economy - the main types of economic activities: agriculture, hunting and fishing, forestry, industry, energy resources, mining, trade and commerce, tourism and catering, cash Institutes; - location and capacity of individual industries and mines, the structure of the territory - the main economic rejoniranje Forces; - spas and climatic places, tourist places, - the natural resources and conditions of their use in economic activities; - population and labor force, capital goods, a social product and national income Community social activity - Concern about the man, the cultural Prosvetno rise, social health conditions. Umetnika activity - architecture, sculpture, sculpture. Economic factors - the leading roles of cities in economic development, economic development of the country and growth of the urban population. Physical factors - urbanization of space expressed the planning and design; - residential community as a form of modern living; - social facilities, health, educational, sports, utility, - the border areas, towns and villages, and specific objects and places in reguinu (spas, letovalita , resorts, climate seats, baths, etc.). Administrative factors - Arrangement of the state, the planning schedule of the economy, social system, utility system. The relationship of the plan and investors
- Public functions, building fund, community service, national income, background. Public functions - functions and legal justice, social organization, cultural, health, educational and social institutions, services, public information and the army. Construction Fund - Buildings and apartments. Municipal services - water supply, sewerage, lighting and heating facilities. Utilities and services. National income - basic indicators. Substrate - topographical, geological and cadastral base.
Planning II Conclusions of the earth or the Republican plan, Analysis, Potential growth opportunity, Kareakteristika space Program development and guidance. Conclusions terrestrial or republican planning
Natural conditions: limits and zones, watercourse, water supply. Demographic situation: The movement of population, housing conditions, migration and displacement, special structures. The conditions of economic development: Mineral deposits, industry, agriculture, energy. Transport: railway, road, water, air and PTT traffic. Terms of gravity: labor, education, and education, supply and trading. Functions of the settlement: administrative, social, health, cultural, Teachers and tourist and recreational centers. Analyses
Natural conditions: geological, geographical, hydrological, physical geography, climatology, pedology, vegetation.

Demographic data: population, literacy, population density, composition by gender and age, household structure, population growth, economic structure. Historical data: urban development and natural conditions, monuments and cultural heritage. Transport: the importance of the routes, the ratio of settlements to vrsyti traffic, rail, road, water, air and PTT traffic, urban, rural and intercity traffic. The economy: agriculture, mining, forestry, industry, handicrafts, trade, tourism and hospitality. Public functions: administration of justice, social organizations, cultural institutions, education, health and social services, military, etc. Economic structure: function of the settlement, administrative, cultural, educational, health and economy. The structure of income. Analysis of current status; zones, building fund, concept, development tendencies. Analysis of development: the tendency of expansion, building systems, conclusions. a potential opportunity for development
Conclusions: Considering the potentiality of space and natural factors. The natural wealth of the conditions of their use in economic activity: agriculture, water management, forest economics, ore deposits, industry, capital goods, social development and national income. The development of population and workforce population by kvkm or ha, demographic characteristics, social structure. Influential factors: natural conditions, communications, economic institutions. The scheme for purposes of the organization and function of settlements network of centers, public and community facilities, green spaces, services, etc. Municipal equipment and supplies: Basically the solution for water, sewer, gas, postal and electricity grid. Explanation of the conclusion.
karekteristika space
Distinguishing characteristics of the terrain: hills, plains, valleys, bearing capacity of soil, uneven terrain. Typical settlements seeking and heritage: a way of building, views and vistas, visibility and accessibility. program development and guidance
Enhanced development: landscape, climate, flora and fauna, hydrography, natural conditions. Population: promising growth, employment opportunities, changes and development of the social structure, population density. Program development: industry, agriculture and trades, forestry and fishing. Guidelines transportation: rail, road, water, air and PTT traffic. Construction and reconstruction of the settlement fund. Functions: administrative management, social and cultural, educational, health, social, Fiskulturna, utilities and supplies. Housing: housing, population density, ie, general indicators.
The design of urban
It contains the following elements: Development of Perspective, Program and the urban plan, General Urban Plan (GUP) Detailed Urban Plan (DUP), Regulation. Development of perspective: - gravitational field, - the area of the city. gravitational field: the area of settlements, population, economic potential, application and conclusion. The area of the city: 1 The population. Second The potentials of the economy - national income and national product, distribution of social product - the perspective of development and investment potential. Third Development of basic urban land and building elements - review of the elements - the program needs. program and urban sketches: 1 documentation, 2 analysis of the village, 3 Analysis of urban regions.
o Documentation: - the conditions of urban services, - the location and the principal agreement, - the structure of dwellings, zone, Application areas, transportation, and nature centers. Analysis of the settlement: Text showing in Razmeri 1:50.000, 1:25.000 and 1:5.000, and the corresponding graphs: - Natural factors, - created conditions, - the analysis of urban centers - the analysis of construction - Analysis of building stock and urban territories - the technical utility systems and their maintenance, - City Park, - sanitary-hygienic networks, sanitation and social institutions - network structures of culture and education, - gymnasium courts, - centers of electric drives, networks and warming system, - a network of trade and supply, - coast-regulation works and hydro-technical works administrative, administrative buildings, - the traffic-all kinds, - proposed reconstruction streets, squares, dimensions, - the conditions of water supply and waste water - limits urban areas, - the economic potential and possibilities of application in the city - municipal funds. Analysis of urban regions: The structure built in the territory: - Application area: housing, work, recreation, green, saobraal, - urban centers and important objects, - analysis of construction and density existed. Balance of surface urban regions: Summary of Application of basic housing, employment and green areas, traffic areas and urban centers. Overview of funds: - Construction Fund: The number of buildings, land under buildings, size and number of storeys, quality, development of the years of building, the equipment and the structure of the apartment. - Housing: volume and structure, fond of green, - fond of traffic, - fond of utility facilities. The network structures of social activities; Conclusion.

Master Plan
of documentary material, o Tekstuelna processing, on the graph. of documentary material: Terms of urban services, location, investment and program approval drawings, approval of the principal interested parties and institutions, contracts, etc. Tekstuelna the treatment: Natural factors and preconditions. Local development - physical intervention: the limits of the wider area and territory, broader and narrower construction of the region, the boundaries of units of residential communities and municipalities, - Schedule Application area: housing, employment, recreation, traffic, green, business, etc. - The size and structure of surfaces: the limits of territory regulation plan, the wider and narrower building the area, housing units and certain zones in the territories, - Population-based obraauna the form and on the basis of development, population structure by sex, tsrosti, economy and occupation. Population density and etanost building: plot size, number of people per zone, etanost, the ratio of surface area. The roads and paths, drainage, water supply, electrification, heating, greening, PTT, accompanying facilities. Etapnost construction: the first, second and third stages. Implementation, recapitulation and conclusion. the graph General project in Razmeri 1:1.500 - territory and borders of the regulation plan and building the area, - the deployment area for purposes, - the deployment of city centers and public facilities - a system of city networks - building on etanost and population density. Contributions to the general project: the specific-purpose area, - a network of city streets on the importance of the transverse and longitudinal sections, - rail, vehicular, Pedestrian, water and air transportation, - urban transport, transport facilities and networks - a network of centers, public buildings and recreational areas, - comparative review and reconstruction phase. river engineering solutions: - the project of water supply and sanitation, - project watercourse and coastal defense. Project for greening the city and a network of green spaces; Project and the restoration of leveling; Electrification Project, warming, and PTT; Nivelacioni plan and composition. Detailed urban plan
Displays in Razmeri 1:500 or 1:1000 for detailing the complex, squares, streets, plastic construction, the concept of objects, for parcelization, for horticultural plans, etc., based on established GUP. This solution can be done by volume for the whole village (the case of small towns and populous places), for part of the village or area, or for a particular type of work in the village. The recommendation is, especially in large cities with urban planning in razmerama 1:10.000 and 1:5.000 to pre preparation of detailed plans (in Razmeri 1:1000 or 1:500) of regulation plans for specific areas or neighborhoods in Razmeri 1:2.500. Regulation
Text with explanation and the necessary charts. PREPARING FOR THE REALIZATION
o Legal matters,

of funds Organization of urban services. The legal basis. Legislation: Law on urban planning with the instructions for the implementation of this Law, Construction Law, Regulation and other regulations. Financial resources: Financial Plan for economic opportunities. Organization of Urban services: planning organizations, scientific institutions and institutes, operations and control the implementation of the plan, the Secretariat of Urban Planning and Audit committees.
City locations
There are three approaches to the location of urban activities: 1) ad hoc locations, 2) gravity model locations, and 3) economic models of location. Ad hoc locations characterized by the location of structures in the random selection or selection at the line of least resistance.Cities that grow rapidly, experiencing demographic and institutional expansion is often characterized by resolution of the spatial structure of ad hoc locations. Gravity model has its theoretical basis in the teachings of the physicists on the behavior of atoms of elements in a closed system.Theorists believe that the location of population and activities tend to concentrate around the center, focal point, but also a willingness to change their spatial structure. In doing so, and population movements and movements of human activity is subject to the famous law of gravitation, by which gravity is exactly proportional to the mass that attracts and inversely proportional to the distance from which it draws. G.K. Zipf defined processes: diversification and unification, which explains the spatial Aranziranje economy. The process of diversification arises from a movement of population towards the sources of raw materials. The main motive is economic and there is a reduction in transport costs of raw materials to the place of production. Due to the different location of the source material, the process of diversification means breaking the population into large groups of widely scattered in the area. At the same time delujei process of unification, there is a tendency to human activities that provide the life of the population as more consumers to close, which is also economically motivated by the need to reduce transport costs in the delivery of products to civil population. In economic models, two basic criteria determine the location of population and location of activities in the cities of: 1) the price of land and 2) transportation costs. The price of land the size of rents affects the minimization of costs, while transport costs act to maximize profits. The United States has made "land use atlas" (Land Use Maps) for 44-city U.S. tour, which was used to observe the principle of locating eight different activities. Concrete results of these studies have pointed to a certain very typical behavior in all major cities: A group of business activities of banks, finance, insurance, and shows a simultaneous tendency towards centralized location and to the dispersion in the location. This business is characterized by the strongest available financial capital, which is losing relevance in the high price of land in the center. On the other hand, dispersion closer to the location of these activities, users of their services. Retail traffic network in all cities, has a pronounced tendency dispersive locating, approaching the consumer is economically strong enough reason to compensate the high cost of land if the retail network is concentrated in the downtown, while location of the peripheral parts of the city, where land is Cheap, motivate masovnou relatively poor consumers. Locating of teachers of cultural institutions - libraries, television stations, universities, not so much conditioned by the location of a certain tract of the spatial, as far as quantum of population, size of town. Traffic activity usually are located near places of work, a suitable plot. In addition to the land that constitutes a natural limiting factor, reducing transport costs is important. Competitiveness of different forms of transport seems to be in locating

the traffic activity is increasingly respected criterion jevtinog transport. On the basis of road traffic builds its competitive ability in relation to rail, and air and gradually over the road. Industrial activity, as a rule, locating along the linear elements: roads, highway, railroad. The industry is large and complex behavior of all industrial activity is not the same. In most cases, an important transport complex and hence the rule of linear positioning. However, market-oriented industries located in the city center due to the proximity of consumers, IAST and labororiented industries, industries that are technologically linked directly with the market (automotive), located along the roads, etc.
Lokacione legality
The basic principle of the location can generally be reduced to four basic laws: 1 law to minimize investment 2.zakon minimize transportation 3.zakon ravnomernog territorial development, and 4 law of the formation of business centers.
Law of minimizing investment. rational spending of available investment funds is the general requirement of economic development. Through him, the effect on propagation effects reservoir effect. Although the application sets the volume of each reservoir, however, if the "capital availability" more limited, the effects of accumulation of rational investment spending are higher. Two areas of savings are especially significant: the area of infrastructure and the area of housing and communal economy. Act to minimize transportation.
A large number of theorists location and spatial economics is of opinion that the content of these disciplines is reduced to the problem of transport and its minimization. Without exception, all dedicated to one or more chapters of transport or distance criteria, emphasizing its extraordinary importance. The importance of inclusion of this criterion in the choice of location was imposed following facts: - The transport factor comprises: a) the efficiency of transport, b) transportation costs and c) the application of both principles in relations with one hand, raw materials and energy-producer-consumer, ie, on the other hand, the production-consumption of the population in agglomerations. - The location of industries among the quantitatively most prominent factor is transportation. In over 50% of the sites the trucking industry is a crucial factor. - Transport is the most important factor of regional assertion location. Transport is a complex criterion, because it includes the cost and efficiency relationship. The relationship is manifold and includes not only globale 0proizvodnju and consumption, but all the structural elements: the types of products and agglomerations of people.
Law ravnomernog territorial development. evenly activation of locations has multiple significance: - It allows the elimination of polarization of territorial development, which affects the overall economic development, its dynamics and structure. - Is important to evenly izskorienje natural resources, because on the one hand, allows the utilization of total raw material base, on the other hand, prevents the excessive exploitation of natural resources ekstraktivnog character. - Allows the frame to maximize the market so that it covered all areas of the country and the entire population. This causes the need for the development of natural centers and emphasizes their importance in economic development. The realization of this principle at the site imposes the need to review some relevant relations, and getting to know the real significance of these relations. Among them, which are quite numerous and important are three: a) location, population, b) location-sector, c) location-organic composition. Exclusive, even the location of the prevailing distribution of the population can not be a criterion in solving the first locationpeople relations. Historically conditioned by the territorial distribution of population may not be the criterion of regional development. Relationship between location-sector contains the manifest branch-territorial problem. Certainly it is true that if we were when determining where to invest only had the individual branches of production with respect to their effect on the general rate of economic growth, and ignored the question of where to invest from the regional point of view, there could be neskladnog territorial deployment of productive forces. Relationship between location-organic composition has a problem of technical-economic optimization of capacity that is localized. Considering that among the factors of production immobile natural abundance, partially mobile workforce and the most mobile tool for work, it would seem that the selection of technical and technological level is not a problem. Nevertheless, it can not be evenly territorial development provide only locating large and technically the most modern facilities. Law of forming commercial centers. From the standpoint of economic development in the region are significant in relation to the settlement of the region are gravitational, propulsive and integrative functions. Such settlements are considered commercial centers. Each village is unable to have that role. There are, above all, lokacioni prerequisites to develop a resort in cenytar. The main among them are: transport, water, natural and social wealth. Economic centers are always located on main routes, traffic intersections, transfer points. Large-scale, rapid and economically efficient circulation of material goods, people travel, the expression is the assumption of intensity of life in commercial centers. The second prerequisite is lokacioni water. The importance of water for the location of the village was re-actualized.

The third requirement is lokacioni existing potential is given by nature or man-made, called the natural and social wealth. If the first two conditions are fulfilled, this becomes crucial. Within this component are the most important preconditions for agricultural hinterland, which ensures the supply of agricultural products which are used as raw materials and consumer goods as well, then the benefit of a construction site, lokacione advantages in relation to network infrastructure, favorable position in relation to various markets, the advantage for the agglomeration of population, etc.
Rent in urban
The task of the utility industry: a) that equipment given to land a variety of household appliances, b) that any "regulated land" makes available to investors - for housing and other purposes, and c) then, many different users of urban land continuously serving the relevant communal services.

Because the economy is emljita integral part of municipal economy. Basic economic categories in the economy is land rent.Rent is a specific form of income that occurs in all the activities in which the land is a factor of production in agriculture, mining, forestry, construction, etc. Economic theory has emphasized early and long-held interest in the form of income. The richness of the theory is confirmed by the complexity of economic categories, and its significance for certain, quite a big area of activity. In the developed capitalist society, production in agriculture also has the character of the commodity. Products are for the most part the market. However, in agricultural production, there are three main actors: the landowner, lessee of land and hired farm workers. The realization of agricultural products also achieved national income created by the very process of production. The distribution of national income involved three individuals. Workers belonging to the rent, the tenants of the country belongs to a portion of surplus value, and the owners of the other part of the surplus value, and one which appeared in the form of extra profits. Extra profit in agriculture is in contrast to extra profits in the industry-specific characteristics. Extra profits in the industry is dictated by the application of the capital, while in agriculture may arise as a result of using different natural conditions. Natural conditions provide extra profit but not its source.; In agriculture, on the difference izmeuniih individual and higher, socially recognized the cost of production. Extra profits arising from the different natural conditions of land as factors of production, called differential rent. In intensive agriculture where the additional capital investment to increase soil fertility, extra profit occurs in slightly different conditionality. Extra profit that occurs in this case, as a consequence of the intensification of production in relation to land where it is generated, called the differential rent II. Rent is determined leasehold agreement between a landowner and the lessee. The same principles and the formation of urban rent. Land also aims to build the private property of individual capitalists. They can use the land in two ways: either to be given under lease to a specific time period or to sell them. In granting land on lease claim and the differential and absolute rent. The basis for the existence of differential rent is limited stock of building plots. This limitation restricts the need for a specific fund of arable land. Limited funds plot has a different structure: Given its proximity to the city center, at the level of supply for household appliances (vovovod, sewage, built roads, greenery. Etc.), resulting from the additional capital investment, which usually perform most countries, industrial kapitelisti, at least owners of the land. Favorable position and supporting greater supply for household appliances entitles landowners to rent a larger property on the grounds that although they have not contributed. The nationalization of land is done for two main reasons: first to improve housing in the planned development of cities. Another reason for the enforcement of building land nationalization was the appropriation of urban rent. Holders of urban rents are building lots, which contain higher values for the realized utility investment: water supply, sewerage, electricity, telephone, etc. The sale of building lots of urban areas, the owner has regularly levied and urban rents caused by the additional investment in the form of utility investments even though such investment is not originating from it. Hence arose the need to vary the construction of city land in the region. Determination of the urban settlements and its construction area is determined by the scope of nationalization. Nationalization refers only to the construction area cities.
Urban zone
Living in the village built or projected surfaces have the same density everywhere existed, the percentage of use of building plots and building height. Method of using construction land area regulated plan purpose and plan of construction zones. In cities and urban agglomerations built in the past, the density decreases existed if the site away from the center to the periphery. Although the concept of urban housing units, method of construction, height of buildings and density existed dependent on such natural factors and created uslkova and objective understanding of the architect designing the space, it can make a difference with respect to density existed among different parts of the housing construction zones . Slbodne concept of setting up facilities justify the application of various types of residential buildings and to the family, individual, dual and buildings in a row on certain parcels, to the collective of free facilities, senior housing tracts and residential towers. For existing settlements, small, medium and large cities, construction of residential zone is divided by the method of construction of: a dense, central and development of the row. The development of dense residential blocks include the construction of the type of enclosed or semi-block. Secondary building consists of free housing or housing tract blades as separate buildings. Rarely built areas or settlements represent a system of building individual family housing buildings.
Urban zoning
City territory is divided into a certain area. The division of governing the form and use of new buildings, based on existing conditions and needs. Zoning provides specific business area at reasonable positions, in which it is forbidden to raise factory installations. Zoning allocates the necessary industrial land, where there are good transport links with the railway network, with waterways and output arteries and opportunities for expansion of the industry. Among those is a special territory, which is not subject to any limitations, which remains reserved for heavy industry, to raise the warehouse, blast furnaces, etc. Zoning determines the height of buildings according to their function in order to ensure a sufficient supply of air and light, to reduce the density and avoid the buildup of traffic. Zoning provides for the local trade area, with comfortable Susedsko position to residential neighborhoods, where they need the unique stores clustered. Zoning seeks to preserve the comfort, grace and tranquility of residential exclusion area commanders shops, public garages, laundry facilities, factory buildings and other commercial and industrial buildings. Zoning provides a single building line in residential regions of dwellings to ensure the sufficient supply of air and light and comfortable accessibility. It is also foreseen in the suburban regions of lateral and inner courtyards for each building, that would ensure a sufficient supply of light. The plot is regulated by establishing quotas for use of (building density). Zoning strives to maintain clean area commanders with a low building, where it restricts certain types of houses on specific regions.
The coefficient of land use
Percentage of use of building land depends on the density of construction, number and size of dwellings and density existed. This coefficient shows a developed gross floor area of the building in relation to the surface plot. Limit on this ratio by building regulations creates the possibility of conducting a free urban concepts with respect to dispositions of facilities and design space pronounced height dimensions. The coefficient of land use is an essential factor in the urban concept of free construction of residential complexes. This coefficient as a basic element of the residential complex becomes an influential factor in the disposition of objects in free space, and is dependent on the length and height of buildings, number of storeys and permissible meurastojanja zgradan with regard to hygienic conditions, insolation and vent. However, it is not important as a factor in the design of residential streets and blocks oivianog parcelisanog on the surface of certain size with established methods of construction. On the concept of urban residential blocks such influence: size of the lot, height and layout of buildings, insolation angle, pitch, etc. The coefficient of land use can be defined as the number that indicates the ratio of the sum of all gross povtina storey building to the sum of land surface or the surface of the corresponding complexes. The coefficient of utilization is a measure of the use of the maximum allowable area of all floors of buildings in relation to the sum of the surfaces of certain parcels or blocks on the surface or the surface complex. In determining the coefficient of land use can be assumed gross or net area of the complex, but given that streets are communally-traffic areas, it would Applying or calculate this coefficient was recommended to take only the net area of the complex.

This coefficient can range up to: - In a purely residential complexes: 1, - In commercial and residential complexes: 1.2. Areas under buildings may account for the net building land more than: - In a purely residential complexes: 30% - Medley of residential complexes: 40%. The coefficient of extraction of soil (K) multiplied by the net building area of residential areas (Pn) gives the total developed area (Pe) of all housing construction at a particular area: Pe = KxPn.
The plot, building
Under construction plot involves the cadastral parcels on the surface of which is the master plan aims to build, in terms of size and shape corresponding to prescribed conditions. The size of the surface lot, as well as the length of its sides facing the street depends on the zoning concept, character and density of settlements existed, and the coefficient of exploitation of land and height of buildings. In rural building plot size determines the plot, as a minimum size of individual building can be applied 200kvm the plot. The minimum length of the front parcel is determined by the type of settlements and construction purposes, or conditions of zoning concept (12, 14, 16 up to 40m). The depth of the plot is conditioned by the purpose of building blocks and transportation network. In determining Dubon parcel is guided by the principles of the construction and choice of housing types and heights of objects. The building is linked to the concept of urban settlement and the amount of objects. However, the principles of collective construction of social sector and law enforcement building on the nationalization of land enabled the realization of the concept of setting up urban housing in free space,
without limiting the areas that belong to objects.Application of parcelization and its strict enforcement is carried out in special nselja or parts of the village, where the characteristics of certain types of housing, population and economic habits are often conditional parcellation applied justified reasons.
Residential block
The term refers to the whole urban, neighborhood, group, urban block, whose primary function is housing a large population of a city. The first examples of apartment blocks, or four, we meet in ancient Rome, in the form of urban neighborhoods in which seu contained the famous Roman insulae, houses for rent. They are in very poor hygienic conditions and other residential, live representatives of the lower classes, paying extremely high rent to homeowners and speculators who gave them. Blocks of mass housing, in the sense in which they exist today, were used for the first time since the industrial revolution in the service of speculation, the government and bureaucracy. One might add, were proof of how the alliance between these two forms of government can put away a man of his goals and desires. Residential block that introduced modern architecture is an example of separated zonal part of the city, with a pronounced emphasis on the release of large free area between the housing and the increasing concentration and density of residential housing accommodation within the skyscrapers. Residential block is primarily part of the urban housing units, which, depending on the zoning concept can be framed residential streets, or free, and aims at the construction of residential buildings and associated facilities, improvement of certain public utility installations, as well as the formation of the necessary availability of green and recreational areas. When calculating the surface of the block, this can be seen as: gross area and net area. The gross area of housing blocks make up ground following purposes: - Complexes constructed residential buildings and related service facilities,
- Facilities for nursery and crib, as well as the grounds of utility facilities (power plants and garages), - Undeveloped fields of underground and overhead utility installations and squares, - Surface unutarblokovskih communication - Free green, recreational and gymnasium unutarblokovske surface. Net surface of the block, consisting of: - Complexes with apartment buildings and related service facilities, - Undeveloped fields (designed for utility underground and overhead installations), and squares, - Surface unutarblokovskih communication - Free green, gymnasium and recreation area, - Space between lines of regulatory block housing and the axis of the local streets surrounding the residential block. Types of construction
We can distinguish the following types of residential blocks, depending on their different basic characteristics: a closed system of regulating building without the inner lines, the closed system of construction with the outer and inner line with regulation line, semi-free system construction and system construction. Closed circuit construction without inner line regulation. The living parts of cities under capitalism was characterized by the construction of closed blocks that often have niisu k or foreign regulatory shed. Building blocks of the Interior is without any order, a percentage of the construction area has reached 80%, while the
density existed applied 2000 st / ha or more. This method of construction, especially in viespratnih rental buildings, created a little dark and deserted courtyards in a sealed housing shafts and wells. Hygienic conditions are ignored, and the notion of green in a residential block was completely abandoned. Closed circuit construction of the external and internal line with regulation line. As a second, more advanced level of the construction of apartment blocks, edged streets, is a closed system of construction with the outer and inner line with regulation line. The block is built in its scale residential buildings. This provides a more favorable housing conditions. Way to build a closed block allows the application of symmetry when solving the canvas wall. Due to the closure block with edge residential construction, not able to properly vent a horizontal well. The reconstruction of such building or upgrading of closed blocks seem to be attempts perforation individual surface parts of buildings, thus creating direct contact with the street yard. Closed blocks are mainly provetravaju only vertical flow of air. The good side of closed blocks is that they allow a relatively proper insulation only by housing blocks favorably oriented. Semi-open system construction. The third stage is semi-open system building blocks of residential streets edged. Semi-open system building blocks are those blocks in which the longitudinal and frontal parts of residential buildings in some places left. Objects can be set to regulacionoj or building line, so that the interior of the block, allowing the composition in its construction by applying various types of buildings. This system is very convenient because it allows you to create visual look with deep penetration or the
application of the concept in mind meandarastog erection of a building. As a principle, this system in combination with the application of free housing tracts-blocks or individual houses, and can be applied in existing residential blocks and the reconstruction of city streets, in which case it tends to break the monotony of streets constructed with a full wall screens corridor system construction . By placing objects in the foreground or in the final part of the perspective of looking at the environment, residential blocks of street space may alternately be formed, thereby exposing the architecture of buildings or architecture of the complex. Semi-open system building blocks of flats, with its conception, disposition and height of building facilities, the reconstruction of the main street offers the possibility of always looking at new and regular updated images and experiences. The good side of this system is the possibility of horizontal and vertical vent, the application of solar radiation by objects within the block are not under the conditions regulating the line, but the concept of urban solutions to the complex. However, this system does not provide the same conditions of solar radiation for all apartments. free system construction. Open system building block housing complex-framed streets seem faszu fourth of its development. By the time development of the conception, construction of an open system can be divided into: - Construction of an open system with housing tracts parallel street, way down the block; - Construction of an open system with housing tracts oriented perpendicular to the direction of the street. Both methods of construction available in the form of housing tracts
require a properly functioning utility equipment and maintenance free green space. Horizontal and vertical vent system provides this advantage. in proportion to the manner of building these systems require a high percentage of construction and high-density existed. Their solution to placing objects in the block edged streets, provide a larger freeplanted areas. This system allows the construction of the concentration of sites and has a great economic advantage, but the group of objects placed in parallel creates uniformity.
Analysis of the residential complex
Analysis and documentation of the residential complex to be determined by: size, population, area and related purposes. Analysis and Documentation processing ureajnih city's foundation and development of urban studies can be conducted separately for: - Urban residential units (residential communities), - Residential zone as a whole (urban agglomeration, village, region, city). Residential community as an urban unit can be seen in the following areas: - Gross urban housing units, - Net unit urban housing: getting up when the gross area of the refuse area of communication and the importance of urban areas for urban purposes, - Residential territories: a residential building with its free surface, a commercial yard, gardens and yards, playgrounds for children, etc., - Communication: the importance of urban and local importance (about 10% of the net area) - Monitoring and communal facilities: schools, nurseries, crib, shops, services, garages, - The city needs: the surface consists of a complex of public and community facilities that serve a wider area, not the housing unit.
Urban Planning Conditions
represent the type of urban project that is given to the investor as a condition for building. Urban development shall contain all the elements and limitations that exist for the subject site which are given in detail, regulation or general plan. The urban conditions exists: situational plan of the site or mooring ucrtanog dimensions of the building, regulation, building lines, the basic parameters of the urban locations - the degree of development, coefficient, index of construction land, number of storeys, gross building area of the building. Urban development conditions provide the necessary conditions in terms of visual identity of the future building: the basket or a flat roof, architectural style, purpose facility, the relationship of various Application in the house. Urban development requirements, in addition to building elements include: the requirements for the design of water supply and sanitation, the requirements for the design elektrosnabdevanja (power agreement), the requirements for the design of district heating, etc. Urban planning conditions contain an
extract from the cadastre of underground installations, an excerpt from the traffic plan and back the other relevant documents necessary for the development of architectural projects.
Conditionality in architecture The modern architect is more than ever dependent on the collective patronage, be it state, local government or board of directors investors. He must carry out certain business decisions of investors, thereby accepting the conditions imposed by such a group.Choice or decision about whether one will be built in an architectural object, above all, the decision was political in nature, rather than architectural. Also, the architecture in a very small degree of influence on the lives of residents or users of the built architectural structure. Thus, we can not say that the architecture is one that can change its society, which is based on today discredited ideas of architectural determinism, before it could be said that the architect has a small but significant impact on residents.
Terms of reference
The main part of the terms of reference include the program as an expression of physical content of the object. The program shall identify: category of object, structure and capacity, functional requirements, technical and material resources and All other special conditions as a necessary element of the task. Categorization of the architectural structure is not an accurate Agency, a division of the individual groups and varies in a wide range of housing across the social and other facilities of a public character to mnjih or major physical intervention planning. Capacity can be repeatedly checked, or as a data area, or a certain number of flats, beds, jobs, the unit area, the gross product or otherwise stated sizes. While the structure determines the spatial relationship of elements and principles of its organization, the capacity to prejudice the entire quantum of architectural space. Special requirements of the program, which can be optionally given, cover various aspects related to the specific character, character, disposition, or any other aspect of the future building. Here are all the elements of location, as part of urban conditions, natural and geographical preconditions framework of financial and material resources construction phase of implementation, etc.
It should be noted that the interests of particular importance to the architect-engineer directly involved in the work on the construction program and project task from which it arises, which in itself greatly facilitates the forthcoming efforts to resolving all the elements, from concept to detailed elaboration.
Design in Architecture
Design as a phase in creating a space, among other things, utvrivanje content - a process that occurs there. They express circuits and breaks down into units and sets of defining them by their means. A designed circuit can be analyzed many times with different point of view, when determining the nature of its composition and reciprocal
action, with the sweater hand analysts can do individually to show that crucial consideration. But that does not mean that the order in the design just the sum of the individual observations of architecture has given results. Trying to many injenicee in the field of design should be included in systematic reviews, and that there have not determined the relations between these data at all levels of resolution, showing the daily practice of projecting glaring deficiencies. Disregard the dynamics of relationships and wholeness in units of the systematization zastarevaju very quickly, they lose their topicality .. Does not need to understand that this observation concentrates only on the horizontal and vertical plan, but rather as the process extends to all phases and includes design elements, their proportional relationship, material composition, the characteristics of the structure, set in its full meaning.Research in this direction - at any time - the whole point, circuits and their interconnection; pation values determined by analytical procedures are defined exclusively by their mutual relations. Here the unit acquires its meaning only in certain relations within: selected unit of purpose can not be abstractly defined. It is always a product of interpretation of relations and purposes pation by all higher purpose. Under the higher purpose it is necessary to podrazumevati those that define the space in a continuous chain of units to the urban, urban, middle of the World. Takose these units, given the position or level of observation (area, city, country, etc.), can occur at different levels. The size and quality of data that define the design process, under certain conditions in a given observation have been assessed as the highest unit, it is possible that the higher level, in the middle of the next, in other mutual relations of this new environment participate as the base unit of its education. Wanting to discover this inner dependence of individual truth, just by defining the relationships within, an indication designing process, we are forced to take up a deductive-analytical method: accepting that in
each unit, or what it defines the visible characteristics of an intricate assembly. By determining the starting values for the organization of an assembly, and the rules by which these jadinice Plitvice Lakes to them, requires the presence of overall relations in the phenomena observed. Architect monitored variable processes of everyday life in which the totality of the answer to the need for continuous modeling of these units, as well as their terms of degrees, according to the different communities. Determining the value of space in the new environment, we examine the conditions for the activities of users in the world of biological, social and technical considerations in relation to the existing natural, urban environment. In this dual conflict is based on the quality of the new environment are subject to examination and determination of the hierarchical relationship among the values.So viewed, each architect organization is only one degree of possible environments in an unbroken chain of the biological unit through the family, city, country, etc. For these reasons, the design requires examining not only the relationship between different levels of the environment, but also among sizes that provide basic usability space. Size of the number and quality of required data differ, each of them implies the existence of content lower order - but not simply the sum of - as well as conditions for its development in the higher-order unit. According to the method which we have decided - deductive and analytical - the answer to our basic question in the Builder to develop the knowledge, and our further interest will be directed towards the apparent presence of architecture in our field of vision.Her whole is still primarily occurs as a natural solution to the relationship and the new environment and the relationship between the user and its attributes.
Creating an architectural design
Architectural design as a distinct social activity, manifested through concrete definition, ie, architectural or urban complex, a specific form of human activity, which contains the complex values of the cognitive and creative man's range. A. K. is essentially the art, knowledge and skills of building construction in order to create the organized interior space intended for a wide range of needs of man's life and activities. The basic elements a.k. are therefore: the internal architectural space defined by an intended purpose (housing, work, movement, leisure, cultural life, meditation, burial, etc.) and architectural body, and with their specific structural component of realized and protects the internal architectural space to mention, its a Compositionally -formal component aligns individual structural elements (volume, surface, walls, columns, openings, etc.), and connects them into a harmonious whole.Architectural creativity, developed through history into the framework and under the conditions of formation of the broad need for an organized space within the development of social life, it defines the space needed to man the manifestation of different aspects of his physical and mental life activities. Definition of the architectural organism (an object or an urban ensemble) must therefore meet the quantitative requirements of physical and mental demands of the qualitative component of man's activities, this means that architectural kreacijia must essentially be properly defined both in quantitative and qualitative terms.
In quantitative terms, defining the architectural creations had to hold a rational and functional space is organized, logical, and formed the material used, empirically or analytically determined by the dimension of the structural system, etc. In a qualitative sense every architectural creation defines conducted harmonious adjustment of these spatial and quantitative structural elements, whichShe realizes the value of certain architectural space and the Corps, through which architectural creations became the holder of a creative reflection of the ideological and emotional achievements of the community. Through such achievements, and earned value, the architecture defines itself as a category-specific social activities, which contains technical and artistic components of human activity. comprehensive architectural creations made from solutions of the two main groups of components, one of which is the technical nature of spatial communication with the consequence of a functional definition of their physical body and statically stable constructive definition of his cabinet, and the other is conceptual and emotional space - the experiential and formative - experientialnature, with the consequence of the orderly harmony of their definitions of spatial and formal elements. The first component, which determines the location and orientation, organizes and connects the spaces defined quantity, material, construction, etc., are solved on the basis of analysis of the object and the static stability of the structure. This analysis, the author carried out the power of their own achievements in the field of scientific knowledge of the legality of a series of social, natural and technical sciences, such as science on the development and organization of human society, biology, statistics, science of design, the study of structures, Strength of materials, structural design and many more. The second component, which defines the power of expression and harmony, or more profile physiognomy of an object - a component, the values that reflect idejnost and emotions, aspirations and feelings of a
certain epoch of social development in a particular territory and within certain ethnic and political entities, occurs as creative artistic reflection of a specific (artistic) realize the objective realities of life, defined by the creator of the underlying concept of his personal and emotional quality, a more intensive level of its creative power of interpretation. It is essential for the overall process of defining the architectural concept, that during the creative process of solving these aforementioned components must be developed and sazrevati synchronously, and that both components of quality achievement must act as unique as the final synthesis, manifested a specific definition of the architectural structure. In essence, the analysis and creative definition of the field of architectural creativity are complex processes, which are based on the achievements of the author's scientific and artistic knowledge, and the results of this creative process to increase the quality on the basis of the creative power of the author's talent.
Elements of architectural design
a set of different operations with the aim postaizanja specific architectural solutions arhitektonskohg an object. Architectural design deals with the problem of organization of space and defining all the elements of its design and constitution.During the design creates a vision of a certain spatial performance object architecture. The project dealt with all integral factors for future acts, on the basis of the established building program. The project is just one phase in the construction of architectural works from the stated desire to realize, but probably the most important and decisive, because it not only predisposes the concept, but is determined and all the elements for immediate implementation. The project is part pretprojekcija, objective picture of his existence, a means to materialize the idea. The design is permanently odmeravanje influential factors and the contradictions of
alignment of components in integrated perceived spatial whole. It is quite specifically the shaping elements of composition, and measuring functional usaglavanje space, technical and practical research tools and methods for implementation of works. It's a bit strange and seemingly elusive game, combinations of real and imaginary, potential and possible, the function and structure, content and artistic expression, part of the whole, matter and spirit ... It is often bloody battles of the spirit and imagination of the facts of reality and fittings that make it inevitable. This is the eternal search for and study the infinite wealth of variants that offers us space on all roads and sideways of the essential and ephemeral. Henry Focillon, so he says: "Neimar not envelop the empty space, but a certain form of residence, working space, it is modeled on the outside and znutra as a sculptor. He is a technician in preparing the plan, the designer in their combination of building elements, painter, schedule effects, sculptor in the treatment of weight ... "According to Wilhelm Woringeru" every artistic phenomenon remains to us so long hidden, until you realize the necessity and legality of its formation. In contrast, August Tirsch, assumed the legality of any creative act, seeking his uopteni sense: "In architecture, a law whose existence provides the beauty of the building, and when they are ignored, the only damage its beauty. These laws find and formulate, it is a task which science can not give up ... We are therefore looking for a law that would accommodate a multiplicity of forms and would be confirmed in different conditions. " The man organizing the architectural space and modeled it in vrednosi that would best suit their purpose and were the spatial equivalent of the project. "The man defines the space," says August Schmarzow, "the fence of nature." Today, this purpose is defined architecture is very limited and inadequate scope of its real ambitions and concerns. The project is only one object graphics performance and on time
itself can not be architecture. The only conceptual, material performance can be representative of the architecture, as relizovanog physical acts. However, the project represents a sublimated ideological assumption of architectural works and has a qualitative, conceptual, and composition-value. Architectural design includes the following phases of the operation:
analysis of the site; tests jedog terrain or location of future building, The development of the project; The development of reference; Evaluation of project and tasks; preparation of preliminary conceptual sketches or solutions; preliminary design; the main architectural project; the performer or a detailed project plan, or (palirski plan); the details and workshop drawings; the details "on site"; making changes and amendments to the performer's project.
Economy of space
It examines the economic aspects and characteristics of the area in
general or an individual architect or urban. of space. In terms of the architect, e.p. is contained in the cost of the architectural plan, which is achieved through the use of economical construction and structural systems, building materials, space-efficient organization (functional status of the rooms, communications) in the economical use of the building architect (maintenance, heating, insulation), etc. In urban. sense e.p. viewed from the aspect of composition, type of construction, transport and communication structures, etc.
Flat as a space
Land as a space created in the choice of some of the architectural scheme of housing, has its limits, its possibilities are certain uslovime system as a whole, here is not only the structural system, but to all the features of the service involved in the selection of the fate of the apartment and housing. If you are on the urban plan is based on an
image seen the model, even sometimes physically shaped, then it is an effort of the system as a whole, according to the nature of existence, its limitations that all acting elements and relations between them are determined, completed. O is so, so far as construction in the first place, was extremely nerazvojnog type, therefore, well defined as a financial operation, as the economic potential, as well as social, political and cultural contributions, and would then be unjustified to expect changes in behavior in the areas of technology and Technology, where he now expects the exercise of his individual distinctiveness. Celina action requires the same procedure and the education of its technical framework, and expressed the desire for flexibility before his criticism of the entire system of housing, an expression of dissatisfaction with housing. patterned flat schemes have emerged in the double impact of international experience and the possibility of structural systems, where the circuits appear as circuits - systems, ie, they are its elements and their relationships completely determined, and thus the composition space is reduced to a smaller number of possible cases. Limitations of the system provided a false satisfaction that the detailed modeling of the flat by the designer / constructor shape and new forms of life. To achieve the flexibility problem arises in a somewhat broader scope than just flat - family units, it would encompass a number of other units in the urban part of the collective sphere of the village, which makes the whole housing. This includes all things, often without reason called "extended dwelling" or "extended family", etc. So, what makes the local community, something where the users' sporazumevaju that will satisfy some of their common needs. " They, as well as housing and urban units and the assembly can not be strictly specific programs and physically, and their adaptability / promenljivost promenljivosti part that goes on in the units themselves. We conclude that it is here interesting delatni pluralism
surface whose shape can be formed by modelovati and altered needs, from which it follows that it is very sensitive to organize this magnitude clearly defined and limited models.
Flat as a commodity
The apartment is a product of human labor and a commodity character when you meet all the conditions of commodity appropriation products: objectivity - the utility, because its material content provides the use and satisfaction of human needs. The social utility, because its intended use-value to the consumer society. marketability, because it occurs over the market. mass, since its assumption of mass production to achieve its social benefits and marketability. The value because it is a product of human labor, which is the only creator of values.
In uproenoj interpretation, the negative definition of dwelling as a commodity might like to explain: House is not a commodity when a house is built for himself, when the market fails to report as an intermediary to satisfy man's needs, when used as a natural shelter "homeless" when building a house serf of feudal lords. Due to this the flat treatments - production of housing has in contemporary forms of social organization - commodity character.Commodity production generally speaking, characterized by: the production of market specific economic laws governing commodity proizvoednju and the law of value as a fundamental law of commodity production. The size and structure of the department chooses its value substantially the form of price. Therefore, the price of an apartment or housing will be determined by the size of the trade value and their special-purpose structure of the structure value of the goods.
Conceptual solution structures
The proposal materialization of objects in line with expectations and the current supply of completed flats, but primarily to the purchase option buyer, ie, expected and / or established (established by) the selling price. We need an integral part of the preliminary analysis of solutions of construction costs arising from the materialisation of the proposed facilities. Also, an integral part of the business plan, including all costs of construction of facilities.
Preliminary Design
The last stage in the development of the property, the other phases (Main, performative, and the project built building) would belong to the realization phase and would be offered in engineering that led to the construction and sale of objects. In the project proposal, as a phase in which the overlapping responsibilities of the team to develop the property and the engineering that led to the construction of facilities to draw a clear line authority, so as not to come to a mutual contention for something that
is done or not done or extensions of deadlines.
Architectural analysis Architectural analysis in its introductory part explores and establishes the schedules of the units that form of organization - space.It systematizes the middle and does not deals with the occurrence reveals the mutual dependence of units having always in mind the totality of phenomena. In this case the appearance is only the totality of the mutual relationships of the sets so it is necessary only to explain the schedule and does not appear as a separate and peculiar phenomenon of spatial organization. This multitude of possible arrangements in the organization of space sistematie the unit and sets certain properties that in these arrangements, the mutual actions allow the emergence of new structures. In this direction have been made in attempts to explain the organization as a possible emergent level of reality. Thus, the proposed so-called Doxiadis. ekistike unit: man, resident rooms, tourist groups, a small neighborhood, neighborhood, small town, city, etc., while Norberg Shulz provides table space levels, as follows: objects, units, houses, city, landscape and geography. This method of classification levels is possible as one of the many systems, but contains always the danger that the possible appearance of the structure does not coincide with the predicted classifications. Time and environmental factors in the broader sense need not be expressed, detected, the proposed classifications. For these reasons, it may prove useful to define the construction environment - the environment - an attempt to establish a method "to get ahead, which are important characteristics that can not be challenged within one family."
It is the mutual action of the user - upotrebnog items - events and trends, the main participants in each spatial organization and in addition to the above influences (the influence of natural, urban environment, national standards for hygiene) are the basis for developing a phenomenal value space, ie units meetings and assemblies.
Standards in Architecture
Standardization of the architecture is the name for the process of introduction, implementation and control of established general norms, characteristics, both quantitative and qualitative values that determine the level of allowable limits of usefulness in the following areas of architecture. According to Walter Gropius "standard means the highest degree of civilization, searching for the best, setting aside the important and nadlinoga from personal and accidental." In architecture, there are the following standards: Standards Organization size and usable space, dimensional standards architect of buildings, quality standards architect of materials, standards for capacity and use of various design architect of buildings,
protection standards architect of the building: heat, cold, sound, humidity, damp, rain, snow, wind, seismic standards, urban standards, environmental standards, Standards for the supply of building architect: water, electricity, Standards for warming the building architect, standards related to the evacuation of waste, standards for vertical communication in the architect to the building: stairways, elevators, standards related to specific client groups: children, elderly, sick, etc.
3.0. Participants in the project
3.1. Investor The investor obtains (finance) the location, creates a model of development properties and designed development model applies to the subject property.
Business system and the investor A market economy is an area in which business systems are working, on their way to:
satisfied customer (investor client) products and services (products of the project) as the most important reasons for the existence of the business system and survival and growth of the business system to create additional value resulting product projects During the activity, the participants in business systems meet a variety of uncertainties, especially in transition economies, even as our economy. alleged herein part of the significant challenges that the business systems need to be ready and you have to take into consideration when making decisions and plans in terms of choice of activities and structuring potential business system: - Globalization: vision, mission, policies, strategies, directives and guidelines; - IT / IS - Internet - Intranet, - Virtual organizations - Orientation to the customer: measuring customer satisfaction, - Speed: guidance on the objectives - MBO (Management by Objective), speed of decision making at the lowest level (empowerment, lean organization), - Excellence: models of business excellence, TQM (Total Quality Management) - Key management, administrative and supporting processes, BSC (Balanced Scorecard), ... - Implementation of cost: cost reduction, cost control processes and activities (Activity Based Costing) - A complete solution: innovation,
- Exchange of knowledge, - Sustainable development. In these circumstances it is certainly important, but customers of the project products and potential investors in a business system that realizes the project, to express and satisfy the interests of other stakeholders in an environment in which business operates the system - environment predizea: the company, suppliers, customers, owners, management, staff ..., still respecting the principles of sustainable development. The supreme authority of the business system strukturie (distributed) capital investment in the business potential of the system, with the aim of maintaining and increasing the activity of the business system, restoring the potential of the system through participation in the cost of items produced. The success of management depends solely on the quality of performing this task. Successful implementation of task management is possible in a controlled business environment. Controlled the business environment is ensured through the establishment of the chain depending on the mission-vision-strategy and measurable objectives. In general, the interests of all participants stated mission of the company, whether it consciously or not, and whether the mission is written or not. The mission is "reason for existence." The building company might look like: "To be successful in providing services within construction projects, a reliable partner to customers and suppliers, as well as a stable partner community, adhering to the principles of sustainable development." The mission can be accomplished if the investors and management are able to imagine "a future desired state" - a vision -
the state of the business system, which is to be defined in the future by filling out the mission the state of resources in the real environment. For building The vision of building an enterprise may be: o To ensure quality and reliable construction projects o Continuously improve production and improved manufacturing processes with the sustainable development to achieve (desired) state of resources (income) in the planning period .. . Make a profit from operations o Ensure customer satisfaction and other participants work. Improve the sense of belonging and teamwork. Investors and management are in constant quest for acquiring new contracts and never have willing buyers of products and services (service users and investors in an environment) that "impatiently waiting" to potential contractors to be increased ("fertilized") in their projects, Exposed, in their efforts, especially high risk ventures (projects). Taking into account the interests of all stakeholders in the business (the holders of business roles), as well as mission and vision of the business systems for business success it is necessary to define "strategic course of action" - a strategy that will enable the stated ambitions of the growth potential of the business system contractor, through the realization of projects of customers to the market (customers) have recognized and uvaili business system as a competent and competitive partners and implementers of projects purchaser.
Strategic Planning
Strategic planning is the process by which leading members of an organization foresee its future and develop the necessary procedures and operations to achieve that future. The strategy is achieved through specific business processes that occur as a result of: Analysis of resources and operations of the business system, organization of the business functions of the system, given the potential of the system and the signals from the environment, process flows and activities within the enterprise functions (assuming here the potential of the project processes and functions. Planned activities and processes of the original core of the organization-are the result of strategic planning for the study period. Strategic planning means: - Radical thinking and predicting the future, - Set in the center found that the organization wants to achieve (success balanced budgets), - Focusing on the optimization results of operations and quality processes in the organization, as the key to delivering quality products and services, - Orientation adaptive changes in organizational culture. Key issues that the strategy provides the answers: How will the business potential of the system look like in the planning period? How to achieve a dividend? To achieve a profit?
How can we rationally allocate the money and costs? How do we maintain our capability for continuous improvement? What processes have unaprediti to satisfy the stakeholders?
Example strategies for building enterprise
Insurance market for an annual production of basic activities of ... ... ... EUR The planned state of the business potential of the system ... Realization of profit before taxation at the level of% of exercise, The introduction of new products and services for customers ... Continuously improve products and processes in order to increase the utilization of production capacity, reduce costs and increase productivity, Improving the quality system, the protection of the environment and the environment, sigirnosti on occupational safety and health of workers, Maintain partnerships with customers and suppliers, To respect the principle of sustainable development in all commercial manufacturing processes.
In accordance with the strategy (a course of action) business system delivers measurable business goals, such as:
Increase capital by issuing shares to ... , Insurance market for an annual production of basic activities of ... ... ... EUR Realization of profit before taxation at the level of% of exercise, The introduction, for example, boards for the walls in the production of a new product to market in the next year, The introduction of VT-type anchors as a new product to market in the next two years, Planned terms of delivery (design and runtime) meet up to 95%, production capacity to take advantage of 90% (profitability), Reduce non-quality costs less than 2%, Maintain productivity by over 95%, Provide "just in time" delivery without stockpiling, Monitor the cost of non-quality, With utilities reach agreement on the disposal of industrial waste and its deposit or storage - disposal.
Measuring success or failure - Balanced Scorecard
The next step in creating a logical connection between the mission of the company and achieve measurable goals was to measure success or failure, or
Check cause and consequently do mission-measurable goals, which is based strategies, Check a company's ability (state resource companies) to achieve the planned, concentrating on energy management is really defined problems. Merit can be only in systems where the controlling processes. Strategic management, through the exposed sequence beginning with the mission to measurable goals, which they can express a set of objectives and parameters (performance) essential for the success of the business, called the Balanced Scorecard - Balanced map achievements. Controlling of each set goals as a result of the strategy the company is possible by defining key performance parameters (performance, features of) the process for achieving this goal. Balanced Scorecard (BSC) concept, which was presented by Kaplan and Norton 1992nd in Harvard Business Review, with the idea that BSC is a model for evaluation of success of management. Initially, as a means of reporting, it was a structured way of linking the various indicators used in the presentation of results of operations. BSC is then included the critical aspects of business, and also replaced some traditional financial measures with the part of nonfinancial (intangible) elements. BSC is an instrument and methodology for the transformation of the organization's strategic goals in the performance indicators of business processes. BSC is also a structured approach to the use of information related to measuring performance; significantly facilitates the setting of targets; assist in the allocation of resources; provides managers maintain or change the strategy to achieve the set goals; Reporting on progress to achieve them.
The most commonly expressed by BSC through a common goalperformance processes, formulated within six perspectives: Finance measure the end result of operation at the end of the spillway shareholders (investors) and other stakeholders (state of the business potential of the system), Customers Business monitoring the eyes of customers and markets in order to maintain the focus on customer needs and satisfaction as a condition for retaining and zavladavanje market. Internal Implementation Focus on the organization and monitoring of key internal business processes, improving these processes is one of the main indicators of future financial results, Innovation quality of staff and participants in the projects can be seen in this perspective, Employees adequate investment in this area is the foundation of survival and long-term Development, Administration Officers must be able to review their business processes, to detect them, definiei and managed through measurable performance
process. Within the above perspective, it is important to determine the parameters that can measure and their characteristic values (performance), their levels of measurement, periodicity of measurement and units of measurement. When this is not included in the methods of analyzing and modeling business, but only set the framework and necessary starting point for performance measurement.
Investor and Risk
In conditions of globalization and increasing competition in the market, optimizing the cost of the project becomes a condition of
obtaining the contract, ie, survival, growth and development of business systems that generate them. Construction projects, as products of the business system as investors realized through business and project processes. For permanent control of all processes, as a condition for the successful realization of the project, expectations of participants in the realization of construction projects shows measurable goals Balenced Scorecard for the processes of the original organization, and map the success of the project - the achievements of the project measurable objectives of the project-Project Scorecard for design processes. Looking at the original organization's business processes and product characteristics of the project in the course of implementing the project, as well as the need to budget for all operating costs and projects at all stages and for all participants, the procedure for calculation of the calculation of the project in the field of real estate must be allowed to make: the bidding, contracting, and performing subsequent calculations. Controlled business environment enables the successful implementation of business task management companies investors through the establishment of the chain depending on the missionvision-strategy and measurable goals of the business system. The establishment of this chain of dependencies is achieved through specific business processes, systems, resulting from: analysis of potential business and business systems, organization of the business functions of the system given the potential of the business system and signals from the environment, process flows and activities within the functions of the system,
taking into account the potential (expected) project (project processes and functions). Project products are realized through the design processes associated functions and the basic design of the organization, whose creation methods are used for Project Management: PRINCE2, PMI, ISO 1006, IPMA. Needs analysis for product design and project-management processes implemented by the project. To achieve a quality of operations and projects, investors and management of basic and project organization should be able to provide enough security to achieve the objectives of the business (the business potential of the system) and projects in the life period of the project (resources), and to ensure continuous control over all processes. Constant supervision process involves decomposition and composing business and engineering process to identify measurable levels of processor performance. Processes in the original layout of the products of activities performed by the basic functional units of the organization, with a particular functional whole, and parts thereof, at any stage of an activity for suppliers, and customers for any other activity of the same process. The basic design process for the realization of construction projects are formed by Zahtila product of the project, The basis of eligible activities are the basic functions and design organizations, which are necessary to achieve the required product characteristics of the project. The final cost of the project consists of the costs of the project process (process control and related products of the project) and The corresponding part of the cost of the basic processes of the organization (management and processes related to primary products business organizations) with calculated risk (operations and projects)
and planned income (total business in the project). In an effort to making it more acceptable bids - on the verge of profitability-we perform an analysis of the relevant business and engineering process, based on which components should get a minimum price of the project in the building calculation. The dynamism of process elements (risk events), which affect the cost, to alter, through the realization of the project, the assumed value of the minimum price the components of the project. Risk management in operations and project means qualification and quantification of the impact of certain risk events - the source of risk to change component values and prices of the project is conducted in phases: the identification of risk the assessment of risk, the development of responses to risk and about risk control. The mathematical model of risk assessment used Monte Carlo simulations. conducted analysis on the basis of these simulations provide a basis for defining the processes and structures for the realization of projects and supervision, as well as initial parameters for the information systems operations and projects. Further research should lead to the development of models for the identification of risk (at the same time determining the cause of the connection - result) Risk assessment (range of impacts and effects of each division probability of sources of risk to an individual part of the project within the price range) establishing a mathematical apparatus for the assessment of risks in construction calculation, as responses to risk in the basic processes and project organization.
Elements of success in real estate development project
The requirements of the business enterprise system are the measurable goals of the business, as a result of the transformation of the mission, vision and strategy into measurable business objectives indicators of the performance of business processes. measurable objectives of the business systems are the starting point of the information systems of enterprises The success of the project (the customer satisfaction business achievements and characteristics of the products of the project) can be shown measurable project objectives - indicators of performance engineering process, as a result of transforming the required product characteristics of the project in measurable goals. measurable project objectives are the starting point of an information system project. We analyze models of real systems and enterprise system construction projects, which consist of:
the data model, the process model and the resource model a picture of real systems within an enterprise engaged in construction delatnou and construction projects as a product of the project, with a focus on: - The business processes of the original organization of the "price policy" and "set price" - In the process of project preparation stage deals - the building during the calculation of the project, - Defining the project ("bidding and contracting calculations") and - Implementation of the project ("the performer's subsequent calculations") Accepting the criteria: Balance Scorecard (map balanced achievement of business) as a methodology for transforming strategic goals into performance indicators for business process of enterprises, as well as A system for measuring the image coordinates of the business operations of the system (companies, enterprises) through financial and nonfinancial value, based on: - Measurable strategic business objectives (contained in the requirements of business information systems companies, as well as models of physical systems), - Requirements management in operating systems through planning, organizing, staffing, managing, controlling, and
Project Scorecard (balanced map success of the project) as a methodology of transforming the project objectives in the process of project performance indicators, as well as measurement system that aligns an image of success of the project through financial and nonfinancial value, based on: - The requirements of the product characteristics of the project, - The requirements of project management, - The requirements of quality management within the - The requirements of the economics of quality management project the proposal will be compiled cost analysis for the calculation of "achieving the realization of selected targets" of the subject process. Building calculations must answer or provide good enough conditions on the structure of business systems and business projektoj structure that, in the phase of its development, any possible business processes and project processes broken down in accordance with the previously outlined requirements. Only measure, ultimately, it means only "counting the dead," if you do not specify tolerances. Constant monitoring of the processes to achieve continuous improvement of quality and success of the mission and projects. Approval of the deviation, upper and lower limits of performance are important elements of an assessment of the results of measurements of business processes and project processes. One of the better known methodologies used to monitor the process of the Six Sigma methodology (Motorola), a mean for all the processes determining upper and lower limits of performance (through + -3 standard deviations from the mean values of the process performance).
Construction project in the model of real estate development
Construction projects that generate construction companies for clients and investors have all the characteristics of other industrial goods and services (type, size, price, quality ...), but that the mechanism of the unique traditions of the project (not mass) of the product to the customer much more complex. The participants, are not assuming the dependence structure of the organization to realize the type of project, as always: - With a foreign investor and purchaser of the project (with the necessary consultants and associates, customers and counting ...) as a buyer, a recipient of services, - On the other side of the business system, the construction company (with the necessary functional and project structure ...) as a provider of services and - With third-party external and internal control of the organization (management, monitoring investor, control of conformity ...).
the construction projects taking place in all stages of the flow of the project until the delivery of products to the client and maintenance of the guaranteed period. During all phases of the implementation of construction projects (conception, definition, execution, use) is necessary to ensure continuous monitoring of all processes necessary for the exercise of such enterprise, (building project). This objective applies equally to the business processes of the organization which has undertaken a project - contractor (the original organization, the owner of the project, operating system, company, companies) and the processes of project organization, which awarded the project to the next exercise.
Investors - the owners of capital
building business systems founded by investing capital (all forms) in creating potential of business systems to provide services to the
realization of building projects to enhance capital and potential of the business system, which results in the creation of new usable (market) value, expressed in the form dividends, profit or capital gains. Investors and management companies and the project must be a sufficient security to provide for the state to achieve business goals (potential of the company) and projects (resources) during the process of project implementation. The objectives of the original core-organization achieved through the processes of the business functions of the system. The project objectives are achieved through the processes of project organizations. It is implied, and processes related to product design and business systems and project management processes and business systems. Processes are built from poredjanih purposeful activity. The activities consist of standard business processes. Standard work processes-positions of all kinds are always made from resources: work of employees of adequate education, standardized materials for the unit of work processes, standardized services of other unit processes and Depreciation standardized using the means of operation (corresponding transfer of resources of the organization) in the standard unit of operation. In the system there is no activity (even cost) that is not part of a business or project, and so a calculation must be included with each
spending in the business and project system. For high-quality realization of the projects necessary to ensure continuous control over the processes of the project during its unfolding. Constant supervision process involves decomposition of business processes to identify measurable levels of processor performance. Specifically: a prerequisite for the successful realization of the project is to establish measurable objectives in the overall process and the duration of the project, based on predoenedekompenzacije process to standard business processes and positions. Phase of the project in which the plan and provide state of the project, or performance of the project, the previous calculations. After receiving the contract for the project (successful completion of the competition) to the Contracting calculations. In order to tackle the performer's calculation, which takes into account the current status and resource potential contractor and the state of the market. This calculation may be revised several times during the process of implementing the project. Upon completion of the project is the follow-up (completed) calculation that is the basis for evaluation of success of the project Project Scorecard and business companies.
Administration (management) companies
recipients of equity investors with the mission (purpose) to meet
expectations: Investors: - Managing the achievement of primary and secondary sector of the business system; - Creating the potential structure of the company (with the consent of investors); - Participating in the success (profit potential) activities that are managed; - Permanently adapting business strategy to sustainable development, and use their services - achieving quality projects on customer satisfaction. The success of management is directly related to the structuring of the potential that it is available, taking into account the state of the business economy in an environment. Although the dividend and profit (or sustain and increase the potential) is one of the most important drivers of business processes, overall expectations of investors and management, but also the entire business system, shows generally balanced budgets success - achievements (Balenced Scorecard-BSC) business system as a system for the measurement of success business systems for all participants work Delatnost business system is a set of processes to implement the project (product business system) through which investors and management, fulfilling customer expectations (quality completed projects on customer satisfaction), create your own, usually published in advance, goals (primarily maintenance and growth potential of companies) . Management determines the tasks (assigned projects) project teams.
Model operation of the business system
The implementation of construction projects najprimereniji model of the business system is a matrix organization, which is expressed by the division of responsibilities between the original function-basic organization and functions of project organization that has been assigned to the project. The organization is a group of people and institutions with landscaped responsibilities, authorities and relationships. the source organization and its management was entrusted by investors' capital (own and others - potential) in control with the aim of
the owner (investor) to ensure profits, preserve and enhance the potential. The original organization of the business system will: the plan, to organize, of lead, the control and personnel to fill the business system (processes in it) the realization of activities (programs - sistematizovanih construction projects), through the organizing functions of the system. Organizing the business functions of the system is the (classical approach to the organization of the business functions of the system): - Organization and classification of the process and activities of the original functions of the organization, - Grouping of activities necessary to achieve the objectives, - Assigning each group of activities of individual functions of the system, - Together with authority for their supervision, - Ensure coordination of the organizational structure and to hotizontalne and vertical. - The processes, practices, policies or other matters in connection with activities undertaken by people in other organizational units. Model the business functions of the original system, the organization that deals with the realization of construction projects, in general terms be divided into: owners and representatives of owners,
Administration source organizations, the functions of the original organizations that deal with produces the source organization Programs and projects. Depending on the size and complexity of projects, often the source of the organization performing the specific project processes. To ensure that the process approach is necessary during the execution of business processes, which consist of the following required activities, comply with the minimum of the following steps: - Identify key business processes, systems, - Identify the individual processes within each of the main processes of the business system, - For each process to establish the following elements: - Internal and external suppliers, - Internal and external customers; - Process owners, - Beginning and end of the process, - Inputs and outputs, - Activities of the process, - Control mechanisms of the process, - Resources, processes and activities, - Key activities of the process, - Define responsibilities for implementation of each activity process, - To define the necessary documents and other support for the activities and processes. Processes in the original organization and the activities they perform,
are the basis of the previously presented analysis of the functional units of the original organization. In doing so, certain functional series (parts thereof), in a process of the original organization, at any stage of an activity for suppliers, and customers for any other activity of the same process. For all the processes to apply the methodology of 'plan-implementProvera-act "PDCA (Plan-Do-Check-Act). Process approach to composition and quality management leads to ultimate customer satisfaction. List the most important source of business processes according to the type of organization, without unnecessary details, according to various authors are: The logistics processes Logistics of production the planning process of the primary needs Process material requirements planning The process of planning and hours of work capacity the planning process of making - Logistics, procurement and sales The process of making bids (calculations) - Logistics, human resources new product development processes - Processes of marketing / sales
tendering processes The process of making bids (calculations) - The process of constructing - The planning process of making - Quality assurance processes - Resource planning processes and infrastructure - The exercise of planning to remove the product after use Information and coordination processes Financial Accounting Information Management calculate the costs and profitability Controlling the main categories of processes: - Management of business systems (management processes), - Provide resources for the functioning of the business system, - Resource Processes - Processes are oriented towards the customer (marketing), - The production process (customer service) - The process of achieving products and services, - Support processes, - Assurance processes, - The improvement process the process owners and the original type, the basic categories are: Processes of representatives of investors (shareholders), Process management organization of the original: - Process for the Director and the Director kancelatije,
- Process for Chief Engineers, - The processes of research and development, - The processes of marketing and sales, - Human resources management, - Process of logistics, procurement and maintenance - Planning of product realization processes (programs and projects) - Finance and accounting processes, - Process control and quality assurance - The process of communication and informatics, - Process for the manufacture, - Process in the design, if the design of the original functions of the organization (at the same time they project processes), Processes program works, if it is a function of the original organization (at the same time they project processes). Fully functional organization would have all the processes of the original organization of which would have been an integral part of the design process for the realization of products that have the characteristics of the project
Business Processes
process as any activity that receives inputs and converts them into outputs. The basic process of separation of different management processes and processes related to the product of the project: the design, the production and
the evaluation, whether it be software, hardware, service or procesnomproizvodu. The modeling process at various organizational levels (OBS) must strive following: To meet different requirements, to overcome the continuous development and improvement, to manage the changes, A unique way of seeing and perception of a whole and its parts(fractal structure) fractal structure is the principle that every detail reflects the comprehensive structure. This means that the process consists of the subprocess, the subprocesses of the activities, the activities of the working process (position), the working processes of operations, the operation of the procedures, How about the movement. Work processes Work processes are used for finding norms in work organization, technological sequence, planning, etc. and they make a standard workflow-position, Work processes are always consist of: the labor of workers, the material cost, the depreciation of equipment and resources, the services of other employment. The main processes
The processes represent a set of subprocesses or activities in a logical sequence and relationships are fully develop the system of business organization in achieving a business enterprise project under the direct responsibility of the supreme function of the organization's top management.
Subprocesses
subprocesses constitute activities in a logical sequence and relationships together form a rounded fully develop practical process for achieving a business enterprise project, Also, they fall under the responsibility and a functional part of the basic functional-source project or organization. Activities - a complex work process consists of a number of work processes, among which there is a temporal and organizational connections to obtain a functional part of the set produced. The work process for vrieme its duration does not change the composition of work groups. When working operations during its duration does not change the material, tools, or the composition of work groups. Work process is tied to a specific part of the action or proceeding. The working movement of the workers perform the elementary parts of the limbs, body, free your head, etc.
Cost operations positions
cost operations positions consist of standard operating positions of individual performance the norm the known methods for the purpose of planning in these dekomponuju. The activities of individual performance plan may compose according to the analysis of individual product characteristics from the project: on the part of an item of costs (part of standard business processes standardized items) to complete an item of expense,
a more complete bill of items parts of several different quantities of items (standard business processes - standardized items of different positions of estimate). The process consists of sets of activities in the pre-defined way. Delatnost original-basic organization and design products make up the processes. Other activities in support of the original organization and project organization compose from standard business processes and functions of these organizations on the same processes as the processes of individual performance.
Assessment of feasibility and sustainability work
Based on state resources and planned measurable goals of the business system, established through the previous analysis in strategic planning, management makes estimates and assumptions in the plan period to achieve the objectives, defining: Structure-function of the original core of the organization, The processes and activities of the business functions of the system that are performed in order to achieve the objectives, The structure of potential projects and status of ongoing projects planned for accomplishment, The process of project functions and activities of organizations to achieve the objectives of the project. top management of primary-source organization with the approval of representatives of the investors (owners), the strategic planning process shall: a plan to achieve the activities there (programs), a process to operationalize the plan: to approve the planning horizon scopes of business processes: Owner's Representative, function of the original organization, state and potential of the business system through the study period. The preparation and organization of the original calculations for Calculate the cost of projects within the process of "price policy" and "Determination of Price" model consists of standard work processes for:
the cost evaluation process, the individual position of project execution, the calculation process of installing and uninstalling the site, the calculation cost of the administration building and construction sites the calculation of cost of project administration. From the above will result all the following resources for the execution of business processes and projects: the workforce in structure, the materials by type, the other services by type, by type of asset (resources) classified by - Functions of a business system - Organizational units of the incumbents of the organization, - Programs (activities there), - The processes and activities of the business system, - The processes and activities, projects, - Phases of the project. What will define the costs: the so-called. "Overheads" of the business system - that will be given the size of the original cost to the organization through the realization of construction projects to recover the embedded potential of the business system, as well as the cost of reproduction for projects and spending the greater part of indirect costs. Participation in the cost of the original core-organization in the cost of construction projects (embedded business potential of the system) is quite variable
A level of detail of our analysis, podrazumevaemo that are added to the estimated value of the project in proportion to the total business activities - revenue that a business system plans to accomplish the planning period. While the involvement of the original functions of the organization and resources of the business system and the costs associated with the potential of the business system, will be associated costs of the project, largely depend on the type, size, complexity, and level of preparedness projects This is often not proportional to the value of projects planned total income, or Sources of risk in projects and business in general terms, where part of the causes of risks (external causes) has very little to do with the project itself, and mainly affect the overall business plans and the original organization. Through a strategic planning process to achieve the mission of the business system (mission - vision, strategy-measurable goals), determine, for the planning period (usually a year), a set of synonymous certain business processes and activities with associated costs, in total or by type, whose costs will be necessary to compensate for products from the exercise of business - projects.
The project - a definition The project is a unique process that consists of a series of coordinated and controlled activities with implementation beginning and end dates, which are undertaken to achieve a goal that meets specific requirements, including time constraints, costs and funds (ISO 1006). Project organization was established by the organization to achieve dodeljenog her project. Control functions design organization composed of members or groups in the project team, which also perform the design processes related to project management. The number of members or groups within the project team that implemented management activities depends on the size and complexity of the project. It is recommended (by Wischnewski) determining the number of members or groups of project team members according to the following formula: A N = ------------KxLx8 where: N - number of managers in a team or group, A - value of the contract, K - The average price for the work force for a year, L - the length of the project, or approximately (according Litkeu): Number of People associate the year, millions of EUR
________________________________________________________ ________ Small projects <6 <0.4 <0.05 60-50 medium-sized projects from 0.4 to 50 0.05 to 5 Major projects> 50> 50> 5
Functions of the project organization in respect of products of the project consists of the members or groups in contracting and project team. The number of members or groups within the project team carried out activities related to process products of the project depends on the the size, complexity of the project, deadlines Resources allocated and available resources. Project Organization
the project is conducted by them, with clear objectives (measurable), endow the business management system (basic organization) and fulfilling the objectives of the project (through which the part towards the objectives of investors and management - the growth potential), In this mode achieve their goals: compensation for their efforts, participation in the profits from the project, etc. Expectation management business systems and project teams in the projects are carried balance of the project success-attainment of the project - which shows the measurable goals of the project (Project
Scorecard-PSC), a system for the measurement of success of new projects for all participants in the projects. Project organization for construction projects, the activity of the works are: - Project teams, project management, - The administration building for the site with multiple buildings, - The site management for individual sites, - The organizational unit for installation and uninstallation of the site, - The organizational unit for a single execution of the physical parts of the building. Using the resources of the business system, all organizational levels (features) and original design organizations to parts of the business potential of the system, through the processes and activities carried out in obtaining the product of the project, the product of the project. Basing all measurements on the orientation of the processes (activities), subject to the applicable processes related to management in which participate: of investors, the management of the basic organization, the control functions of the original organization, the project team, the control functions of project organization, as well as processes related to products of the project the operational functions of the basic or original organization, the continuous operation of the original organization, on the part of the function of project organization, the immediate execution,
the organizational unit for installation and uninstallation of the site, the unit for the implementation phase of the project, control, ... Through the application of the principles (methodology) "planimplement-Provera-act" PDCA (Plan-Do-Check-Act, Deming) is necessary to constantly predicting the state primary - the original organization and project organization in all aspects on prices, the costs, the deadlines, on customer satisfaction, product and process quality, state of human resources ... Balanced Scorecard and Project Scorecard). To at all stages of the company (the original organization) and the process of implementing the project, an expansive view of all the complexity of their structures and to ensure the success of the project and the business policy of the company realizes that it is necessary, but the project preparation phase, through construction calculation, allow such complexity and transparency of resource projects and Potential business system that realizes the project, which will stage the eventual realization of the project, provide clear relationships between organizational units and processes that realize the project.
Phase of the project
Stages of realization of construction projects by performing the analysis should be seen as:
- The conception - The design, - Requirements stemming from the market, - Research, preliminary technical documentation, - Conditions for Spatial Planning, - Prior approval, - Investment studies, - Feasibility studies, - Providing funding, - Legal and property relations - Defining - Tender and selection of designers to create technical documentation, - Program and project task, - Development and control of technical documentation, - Approval of the technical documentation, - Revision and correction, - Building permits - Tender for construction, - Conceptual design of construction, - Development of bidding calculations, - Selection of contractors - Development of the contractual calculation, - Contract works, - Performance - Performative, a project of construction, - Development of performing calculations, - Introduction of performers in the business, - Preparatory work, - Construction, - Supply and installation of equipment, - Technical inspection, - Development of subsequent calculations (completed)
- Transfer, - Obtaining a use permit, - The use of the facility, - The guarantee period and - Maintenance. The basic design processes: The basic design process for the realization of performing construction projects are: Initiating the project Project Planning, Control of the project, Approval of the project - the PSC, Realization of the project: preparatory work, the installation process, uninstall site quality control performance, processes with subcontractors, making cost operations specifications, finishing work, Control of achieving project handing product to the customer: the handover - technical approval, removal of defects, completed the calculation,
Calculation of prices
Calculation of prices (engl. price calculation, nem. Preisberechnung,) is a computational procedure used to determine prices of goods and services. From the standpoint of purpose in the construction industry, there are two basic types of calculations: calculation of prices for shows in the market, and Price calculations for internal use. In the first group of calculations are: architectural calculations of the estimated cost and Calculation of negotiated prices. planning calculations of the estimated price is used as the basis for determining the amount of investment. Calculation of negotiated prices used for determining the prices of construction between client and contractor. Calculations for the internal purposes of the calculation of the agreed price - internal prices, which are determined within the performing company for the distribution of the contracted price work for all participants in the implementation of job
Creativity of participants in the model of real estate development
It is important that in the real estate development model enabled the creativity of the participants, it would be best achieved by the institution of the competition. Job requirements should not be limit to the participants. Terms of reference should leave considerable freedom to the participants. The development location is within the adopted preliminary solution or project proposal makes a decision about the continuation of the project, and if it decides in favor of the investor financed the construction of the facility through a contract with the selected engineering.
Costs in the model of real estate development
At the stage of conception and definition of the construction project, determine the essential minimum technical requirements engineer product of the project, which provides construction and legislation, and that nothing (except maybe the demands of investors - the client in respect of certain technical solutions) are not included in the costeffectiveness and profitability Applied solutions and methods in achieving the project. Technical requirements for a structure defined by the quantity (minimum) for expenditure of grant schemes reproductive elements in the production process (as a consequence of the "essential requirements for building), they constitute only part of the narrower concept of" project costs ", which often referred to as" direct costs ". Determination of these costs ("costs related to the project") is carried out according to their own internal or accepted "'average standards of implementation and cost ...", "standard norms", etc. In addition to these direct costs "direct production" or "individual performance", costs incurred in connection with other functions necessary for the organization of new projects - indirect costs These are trokovui "basic processes of the organization in connection with the management and processes related to project management." These costs, though not a feature of the reproductive spending, are integral parts of the project cost prices (of goods and services). Total cost of the project are therefore: value of non-refundable cost of wear and reproductive Cost value of the product of the transfer other functions (core and
project organizations) in achieving product projects (transfer potential of the organization to a product of the project). How are the values of irreversible reproductive spending, at least in quantity, usually fixed to the demand for cost-efficiency and profitability of new projects can generate the most control over the spending of the original management processes - basic and project organization (cost of the "transfer of resources"). In conditions of growing competition in the markets, optimization of all, especially the "indirect costs" becomes a condition of obtaining the contract, the survival and development of business systems. Looking at the period of realization of a project and need to calculate all the costs of the project at all stages and for all participants in the project, models costing projects should enable the development of: - Calculation of the bidding phase of supply, - Contracting calculations for the phase of contracting, after all requirements for the contract specifies, - Performing calculations for the phase of the organization works - Optimization of the project in preparing the project of construction (techno-economic feasibility study) - Subsequent calculations after obtaining use permits, - The surrender of the product to the client - In order to assess a balance of performance and achievements of the project.
Way of solving the problem of costs
From the above it is the goal of the research problem and solution
sets: - Modeling of the structure function of the source-the basic organization of a candidate for the realization of construction projects, - Modeling of the structure function of the project organization needs to set in order to achieve the construction projects, - Modeling of all processes and activities and functions of the original design of organizational units, to achieve an effective control over the structure of costs of construction projects the purpose of: optimize operating costs of the original - the basic organization, optimize the cost of implementation of projects (economical and profitable exercise), ensuring input data for information system project management, and ensuring input data for business information systems.
Minimization of Investment
rational spending of available investment funds is the general requirement of economic development. Through him, the effect on propagation effects reservoir effect. Although the application sets the volume of each reservoir, however, if the "capital availability" more limited, the effects of accumulation of rational investment spending are higher.
The initial phase and opredeljujua in the process of rational investment spending is the phase choice of location. She is home and opredeljujua for production and non-productive investments. However, to participate directly productive investments can hardly exceed 50% of total investments, savings investments problem boils down to: 1) finding the source of cost savings opportunities in the next generation, and 2) the intensification of savings in non-productive investments. Immediately productive investments are decided on an objective technical and production process. Nevertheless, opportunities exist for expenditure rationalization investment. The structure of productive investments comprise investments in the construction of buildings, the construction of facilities and procurement of equipment, machinery and tools. For the functionality of the most productive investments are those that have invested in the purchase of technology. In addition to a number of factors, among which some are even psychologically (preference for a representative architectural appearance), the location can affect the economically irrational investment structure, particularly the elements of its geographical characteristics. Far more features to minimize the area provides a non-productive or indirectly productive investment. Above all, it is necessary for several reasons: 1) investment savings in this area increases the real volume of investment in manufacturing, 2) savings in the construction of nonproductive, especially infrastructure capacity, enabling savings of funds for maintenance, 3) states the principle of investing savings in respect of order of magnitude in the construction of commercial buildings. Two areas of savings are especially significant: the area of infrastructure and the area of housing and communal economy. Main railway lines, road highway, the main electricity transmission network must be companions of economic activity, and not "transit" in
character. Another area of housing and urban investment. Their importance arises chiefly quantum of housing and urban investment. While the non-productive investments Publishers, culture, health, intimately tied to the territorial deployment of the population, housing and utility construction has dispersive properties, which significantly affect the dispersion of the investments, which automatically reduces rationality. Finally, only the area of housing and utilities investments with their periods of activation of an investment, complementary functions of housing and communal economy, provides opportunities to achieve some savings.
Calculations in practice
When presenting a product cost of projects are distinguished: - Assessment of costs in the early stages of the project (design and definition) - To study different assessments of investments for investors, and - Calculate the cost of products in the phase of the project definition and execution of the projects the implementation of the project products. When the costs of exploitation of the project are not evaluated separately and their value assessed the possible acceptance of
alternative technical solutions produced. The assessment of costs used in various models of assessment: for parametric models, the regression models, of elemental models, the approximate quantity of models, the Bill. Parametric models estimate the cost of the project product based on the significant physical properties of products of the project, based on actual costs of projects previously performed in similar conditions. The accuracy of the method is up to 30% Regression models estimate the cost of the project so that the total price is considered statistical dependent variable. Its value is found in the already completed projects, as part of an important and rapidly determinable, the components of the project price (usually the direct costs of implementation of individual labor, materials, use of the equipment ... in the reproductive expenditure for the project), ie, the independent statistical variables, which are also determined from earlier projects. Multiple regression analysis is discovering dependencies and correlation functions of statistical variables. This is a relatively quick way of assessing the cost of the project, whose accuracy also varies. can be also make models for certain types of product design (eg the division of objects according to their typological or functional characteristics, as in: on housing the school and other educational facilities of infrastructure facilities
of service facilities of production facilities, etc. The elemental cost model to determine the number of different functional elements of the project products (significant cost) and they are relatively accurately determined. The elements are connected whole, regardless of location. Cost-negligible functional elements are empirically assessed. The accuracy of these models is up to 20%. The model estimates the approximate amount used in the development stage of project documentation and is based on subjective assess the approximate amount to which the approximate price in the market. The accuracy of this model is up to 18% Bill of quantities used for assessment and calculation of prices of products and projects already su150 years in the construction industry worldwide najprimenjivaniji model The objective of cost analysis is that the total project cost is always express the cost estimate. Bill of use: perpetrators works for bidding on the same baseline, as a basis for payment and billing between the perpetrator and the client during execution, as a starting point for planning and project management as a basis for assessment of the perpetrator of the cost of the project realization. Bill makes specific, the kind of structured position of making the physical parts of a building which determine the quantities and unit
prices. The items of expense are formed from standard work processes of individual performance, This is the extent to which the norm the construction work tasks individual performance.
Standard business processes
Standard work processes (standards of performance and cost) define the resources for reproductive expenditure in the project products This means that simply cost operations reported a direct reproduction costs of the project. Further, an "indirect" costs, given that the cost estimate "means of expression in the correspondence of the participants in the delivery of projects," joined in many ways a direct reproductive costs. Applying the budget price of the project cost operations in the specification of works, Total cost of the project expressed through the quantity of items quantities and unit prices cost operations specifications are the sum of the product quantity of each item quantities and unit prices of related items, as follows:
Cp = ni = 1 k i. Ci
where: Cp - full price of the project, K - quantity of the i-th item of expense,
Ci - i-price of the item cost estimate. Unit Price Ci = (Dti + ITI) DTI = (ppi mpi + + + api API) direct costs of the i-unit prices, which are the sum of reproductive costs for the unit cost operations positions established on the basis of the sum of consumption of standard business process for the position of expense, Iti indirect costs of unit prices, On the other hand, the total price of the project can be expressed as Cp = ni = 1 ki. (Ppi mpi + + + api API) + ITR, where ni = 1 ki. (Ppi mpi + + API + API)
Total direct costs of reproduction project PPI - the gross cost of workers per unit item cost operations based on standard norms of business operations, MPI - the standardized embedded material costs per unit item cost operations based on standard norms of business operations, UPI - Authorized service charges for other items on the unit cost operations based on standard norms of business operations, api - standardized depreciation of assets for the unit item cost operations based on standard norms of business operations,
ITR-total indirect costs of the project. Most often applied in practice follows the division of indirect costs in unit prices of estimate items: a) Indirect costs are shared only on labor single execution (direct costs), the standard set of standardized business processes that make up the item cost operations: ITR Cp = ni = 1 ki. (Ppi mpi + + + api API) + ni = 1 ki. ppi. -------------------ni = 1 ki. ppi where is a dimensionless factor that increases workforce reproductive performance of individual items of spending bill for the "cover" indirect costs F:
F = ITR / ni = 1 ki. ppi Cp = ni = 1 ki. (Ppi mpi + + + api API) + ni = 1 ki. ppi. F Cp = ni = 1 ki. (PPI (1 + F) + mpi + + API API) The unit price and the item-cost operations specifications is obtained as: Ci = ppi (1 + F) + mpi + + API API), a indirect cost portion of cost operations in the unit price of an item is
Iti = ppi. F b) if the share of indirect costs to total costs cost operations specifications a standard set of standardized business processes that make up the item cost operations: ni = 1 ki. (Ppi mpi + + API + API) Cp = ni = 1 ki. (Ppi mpi + + + api API) + -----------------------------------. ITR ni = 1 ki. (Ppi mpi + + API + API)
ITR Cp = ni = 1 ki. (Ppi mpi + + API + API). (1 + ------------------------------------ ---) ni = 1 ki. (Ppi mpi + + API + API) Cp = ni = 1 ki. ((Ppi mpi + + API + API). F1) Where: ITR F1 = (1 + ----------------------------------------) ni = 1 ki. (Ppi mpi + + API + API)
where F1 is a dimensionless factor which increased the total direct costs or unit (reproduction of spending) quantities of items for the "cover" indirect costs The unit price and the item-cost operations specifications is obtained
as: Ci = (ppi mpi + + API + API). F1 The principle of division of indirect costs in total costs of the project is generally present when the price of the project shows cost operations, which is usually the case. Calculate the principle of direct costs based on cost operations specifications, most mathematical programs with pre-defined based on standard business operations associated with the resource reproductive spending, it is almost customary and All software, although in different source databases, provide similar logic models and the results in terms of type and quality of analysis and results, offering Indirect costs are often joined by one of the previously presented methods. Continuous efforts are software solutions that take advantage of Bill planning to project management and as input data for business and engineering information systems, This is the realization does not give significant results, at least not in masovnijoj application and wrong is no comprehensive analysis of the business and project systems. What the two approaches in calculating the cost of the project based on cost operations specifications differ, the following: - Different definitions of general and special conditions of the works - Ways of making the specification of estimate, - Modes of project costs, - Method of calculating the direct costs, - Applied different standards and norms of average realization and
costs, - Method of calculation for cost specifications, - A different division of costs, - Different solutions to transform the specification of estimate of project plans, and access to a specific project budget of indirect costs in most countries, industry and civil engineering company engaged in the realization of products of the project. Depending on the country and tradition in the construction industry, there are different approaches to the methodology of calculation of the cost of construction projects in the literature and practice, based on the general principles of project management and professional standards, as well as the specificities of particular fields for which calculations are performed as well as special access to the creators kalkulacijskih model . Common to all of them, and they are generally different, and often makes it incompatible for exchange of data is: the acceptance of special different specification of estimate as a basic document around which everything happens, because it took the corresponding document between the contractor and the client - the investor, the general acceptance of local and technical conditions of the works, which are descriptions of estimate bazirajustandardni specifications, as well as a standardized workflow standards (mainly individual performance), the specific structuring of project costs, project phases, and the general types of costs the specificity izmerenih quantity, the uniqueness of the organizational model of the project and sourceprimary organization (if model is treated),
the different standards of classification of data, the diversity of relationships between databases and software specification of estimate for planning and controlling projects ...
1.1. Engineering
Engineering, which is involved in bidding for development sites must be through him, to demonstrate the ability: knowledge of the market creativity in urban and ideological where the solution is the starting point of their own market analysis lobbying ability and achievements of urban ideas and conceptual solutions progression toward obtaining the consent and approval of the Public service and local government's ability to timely and location of infrastructure equipment Proven ability to construct objects, using the reference list, with people who are currently employed in engineering defined and developed the sales model, with the participants and their references
2.0. Relationships among the participants in the project investor Engineering
2.1. The subject of relations between the participants and its closer determination The subject of relations between the participants is:
participation in the contest with the structure of work (activities) given in Count 2 This text is the optimum choice of real estate development (location) construction of buildings after the adoption of the investor's optimal solution development site, which is fully perform selected engineering the sale, which is fully perform selected engineering 2.1.1. competition should be the optimal solution to the location and at the same time should allow the investor to redeem the preliminary solution if it does not continue further cooperation with him. It is necessary to properly determine the compensation that they also allow the cost to participants, but the main motive had to be obtaining the construction of the facility under the conditions defined in the next paragraph. 2.1.2. construction of the adoption of optimal solutions to engineering development site to carry out a clearly defined future relationships that may be of different models, but for now favors a model in which profits are shared on an object, such as the profit is considered the difference in price between: Cost of construction and interest on the funds invested during construction, without the cost of consultancy work (development of location, design, supervision, sales) the revenue from the sale where the profit is shared over 50%: 50% between the investor and engineering, and engineering costs are included above-mentioned costs of consulting services. The biggest motivation for participation in the contest for engineering should be just this way of distribution of profit, which brings him a substantial profit.
2.1.3. The sale is entirely done in the engineering organization and is its cost.
2.2. The mode of election engineering
Engineering is elected invitation competition, and efforts to meet the following structure called the preliminary requirements: Local engineering, if it is of adequate quality engineering from the composition of the system A1 and A1S 1 or 2 engineering with proven references
2.3. Criteria for selection of engineering
it is likely that the result of the competition will be such that it is an engineering achieved at the same time the best market analysis, the best conceptual solution and that his best and all the other skills listed in Section 2, therefore, the primary reasons for the choice of engineering should be its ability to implement the project. Over time, the engineering firms that they would cooperate with us to understand the importance of location and value and impact of creativity on the success of the whole project and then hire a very capable people who will participate in the development of the project.
In accordance with a given model of development costs borne by the location of engineering in the context of his profit on the project. This provides an opportunity for the investor does not compromise on this important segment of the project which is not paid due attention, and which has significant consequences for the project. In this way, the chosen solution should be given an adequate place and fee.
3.0. Assessment of project costs for construction
The paper starts from the fact that the estimate of total project costs for one of the main features of the new ways of assigning work in high rise buildings. The paper describes the concept of total project costs. Shown are the existing classification systems that are commonly used in construction and Development of a new, flexible framework for structuring data that will be used for assessment and control of total project costs for construction.
Drawings
A block diagram:
Ukupni trokovi investitora (UTP) (za investitora projekta)
Finansijski trokovi investitora
Ostali indirektni trokovi investitora (rizici, profit, itd.)
Indirektni trokovi tima koji upravlja projektom (tim investitora)
UTP podneseni investitoru
Finansijski trokovi
Ostali indirektni trokovi firme koja upravlja projektom
Indirektni trokovi tima koji upravlja projektom (tim firme koja upravlja projektom)
Kapitalni trokovi
Trokovi upravljanja, odravanja i korienja projekta (Facility Management Costs)
Trokovi uklanjanja projekta
Ukupni trokovi projekta (UTP) podneseni investitoru
Finansijski trokovi
Ostali indirektni trokovi firme koja upravlja projektom (rizici, profit, itd.)
Indirektni trokovi tima koji upravlja projektom (tim firme koja upravlja projektom)
Kapitalni trokovi (inicijalna, kapitalna etapa projekta)
Trokovi upravljanja, odravanja i korienja projekta (Facility Management Costs) (etapa korienja i odravanja)
Trokovi uklanjanja projekta (etapa ruenja i uklanjanja projekta)
Trokovi zemljita
Trokovi korienja izvedenog projekta
Prodajna vrednost projekta
Trokovi izrade projektne dokumentacije
Trokovi odravanja i zamene istroenih elemenata
Trokovi ruenja i uklanjanja svih objekata
Trokovi graenja
Ostali trokovi (npr. trokovi logistike)
Indirektni trokovi tima koji upravlja projektom (u ovoj etapi projekta)
Trokovi okonanog obrauna i primopredaje
Ostali indirektni trokovi (u ovoj etapi projekta)

Trokovi upravljanja, odravanja i korienja graevine Indirektni Ostali indirektni trokovi tima trokovi ove koji upravlja etape (rizici, ovom etapom profit, itd.) projekta Trokovi Trokovi zamene i korienja odravanja Ostali trokovi projekta istroenih (graevine) elemenata Osiguranje Specifini trokovi jedinica lokalne samouprave Trokovi preseljenja Plansko preventivno odravanje Trokovi konsultanata
Podzemni radovi
Trokovi edukacije
Nadzemni radovi
Trokovi najma prostora
Zavrni radovi
Trokovi IT-a i komunikacija
Oprema i ureaji
Trokovi reija
Instalacije
Unutranje ureenje povrina Trokovi specifinih instalacija Trokovi pripreme obroka Trokovi ienja
Ureenje okoline
Reaktivno odravanje
Podzemni radovi
Nadzemni radovi
Trokovi zatite
Zavrni radovi
Trokovi komunalnog otpada Trokovi vezani za zdravlje i sigurnost zaposlenih Trokovi portira
Oprema i ureaji
Instalacije
Ureenje okoline
Trokovi specifinih usluga Trokovi ostale logistike Indirektni trokovi (firme koje izvode radove)
Zamena istroenih elemenata
Podzemni radovi
Nadzemni radovi
Zavrni radovi
Oprema i ureaji
Instalacije
Ureenje okoline Indirektni trokovi firme koja izvodi radove
URBAN PLANNING FEASIBILITY STUDY PROJECT
Elements of the study:
1.0. REQUIREMENTS PLANNING AND DESIGN OF INVESTMENT 1.1.0. The conditions set by the investor 1.2.0. Investment program for realizing business 1.3.0. Study the feasibility of realizing business
2.0. SPATIAL - TERMS OF BUSINESS PLANNING 2.1.0. The requirements of spatial planning 2.2.0. Urban Planning Conditions 2.3.0. Urban-technical conditions 2.4.0. Conditions of zoning approval 3.0. PROJECT CONDITIONS OF BUSINESS 3.1.0. Functional requirements of object 3.1.1. The project program 3.1.2. Terms of reference
4.0. ECONOMIC REQUIREMENTS OF JOB 4.1.0. Terms of the structure of the property market 4.2.0. The conditions that determine prices of construction 4.2.1. Prices construction materials 4.2.2. Prices of services 4.2.3. Prices of equipment to be installed 4.3.0. Fee and distribution of income 4.4.0. Fiscal benefits and obligations
5.0. The organization of project performance 5.1.0. Costs resulting from the technology of 5.2.0. The organization of the works
6.0. TOK Borne out of the market conditions 6.1.0. Costs arising from supply and demand 6.2.0. Cost analysis of the market 6.2.1. Synchronization and calculations relating to market 6.2.2. Price policy
7.0. CONDITIONS GOVERNING REGULATIONS 7.1.0. Statutory Approvals 7.2.0. Legal restrictions
8.0. Conditions of urban planning 8.1.0. Building and line regulation 8.2.0. Nivelacione dimensions 8.3.0. Landscaping 8.4.0. Landscaping 8.5.0. Projected infrastructure on the plan 8.6.0. Future projected infrastructure 8.7.0. Areas for parking vehicles 8.8.0. Areas for Garages 8.9.0. Town and location of ancillary facilities: transformer stations, shelters, garages, etc.
9.0. TRAFFIC CONDITIONS external 9.1.0 External traffic on the macro level of 9.2.0 External traffic on the micro level of urban areas 9.3.0 External traffic on the site plan 9.4.0 Relationship to the center 9.5.0 Relationship to the gravity zones 9.5.1. Relationship to say 9.5.2. Attitude towards the old town
10.0 URBAN CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE SITE 10.1.0 Relationship to building line 10.2.0 Relationship to regulacionoj line
10.3.0 Nivelacione dimensions 10.4.0 Requirements of Land Development
11.0 Conditions ARHITEKTONSKOG SOLUTIONS 11.1.0. Design solution for building 10.1.1. Terms and conditions relating to the design basis for building 10.1.2. Terms and conditions relating to design the building facade 10.1.3. The conditions for cross section related object 10.1.4. Terms of situational solutions microlocation 10.1.5. Terms of situational solutions macrolocation 11.2.0 Functional requirements of object 11.2.1. Functional requirements of the entire block 11.2.2. Functional requirements of individual whole block 11.2.3. Functional requirements of individual Podelina systems: input 11.2.4. Functional elements of the whole conditions: - At the level of space groups of dwellings around the staircase - At the level of space groups of dwellings on one floor - At a flat 11.2.5. Unit functionality 11.2.6. Vantipina functionality 11.2.7. Functionality in terms of usable space11.2.8. Functionality in technological terms 11.2.9. The conditional correlation subsystem elements 11/02/10. Unconditional correlation subsystem elements
11.3.0. Terms related to architectural treatment of buildings 11.3.1. Internal processing facilities 11.3.2. Outward processing facilities 11.3.3. Terms relating to construction of facilities 11.3.4. Terms related to structural system objects 11.3.5. Terms and conditions relating to excavation and foundations 11.3.6. Terms and conditions relating to netipske floors buildings 11.3.7. Terms related to typical levels of facilities 11.3.8. Special conditions relating to construction of facilities 11.3.9. Special conditions relating to funding facilities 11.4.0 The solution for the installation of facilities 11.4.1. The solution for plumbing 11.4.2. The solution for the installation of sewers 11.4.3. The solution for the installation of heating and air conditioning 11.4.4. The solution for the installation of high voltage 11.4.5. The solution for the installation of low power 11.4.6. Fire solution 11.4.7. The solution for the installation of security and protection 12.0 ANALYSIS OF IDEOLOGICAL phases of PROJECT DOCUMENTATION 12.1.0. Architectural - construction project documentation 12.1.1 Analysis of functional requirements 12.1.2 Spatial Analysis - formal requirements 12.1.3 Analysis of Structures 12.1.4 Analysis of the architectural object processing 12.1.5 Analysis of the equipment building
12.2.0. Interior installation 12.2.1. Analysis of the plumbing and sewage 12.2.2. Analysis of heating and air conditioning 12.2.3. Analysis of strengths and weaknesses of current 12.2.4. Analysis protivpoarnog system 12.2.5. Analysis of safety installations 12.3.0. Technical - Economic Indicators 12.3.1. Analysis of the amount contained in the project 12.3.2. Analysis of the descriptions of works in the project 12.3.3. Analysis of the prices of works given in the project 12.3.4. Analysis of the value of works given in the project
13.0 ANALYSIS OF OBJECT TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS 13.1.0. The analysis of technological systems construction 13.1.1 Analysis of the concept of building 13.1.2 Analysis of elements of construction 13.1.3 The required analysis of the production of building elements 13.1.4 Analysis of the assembly system construction 13.2.0. Technology the works 13.2.1. Analysis of the excavation technology and Funding 13.2.2. Analysis of rough construction works 13.2.3. Analysis of the building envelope
13.2.4. Analysis of the final construction works (building-craft and installation works) 12.2.5. Analysis of the final work on the building 13.3.0. Studies of the construction 13.3.1. Parallelization 13.3.2. Finalisation of the facility 13.3.3. Cycle System 13.3.4. Ciklogram
14.0 TIME SCHEDULE PROJECT 14.1.0. Design and preparation 14.1.1 The design of facilities 14.1.2 The design technology of 14.1.3 Project organization of implementation 14.1.4 Designing a schedule 14.2.0. The building works and studies of the organization 14.2.1. Organization of construction, excavation and foundation is 14.2.2. Construction Management of rough construction works 14.2.3. Organization of construction of the final construction, buildingcraft and installation works 14.2.4. Organization of construction works of the final building and site 14.3.0. Property 14.3.1. Excavation and Foundation
14.3.2. Construction of buildings (structures) 14.3.3. Final construction and building trade works
15.0 IMPLEMENTATION PHASE OF CONSTRUCTION PERMIT 15.1.0. The technical documentation required for obtaining a building permit - arhitonski part of the documentation 15.1.1 The situation objects 15.1.2 Technical description of the project solutions 15.1.3 Static and other necessary calculations 15.1.4 Specification of materials and works with a preliminary calculation 15.1.5 Graphics documentation (basic, Intersect, and detailed drawings required for execution of works 15.2.0. Internal installation of the facility 15.2.1. Documentation: certificates, statements, conditions, agreements, terms of reference 15.2.2. Technical report - a technical description of the installation and equipment 15.2.3. The necessary calculations and dimensioning with checking the technical and safety conditions sigrnosni15.2.4. The technical requirements for procurement of materials and equipment and works 15.2.5. Specification of equipment, materials and works with the preliminary calculation 15.2.6. Documentation Graphics: situational plans, Intersect, foundations, wiring diagrams, layout, drawings, detail drawings, necessary and sufficient for the works
15.2.7. Install water and sewer with the necessary facilities 15.2.8. Thermotechnical install heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems with the necessary facilities and substations 15.2.9. Elaktrotehnike installations and facilities with the necessary transformer stations and substations and a programming 02/15/10. Garages 02/15/11. Installation of fire protection 15.3.0. External decoration and infrastructure 15.3.1. Connections to main lines 15.3.2.Uredjenje courts 15.3.3.Projekat shelters 15.3.4. The Project Garage 15.3.5. Project transformer station 15.3.6. The project safety 15.3.7. Special-purpose equipment 15.4.0. Requirements for Projects 15.4.1. Urban Planning Conditions 15.4.2. Terms of cultural heritage protection (if needed) 15.4.3. Requirements for the protection of the environment 15.4.4. Urban planning consent 15.4.5. Sanitary approval 15.4.6. Fire agreement 15.4.7. The conditions of public shelters 15.4.8. Approval of public shelters 15.4.9. Consent of the city purity 15/04/10. Planning Study of traffic and green space 04/15/11. Ptotokol and regulation 04/15/12. Conditions of Electrical Distribution
04/15/13. Terms of Zip 04/15/14. Terms of sewage 04/15/15. Terms of waterworks 04/15/16. Terms of district heating (if necessary) 15.5.0. Approval of projects 15.5.1. Consent of electricity distribution 15.5.2. PTT approvals 15.5.3. Approval of sewage 15.5.4. Water supply agreement 15.5.5. Approval of power plants - plant 15.6.0. Approval for the route and external connections 15.6.1. Electric distribution 15.6.2. Zip 15.6.3. Sewage 15.6.4. Waterworks 15.6.5. Power plant - plant 15.6.6. Municipal Secretariat for Transport 15.6.7. Directorate for Roads 15.6.8. Directorate of green 15.6.9. City traffic 15.7.0. Technical control of technical documentation
16.0 TECHNICAL REPORT - TIME IMPLEMENTATION 16.1.0 Calculation of work
16.1.1. Previous calculations of 16.1.2. Price Structure 16.1.3. Estimated calculations 16.1.4. Conditional calculations 16.1.5. Planning calculation 16.1.6. Achieved calculations 16.1.7. Costing 16.2.0 Standardization of work 16.2.1 Organisational Standards 16.2.2 Technological Standards 16.2.3 The standards processes and procedures for operation and implementation 16.2.4 standards technically and economically 16.2.5 standardized technology 16.2.6 of standardized machinery and transport 16.2.7 standardized qualification structure of the workforce 16.2.8 Standardized processes and procedures performance of position 16.2.9 Standardized consumptions: materials and equipment 16/02/10 Planned cenovnik materials 16.2.11 Nomenclature 16.2.12 Classification
16.3.0 Planning the implementation of job 16.3.1. The long-term development plan for the company 16.3.2. Medium-term development plan for the company 16.3.3. Annual plan (general plan opportunities and needs):
establishing relationships, determining the scope, Identification of capacity, identifying the basis for policy 16.3.4. Operational Plan: quarterly analysis and definition of needs and possibilities of realization Define the need Engagement of the capacity of machinery and manpower Definition of options obezbedjenje resources and conditions of labor, materials and equipment 16.3.5. Time plan for the facility A network model of technology and organization of implementation complies with the contractual terms Basic time implementation plan Orders for Monitoring the execution of plans amending plans
Detailed Analysis of urban
17.0 Analysis and Clarification of the task The main works: Identifying and determining the spatial area of the set task. Determination and identification of areas of importance and application of the set task. The preparation of examination and then executed, the current and
the current plans of the observed spatial areas, and areas of immediate and wider environment. Defining the area covered by the project. determination of the boundaries of the project: Quantitatively, a qualitative sense, taking into account existing legal and normative regulations in this field. Determination supplemented professional operations and works which accompany the realization of the work. Instruction representatives of other professional fields, which are an integral part of the team for the project, making the necessary technical parts of the project. Inspection and approval, if: a detailed urban plan, regulation plan or plan for urban upgrading a plan that was developed from the existing: General Plan, Plan a general character, or applicable statutory planning regulations. Exits on the ground and analysis of urban plan elements in situ, ie on the spot. Special articles: The final determination and the establishment of the principles and scope of the necessary preliminary investigations, especially those related to the spatial plan area, mainly the part where the envisaged upgrading of the urban structure and environment.
Creating catalog achievements of urban design.
18.0 Determination of previous works on the development plan
18.1. Determining the scope of the papers on the implementation of job The basic stages: Identifying the elements of urban planning, such as: Relevant planning drawings, Urban Studies urban analysis, Identification of legislative measures, identifying the needs expressed by the municipal authorities and other representatives of the investor and purchaser of planning documents, Implementation of program requirements, implementation of program requirements that were given by representatives of the city of significant public functions. Definition of executive goals and needs of the area covered by the plan, for example in terms of: topography, the existing building, the existing urban structure and existing rights that were caught in the monitored area, free surface, the existing law in relation to the free surface, including: areas covered by vegetation (forests and parks),
traffic areas, areas for recreation and sports, area of planned construction, Unplanned construction area, Then, in terms of: characteristics of the building site, the existence and impact of water management facilities, protection of cultural monuments, the protection of other facilities under strict protection, protecting the urban environment, protection of urban Podelina: streets, squares, blocks, rows of houses - buildings, etc., preserving the physical milieu, the nature conservation, protection of urban architectural structures, protection of the architectural heritage of, protection of existing water surfaces, In terms of ownership; Implementation of the previous phases will be done through: site visits, visits and analysis of spatial whole, Analysis of spatial units on site, the creation of maps, through the mapping, Plans of the existing situation, description of the observed urban whole, preparation of reports related to the observed and the whole urban through other methods and means of urban studies, through other methods and means of urban planning. Addressing software project tasks should be carried out in all in accordance with applicable zoning plans that cover the observed space:
overall planning, regulatory plan, etc. the need to represent: further development of the existing plan and the wider area preparation of detailed elements of the plan. You should also take into account the urban development plan (or planning project) for the observed urban whole, so that the new plan is an elaboration of the former and its renewal in accordance with the new changes in the urban environment in the period between a previous and new urban plan. Planning and raising the general level of spatial detail areas of urban planning. Understanding and analysis of expression and proposed residents observed the urban environment. Special stages: Creating terrain models - subject of a detailed urban plan. Performance measurement of geodetic surveying and drafting. Determining the value of shooting from the air. Performance analysis of recordings from the air. Presentation of examples of possible solutions of reference. Complete research and analysis of existing urban plans of higher rank: Master Plan, regulation plan. Sudelovanje in finding opportunities to fulfill the spatial requirements, the principles of open and public works, open means of production, ie, the presence and participation of the public. Image analysis of the city. Analysis of urban structure. 18.2. Content analysis of research results
content analysis of research results: the made materials and written paragraphs.
18.3. Forecasts plan envisaged the development Forecasts plan envisaged the development of the designed urban environment, especially considering the level of development for the area envisages a higher urban design - optijeg rank: Master Plan, regulation plan, etc.
18.4. Participation and cooperation during the presentation of specific planning application
19.0 Realization predplana - the previous plan (sketch plan)
The basic stages: The fundamental solution of the important parts of the task plan in the form of numeric display with a brief clarification and interpretation of basic concepts of urban settings. The removal of possible alternative solutions. Sudelovanje the presentation of the concepts of realization of the urban plan-level meetings between representatives of: administrative authority (city, municipal, local - representatives of local communities),
holders of public office, as well as Local representatives of the narrower and broader neighborhood (block, local communities, etc.). Carrying out a rough estimation the amount of investment that is necessary to the realization of the urban plan. Responding predplana (draft plan) with representatives of the client business (investors) and their opunomonicima or bodies, such as: Commission, Working Group, Committees, who have the authority to make decisions regarding the implementation of urban projects. Special stages: Development of a model. Sudelovanje to work together with that part of the population that has an unacceptable attitude towards the new planning project. Also, participation in public work, such as maintenance of: lectures, forums, roundtables. Preparing and publishing: printed information, additional plans, prepare and perform otovrenih discussion. Implementation procedures of presenting the project: holders of public office, representatives of investors, representatives of public administration (city council, municipality, commission or committee for town planning), and Presentation of results of research into the possibility of urban solutions in terms of basic set of different requirements and needs.
20.0 The final detailed urban plan
The basic stages: Design of the final detailed urban plans, urban planning and spatial planning and preparation of plans for public display in the form of drafts for the final document. Sudelovanje in making investment studies - estimate of costs and, consequently, sudelovanje in performing the required procedures and operations for the realization of the basic objectives and their srazmernih urban studies and detailed urban project. Cooperation in compiling and editing the material of the proposed planning documents for adoption by the city or municipal competent institutions and organs: Commission of Urban Planning, Executive Board Assemblies Executive Board of the municipality. Presentation of the project during the public review process. The elimination of uncertainty and lack of project documentation after the suggestion of city or municipal strunig representatives, as well as during and after the public review. Coordinating the planning of the final solution by the client's business - investors - representatives of city government. Special stages: Development of a model. Realization of supporting plans - variations on the basic plan, for example architectural plan - the building design of urban areas.
Sudelovanje work in the public sector and representatives of the client's business. Calculation and realization of plan of measures of environmental protection and the environment. Substantial changing and modification of the plan. Once again making elements and Podelina plan, especially after a change of thinking and new potsticaja. Development: Repairs, Correction and grooming the proposals and proof of the municipal venika, council members, committee for town planning, especially after the major concerns and dilemmas.
21.0 Creating korigovanog urban plan suitable for approval
The basic stages: Completion of a detailed urban plan, all in accordance with the decision and rationale city or municipal governments, as a proposal for approval by the administrative office, including that part of the bureau, which is specialized in the area of detailed urban design. This phase provides for the review and harmonization of the plan with existing laws and regulations in this field. Special stages: Additional work on the completion of planning documents and its preparation for printing.
Development of additional graphics reports detailed urban plan: 3D models, computer simulations, computer details. Development of computer video animations and simulations for the detailed urban plan. DOCUMENTATION FOR ARCHITECTURE DESIGN
22.0 Feasibility Study 23.0 Predprojektni task 24.0 Terms of Reference 25.0 Concept Sketch
The main works: Analysis of project assignment. Clarification of the project task. The analysis, consultation and resolution of project claims. The formulation of the decision and determination to choose the type of project that will go into further procedure design. Presentation of the firm view about the project and subject. Set common goals and results. Special articles: Location analysis, analysis of the place of construction.
Set up the space object. Setting up of the object. Analysis and recognition of the importance influence of environment on the property. Certificate saglasja environment and property.
26.0 Conceptual solution, Predprojekt, project planning and design
The main works: Situation analysis of the terrain. Analysis of the urban environment and urban environment. Mutual adjustment goals (boundary conditions, conflicts of objectives). Presentation of the objectives of the catalog contained within the program (program goals). Development of program goals. Development of concepts of the project, including exploration of alternative possibilities of settling the terms of reference on the basis of equality of project requirements, with the introduction of solutions in the form of drawings. Analysis of the given concepts and their evaluation. For example: an exploration of drawn images, linear sketches, often with information regarding the draft. Integrating the achievements of other architects and designers is the projected schedule. Analysis of the achievements of other architects of the projected plan. Explanation and clarification of the most important: gradograditeljskih,
urban, position resources, formal, functional, technical, the area of building physics, economic, energy economy, biological, ecological joint connections, procedures and conditions of the previous resolution of the competent institutions and others who were present, and specialized in certain areas of design, as well as those institutions that are responsible for issuing permits for specific areas and phases of design. When the free surface, the definition of environmental common project settings, for example: soil, terrain Water, Climate, vegetation and their analysis and definition of the boundary parameters are important for connecting the free surface of the immediate surroundings and around urban areas. Preparation of preliminary propositions likely costs of building the facility and projected on the basis of their determination of the framework of the financial scope of the project. On the basis of given financial parameters determining the degree of functional formal characteristics of the object. Joint adjustment of predprojektnih found. Special articles:
Exploration of possible responses to a variety of basic project requirements. Enrich predprojektnih sketch in relation to specific project requirements. Presentation of the financial plan. Presentation of analysis of potential cost building contractors. Representing the needs analysis related to program the design object. Sudelovanje in achieving solutions to the programming and construction matters. Development of conceptual basis of different techniques, for example, perspective views, drawings, samples, models. Presentation of the temporal and organizational plan.
27.0 The preliminary design, system integration and project The main works: Finishing the project concepts. The gradual elaboration drawn graphic solutions, taking into account the projected demands and conditions: urban conditions, urban - technical, urban construction, formative, conditions permit, economic, Economic, Energy, biological,
environmental conditions, that are applied when creating the individual elements of the project and their analysis, and which, taken together, give the appearance of the projected solutions. Integrating solutions known from practice and given the conditions in different parts of the project. Drawing of the building by the standards and regulations set out in technical drawing and technical presentations. Presentation of the building techniques of computer display technology, with respect for the norms and regulations, technical drawing. Joint presentation drawings - art items - total project materials: visually presented analysis of the project, predprojektnih overall plan, project plan, other drawings, the proportions and the technical way, so that an object in a real relationship measures, on which it is possible to perform a detailed plan for individual groups of the design space. Addressing the participation of the designers responsible for different areas of technical aspects of the project: conceptual solution of installing a high power conceptual installation of low resolving power, plumbing the installation of sewers, the installation of heating, Installation of air conditioning. Addressing the specific concept of technical - technological problems and requires project: Technology opened or closed swimming pools within the facility, technology of solar heating system, Technology liftovskog plants, etc.
Addressing global predmera and estimates based on the standards and predmer estimate, taking into account the specific requirements in relation to an object type and the specific rules regarding predmere and estimates. Summary of all elements of the project. Mutual adjustment of base building, grounds and intersections, as well as a basis, intersections and facades. Special articles: Analysis of alternatives / variants and their evaluation through a survey of financial parameters. Optimization of the variants. The financial optimization. Study the feasibility and economic viability. Computation of the investment by looking at the amount in respect gradjevinskih parts of the building and its equipment, or from a catalog of building elements.
28.0 The approved project; approved preliminary design, Corrected project
The main works: Developing a basis for presenting and defending the project before the law enforcement authorities, in order to obtain the necessary permits and approvals, including: town planning permits, Urban planning consent, building permits,
Special approval for the project, etc., Also as the last step for obtaining bids for the works, the use of financial participation of other sudeonika in construction operations. Adjustment of project documentation for conclusion of contracts with all relevant government institutions, as for example: Authority for the city construction land (or the Construction Institute of the city) Public Enterprise PTT, Public Enterprise for Water and Sewerage, electricity distribution, companies for public shelters, fire and other institutions Lecture completed phase of the project documentation. building and harmonization project basis in accordance with the attachments of other participants in the work related to specific technical parts: Structural design, Design of electrical installations, Project water supply and sanitation, Project Heating and ventilation etc. Inspection of the project. Can be: Internal control and technical outer technical control. Technical controls include: Building technical control, technical control wiring, technical control of water supply and sanitation, technical control over the PTT and the installation of low power, etc. Special articles:
Sudelovanje eventually needed to achieve the consent of neighbors and residents of nearby buildings and surrounding land owners for the project. Sudelovanje eventually needed to achieve the consent of the representatives mikrourbane community in the project documentation. Development of project for the purposes of obtaining any specific licenses and approvals from the relevant authorities. Development of project for the purposes of specific project approval procedures. Professional and organizational participation and cooperation with the contractor and (or) to investors in the decision making process related to the kind of circumstance solutions in the process of approval of project documentation. Participation in possible appeals to the kind of circumstance solutions. If applicable, advisory participation in possible legal - technical procedures related to the process of adoption of project documentation. Participation in the process's security permissions in detail form, which is usually the presence of the perpetrator.
29.0 Performing a project
The main works: Elaboration phases of items 3 and 4 Gradual development and presentation of solutions taking into account the basic requirements of design. Gradual development and presentation of solutions taking into account the correction given project requirements during the approval
process in implementing the project documentation. Developing case phases of 3:04 shall be made in terms of conditions in the field: Urban, City zoning requirements, formal requirements, functional requirements, technical requirements, requests from the field of building physics, requests from the field mikrourbanizma, Biology, ecology and others, In saglasju with other participants in the design: structural, constructors, Structural engineers, Electrical Engineers, Mechanical Engineer, Engineers permit, acoustic, termoinenjerima, other specialized experts, etc. Harmonization of drawings of the project with all the individual tasks necessary to perform, such as: Making the final details of Performers, preparation of general constructional details, Development of a plan formwork, reinforcement schedules, the plan's security grounds Plan site organization, Plan the dynamics of construction Plan the use of machinery,
preparation of the financial plan of construction, Development of a plan of opening the construction site, etc. Development of structural details and other details Razmeri 1:50 to 1:1, with its technical description. Development of technical descriptions of construction, as well as elaboration predmera and invoice. Development of surface and details of other participants - in other technical areas - in process design. Integration of all project elements into a single solution. Preparation of draft work plan, whose implementation can be made in the course of committing the implementation of construction work on the building. Special articles: Presentation of detailed drawings - project building construction site in the form of performance documentation, as the basis for the works, along with the program works. The scheme of works or the works can be designed for the entire project or only for its individual phases. If the program the works made only for the stage, it may be a plan for installation and performative, some other plan. In general, each stage of the building has its own program of works, such as: Complete the foundation, Concrete, installation of facades, Program implementation Podelina building Program implementation Podelina equipment Program implementation interior of the building, etc. Presentation of detailed drawings of the building as a basis for performing predmera works on site, or to conduct measurement
books, in the form of performance documentation. Check compliance of the performer's work plan, prepared by contractors or subcontractors during the bidding to obtain work in the performance of the designed object, with the main contracting and project documentation. Inspection refers to: the general amount of material consumption and general standards for the realization of a given job. Development of detailed building models. Receipt and acceptance of plans by third parties in the process of Execution of the project, which is not involved in the preparation of documentation for Execution of the project, nor sponsored by the facility. For example: Project workshops on site, Project management and ancillary buildings on the site that use subcontractors, plans for installation of heavy machinery and equipment, provided by suppliers of machines and equipment, plans for the foundations of heavy machinery and equipment, provided by suppliers of machines and equipment, plans for setting up cranes, Concrete base asphalt, plans for factories of prefabricated elements on the site, etc. Prior refers to the steps and works: not covered by preliminary calculation of papers given in the contracting and project not subject to the performer's project not covered cenom (preliminary calculation) works they shall be borne by third parties - subcontractors.
30.0 COMPONENT DESIGN IN THE AREA OF STRUCTURES, SYSTEMS construction and construction within the building - structural STRUCTURES
30.1 Preliminary sketches, preliminary solution Analysis of project assignment. Clarification of reference to the narrow technical aspects of solution design and structural systems in agreement with the planner designer (author) facility.
30.2 Creating pretprojekta - conceptual design (project planning and preliminary draft) Basic stages of implementation: Consulting with respect to static - the structural aspects of the facility, given the importance of the issue: static security suitability for construction use, suitability of constructive systems for use, economic feasibility of construction and structural systems. Cooperation in development of the concept of the project (planning concepts) including testing of different options to solve the structure plan (design calculations) and the structural system under the given conditions the same. The tests include making sketches of possible solutions. Clarification of the installation, construction and building structural system, firmly established attitudes and solutions, as for example in
terms of: materials of construction, method of construction, System construction, or the reconstruction of the system, or Identification of building structural requirements. Cooperation in the initial phase of net additions to the analysis of the structural system, along with representatives of the investor - the purchaser and other stakeholders in the process of design that are narrowly technical terms involved in the implementation process of design, all under the approval by the client and project solutions. Participate in the implementation of the initial phases of predmera and estimate construction and structural systems. Special phases of implementation: Establishment and development of parallel uniform accounting for more suggested possible solutions, under different conditions of the plan object. Set up and implementation plan for static loads (load scheme) as the basis for an opinion on the type and method of building foundations. Previous dokazujueg making possible the calculation of the proposed foundation type of object.
30.3 Preliminary Design. System integration and project Basic stages of implementation: Development of design solutions and structural system of the object (static elaboration) under the terms of: plan and building
Special expertise Integrated building projects, including: construction of a solution, given in a particular Razmeri, including a listing of measures related to construction, Other definitions and numerical a budget. Development of additional structural analysis and odmeravanja. A firm and final foundation construction details and the main measurement of static structures and structural systems in relation to, for example: providing a major in field of vertical and horizontal elements, elements of primary and secondary supporting structure, Details of bracing, Web links structural elements binding medium, including all associated and necessary static calculations. Sudelovanje in making a technical description. Sudelovanje in discussions with representatives of investors, principals, and other specialized stakeholders regarding the design approval and acceptance of project documentation. Cooperation in development and costing required for the realization of the object. Special phases of implementation: Creating a static budget process with a comprehensive billing, evidencing and demonstrates the accuracy of accounting entries. Development of evidence of static budgets with all the details necessary for carrying out the building. Additional work or extra time spent on preparation of specific instructions and descriptions to create specific design or construction details. In particular, work on developing a detailed description of the
structural details. Predmer and estimate material consumption, as for example, consumption of steel during the fabrication of steel structures. Preparation predmera and estimate the work and materials as a tender competition for the selection of the best contractors, too, as a basis for immediate execution.
30.4 The approved project, approved the project corrected Basic stages of implementation: Design and installation of the final solution for the project approval in the form of static design calculations and konstrukcionog system, taking into account all the above date of project requirements: how they set by the designer - the author, and requirements arising from legislation and standardization, especially conditions of the area of building physics and related fields. Completion pozicionog plan (plan position) to create structures and structural systems and decision: static position, Table dimensions of structural elements, as well as dimensioning of the structural system, Adoption of table construction traffic loads, list the types and quality of construction materials, description and detail the specific construction are given in general terms in the elaboration of project documentation - an architectural project. The above described contributions are given in written and graphic form - like computer graphics or drawings on tracing paper. Joint harmonization and to lay the groundwork and foundation
Project construction and the structural system, static budget and their preparation and presentation of the final joint approval. Search and solve the representatives of technical controls, the engineers responsible for the control of project documentation. building and eventual correction of the technical documentation, including its details as well as the general plan.
Special phases of implementation: Development of studies in the field of building physics, for example: a study of fire protection, thermal protection sound proofing, If these studies are not due to specific characteristics of the facility, but involved in the project documentation compiled by entities specialized in certain areas of building and architectural physics. Development of a numerical calculation of the static security of the facility and the provision of measures: To ensure buildings and sites, To ensure the soil beneath and immediately around the building of subsidence, slip or falling, Calculation of future security of the building subsidence, slip or shift. Realization of drawings that include static positions and dimensioned details: structural elements, reinforcement schedules, profile elements Position the load diagram,
Scheme impact loads, the type and quality of material that was used to create the structure. Also, the drawings are attached to specific text descriptions that explain in detail specific construction, which represents the contribution - made of a combination with a positional proof plan.
30.5 Performing a project, a project to perform Basic stages of implementation: Elaboration of the results of the implementation phase 3:04, with special attention being paid in relation to the development and impact of integrated specialized projects related to the main building project. Completion of detailed design panel. building of Execution of the project details and elements of the building. Enrich Project Execution computational certificates related to the design and dimensioning of the structural system, with: descriptions of the structure, descriptions of structural details, as an example: Details of reinforcement cut the carrier and details of the structural nodes. Develop a plan for installation of steel structures. Development of cutting plans and details of wooden structures. Previously mentioned plans do not include making workshop drawings or factory details, for those elements that are working in a factory in an industrial production process. Presentation of detailed tables and specifications in the case of metal structures, as well as making predmera and estimates related to
creation of structures. Tables and specifications are made as a complement to static and other budget related to the construction or predmerima related to metal structures. Special phases of implementation: Preparation of workshop drawings and detailed drawings of preproduction development at: Steel and wooden structures. Preparation of plans and details of elements to create: construction of the final - prefabricated elements and Assembly of concrete and reinforced concrete. These plans include: specifications of structural elements, their predmer and estimate. Development and implementation of: procedures and prestressing developing rules of prestressing the realization of the construction of prestressed concrete. Static detection and calculation procedure of taking the case of a substantial amendment of the approved project to be executed, and who were not contractual and are not binding on the executor of the work.
30.6 Supervision of the project, predmer details and implementation of object creation pnala Basic stages of implementation:
Supervision and calculate: the amount of reinforcing steel in reinforced concrete structures, quantity and weight of steel for steel structures and Volume of wood mass for engineering wood structures, including: calculation of the corresponding parts and elements of the structure, connecting parts of the structure and bonding, bonding material, as a side dish made of a combination predmer and quote. Development of detailed implementation phase as a separate part of the project development stage performer. Preparing licitacionog studies - contest the basis for selection of the best bid and construction works structural system of the building. Special phases of implementation: Making contributions to the description of works and implementation phases of construction and structural systems. Development of the works on site, for those papers that are not subject to the basic works of this phase. If works are included in the basic work, additional achievements will be included in those contributions to the fundamental works, which were not included. Making contributions to the estimate of works not included in the basic stages of achievement. Set the list of phase on the development of supporting structure.
30.7 Participation in the selection of the best performing contractor Specific implementation phase of work:
Sudelovanje the assessment and evaluation of tenders for the works, given on the basis of the description of work, program and plan of the building. Cooperation with assessment and evaluation of alternative bids and bidders. Development of additional work items (additional cost), as a unit price or as a lump sum.
30.8 Supervision, construction supervision, control facility during construction, construction supervision Specific implementation phase of work: Engineering technical control of structure and performance of the structural system of the building. In general harmonization of construction which is performed with approved static background. Engineering controls gradjevinskih resources that are present on the site, as for example: working and supporting scaffold crane rails, ensuring a broad excavated, Control of safety scaffolding. Control: develop a concrete reinforcement, the process for casting facility the specific structural aspects, such as: static control control of resistance of materials and
quality control of materials. Advice and savetodavstvo in the field of production technology and placing concrete.
30.9 Performance of the works site director, site manager for the development and construction of the structural system of the building Specific implementation phase of work: Works with the following: organize the process of construction, establish a quality process of building and monitor the possible impact on the safety of the building envelope, monitor the possible impact on the quality of the building envelope.
31.0 Supervision of the project, prepare a plan of realization of the object, perform the preparation for the selection of contractors bidding for work
The main works: Control of project documentation. Control:
measures that are in the design, elements of the measure, Table, predmera, invoice control of contributions by all participants in the process of designing, Project electrical low and high currents, Project water supply and sanitation, Project Heating and vetrenja, static structure, Project the structural system, Project of the structural system, etc. Control and data tables Control of data relating to thermal budget, Check the data related to the budget of protection against noise, Check the data related to the budget of protection from excessive solar radiation, Check the data related to the budget lighting, etc. Harmonization of the description phase of the facility with tabular numeric data and attachments, for each individual technical areas in particular. Harmonization and coordination phase of the project description of various technical areas of project documentation. Analysis of project implementation and harmonization of the designed object in all general areas and stages of implementation. Develop a plan of the production cycle of construction: Technical Production Plan The economic plan, Financial Plan, a dynamic expansion plan, Technology plan for putting the building, the plan of using machinery, plan for utilization of labor, etc.
Preparation licitacionog studies - contest the basis for selection of the best and most appropriate tenderer. The integration of the whole study of certain phases and areas of construction: Project high and low currents, Project water supply and sanitation, Project Heating and vetrenja, static budget Project the structural system, etc. elaboration and making the competition for the selection of the winning contractors. Special articles: Harmonization of the results of the project documentation with program requirements for the project documentation. Analysis and review of specific elements of performing the project. Adoption of alternative projects realization, for areas that are closed production cycle. Analysis and adjustment costs estimate and evaluate the calculation of other participants in the business. Development of parts of the competition studies for the selection of the winning contractor which are not subject to general competition. Establishment and development of specific job requirements for the selection of the winning contractors.
32.0 Participation in the selection of the best performing contractor through tender or direct negotiations
The main works:
Participate in the selection of the best contractor through competition: open competition, public auction, the overall vacancy anonymous competition, vacancies by calling (call announcement) or via Direct Negotiations with Bidders. Processing of all data prispelih the competition and their evaluation, classification and preparation of arguments to make final decisions. Mutual of comparison conditions bidders for each phase of the works individually. Approval and evaluation of all bids prispelih including creation of tables of comparative prices and values of the offered work to the list of participants in the auction, taking into account all elements and all participants in the project implementation phases 6 and 7 Evaluation and adjustment (rationalization and reduction in prices) the offer, as well as agreeing a joint bid for all bidders, including the specific phases of Electrical, plumbing and sewage, the installation of heating and air conditioning, PTT installations, TV installations, etc. Negotiate with bidders. Analysis of conditions of the tenderer. Preparation of elements for contracting work with the bidder. Estimation of total costs. Assessment of the cost of any unexpected works. Contracting of work:
at fixed prices, the positions, lump sum, the situations, a sliding scale. Arranging the dynamics of the works. Arranging payment dynamics. Contracting the quality and standard quality of the construction and finishing of the building. Contracting the quality and standards of built in equipment. Special articles: Monitoring and Evaluation by comparison with the software implementation of the works and licitacionim study. Control and comparison of the invoice listing the works of the participants bidding and estimate of works from the project, ie, licitacionog studies. This part of the work can be applied to the entire volume of the building, or only at some stage of implementation of the relevant work. In case of separation each phase of the general calculation works, it is its comparison with the same phase in the realization of the object, ie, with the same phase of the study licitacionog. Monitoring, comparing, evaluating price list for specific requirements and conditions of construction.
33.0 Supervision, author supervision, construction supervision, directive supervision, control facility during construction, construction supervision The main works:
supervision of the facility: Monitoring, Control, savetodavstvo, Approval, harmonization during construction. Supervision of construction quality. Supervision of the quality of installed material. Supervision of built in equipment. Giving approval to begin, continue, interrupt or completion of each phase of construction, for example: Over the set valve, approval to begin casting, Over donetog quality materials to the site, Over built-in quality of materials, Over the quality of built in equipment. The comparison of quality of works and installed material with the conditions and standards set out in the project documentation. The comparison of quality of works and materials of construction standards and regulations. Co-ordination of supervision of construction and other works: Work on the installation of high and low currents, Water and Wastewater, Heating and air conditioning,
PTT installations, TV installations, etc. Monitoring and correction of details "on site" during construction or immediately prior to committing certain phases of construction. Supervision of graduate - built-detail object. Establishing and monitoring the implementation of the dynamic plan (Dynamic Diagrams). Supervision of the implementation plan of construction - organigram. Keeping gradjevinskih book, or the conduct of major quantities of the book on behalf of investors. conducting daily - the main construction diary on behalf of investors. Control special gradjevinskih daily performers, and special gradjevinskih diary for different types of works: Work on the installation of high and low currents, Water and Wastewater, Heating and air conditioning, PTT installations, TV installations, etc. Premeravanje derivative works in mind the amount of work. Premeravanje derivative works in mind the amount of installed material. Receiving a total of works together with the supervisory bodies responsible for certain types of works: Work on the installation of high and low currents, Water and Wastewater, Heating and air conditioning, PTT installations, TV installations, etc. the overall size of the final control. Certificate of compliance of works with law and legislation. determining the cost of works to the standards or by special legislation, or standards relating to specific areas.
Draft and jurisdiction over all the changes that might occur during construction and Copyright its implementation. Supervision of facilities including legal - technical procedures for the realization of the case, as for example: Adoption of guidelines for use of equipment, approval of guidelines for use of equipment, protocol submission facility in use, protocol submitted parts or phases of the building in use, receipt of a guarantee for the work performed, receipt of a guarantee for the mounted equipment. Loading the manufacturers and suppliers of equipment to correct any deficiencies primeenih in the execution of works, in terms of: lack of technical papers on the site, shortcomings in terms of quantity of materials and completed works, shortcomings in terms of quality of work, deficiencies in the installation of materials, Lack of equipment delivery deficiencies in the installation of equipment on site, deficiencies in the delivery of equipment parts and spare parts of equipment on site. Monitoring and control prices. Total control of construction work on the building.
Special articles: Display, monitoring and proposing other, different plans, such as: schedule, Investment Plan, estimate, plans for capacity. Function as a responsible manager or head of the construction site.
Function as a responsible person before the law and the representatives of the city's zoning, building and other services, and activities not covered by the basic works of the eighth stage
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION
34.0 OFFER 33.1. The preparation phase deals 33.1.1. Documentation of client work (investors) Request for Bid Projektantski predmer works The overall performance of the conditions Special conditions of performance of Technical requirements for investors How's security resources to fund 33.1.2. Documentation saizvodjaa (subcontractors) Offer saizvodjaa - sub-contractor Special Conditions 33.1.3. Own substrates offer Project Application object Project program in relation to the technology used 33.2. Stage of development deals
33.2.1. Offer The text offers Terms of bids Deadline deals Guarantees Rates Conditional quote 33.2.2. Contributions to the offer Estimates of works A statement of acceptance of conditions of investors: general, special, technical and other conditions Prices for any subsequent work Price Factors Guarantees (bank guarantee, deposit with the offer) List saizvodjaa - subcontractors and the manner of their inclusion in the contract Calculation of price offer Approval of the body for companies bidding 33.3. Stage of adoption bid 33.3.1. Correction deals More information Market Analysis price policy Correction of Price (harmonization of calculation - market) Supplementary approval of the company for correction of bids 33.3.2. Adoption deals Report from the opening of bids (auction) Decision on the adoption of the client or the failure to adopt deals
33.3.3. Conditional quote
34th AGREEMENT
34.1.0. Agreement on implementation of work 34.2.0. Agreement on the advance 34.3.0. Contributions Agreement on implementation of work Adopted offer Conditional estimate of works Adopted the conditions of the investor (client) Excerpts of the Act (the design) The methodology of calculation works List of project documentation, which ensures the investor Instrument safeguarding of funds for financing the implementation of job 34.4.0 Supplemental Agreements with izvodjeem work (if necessary) 34.5.0 Additional agreements with job saizvodjaima
35th CALCULATION OF VALUES
35.1.0. Bases for calculation 35.2.0. Calculation of the agreed value of works
36th FINANCIAL PLAN PROJECT
36.1. The sources of investment and financing Funding from the company Funding from the advance units predprodatih Funding from the loan Funding successive repayment of investment funds Funding of additional - additional investment funds Funding from the company reserved funds as a risk Funding from the consortium of investors Funding from the consortium of contractors as a joint asset risk Funding from the object as a separate asset risk 36.2. Cases of investment and financing in the pre-preparation of project documentation Funding of a feasibility study project Financing of Urban Studies Project Funding of a study on the feasibility of building on the ground purchases of finance facilities for the construction Funding of equipping field namenjenog building Financing of projects relating to urban land for construction Financing fees for city construction land Funding of the subsequently provided for factors related to the Field 36.3. Cases of investment and financing of the project documentation Financing of the project documentation - project phase approval Financing of the project documentation of preliminary settlement Financing of the project documentation of the main project Financing of the project documentation and details of additional projects 36.4. Cases of investing and financing the implementation of construction Funding of preparatory work
Financing of the works on the facilities Funding of excess work Funding of subsequent works Funding of overdue jobs Funding Risk
37th MAKING the design and calculation ESTIMATES FOR PERFORMERS OF THE UNKNOWN
37.1. Technical description of the preparatory work 37.2. General conditions for construction Bids for the construction Construction contract 37.3. Substantive Provisions on Construction 37.4. Technical description for each type of work 37.5. Estimates of works 37.6. Recapitulation of the estimated price 38th DESIGN AND CALCULATION planner's estimates of the POZNATOG CONTRACTOR
38.1. Production of items of works on the underlying technical documentation - phase of the project for approval and tehnoekonomskih company standards 38.2. Agreement within the company about the division of tasks between their own work units and cooperative working units 38.3. Realization of the design calculation based on Predmera works for the facility Pre-bid contractors Internal price list of works
38.4. Making the calculation performance of the organization and calculation of common costs based on projektnogzadatka 38.5. Achieving dofgovora the invoice price for the engineering performance of 38.6. Production planning calculations of the estimated price performance of
39th MAKING ESTIMATES project performance
39.1. Estimates of contracted work Own company works Works contractors - contractors 39.2. Estimates work technology of Design of building systems Preparation of implementation of the system Work on the preparation of the production system elements Procurement of resources and tools, installation of system elements 39.3. Estimate performance of work organization Project organization of implementation General preparation of equipment for construction Temporary facilities Temporary roads obezbedjenje electric propulsion and lighting obezbedjenje of water supply Evacuation of wastewater obezbedjenje heating obezbedjenje links Works to protect
Mechanization of labor and transportation 39.4. Estimates of common costs obezbedjenje documentation for the organization and functioning gradjenja Cooperation with scientific research, consulting, and similar organizations Work on improving the performance of the letters 39.5. Estimates of risk work Deviation in quantities of contracted work Extension of Time Limits performance of increase in the price of investment costs of labor and materials regulated contract Common risks to perform Other risks
CONTENTS: POSSIBLE MODEL ENGINEERING: REQUIREMENTS AND JOB Phases page. GENERAL MODEL procedure of gaining approval for the construction page. GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR REALIZATION OF REAL ESTATE ISSUES AND RECOMMENDATIONS page. MODEL FOR ACQUIRING RIGHTS IN THE AREA OF TOWN PLANNING page.
Regulation on contents, scope and manner of preparation of a pre Feasibility study for construction of pages. EXAMPLE OF DECISION ON BUILDING SITE AND FEES Construction land for Characteristic City in Serbia page. JURISDICTION AND PROCEDURE In the process LOCATIONS page. REQUIRED DOCUMENTS: In the process of building permits page. Accomplishment steps BUILDING PERMITS page. Forms in the process of obtaining urban planning permits page. PRIMER REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF WHICH ARE ISSUED BY THE Institute for Urban NOVI SAD page. EXAMPLE QUESTION In the process of obtaining urban planning permits page. EXAMPLE REALIZATION OF BUILDING PERMITS CHARACTERISTIC city in Serbia - LIST OF STEPS TO REALIZE page. COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS: DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED FOR THE ISSUANCE BUILDING PERMITS FOR INVESTORS IN MONTENEGRO page. COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF THE MODEL FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF LOCATION IN TOWN characteristic VOJVODINA page.
MODEL OF CITY SERVICES for Urban and construction operations str. ON THE MANNER OF ISSUANCE OF PERMITS AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT Urban Permit FORM AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT PERMIT page. Regulation on contents and procedure for issuing approval for the construction and content of return start of the works pages. MODEL GENERAL PLAN - BELGRADE page. MODEL: GENERAL PLAN OF THE CITY OF NEW YEAR'S NOW UP TO 2021 page. DETAILED URBAN PLAN - MODEL str. Code on Contents and Methods of Development, the manner of professional control urban development plan, and the conditions and manner of putting PLAN for public inspection page. Law on Construction page. ACT PLANNING AND BUILDING str. Law on Amendments ACT ON PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT OF STR. RULES ON ACCESS TO bring urban planning, certification of, the signing, delivery, archiving, duplication and Urban Development ASSIGNED TO THE COMPENSATION PLAN page. Regulation on contents and development of planning documents page. General Rules About parceling construction and contents, CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURE OF ISSUING ACT ON URBAN CONDITIONS OF OBJECTS FOR WHICH GRANTED APPROVAL FOR CONSTRUCTION OF MUNICIPAL OR CITY DEPARTMENT page. EXAMPLE OF DECISION FOR THE DETERMINATION OF LEASE AND FEES FOR BUILDING LANDS REGULATION page. Regulation on contents, manner, conditions, supervision and control
by performing geodetic works in engineering and technical areas page. ON THE METHODOLOGY AND PROCEDURES FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF PROJECTS CONSTRUCTION OF FACILITIES FOR WHICH APPROVAL FOR THE CONSTRUCTION issued by the Ministry in charge of CONSTRUCTION, OR Autonomous Province of pages. ON THE CONTENT AND METHOD OF TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION page. ORDINANCE ON THE CONDITIONS FOR PLANNING AND DESIGN OF BUILDINGS IN CONNECTION WITH smooth movement of children, elderly, handicapped and disabled persons str. ON THE MANNER AND PROCESS OF OFFICE OF PROFESSIONAL INSPECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION BUILDING str. Regulation on contents and ways of TECHNICAL INSPECTION AND ISSUANCE OF BUILDING PERMITS USE page. ON As-built facility, or technical documentation IO APPROVAL FOR THE CONSTRUCTION AND USE PERMIT FOR structures under construction without a building permit COMPLETED page. DECISION ON THE USE OF SPACE TO PLANNED USE Bringing page. DECISION of the City (Novi Sad) pages. DECISION ON TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION RULES (IN NOVI SAD) page. LAW ON SAFETY AND HEALTH AT WORK page.
POSSIBLE MODEL ENGINEERING: REQUIREMENTS AND JOB Phases REQUIREMENTS PLANNING, DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION First REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS OF BUSINESS CONTRACTS The requirements, capabilities and desires of investors, general performance of the agreed conditions the elements of the contract the contract the general conditions the 'common practices' on gradjena principle of performance of the special requirements of investors the special conditions requirements in respect of buildings of special purpose and special facilities the technical conditions Second REQUIREMENTS OF CONSTRUCTION - The project performance The requirements of spatial planning of urban conditions
on urban planning approval functional requirements - functional requirements of object the project application o Terms of Reference processing requirements and equipment gradjevinska regulation of technical regulations the technical conditions a mere the norms the standards Economy Project the economic conditions the effective economic conditions Building the economy The quantity anticipated conditions and project Second ECONOMIC REQUIREMENTS OF JOB Prices of materials, services and equipment the conditions of market structure regulating the distribution of income, fees fiscal duties and obligations on legislation the regulations and laws Evaluation of tasks and the final distribution of income Third IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ORGANIZATION technology of
Capacity and Productivity organization of the works to study performance of the organization the study schedule Construction dynamics 4th Market conditions Supply and demand on market analysis harmonization and calculations relating to market the price policy JOB REQUIREMENTS phases of First TERMS construction site 1.1. Land shape, boundaries and extent of land to the your (potential) for the organization of site height dimensions of individual parts of the land the world the current situation on the ground of objects Installation on roads of green spaces and other 1.2. Characteristics and properties of the soil geological composition - the assembly of land geotechnical and geomechanical properties of soil (The soil) groundwater status 1.3. Meteorological Conditions
wind direction temperature Precipitation humidity 1.4. Seismological conditions seismic map of the country - the Republic of seismic map of the wider area - a region or municipality Map mikrorejonizacije certain subgroups 1.5. Hydrologic Conditions the normal water level The maximum water level the minimum water level (low water level) flood (catastrophic water level) Second PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS PLANNING (water supply, electricity supply, traffic, other) 2.1. Terms connection's security or water supply evacuation of waste water Heating strong currents Relationships and communication the outer and inner transport 2.2. Conditions of external traffic roads the types of the quality of Licences Railways distance of the station the possibility of loading - unloading
Bridges to communication and access the weight the permitted width the permitted height gradients and curvatures gravitirajuih roads rivers (navigable) distance of the pier the possibility of loading - unloading 2.3. The conditions of spatial planning (urban settlement) and projected infrastructure construction and line regulation nivelacione dimensions landscaping (in accordance with the regulation programs) and ways of connecting to a public road and pipeline networks, and if the network is built, the volume of land development alignment of projected future installations (infrastructure) landscaping surface parking, or garaging of vehicles Town and location of ancillary facilities (transformer stations, shelters, garages, etc.) Third Conditions ARHITEKTONSKOG SOLUTIONS 3.1. Design solution for building Conditions relating to the basics of object requirements regarding the prospects for cross section and the facility conditions in relation to spatial design Terms of situational solutions the micro-location the macro location 3.2. The functioning of the facility
The technological process of building conditional correlation 3.3. Processing equipment and facility internal outer construction structural systems Excavation and Foundation netipske floors, the works typical floors, the works Special Conditions foundation is 4th SOLUTION INSTALLATION FACILITY 4.1. general solution of the horizontal divorce with connections to infrastructure (primary systems) 4.2. quantity of papers describing the position Plumbing sewage Heating and air conditioning strong currents weak currents 5th CONDITIONS GOVERNING REGULATIONS 5.1. Statutory Approvals 5.2. legal restrictions
CONCEPTUAL PHASE OF IMPLEMENTATION PROJECT DOCUMENTATION
First BUILDING PROJECT 1.1. Architectural, building part functions Physical form construction processing facility equipment facility 1.2. Interior installation Water and sanitation Heating and air conditioning strong and weak currents 1.3. Technical - Economic Indicators the amount of A description of prices the value of Second TECHNOLOGICAL SOLUTION FACILITY 2.1. Technological system of building the concept of building elements of construction production of construction elements Installing the system 2.2. Technology the works Excavation and Foundation construction of buildings (structures) Final construction works (building - finishing and installation works) finishing work on the building and construction 2.3. Studies
parallelization finalization Stroke System ciklogram
GENERAL MODEL procedure of gaining approval for the construction Law on the planning unit and construction (Sl Gazette RS 47/03) Responsible for: For a permit to build the appropriate competent authorities of the municipality, or town where the facility is located. Exceptionally, if an object of importance for the republic, approval for construction issued by the Ministry in charge of construction, that the provincial authorities.
Objects of importance for the Republic are: High dams and reservoirs, nuclear facilities Facilities for the production and refining of oil and gas Facilities and manufacturing base of chemical industry hydropower and thermal power Regional water supply facilities and regulation works Buildings within the boundaries of national parks and protected areas Airports, pier highway and Regional Roads eleznika infrastructure, Telecommunications facilities in systems, highways, etc. Procedures for facilities in jurisdiction of the municipality (city) Obtained by the act on urban conditions Iizrada preliminary design REQUEST - Submitted by investor APPROVAL FOR THE CONSTRUCTION This is a major project APPLICATION commencement of work
REALIZATION Application for approval to build Approval for construction shall be issued at the request of investors. Submitted to: Preliminary design in three copies A document on urban catches (excerpt from the urb. Plana) Proof of ownership or The use of building land For facilities under the Ministry of A revision of the preliminary design WHAT IS A PERMIT FOR Construction? It is an important document that confirms compliance with future building plans and zoning regulations, but Do not approve the start of construction works. After obtaining approval for construction the investor can take action about selection of contractor and signing a contract. parallel to the main project Sign commencement of works Investor podnosti application start building authority which issued the building permits
(at least 8 days before the start). With the application submitted to: The main project in four copies Approval for the construction The name of contractor, the deadlines for commencement and completion of construction Proof of payment of all taxes, regulation and fees zaureenje construction sites Methods for objects in the Ministry of PREVIOUS WORK GENERAL PROJECT Previous studies poravdanosti PRELIMINARY DESIGN Feasibility study DECISION APPROVAL FOR THE CONSTRUCTION MAKING THE MAIN PROJECT Previous work apply to facilities under the jurisdiction of the Ministry They are made prior to the commencement of development of technical documentation
Coverage of a variety of research and analysis of the effect the object, and vice versa, impacts of future building on the environment. These impacts are: Geology, surveying, hydrological, meteorological, Urban, Technical, Technology, The economic, Energy, water management, traffic, requirements for fire protection and Environmental Protection A previous study FEASIBILITY The basis for the preparation of a pre-feasibility study are previous work and Managing the project (preliminary solution) General project and pre-feasibility study subject to revision Managing the project must answer the following questions:
Macrolocation and general disposition of the facility Technical concepts of object technology Possible verijantna spatial and technical solutions in terms of functionality and rationality The security guards Infrastructure assessment of environmental impact potential protection of natural and kulturnoistorijskih values Pre-feasibility study include: Introduction (objectives of investment) Description of the object (the concept, significance) Rating razvojinh options investors Analysis of sales markets Review general design and technical and technological solutions Analysis of supply markets Analysis of location and environment Financial Analysis Project Rating Conclusion Feasibility study The basis for the feasibility study are previous work and Preliminary Design Preliminary design and feasibility studies are subject to revision, and professional control.
Auditors committee formed by the Minister in charge of construction work The preliminary design should include information on: micro-location facility Technical and technological operational characteristics of object Preliminary budget stability and Property Solutions foundations Technological and organizational elements for building construction Conceptual infrastructure solution Comparative analysis of the options of The amount of construction costs, maintenance, energy and other Feasibility study has Next chapter: Introduction (investment objectives, information about the investor) Detailed description (location, significance in the context, the function) Analysis and evaluation of development options investors Analysis of sales markets Review of project ideas (technologies, architectural, building, installation) Analysis of supply markets
Spatial and locational aspects (compliance with zoning and urban planning) Analysis of environmental and occupational safety Analysis of organizational and human aspects Analysis izvodljivaosti and dynamics of the project Economic and Financial Analysis financial (commercial) rating (indicators of efficiency, profitability) Social assessment Score in conditions of uncertainty Conclusion DECISION If a project is positive Rated go into further procedure izadavanja approval for the construction, develop a capital project and selection of contractor. If the score is negative, the entire procedure being suspended The procedure for obtaining use permit DONE BY PROPERTY REQUEST for technical acceptance Establishment of the Commission Overview of the building and report
Use Permit
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR REALIZATION OF REAL ESTATE ISSUES AND RECOMMENDATIONS Administrative barriers in Serbia Building construction and permits Issues and Recommendations -
Building construction and permits Pre-trial procedures Registration of Real Estate Classification of the country what the country The spatial and urban plans The procedure for obtaining zoning and building permits Register Property Tapijske books Land Registry Land Cadastre 4.Katastar nepokretnostiegistracija apijske
First Land registries restructuring of ownership and legal records, characterized by 46% of the territory of Serbia Coverage of whole towns in Vojvodina and Serbia Second Land Customer records covers the whole territory of the Republic (5835 cadastral municipalities) Third Tapijske books the initial restructuring of ownership and legal records, characteristic of southern Serbia (includes a small percentage of the territory of Serbia) 4th Cadastre of Immovable Property structuring of the decision - the Law on State Premeru and Cadastre and registration of rights on immovable property (Law of 1992. Amended 2002). The main problems of public records on real estate undefined ownership of real estate The impossibility of putting the real estate mortgage Difficulties in the process of privatization INVESTOR is not ready to invest in assets that have not been resolved over the ownership status of privatization
Establishing cadastre of real estate Cadastre of real estate: Property-the legal records characterized by 20% of the territory of Serbia; The cadastral municipalities where it came into force there were also repealed other systems of records that had previously been in the application sadrae cadastre of real estate information on: - Land - Buildings - flats - Business premises - Cargo and limitations - A special parts of buildings - other buildings - Information on real estate rights and holders of these rights
advantages unique records in the cadastre of real estate A more efficient and rational, and the registration of real estate cadastre advanced and efficient cooperation between institutions The introduction of an information system that provides automated way of collecting, processing and The use of data on real estate and The right to them.
Providing more effective cost of real estate services
By law, the country is classified into two categories Building land is regulated by the Constitution of the RS to the stateowned City building land Land in building zone Land outside the construction zone Agricultural land in all forms of ownership Arable land non-arable land
Classification of land city construction land A city's general plan Property of the Republic of Serbia It can only get the right of use Land in building zone A spatial plan, or any municipal act It is located outside the city limits Land outside the construction zone Land on which buildings already exist
Land aims to build in accordance with regional policies and plans Agricultural Land Can be private and other forms of ownership The investor can buy it and then make prenamenu in urbanized land ownership
Classification of land According to the draft Law on planning and construction changes to the division of land Public construction land remains state-owned care building land can be in all forms of ownership Public construction land Land with constructed buildings in public use on public roads, of Parks, of squares, on the street, of water, of sewage, of public lighting, the objects in the field of education, of Health, on social security, etc) or on which the plan earmarked for the construction of these facilities
This land is your state and even outside the Land Transport (roads, parks, squares, streets, water supply, sewerage, lighting, education, health, welfare, etc). Other construction land Includes all other types of construction land Can be in all forms of ownership and can be marketed
changes that should occur by introducing a new Act Introduction to the market of building land is still limited by the Constitution of Serbia Local governments regulate and manage public lands, and the other has just the right pre-emptive land; Local government acquires land for public purposes: the purchase, the exchange and Expropriation But paying the true market price of the previous owner, which maximally protects private property Retail price of land is a new instrument and a municipality buys unregulated sales or leased land, and so arranged generates revenue for editing on economic grounds Spatial and urban plans Spatial Plan
network infrastrukturePr ostorniplan mreainfrastrukture Ii spatial zoning plans in accordance with applicable law Spatial Plan of RS The regional spatial plan Spatial plan of areas of special-purpose Prostorniplan network infrastructure General plan of the city, or village General landscape plan Generalniplan network infrastructure Master plan The spatial and urban plans Problems: Regulatory plans are made for many settlements In these cases, using previously adopted detailed plans Urbanistics In some areas did not even bring a general plan If there is a regulatory plan for the construction of urban preconditioning define urban development of the project The current plans are flexible and if there are deviations plans are often not respected
Zoning and building permits Scheme of the regular procedures for the issuance of zoning and building permit requirements for which represent a significant change in the space The documentation supplied by the investor The institution which submits documentation And documentation necessary for obtaining a zoning permit and the UTU Secretariat for Urban Planning II Documentation required to obtain separate permits and garevinske urbanistikesaglasnosti Mill has a separator garevinska permits and urban planning approval III The documentation required for obtaining final zoning approval and graevinskedozvole The final town planning approval and building permit Town Planning Institute (UTU) Terms of JP Secretariat for Urban Planning mill has a separator urban planning approval Secretariat for Property and Construction jobs
Access. permit for the architectural part of the building Secretariat for Urban Planning (Urban final approval) Secretariat for imovinskopravnei construction operations Zoning and building permits main laws that regulate the planning of construction Law on Construction Law on Planning and Spatial Planning and the settlement Law on Construction Land Law on Special Conditions for issuance of a building or use permits for certain facilities
Existing procedures - basic characteristics The existing procedure has recently been somewhat simplified The investor can get in one place technical conditions of urban public komulalnih companies for connections to the network as well as requirements for the design of installations After obtaining zoning approvals and partial construction permit for architectural construction project to build an investor can
Previous action in the realization of location for the construction 6 things you should check before purchasing a plot 1 - Make sure the plot covered by the detailed regulation plan If you buy a plot for construction, the first thing you should check is whether and how to build on that plot.
To get this information, you should find out whether there is detailed regulation or detailed urban plan for the area where he is crying. If not, you probably will not be able to legally build. To find the right information about the land, you must go to The Secretariat for Urban and construction operations. Here, you can submit a request either orally wondering about the possibilities of building on the plot.
Example of detailed regulation plan to Zvezdara (source Department for construction sites and construction of Belgrade). 2 - Check the right of use on land
Buyer pays must be obtained from the municipality which shall be entitled to the solution of Article 84 of the planning and construction, as evidence of its rights to use the empty construction site. This solution will confirm that the land is urbanized and sadrae list of registered users. Seller pays to be on that list. If the seller is the sole registered user, you're in luck. If, as is most often the case, the seller is not the only user, you will need to get in touch with other users. At this point, it would be very important to check whether they are on the list of the living.
The solution referred to in Article 84 for one of the plots If you happen to be one of them, it means that the list of user pays in the land registry is not updated. survivors and people need to be registered. It is not a trivial process. Depending on whether or not direct successors will have to regulate or to pay tax on inherited property value. You may encounter a situation that some of the heirs died or live abroad. It is not uncommon that the situation in the land registry has not been updated for several generations. Sometimes it happens that nicknames or false names deceived instead of real names that are further complicating the situation. Simply put, you can quickly find themselves in such a situation, you will need a long time to clear the. 3 - Ask for a copy of the plan Seller will probably have a copy of the plan issued by the Geodetic Institute for payroll sales. If not, recommend that you ask for it. A copy of the plan include: unless the plan pays, and the list of beneficiaries of land based on the information in the Geodetic Institute. o This list may disagree or not (in most cases does not agree) with a list of users in the deed.
Example copies of the plan for one of the land If the names on these two papers do not agree, must make a correction Registrations before you can register you as a user after purchase. This means that they should obtain from the seller all the necessary documentation To display a continuous range of users from the last registered to you.
4 - Make sure the land is agricultural and that the class The backup plan, you will find more useful information such as types and classes of land and the actual surface of the plot. If the salary of the water as agricultural land you will have to make his change of purpose in building land before you start to build. Depending on the class of the land, the price change of purpose may be high and go up to half the market price paid!.
Detail showing the class of agricultural land (highlighted gray) on a copy of the plan above (source Houses Beodom). 5 - Get the full title deed In addition to the seller to obtain full ownership certificate of a recent date. The statement issued by the Second Municipal Court. Names of users on the solution based on Article 84 and the names of users on the deed must be the same. In fact, the reseller to obtain the solution in Article 84 must be submitted to municipal authorities, a full title deed. So that really the name on both documents must be the same. This problem may occur if the solution to Article 84 a little earlier date and in the meantime the situation has changed with the users (there can be some of the beneficiaries die or that the wages have already sold a third party). It is therefore very important to get a fresh copy of the ownership list that will make a real situation.
Certificate of Title for the same land
6 - Get a certified statement of waiver of pre-emptive rights of the couser If you buy only one part of a larger parcel, users of other parts of the plots have pre-emptive rights in relation to you. Therefore, the seller must offer all their customers-are part of the price that you agreed with the seller. If one of the co-beneficiaries is zaintersovan and buy that part of the
plot, the story is finished. If none of the co-user is not interested, their statement that they were relinquishing of that part shall be in writing and verified in court. To protect your investment is very important to obtain statements from all the co-beneficiaries to waive pre-emptive rights and that these statements be certified by the court.
Example declaration of renunciation pre-emptive rights that we get when purchasing a plot
Conclusion When you decide to pay the purchase, it is very unlikely that you will meet with complex situations. It is better to check all the things that we mentioned above before you indulge in shopping. Do not believe me no one's word no matter how that person was a good and honest. Errors, overlooked details are not uncommon. It is better to check everything personally. Have a good lawyer experienced in land transactions is a big advantage.
MODEL FOR ACQUIRING RIGHTS IN THE AREA OF TOWN PLANNING Acquisition of rights in urban areas
First Participation of citizens and legal persons in the drafting of planning documents Second Notice of the purposes of spatial planning Third Urban planning permission 4th Town planning approval for the technical documentation
The municipal or city administration authority in charge of urban planning, in accordance with the provisions of the Planning and Spatial Planning and the settlements and the Law on Local samoup ra vi, solves the demands of citizens of the following rights: The objections set out in the public debate when making zoning plans. Giving notice of the purposes of space. Issuance of zoning permits. Issuance of urban permits to the technical documentation.
First Participation of citizens and legal persons in the drafting of planning documents During the public review of draft planning document and legal persons have the right to place a written objection to the plan, with justification, and to participate in a hearing before a competent commission. This right is not exercised the right of an individual, have a much broader and more important constitutional right of citizens to submit proposals and initiatives in the process of adoption of general acts of local self-government. Public inspection last month. The municipal or city government responsible for urban living, or advertised in a local newspaper that the act of deliberately exposed to public scrutiny, the notice of the place and time of exposure of the planning document, the duration and how to maintain professional discussions. Objections that put citizens or legal entities must be entered in the explanation of the planning act which is provided or of the municipal assembly for consideration and adoption.
Second Notice of the purposes of spatial planning Before you start the procedure for obtaining a building permit, it is necessary to know the Purpose of land on which it can build a building. Application for issuance of notice shall be submitted to the city or Municipal Authorities in charge of urban planning in a place where
there is inaction. The request for issuance of notice shall be accompanied by:
Extract from the Land Registry on the right of ownership or use (or posedovni list if the area does not keep land register). A copy of the plan for real property issued by the Republic Geodetic Authority, Organizational Unit - Department of Premer and Cadastre in the seat of the municipality. Requirement to taksira prescribed administrative fees. The competent municipal or city authority shall issue a notice within 8 days.
Third Urban planning permission Urban planning permission preceding the issuance of building permits. It is a document in detail the specific area. The act specifies the the position of the building facing the street, the parameters of the object, the height and the length, on the way to connect to municipal infrastructure tour. At a certain way, urban permit rule for behavior in all phases of construction on a particular plot. Urban planning permit is an individual act, which is issued by the municipal or city government in charge of urban planning. The act of determining position in space in which to build or carry out
works and established urban-technical conditions for construction. This document contains a the technical conditions for connection to the infrastructure, information about specific conditions that the investor obtains from public enterprises, of the agencies and organizations on the basis of special regulations the connection to the plumbing, of sewage, the electrical network, the sanitary conditions and other the conditions for the regulation of building lots, the requirements for building construction and the requirements for the protection of adjacent buildings. Requirement for obtaining a zoning permit may submit the owner or user of urban land or building owner who needs to perform the works. Requirement for obtaining a zoning permit in the city of Belgrade for 10 city municipalities shall be submitted to the Secretariat for Urban Affairs Division over the enforcement of planning laws in the municipal seat. Requirements for obtaining a zoning permit for the six suburban municipalities shall be submitted to municipal authorities responsible for the administration of urban planning. The requirement to submit the following evidence: Extract from the Land Registry or posedovni list, if the municipality does not water the land registry. A copy of the plan real estate (sketch of land that is marked and charted in a geodesic field in a certain area). Notice of the purposes of real estate. The solution of the recognition of pre-emption rights to build on the city
construction land, which brings the municipal authority for property transactions in the place where the immovable property. the construction and use permit for the facility to be constructed to reconstruct or nadziuje. Requirement to taksira administrative fees. The competent authority shall issue a town planning permit within one month from the date of filing a proper application. Urban planning permit is valid for 3 years from the date of issuance. The investor is obliged to submit an application for a construction permit within this period. If the competent authority shall refuse the issuance of zoning permits, a party may appeal to the Executive Committee of the Municipal Assembly, or city.
4th Town planning approval for the technical documentation Urban planning consent is required to verify that the technical documentation prepared by a citizen of the building (the main project, with projects for urban infrastructure and ports) complied with zoning regulations and planning permission on the basis of which a town planning permit issued. An application for the issuance of zoning approval to the technical documentation submitted to the authority of the municipality or city in charge of urban planning. The request for the issuance of zoning approval shall be made following evidence: on urban planning permits. Built on the technical documentation for construction of the building (which is obtained from the authorized planning organizations or
private entrepreneurs who have the authority to create technical documentation - project). A variety of public approval and other companies on terms for connection to a coma the infrastructure (water, sewer, electricity, water on, sanitary and other approvals). o These approvals are obtained the corresponding solve their ma, which issued the appropriate inspections, public and public utilities. The authority is obliged to issue an urban permit within one month from the date of filing a proper application. If the authority does not issue the requested permit, the citizen can appeal to the Executive Committee of the Municipal Assembly or the city.
"Official Gazette of RS", no. 80/2005
Pursuant to Section 106 Law on planning and construction ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 47/03), Minister for Capital Investments makes
PRAVILINK the content, scope and method of making pre-feasibility study and feasibility study for construction of
I. INTRODUCTION
Article 1 This regulation provides a more detailed content, scope and method of making pre-feasibility study and feasibility study for construction of facilities.
Article 2 Pre-feasibility study to determine in particular the spatial, ecological, social, financial, market and economic justification of investments for alternative solutions defined in the general project, on which it can issue a planning document and a decision on the justification of investment in previous papers for the preliminary design and feasibility study feasibility and preliminary design. Feasibility study to determine in particular the spatial, ecological, social, financial, market and economic justification for investments chosen solution, worked out the preliminary design, based on which a decision on the justification of investments and the initiation of proceedings for the issuance of a building.
Article 3 The investor provides the project tasks for the preparation of a prefeasibility study and feasibility study. Tasks for development include especially: to conduct studies, the legal basis for the study, documentation for the study, the methodological framework for development, the required analysis, the method of presentation of the study, the procedure checks the results, deadlines, selection of software tools and other production conditions.
Article 4 Previous feasibility studies and feasibility studies prepared for the
following: 1) nuclear facilities and other facilities for energy production, nuclear fuel, radioisotopes, radiation, storage of radioactive waste materials for scientific research purposes, the base and processing facilities, chemical industry, ferrous and nonferrous metallurgy, facilities for the processing of skins and furs, objects of rubber processing, facilities for the manufacture of pulp and paper facilities for processing non-metallic minerals; facilities within national parks, cultural property of national and international importance and protected objects in their environment and other goods protected by national and international significance, in accordance with law;plant and equipment for waste disposal by incineration and chemical processes, facilities for production, storage and disposal of hazardous materials and storage and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, which has the property of hazardous substances; airport for public air transportation, and mechanized freight and public passenger port; 2) facilities for the production and refining of oil and gas, international and major gas pipelines and oil pipelines to transport gas pipelines with nominal working natpritiska over 16 bar if you cross the territory of at least two municipalities, warehouses, oil, gas and petroleum products with a capacity exceeding 500 tons and the main and regional toplodalekovoda, interregional and regional water supply and sanitation facilities, urban water supply systems and the channeling of wastewater and water treatment plants, highways and regional roads, travel facilities and transport connections to the main and regional roads, public railway infrastructure and connections; regulation works the waterways and navigable canals and locks that are not part of the hydropower system; 3) hydro power plants with more than 10 MVA, thermal power plants
more than 10 MVA substation and transmission lines and voltage of 110 kV or more, and telecommunication facilities in systems that have international connections and highways and telecommunication facilities to be built on the territory of two or more municipalities, ended with the main facilities; 4) high dam and the reservoir filled with water, tailings or ash which provided technical monitoring, and regulatory work to protect against high water of urban areas and rural area larger than 300 ha.
Article 5 Previous feasibility studies and feasibility studies prepared by the regulations of other countries, or the methodology of foreign financial organizations (lenders, banks, etc.) or which was approved by the foreign financial institution may be submitted revizionoj Commission on the technical control in the original form. Article 6 For facilities that are planning to build or use in stages, pre-feasibility study must include elements of all stages are planned, a feasibility study can be made for individual stages. Previous feasibility studies for facilities referred to in Article 4 item 3) of this Ordinance shall be at the level of the whole network, a feasibility study be prepared for the entire network or for individual parts podfunkcionalne networks, or groups of objects in a particular area of the technological and organizational whole.
II. Pre-feasibility study
Article 7 The basis for the preparation of a pre-feasibility study are in particular: Spatial Development Strategy of the Republic of Serbia, urban development schemes, etc., previous work and alternative solutions to the general design. Pre-feasibility study includes a general project.
Article 8 Pre-feasibility study includes in particular: First Introduction 1) Investment objectives (social, economic and other goals); 2) basic information about the investor and its development opportunities and the authors of the study; 3) task for the study; 4) planning period and an information base; 5) the methodological approach (reasoning primenjenog software tools). Second Analysis of current situation
1) the spatial location (building, corridors and networks); 2) function (object, corridors and networks) and the degree of utilization; 3) the importance (buildings, corridors and networks) in the system. Third The market aspect - analysis and projections - For facilities under Article 4 Count 1) of this Rule 1) the basic characteristics of the products or services; 2) analysis of demand; 3) analysis of the bids; 4) assessment of possible sales. - For facilities under Article 4 Count 2) of this Rule 1) gravitational field; 2) the basic indicators of socio-economic development; 3) flow generators (passengers, cargo, goods, services); 4) realized the extent of transport and traffic (passengers, cargo, goods and services) in total and by the structure (the branches, forms, segments, types of goods and services, featuring travel);
5) projected volume of transport, ie transport of passengers and cargo - total and by the structure (the branches, forms, segments, types of goods and services, featuring transport and travel); 6) assessment of conditions unfolding of transport, ie transport of variant (functional assessment). - For facilities under Article 4 item 3) of this Rule 1) gravitational field; 2) generators of flows of goods and services; 3) realized the scope of services and goods throughout the structure; 4) projected volume of the flow of goods and services - total and per structure. - For facilities under Article 4 Count 4) of this Rule 1) gravitational field; 2) the basic characteristics of the products or services; 3) basic indicators of socio-economic development; 4) analysis of demand; 5) analysis of the bids; 6) projected volume of the flow of goods and services - total and per structure;
7) assessment of possible sales. 4th Display technology and technical solutions in the general project 1) General view of the project; 2) The principal elements of the general design; 3) show the technical and technological solutions to the general design (architectural, construction, traffic, technology, mechanical, electrical, etc.); 4) a graphical representation of the variant solution; 5) Planned century building; 6) Structure and dynamics of investment needed. 5th Analysis of supply markets 1) specification and description of required inputs; 2) analysis and evaluation capabilities required procurement of inputs (domestic, foreign) - for materials and equipment, raw materials for construction and manufacturing; 3) Forecast of purchase price. 6th Spatial aspects - For facilities under Article 4 Count 1) of this Rule
1) location analysis; 2) assessment and site selection. - For facilities under Article 4 indents. 2) and 3) of this Rule 1) compliance with the adopted variants of spatial and urban plans; 2) the spatial consequences of taking the land and the separation of a whole; 3) impacts on spatial development areas; 4) preliminary assessment of physical fitness. - For facilities under Article 4 Count 4) of this Rule 1) compliance with the adopted variants of spatial and urban plans; 2) the spatial consequences of taking the land and the separation of a whole; 3) impacts on spatial development areas; 4) preliminary assessment of physical fitness; 5) displacement; 6) employment; 7) security.
7th Preliminary analysis of impacts on the environment - For facilities under Article 4 Count 1) of this Rule 1) analysis of potential impacts on the environment; 2) the proposal safeguards the environment. - For facilities under Article 4 indents. 1), 2) and 3) of this Rule 1) relationship to the natural, cultural and historic resources; 2) impacts on climate; 3) impacts on surface and groundwater; 4) noise and air pollution; 5) impacts on flora and fauna; 6) impacts on the ground; 7) Previous ocene environmental suitability. 8th Financial analysis and evaluation 1) calculation of the required investments; 2) sources of funding and commitments to resources; 3) the calculation of income and expenses;
4) the balance of success; 5) preliminary assessment of the financial viability of the project. 9th Socio-economic analysis and evaluation 1) economic costs and benefits by variations in the period of exploitation; 2) applied the method of economic evaluation; 3) direct and indirect (external) socio-economic effects; 4) proposal of the optimal variants; 5) the stages and phases of the facility and the optimal year of opening; 6) preliminary assessment of the socio-economic viability of the project. 10th Sensitivity analysis and the risk of investing 1) sensitivity to changes in baseline parameters; 2) the sources and scope of risk. 11th Previous analysis of sources of funding and financial obligations 1) the investor's own funds; 2) domestic sources;
3) foreign and international sources; 4) Guarantees and commitments; 5) preliminary assessment of funding sources. 12th Previous analysis of organizational and personnel capabilities 1) organization; 2) human resources; 3) preliminary assessment of the organizational and personnel suitability. 13th The conclusion of the previous feasibility studies 1) concluding observations; 2) summary of the study.
III. Feasibility study
Article 9 The basis for the development of feasibility study are in particular: previous work and pre-feasibility study with the general project. Feasibility study includes a preliminary design.
Article 10 Feasibility study for the objects mentioned in Article 4 this Ordinance shall in particular: First Information about the client and the authors of the study Second Introduction 1) Aim of the study; 2) the task of the study; 3) The basic documents used for the feasibility study; 4) metoloki approach (reasoning primenjenog licensing of software tools); 5) a brief statement of the results of pre-feasibility study. Third Objectives and purpose of investing 1) social goals; 2) economic objectives; 3) other objectives; 4) the purpose of investment. 4th Description of Property
1) location of the facility; 2) the importance of a system or network; 3) function of the object; 4) the available technical documentation; 5) the available planning documentation; 6) a graphical representation of the object (situation, profiles, basic layout and Tangent as derived from the preliminary design); 7) the planned lifetime of the facility; 8) During construction of the facility; 9) stages of construction. 5th Analysis of development opportunities of investors 1) Name and headquarters of the investor; 2) the subject of business; 3) review of the development and evaluation of the present organization of the investor; 4) show the technological and economic development, and assessment of current conditions;
6) analysis of the employment structure; 7) balances performance and assessment of financial eligibility (program development, technology, organization, staffing). 6th The methodological basis of studies 1) laws and regulations; 2) Coordination with the technical documentation; 3) Coordination with planning documents; 4) information systems and data sources; 5) the process of defining indicators; 6) procedures and methods of evaluation. 7th The technical and technological solution in the preliminary design 1) the process of drafting the project proposal; 2) a basis for preliminary design; 3) the method and criteria of functional evaluation; 4) a graphical representation of the object (situation, profiles, Intersect, technical diagrams, etc.); 5) analysis of the possibility of executing the project;
6) the stages and phases of construction; 7) schedule of construction; 8) the dynamics of investment funds, in total and per structure / requirements; 9) organization and a system for project management; 10) review and decision making during the conceptual design. 8th Market aspects 1) the international market; 2) the domestic market; 3) assessment of market efficiency. 9th Environment aspekte1) compliance with the adopted variants of spatial and urban plans; 2) the consequences of the expropriation and displacement; 3) the consequences of the separation of a whole; 4) impacts on spatial and urban development of the immediate area of the building; 5) assessment of physical fitness. 10th Environmental aspects
1) impacts on the environment (microclimate, water, air, noise, soil); 2) the effects of technical measures of protection of the environment; 3) visual pollution; 4) security; 5) assessment of environmental suitability. 11th The economic costs 1) construction costs of facilities; 2) the costs of procurement and installation of equipment; 3) the costs of exploitation, maintenance and management; 4) monitoring and additional costs; 5) analysis of price and accuracy checks; 6) the dynamics of costs; 7) costs of local and foreign currency. 12th Get - use 1) income; 2) direct gain - gain;
3) Indirect gain - gain; 4) analysis of the price obtained for the calculation and check of accuracy; 5) the dynamics of income, direct and indirect profit; 6) Revenues and profits in the domestic and foreign currency. 13th Financial efficiency of the grade of profitability and liquidity 1) calculation of the dynamics of income; 2) calculation of the dynamics of expenditures; 3) the financial flows of the project; 4) the profitability of the project; 5) the liquidity of the project; 6) assessment of financial efficiency. 14th Socio-economic efficiency 1) calculation of the dynamics of the direct economic effects (costs and benefits); 2) calculation of the dynamics of additional economic effects; 3) the economic flow of the project;
4) scope and dynamics of the social effects; 5) the social course of the project; 6) socio-economic assessment of cost-effectiveness and efficiency. 15th Sensitivity analysis and the risk of investing 1) sensitivity to changes in financial parameters; 2) sensitivity to changes in economic parameters; 3) sensitivity to changes in the initial elements for defining the price (structural sensitivity); 4) risk assessment; 5) the conclusions of the analysis of sensitivity and risk; 16th Analysis of funding sources, financial liabilities and dynamics 1) the extent and dynamics of the investor's own funds; 2) the extent and dynamics of domestic sources with the dynamics of inflows of funds; 3) the extent and dynamics of foreign and international sources; 4) Guarantees by sources of financing; 5) obligations of the sources of funding;
6) assessment of funding sources. 17th Analysis of organizational and personnel capabilities 1) External links and contacts; 2) organization; 3) human resources; 4) assessment of the organizational and personnel suitability. 18th The conclusion on the justification of investments 1) cumulative assessment of the justification of investments; 2) an explanation ocene; 3) the degree of reliability ocene; 4) summary of feasibility study.
Article 11 If in the preparation of previous studies and feasibility studies using software tools for calculation and evaluation, the final results must contain summary and recapitulation of the considered solutions, as well as a description of the selected technologies for the study.
IV. TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS
Article 12 Development of pre-feasibility study and feasibility study, initiated before the entry into force of this Ordinance, continue in accordance with regulations in force until the entry into force of this Regulation.
Article 13 On the effective date of this Ordinance shall supersede the Regulation on the content and scope of pre-feasibility study and feasibility study ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia", No. 39/99).
Article 14 This Regulation shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia".
Number 110-00-00043/2005-05 In Belgrade, 5 September 2005. The Minister, Velimir Ilic, s.r.
PRIMER ON DECISION Building Sites and arrangement fee of construction land for a characteristic town in Serbia
First The decision on construction land and compensation for the construction land (the utilities) The general part of The fee for construction land The use of construction land in state ownership Making the use of construction land based on public bidding or solicitation of offers to public announcement The rights and obligations of the city construction land in state ownership Provision of urban construction land in state property for temporary use Transitional and Final Provisions Second A decision on compensation for the use of construction land (the annuity) General Provisions Taxpayers benefit Determination of fees Mary's determination of fees Method and time limits for payment Transitional and Final Provisions Third Law on Construction General Provisions Previous work Technical documentation Building Permit Building a Loan of Works Authorization for the design and construction management Use Permit
Demolition of the building Authorization for the adoption of bylaws Supervision Penalties Transitional and Final Provisions 4th Building on the town and village municipalities (Department of Urban Planning, Utilities, Housing, Construction and Property and Legal Affairs) Urban planning permission Urban planning consent Building Permit Use Permit Legalization of illegally constructed buildings before the 1995th years. Set up temporary structures on public land Requirement to establish plots - the legalization of Building Inspection Environmental Inspections
JURISDICTION AND PROCEDURE In the process LOCATIONS Responsibilities and Procedures At the request of the person responsible municipal or local government or the ministry responsible for urban affairs, published an excerpt from the zoning plan, which contains information on urban conditions for the development of space defined in urban planning. To build facilities in the area for which it planned to draw up urban development plan, at the request of the person responsible municipal or local government or the ministry responsible for urban planning, urban issues Act requirements in accordance with the spatial plan. The request for the issuance of the Act concerning the conditions of zoning shall be submitted following documentation: A copy of the plan of land not more than 6 months
the updated geodetic (only for building a new facility), produced by the authorized geodetic organizations, approved by the Republic Geodetic Authority Cadastre of underground installations (for building a new facility) the statement issued by the Republic Geodetic Authority o Situacioi plan that includes the planned disposition, height, dimensions and purpose facility, the preliminary solution Excerpt from the existing technical documentation (state archives) for existing facilities to be reconstructed o Proof of payment of administrative fees In cases where the available planning documentation does not provide enough information, Secretariat for Urbanism and Construction Affairs commissioned the production of urban conditions of the enterprises registered in the appropriate register for the preparation of zoning documentation. Commissioned urban conditions contain the construction rules, the regulatory and graevisnsku line o nivelacione conditions the possibilities and the technical conditions for connection to utilities and traffic on other infrastructure, about as well as other requirements prescribed by law. They are made in cooperation with the competent authorities organizations and public utilities, whose conditions are mounted and attached. Depending on the type of building, zoning requirements must also contain other essential requirements such as requirements for the protection of cultural monuments of the city.
After the checks of compliance with zoning requirements in urban and spatial plan Issues of the act on urban conditions is the basis for the conceptual design and initiate the procedures for obtaining approval for construction. For buildings up to 800m2 gross floor area construction permit issued by the municipal authority in 10 urban municipalities in the territory of the city. With the request for approval for the construction shall be submitted to: the proof of ownership, the lease on the building or land, or the right of ownership on the property, or the right to use the vacant land the solution to Article 84 of the Planning and Building the excerpt from the zoning plan or the act on urban conditions, which is not starji than 6 months the preliminary design complies with the statement, ie act other evidence of specific urban development plan. That the act on urban conditions o (konzervatrski conditions, etc.)
For buildings over 800m2 of gross floor area and infrastructure facilities of approval issued by the Secretariat for Urban and construction operations. The request for approval to build podonsi are: the excerpt from the urban plan or act on urban conditions, not older than 6 months the preliminary design complies with the extract compared to act made by the Company entered into the appropriate register for the
preparation of technical documentation the proof of ownership, the lease on the building or land, or the right of ownership on the property, or the right to use the empty construction site and the solution of this law l.84 a report on the formation of building lots issued by the Geodetic Institute the corresponding copies of the plot (for new construction) the other evidence the urbanistkim plan or act on urban conditions such as the Institute for the Protection of Monuments. o Proof of payment of administrative fees
Approval for construction issued by the solution within 15 (fifteen) days of filing a proper application for a consideration of actual costs of its issuance. Approval for construction shall cease to apply if you do not start with building construction or works within 2 (two) years from the date of final approval for construction After obtaining approval for izgranju investor hire company having the appropriate license and who is registered for the production of technical documentation on the activities of the main project, which has bit in accordance with the approved construction
The project includes:
the geotechnical data and other necessary investigative work
Develop technical and technological characteristics of facilities with equipment and installations the budget structures, Stability and security of the facility the data necessary surveying work the solution of the foundations of object the technical infrastructure solution on the method of connection and arrangement of free surface the conditions of protection susednh objects o predmer and estimate
The investor submits an application for registration of works eight days before the start of construction. The application includes: the name of the investor the name of the contractor the responsible contractor the start of construction the deadline for completion The request shall be accompanied by: the main project in 4 copies with a certificate and reports on completed technical control a written statement about the beginning of construction, or the execution of works, as well as construction of a deadline overenog copy of the contract on construction the final approval for construction the evidence on the regulation of relations in terms of payment for
editing of building land the proof of payment of administrative fees
The construction can start when Sektetarijat for Urban and construction jobs - construction jobs for the sector - confirm receipt of application papers investor can build things. The deadline for certification of documents is 8 days, provided that the complete documentation After completion of the works on construction of building investor submits request for a use permit, with the handover: the final solution of approval for the construction the confirmation of receipt of the application papers
Use Permit issued by the solution on the use of the facility, to which the 15 days of issuance puts the final clause.
REQUIRED DOCUMENTS: In the process of building permits Technically, submitted to the following documentation: First Urban planning permission request copies of plots
Proof of right to use land or ownership of the property (posedovni list, contract solution of succeeding, solution to form a parcel, etc.) forwards the request to the Public Company Directorate of Town Planning for urban development - technical conditions, Based on the analyzed urban - technical requirements issued by the Department of Urban permission. Second Urban planning consent request a major project and Parts of projects Technical review of project documentation, approval of specific organs and enterprises, depending on the type of facility (residential, business, business - residential, Production with purpose activities, etc.) consent may be the following: PTT, connection to the V + K Electricity distribution, "Plant" sanitary inspection, inspection of occupational safety and health Fire Police environmental inspection, Ministry of Health (Environmental Impact Analysis) The Directorate for Roads, National Defense, etc.,
conditions and approvals are established zoning permit and facilitate the applicant time to gather them. Third Building permits request a major project in 3 copies, approved by the competent authority that has been done in accordance with the zoning permit the reports of the completed technical control, proof of ownership, or the right to use construction land for the construction, or proof of ownership or right to use facilities for reconstruction, evidence on the regulation of mutual relations with the Public Company Directorate of Urban Planning and Construction to pay for editing of building land, approvals, opinions and other evidence by special regulations (solution on changing the purpose of land from agricultural to building land, Public approval for the shelter or proof of payment of the shelter and any other agreement established zoning permit). 4th Use Permit request Project-built facility, Building permits, approvals and other documentation relating to zaonom, Report of the Commission for technical inspection of the facility. 5th The legalization of illegally constructed buildings before the 1995th The For the legalization of illegally constructed buildings of procedures for
obtaining a building permit is the same as for the construction of buildings, given that the approach the Commission's opinion for legalization established by law. 6th Setting up temporary structures on public land request solution of dissatisfaction in the bidding procedure, other documentation relating to the procedure of issuing permits for construction. Property Legal Services 7th An application for the formation of pitch - the legalization of indication of the plot, whose formation requires, the degree of development of the facility that exists on the land and any other information that will indicate the applicant, the signature of the applicant which contains: name, father's name, last name, exact address and registration number of the applicant, a copy of the plan to extract from the DUP, or Regulatory Plan (no older than 6 months) and izvrenm calculation of the cadastre of real estate services to the subject land there nelegalizovan facility (if required for the formation of the legalization of property) signed by the surveyor who is issued a copy of the plan and stamp services for real estate cadastre Notice of urban services on the possibilities and limits of construction on the subject parcel. 8th Building Inspection In addition to operations performed in the line of duty, and to work on applications and requirements of the parties
Upon notification of the parties controls the construction and take measures beyond its jurisdiction. Also, on request of parties done reviewing the condition of existing facilities, recorded in the minutes and notes the situation as the case may bring the appropriate solution based on legislation. Requests shall be submitted at the counter. 9th Environmental Inspection conducts inspection of the premises in respect of compliance with requirements to perform certain activities, conducting the administrative procedure and make the solution of the fulfillment of the requirements of environmental protection. Give consent to the technical documentation or give notice that you require analysis of impacts of facilities on the environment by examining the design documentation. Requests shall be submitted at the counter.
Accomplishment steps BUILDING PERMITS How to get a building permit - Stage 1 Building a legitimate home anywhere means follow a certain procedure that requires both time and money. It is an accepted fact by those who want to deal with the construction. Unusually, in Belgrade, due to the large number of illegal buildings, yet it seems strange for some people to spend it for their time and money. Yet, as anywhere elsewhere, the procedure is defined in detail. In this first part, we focus on the preparation of documents that need to obtain before handing the project proposal. 1 - Act of urban conditions, or an excerpt from the zoning plan The first step is to get the act on urban conditions and an excerpt from the zoning plan. We explained earlier that the conditions to obtain such a document. In fact, we found out what is the difference between the act on urban conditions and the excerpt from the zoning plan. to act on zoning conditions shall be issued for the plans, which were made before the Law on planning and construction adopted in May 2003. o One of the requirements for getting possession of this document is
proprietary list that shows your ownership or right of use on the land. o The plans, which were produced after May 2003, he issued a statement from the zoning plan and the possession of the ownership list is not necessary. o Both documents are very similar. Regardless which one you get, the importance of such a document is up to a year. 2 - Formation of building plot The next step is to find the surveying firm, with the appropriate license, to mark the plot on which to build. Their people will go out there and set beleg marking the boundaries of the plot. After that will issue a document called a protocol regulating the graphical display that shows where they were placed Beleg.
Example protocols for control plots in Veliki Mokri Lug
After that the Republic Geodetic Authority (RGZ) has to approve this protocol. This means that they should fill out a request and RGZ will issue a report on the formation of building lots containing a copy of the plan of the plot. Below you can see an example copy of the plan for the parcel in
Veliki Mokri Lug.
Primer copies of the plan issued by RGZ for the formation of building lots If you choose a good surveying firm, they will do for you this request so that you do not have to personally go to the RGZ. 3 - Cadastral topographic plan Topographic-Cadastral plan showing the current situation on the ground. Can be done by surveying the same company that you formed a plot. If you have already paid some urban office that you do a project for
urban land (prior to obtaining the document or statement from zoning plan), they are likely to already have such a document. 4 - Geotechnical study of building land This report is essential to define the geological and geotechnical conditions on the land. In other words, the report shows strabilnost land. Surveying firm that you have previously used can be done all the tests, of course, if you possess a license for it. This study will need your architect who will do preliminary design of the house and will be required as one of the documents in the process of obtaining building permits. 5 - Preliminary Design The last step in this first phase is obtained, by your architect, preliminary design of object you want to build. Preliminary design should consist of: the situational plan that includes: the length of individual pages gra.parcele, truss elevation of the existing land leveling, regulation and building lines, position and storeys building, position and numbers of adjacent land parcels and Building and name of the street; the drawings that define the object in space (base, characteristic Preseka, appearance); the purpose of the facility; the technical description (note that the architect has to refer to data in geotechnical eleboratu); the planned investment value of the object.
o Once you have obtained all the documents described above, you are ready to start your procedure for obtaining building permits in the municipality it belongs to your land. How to get a building permit? - Stage 2 Synchronizing the project proposal with the enactment of or extract from the urban plan Before submitting an application for approval for the construction, ie building permit, it is necessary to obtain a certificate from the competent civil service in the municipality that the preliminary design of your home, done by your architect, in accordance with the conditions laid down by an act or extracts from the zoning plan. To get this certificate, you need to fill out an application for adjustment that you can buy directly in the municipality and the application submitted the following documents: to act on zoning conditions or an excerpt from the zoning plan is not older than one year the preliminary design object in 3 copies. The preliminary design must be bound the following documents: on proprietary regulation of the protocol drawn up by private geodetic organizations a report on the formation of building lots a copy of the plan is the Geodetic Institute One copy of project proposal must include the originals of the above documents, The other two copies should have copies of these documents. geological and geotechnical study of land (1 original) Responsible structural engineer in the municipality will review all documents. If there are no objections the amendment, all documents will be returned to you with confirmation that the preliminary design in
accordance with the act of or extracts from the zoning plan. If there are any objections, and the required amendment, your architect has to be done before re-submission of these documents. If there are no objections, this procedure should not last longer than one month from the time you submit the application documents. In most cases, is likely to last for two weeks. How to get a building permit? - Stage 3 After you have received a certificate of compliance conceptual design (verification that complies with the act of or extracts from the zoning plan), you can now submit, again, in the municipality, an application for obtaining approval for the construction, ie building permits. Documents that are required are the same one that you submitted for obtaining a certificate of compliance preliminary design, course completed with the confirmation. Under normal circumstances, when you reach this stage, should the rest of the procedure goes smoothly. Of course, there is always the chance that something iskomplikuje, especially since, at this stage, your document on the right of construction on the land to be nasiyasat details. Ownership certificate and the right to build on the land It is necessary to have a title deed for the plot on their behalf (or on behalf of investors who financed the construction). If there is more than one land user must have their consent verified in court. If the pay-made urban design for subdivisions, you need a single title deed for each parcel on which we build. Not enough to have a title deed of the total land before the division. Access to a public road Another source of problems is the fact that each building plot shall have access to a public road that is a public road. This simple fact may have a large and very complex, consequences.
In some cases, it can be done on small areas by the public sobraajnice, which are located between your salary and the public road. These small parts of the country are owned by the Republic of Serbia, and for them you need to seek approval for a lease to use them. It is a condition that must be fulfilled for obtaining a building permit. This means that you, in the municipality, submit a request for the lease of the land. You should be familiar with this problem at the moment when the request document or excerpt from the zoning plan. These small parcels, both of them in the municipality called "belts" should be shown and must react immediately and looking for a municipality to lease them, especially the very procedure of getting tenure may persist. In the frequent case, no one warned us not to, in a situation that we have already submitted an application for obtaining a building permit, and now we have first to wait to get this problem resolved with the lease to get a permit. This is called learning from experience. Approval for construction Approval for the construction, ie building permits will be issued approximately 15 days after the filing of the application, calculating that there are no problems concerning ownership of the paper. After approval there is an appeal period of 15 days to make it legally binding. When you receive approval to build, you can not even begin to build. The procedure is continued until such time as the official publication of the commencement of works. Until then need to collect more documents like for example, the conditions and approvals for water
of sewage, of electricity, on the phone, then the main project, the contract with the contractor, etc. ..
Forms in the process of obtaining urban planning permits
PRIMER REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF WHICH ARE ISSUED BY THE INSTITUTE FOR URBAN NOVI SAD
Public Enterprise "Urbanism" Planning Institute Novi Sad Lazar Boulevard 3rd Floor 21 000 Novi Sad Number of: Novi Sad, Pursuant to Article 56 of the Planning and Construction ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia" No. 47/2003) and on the basis of: are issued REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION The conditions for the development of space that must be respected when developing technical documents such as: 1 INFORMATION ON LOCATION 1.2. Number of pitches: 1.3. Cadastral Municipality: 1.4. The current purpose of the plot: 1.5. Existing buildings (number, purpose, content, number of floors): 1.6. Existing utility services: 1.8. Elevation of the terrain:
1.7. Percentage of development area: not recorded The site is equipped with plumbing and street sewage, and electricity and district heating primary street network and gas pipeline network. Detailed regulation plan Liman III in Novi Sad ("Official Gazette of Novi Sad", no. 19/2004, 6 / 2006) Secretariat: I-3.353-1558/04 - Address locations: street corner of Boulevard and Boulevard of the liberation of Tsar Lazar in accordance with the applicable plan garage, shelter and ancillary facilities (warehouse, power plants, etc..) regulation of the existing peripheral streets that retain specified the graphics are attached. 2 RULES OF CONSTRUCTION 2.2. Planned use of the plot: 2.3. Way of bringing lots planned purpose: 2.3.1. Demolition of existing buildings 2.3.2. Relocation of existing infrastructure 2.4. Maximum The plot:
2.5. Requirements for construction of buildings: 2.5.1. Regulation Line 2.5.2. Construction Line 2.5.3. The character of the building - Ground floor - Floor commerce (trade, services, cultural and social facilities (galleries, libraries, etc..)), garages, tehn.prostorije And second-floor business office or other offices and the like. were taken off line for regulation of 3-5 m according to the graphical attached; storey building line provided in the attached graphic see page 7 2.1. Excerpts from the plan under which urban conditions are issued: the leveling of these conditions for the construction 2.3.3. Leveling the field 2.3.4. Other Works 2.5.4. The purpose of the building 2.5.5. The contents of the building constant - Business and commercial center - Loft Solve the water supply connection to the street waterworks. Conditions of connection available from the PUC "Water and sewage ".
2.7. Conditions of connection to community infrastructure: 2.7.1. Water supply 2.7.2. Drainage Wastewater connection to solve the street sanitary sewer system. Conditions of connection available from the PUC "Water Works". (With the liberation of the Boulevard and the streets of Podgorica to graphs) 2.5.8. Absolute dimensions grade line of underground water under the basement floor under the crown min. max. 2.5.9. Architectural treatment and design of buildings: (Roof, facade, color, materials, etc.). 2.6.2 Conditions for the accommodation of vehicles - School - Pedestrian approach to the object and the horizontal and vertical communication within the facility projected according to the "Regulations on conditions for planning" and projecting the free movement bindings children, the elderly, "the handicapped and disabled persons" ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 18/97). (With exemptions Boulevard, Boulevard Prince Lazar and the streets of Podgorica to graphs)
2.5.7. Floors Su + P +2 mah.gabarit given to the graphical appendix 2.5.6. The horizontal dimensions 2.6. Traffic conditions: 2.6.1. Traffic conditions - Number of vehicles 340 - Open parking lots in the regulation of peripheral roads - Garage for a minimum of 340 vehicles in the basement and ground floor -The elements of horizontal and vertical control provided in the previous text and graphics attached. 2.8. The conditions for the development, landscaping and fencing of building lots: 2.8.1. Planning Application will be processed through a special e-UU 2.8.2. Content Planning - School and parking areas - Pedestrian area - Park 2.9. Urban planning and technical standards and norms for the design and construction of facilities: 2.7.4. Heating system heat supply is provided for connection to the city district heating system connecting to an existing Hot water in Podgorica ulici.Uslove connection request from the PUC "Novi Sad heating ". 2.7.5. Phone Terms connection request from Telekom Serbia AD. 2.7.6. Gas 2.7.7. Cable distribution system and a common antenna system Prpisima-to regulate this issue
2.7.3. Electrical Requirements for connection to the power system should be obtained from JP Power Distribution "Novi Sad". - Fencing According to the Ministry of Defense, Department in Novi Sad 2.14. Requirements for construction of shelters: 2.14.1. Species 2.14.2. Capacity 2.14.3. Degree of protection 2.14.4. Position 2.14.5. Peaceful purposes 2.10.2. The degree of seismicity: 2.11. Terms of protection of architectural heritage: 2.12. Terms of nature: -Have not been registered under the protection of buildings * There is a possibility of potential archaeological sites in the subject area (leave the lonely graves). Accordingly, is obliged Contractor, if during the construction and other works on the archaeological finds find or objects, they immediately stopped and the findings to inform the Department of Protection of Cultural Monuments of Novi Sad, to take measures 2.10. Precautionary measures: 2.10.1. The stability of the terrain and conditions of construction (landslides, flooded fields, etc.).
2.10.3. Protection against natural disasters (earthquake conditions): The facility must be categorized and constructed in accordance with the Regulation on technical norms for construction of buildings in seismic areas ("Official Gazette of SFRY" no. 31/81, 49/82, 29/83, 21/88 and 52/90). 2.10.4. Fire protection: Facilities have to be implemented in accordance with the Law on the Protection of fire ("Official Gazette of SRS", no. 37/88, "Official Gazette of RS", no. 53/93, 29/83, 67/93 and 48/94) and Rulebook on technical requirements for the protection of a garage for motor cars of fire and explosion ("Official Gazette of SCG" no. 31/05). 2.13. Requirements for ensuring safety of adjacent buildings: It commits the investor to maximize protection during construction adjacent structures Pom. Director for the UTU First Before granting approval for the construction of the City government in charge of urban obtain the opinion of the preliminary design, which is attached to the application for a building permit. Second Create detailed design approach is based on obtaining a building permit. Third Excerpts from the plan is effective until the plan is in place by which it was issued. Analyzer: 3 NOTES Director: Lawyer: Contributors:
2.15. Other special conditions: -Building supplies (erker, porch, balconies, entrance canopies, with or without pillars, canopies, etc..) Can proceed to construction, or regulation lines starting from the basic footprint of the house to the horizontal projection turns out. On the part of the deviation from the street building line to the horizontal projection of building elements is 1.20 m provided that the total area of building elements can not exceed 50% above the ground floor street facades. -Basement rooms can not be connected to a gravity sewer. Revision sewer manhole-to place outside the control of the street. Water meter manhole-to place under the terms of PUC "Water Supply and Sewerage". -The obligation to the designer in the preliminary A / G project shows: 1.Broj flats and net area 2.Broj business units and the net area 3.Broj garage-parking 4.broj shelters and net area - Refers to an investor for additional activities related to defining a maximum level of groundwater. Current levels of groundwater sources under the influence of work "Strand". The termination of operation of this source, we would provide undisturbed ground water level, which is the earlier measurements (before 1966..) Defined in 76.60 m.N.V. Given the importance of the object, the size of the investments and determine the time mah. groundwater level we believe that verification is required above defined maximum Novoa groundwater.
-It is recommended that the designer in the preliminary design show space on the facade of the building called for setting up companies, as well as space for installation of air conditioners. -The investor is obliged to the plot (shown in the conceptual site plan of the project) provide space for waste containers and space for parking and garaging of vehicles (in garages or open parking lots) for the facility to be built (mah adjust the number of apartments with parking space on the said plot). -Release of the importance of these conditions cease UU-54248/04 of the year. Submitted to: First Applicant Second archives 2.1 Extract from a plan under which conditions are issued for construction: 5.3.2. Business - commercial center in block 3 In the spatial-functional terms are retained all the elements of a given solution in the contest of 1985, with the floors Su + P +2. The plan is a flat or shallow pitched roof. Conditional upon the premises, which must be the liberation of the Boulevard and Boulevard Tsar Lazar, be at the curb. Similarly, conditional on the implementation of complex security etapnosti. For the subject area are defined purpose that can not be extended to
those be applied, and all other are possible, of course, if you are not such as to threaten its neighbors. No planned housing. Required to build a garage for a minimum of 340 vehicles, shelters and retail service space. From the standpoint of spatial distribution of the content is defined as follows: - Basement is used for the garage, shelters and associated facilities warehouses, power plants, etc.; -Floor shops must have intended for the retail trade, supplying all kinds of social services and cultural facilities (libraries, with reading room, gallery, etc..), With the proviso that in the ground floor, leaving nogunost for garaging of vehicles. - Several floors of buildings can be a business - office or other business or social or cultural space. The design is very important from, among other things, two distinct reasons, namely: - Conditional upon the facades of buildings (city level) are bright - in bright colors pastel colors. In the project proposal must show materialization of facades, choice of display colors of the facade and molded, art and relationships nivelacionog planned and existing facilities adjacent side. - Need to finish this building, that is, appropriately completed PAB spatial entity on which they are already developed facilities management of NIS, and - The need to build a new contribution to the formation of Liberation
Boulevard. It must, therefore, in spite of following the latest trends in the development of architectural thought, designed so as not to jeopardize the already achieved beauty and harmony of the buildings NIS. Application materials and colors, it must be subordinated to this. Relationship to the Boulevard of liberation will be achieved by the position of the line dimensions to provide facilities "Elektrovojvodina" and the formation of a number of shops and social facilities on the Boulevard line regulacionoj liberation.
SAMPLE QUESTIONNAIRE In the process of obtaining urban permit QUESTIONNAIRE FOR MEASURING SATISFACTION CUSTOMER DEVELOPMENT UTU Date: Form Q2.OP.09-01 Issue 1
Please carefully read the questions and date marks (tick). POLL anonymous! Rating elements rated Great Performers. Good Good
First Quality of service - Courtesy of staff - Quality of the UTU Second Term of realization of services Third Service charge 4th Terms of payment 5th Additional Information
NOTE: If you have any suggestions write them: ________________________________________________________ ______________ ________________________________________________________ ______________ ________________________________________________________ ______________ ________________________________________________________ ______________ ________________________________________________________ ______________ ________________________________________________________ ______________
________________________________________________________ ______________
QUESTIONNAIRE FOR MEASURING SATISFACTION USERS OF PUBLIC INSPECTION Date: Form Q2.OP.09-02 Issue 1
Please carefully read the questions and date marks (tick). POLL anonymous! Rating elements rated Great Performers. Good Good
First The manner of presentation plans - Space - Time Second The quality of the information
Third Friendliness of staff
NOTE: If you have any suggestions write them: ________________________________________________________ ______________ ________________________________________________________ ______________ ________________________________________________________ ______________ ________________________________________________________ ______________ ________________________________________________________ ______________ ________________________________________________________ ______________
EXAMPLE REALIZATION OF BUILDING PERMITS IN CHARACTERISTIC city in Serbia - LIST OF STEPS TO REALIZE Example is given to the town in the interior of Serbia A.) Construction of PROCEDURE AND PRICE OF TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION TO USE PERMIT
Permit issued by the Municipality First Urban Permit 1.1. S.. City in Serbia the application for the issuance of zoning permits 1.2. Cadastre A copy of the plan Posedovni list tax 1.3. J.U.P. - Town Planning Institute (municipality) o Urban and technical requirements 1.4. Ministry of Defence the conditions are not charged if you are building a shelter 1.5. Telekom Srbija Connection to the PTT network Material on the M1 1.6. J.P.-Pirot Water Supply and Sewerage o Requirement on conditions 1.7. J.P.-Elektrodistribucija - Drive on taxes on conditions Second PROJECT Three bids from authorized organizations to design Third TECHNICAL CONTROL PROJECT Three bids from authorized organizations to design
4th BUILDING PERMITS 4.1. S.. City in Serbia the fee for building permit approval of the Urban buildings> 500m2 4.2. J.U.P. - Department of Urban Planning Approval of the technical documentation 4.3. Federal Ministry of Defense - department of defense The fee for the shelters 4.4. Telekom Srbija Approval of the technical documentation 4.5. J.P.-Water and Sewer Approval of the technical documentation 4.6. J. P. Elektrodistribucija Approval of the technical documentation 4.7. "Institute" - depending on the city Measures of technical protection - Consent to the technical documentation Study on the Environment
4.8. Serbian police - SUP Division PPZ Approval of the technical documentation 4.9. RS Ministry of Health - Division of Sanitary Control District the sanitary approval of the location on Stamp the fee for the budget the fee for the county the approval of the sanitary facility on Stamp a fee for records 4.10. The social fund for city construction land The fee for the city construction land
5th DATA RECEPTION 5.1. S.. the fee for technical acceptance 5.2. S.. o Establishment of the Commission for technical acceptance about 4% of an average gross personal income in the municipality in the past month - per hour of Commission of approximately 5 members of 5 hours 5.3. Cadastre
Recording of the constructed facility o Mapping on entry into the cadastre the fee for registration in the cadastre on Utilities of the electric connector, cable, Canon, Zip on the M1 the fee for registration in the cadastre 6th Use Permit 6.1. S.. o Based on the obtained document issued by the Municipality of Use Permit o Total din the din po/m2 o po/m2 EUR 7th Ensuring LAND 7.1. Property Legal Services o Purchase of land plots for construction on the transfer of land use o Total din the din po/m2 o po/m2 EUR
COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS: DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED FOR THE ISSUANCE BUILDING PERMITS FOR INVESTORS IN MONTENEGRO First The solution of location and urban-technical conditions; Second Overen Main-urban project approval MINISTRY FOR ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Third The solution for the business registration and license issued ENGINEERING Association of Montenegro; 4th The solution for the appointment of the main designers for all phases of design; 5th Confirmation of project organization to the main architects possess the authority issued ENGINEERING Association of Montenegro; 6th Confirmation of project organization that technical documentation is completed in accordance with prescribed by the urban-technical requirements, project task investors
technical regulations, norms and standards for designing and building types; 7th Statement of the main designers of mutual conformity in all phases of the project; 8th The solution for the appointment of the Commission's Technical control (audit) project main project; Ministry of Economic Development 9th Minutes of the Audit General of the project; 10th Certificate of ownership (list of real estate and a copy of the plan); DEPARTMENT OF REAL ESTATE MONTENEGRO 11th Confirmation of having utilities; MUNICIPALITY 12th Confirmation of having no contribution for the construction of water supply, (Facilities in the Municipality of Herceg Novi, Kotor, Tivat, Budva, Bar, Ulcinj and Podgorica); 13th Study (Project) on the geo-mechanical characteristics of the soil for the subject location and opinion Ministry of Economy; 14th Consent: the power J.E.P. Electric Power Industry of Montenegro the water supply J.P. Water supply and sanitation on fire
In the P-M Inspection of Fire Protection, explosions, disasters and technical protection of objects Ministry of Environmental Protection of the environment the sanitary Ministry of Health-Public health. -Sanit. inspection about safety authorized institution Minist.rada and soc. care on traffic Ministry of Transport and Maritime Affairs or Municipal Secretariat for Transport TK consent of Telekom Montenegro a.d. on Water Management on agricultural Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Water
DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED FOR THE ISSUANCE BUILDING PERMITS First The solution of location and urban-technical conditions; Second Overen Main-urban project approval;
Third The solution for the registration of enterprises; 4th The solution for the appointment of the main designers for all phases design; 5th Confirmation of project organization to the main architects meet the requirements for a responsible designer; 6th Confirmation of project organization that the technical documentation Produced in accordance with the prescribed urban-technical conditions, the project of the client, technical regulations, norms and standards for designing and building types; 7th Statement of the main designers of mutual compliance of all phase of the project; 8th The solution for the appointment of the Commission for review of the project; 9th Minutes of the Audit General of the project; 10th Certificate of ownership; 11th Confirmation of having utilities; 12.Elaborat about geo-mechanical characteristics of the soil the subject site 13th Consent: of electricity (JEP Montenegrin Electric); the water supply (J. P. Water and Sewer); on fire (police inspectorate, fire protection, of explosions, disasters and technical protection of objects); the ecological (Ministry of Environment); the sanitation (Ministry of Health - Public zdravstvenosanitarne the inspection); about safety (Ministry of Labour and Social Welfare); of traffic (MINISTRY OF MARITIME AFFAIRS AND
the traffic or the Municipal Secretariat for Transport); the PTT approval; on Water Management (Ministry of Economy and municipal the Secretariat for Economy and Finance); o Agricultural (Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry, or the Municipal Secretariat for the Economy). DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED FOR THE ISSUANCE BUILDING PERMITS First The solution of location and urban-technical conditions; Second Overen Main-urban project approval Third The solution for the appointment of the Commission's Technical control (audit) project main project; EKONOSKI MINISTRY OF DEVELOPMENT 4th Minutes of the Audit General of the project; 5th Certificate of ownership (list of real estate and a copy of the plan); DEPARTMENT OF REAL ESTATE MONTENEGRO 6th Confirmation of having utilities; MUNICIPALITY 7th Confirmation of having no contribution for the construction of water supply, (Facilities in the Municipality of Herceg Novi, Kotor, Tivat, Budva, Bar, Ulcinj and Podgorica); 8th Study (Project) on the geo-mechanical characteristics of the soil for the subject
location and opinion Ministry of Economy; 9th Consent: the power J.E.P. Electric Power Industry of Montenegro the water supply J.P. Water supply and sanitation on fire In the P-M Inspection of Fire Protection, explosions, disasters and technical protection of objects about environmental Ministry of Environment the sanitary Ministry of Health-Public health. -Sanit. inspection about safety authorized institution Minist.rada and soc. care on traffic
Ministry of Transport and Maritime Affairs or Municipal Secretariat for Transport TK consent of Telekom Montenegro a.d. on Water Management on agricultural Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry, Water Management
COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF THE MODEL FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF LOCATION IN TOWN characteristic VOJVODINA Notice for future investors, relating to the issuance of zoning, building and usage permits For urban permit is necessary to: REQUEST submits and receives in the Department of Urban Planning and Housing Municipal Utility EXCERPT FROM THE LAND REGISTRY Land registry department of the municipal court COPY OF PLOT PLAN Service for real estate cadastre URBAN AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS PMU Company for Urban TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONNECTION TO ELECTRICITY JP Elektrodistribucija TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WATER CONNECTION PE "Water Supply"
OPINION OF THE MINISTRY OF DEFENCE (shelter, shelter, etc.) Division for the defense SPECIAL CONDITIONS the purposes and specific objects.
The building permit is required: REQUEST Department of Urban and communal housing Evidence of the right property or right of usufruct on the land on which will be built Extract from land register - land registry department of the municipal court A copy of plot plan - Public land-State TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS (PROJECT) for individuals in three copies, and for legal entities in five copies of the authorized project home with the license of your choice of investors. REPORT ON TECHNICAL CONTROL PROJECT authorized the design of the house with the license of your choice of investors. Urban Permit issued by the Department of Urban and communal housing URBAN AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS issued by PMU Company for Urban
PROOF OF REGULATION OF LIABILITY FOR RENOVATION OF BUILDING LAND issued by a JP for construction sites and roads PROOF OF PAYMENT OF FUNDS FOR THE construction of shelters, SOLUTION OR COMPETENT Department for EXEMPTION FROM SHELTER CONSTRUCTION, issued by the Department of Urban and communal housing OPINION Division Defence SHELTER CONSTRUCTION OF ADDITIONAL or shelter SOLUTION Department of ECONOMY AND BUDGET FOR THE MUNICIPALITY OF CHARGE OR EXEMPTIONS FROM PAYMENT FOR CHANGES PURPOSE OF LAND DRAFT OBELEAVANJA Buildings on site as applicable issued by the PMU for Urban SOLUTION ON DEMOLITION issued by the Department of Urban and communal housing of the municipality, based on the established conditions for the development of the plot (the urban permit) The investor is obliged to PROJECTS OVER FOR PUBLIC ENTERPRISES For residential buildings: Water JP electricity JP Elektrodistribucija Gas JP A phone and lightning rod AD "Telekom Srbija" And the following institution only for commercial property:
MUP RS-fire inspections, Institution of Occupational Safety and Health based on the general conditions for connection to municipal infrastructure. INVESTOR is also required to INVESTMENT PROJECTS IN BUILDING OVER IN: Ministry of health and environmental Belgrade Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Water Management Beograd Territorial Directorate of Novi Sad, Department for Transport Networks for parallel intersection and running TT network Institute for the Protection of Cultural Monuments Ministry of health and environmental - for the sanitation sector monitoring, Directorate for Roads, Novi Sad Ministry of Defence, with the construction of capital facilities are important for national defense, Belgrade Ministry of Transport and Communications, Belgrade Processor building permit For the Use Permit is required: REQUEST Department of Urban and Housing Municipal Utility BUILDING PERMITS PROJECT CERTIFICATE OF ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
ATEST-REPORT Log ELECTRICAL TEST issuing project-performer's house with the license of your choice of investors CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF CULTURE issued by the department for real estate cadastre The investor is obliged to supply all APPROVAL TO IMPLIED CONDITION OF PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS THAT ARE ALREADY ON THE PROJECT APPROVAL DALE-technical documentation REPORT ON TECHNICAL INSPECTION FACILITY issued by PMU RECORD CHECKS OBJECT ODELJENJU submitted to the Commission for technical inspection object named by this ODELJENJA Instructions for the party by dobijenoj building permit and usefulness, it is necessary to: To post FACILITY: REQUEST Land registry department of the municipality Land Registry FEES ATTACHMENTS Building and use permits, application form with copies of plots and
land registry list All shall be filed in municipal court uu Land Registry department.
MODEL OF URBAN SERVICES FOR URBAN PLANNING AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT Municipal Secretariat for Urban and construction operations Secretariat for Urban and construction work performed tasks related to: preparation, Adoption, recording and preservation planning documents and zoning plans; issuing certificates of compliance with the zoning of urban planning; Issuing of urban planning and act on urban conditions; prepare plans for the erection of temporary structures on public land and determining the type, the size and layout of these facilities and objects of urban design; the introduction of information and communication technology in the scope of work of the Secretariat and other duties in accordance with the law, the Statute of the city and other regulations. Secretariat, as delegated, perform tasks related to: approval for the construction and reconstruction of buildings or
parts of the building over 800 m2 gross floor area (according to JUS) infrastructure, roads and petrol stations, as well as the issuance of use permits for these facilities; The procedure for application of the preparatory work and the commencement of works compliance controls built the foundation with the main project, the objects for which the approval is issued for construction; Retention of technical documentation; The construction of buildings and works for which no permit is issued for construction; the procedure for issuing permits for the construction and use permits for buildings over 800 m2 gross floor area (per JUS) are constructed or reconstructed without a building permit prior to 13th May 2003. year; the procedure which was initiated by the requirements for issuance of a building and use permits and other requirements for the solution of the respective rights and obligations, submitted before the 13th May 2003. year; approval for conducting detailed geological surveys for Planning, design, Construction and rehabilitation of the terrain and other tasks entrusted by the City of Republic Act. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE: First SECTOR Urban Planning Department of Strategic Planning Strategic Planning and harmonization of the planning and development defining the priorities for planning and editing in the territory of the
General Plan and the territory of the Regional Spatial Plan of the administrative areas of the city; monitoring the implementation and continuous work on improving GP until 2021; Processing and preparing initiatives for developing the plan, Participation and cooperation in the preparation of the decision to produce planning documents and zoning plans. Department of planning documents Review, check and prepare draft proposals and planning documents and zoning plans in the drafting and adoption; Check compliance plans in the preparation of the plans beyond the spatial totality, the Act and subordinate legislation (regulations); monitoring and co-operation with the holders of the plans; implementation of procedures of public scrutiny and preparation of reports on public release; Over the issuance of study planning documents and zoning plans; record keeping and planning documentation and keeping the matrix studies. Department issues the Commission plans preparation of materials for consideration at meetings of the Commission for the planet and its Subcommittee the architectural design, Transportation, Landscape Planning, Protection of heritage building, Infrastructure and techno-economic issues; Preparation and follow-up session of the Commission for Planning and preparation of the minutes from the meeting of the Commission for the plans.
Department for the preparation of urban projects and locations Control of urban projects; confirmation of the implementation process of urban; Preparation of material urban project in order to obtain opinions from the Commission of plans; organization and implementation of urban public presentations. Second DEPARTMENT OF IMPLEMENTATION PLANS AND PREPARATION FOR CONSTRUCTION Department for the implementation of urban plans for the city's municipal Scope of this sector in the urban municipality relates to the issue: review the zoning plan; excerpts from plan documents - EXCERPT FROM THE PLAN; issuing regulations on urban conditions - act on conditions; Cooperation with agencies and organizations to identify Technical data for design of municipal infrastructure and roads, and other special requirements for the Statement of urban planning and act on urban conditions. Department for the implementation of urban plans and issuing permits for construction of gross floor area (BP) over 800 m2 Implementation of first instance administrative proceeding on the request for approval for construction of BP over 800 m2 and infrastructure facilities (not within the exclusive jurisdiction of the Republic of Serbia, provided for in Article 89, paragraph 4 of the planning and construction); preparing and making decisions to approve construction of (or rejects the request) - approval for construction; Check alignment of technical and other documentation issued with the extract from the zoning plan, or
act on zoning conditions for BP facilities over 800 m2. Approval for the construction of buildings gross floor area to 800 m2 are obtained in the Department of Property and Legal Affairs and the building of municipalities where the facilities are concerned. For buildings over 800 m2 BP approval for construction issued by the Secretariat for Urban and construction operations. Third DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING DEPARTMENT Department of infrastructure facilities Department for residential and commercial buildings (gross floor area over 800 m2) Review of technical documentation (major projects); issuing notification commencement of works for BP facilities over 800 m2 infrastructure facilities, as well as confirmation of receipt of the documentation - ENTRIES; Review the technical documentation required in the process of issuing notification for works for which no permit is issued for construction (adaptation, Rehabilitation, ongoing maintenance, no change of purpose of works) all objects for BP over 800 m2, facilities and infrastructure; issuance of use permits and Issuing documents approving the release of the object in the trial, All the objects BP over 800 m2 and infrastructure facilities - Use Permit. Department of buildings constructed without a building permit Implementation of the administrative procedure of issuing permits for construction and Use Permit the buildings gross floor area over 800 m2, constructed,
or reconstructed without a building permit - the socalled. "Legalizing"; providing technical assistance to investors in the preparation and completion of technical documentation. For objects BP to 800 m2 demands for legalization of buildings constructed, or reconstructed without a building permit discussed and resolved by the competent authorities of the municipal urban municipalities. 4th DEPARTMENT FOR PLANNING PUBLIC AREA Initiate preparation of town planning regulations in the area of public land (the decisions and rules); Development of a plan set up temporary facilities (kiosks, summer garden, movable counters, etc.); Program design, publications, analytical and other materials; initiating and organizing actions, Implementation of the conclusions of the organs and bodies of the City Planning in the area of public land. 5th DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY AND DOCUMENTATION Department of Geology approval to carry out detailed geological studies; keeping records of issued permits; collecting, records and permanent retention of documents on geological research; Determining the degree of geological exploration of the terrain; collecting and
Record documentation of landslides on the territory of the city; monitoring of laws, regulations and Standards in the field of geology; on Study expert studies and other materials of interest to geology. Department of Documentation and Information collecting, recording and permanent preservation donetih urban plans and documents; duplication and the transfer of copies for a fee, the town plans; the introduction of information and communication technologies in the scope of work of the Secretariat (ICT, GIS).
ON THE MANNER OF ISSUANCE OF PERMITS AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT Urban Permit FORM AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT PERMIT
"Official Gazette of RS", no. 24/97 Based on Article 72 item 1) of the planning and organizing the space and settlements ("Official Gazette of RS", no. 44/95, 23/96 and 16/97), Minister of building brings PRAVILINK ON THE ISSUANCE OF PERMITS AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT Urban Permit FORM AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Article 1 This Ordinance shall regulate the manner of issuing zoning permits
and zoning approval and zoning permit shall prescribe the form. Article 2 Urban planning permits issued at the request of the owner or user of building land for the construction or the owner or user facility for reconstruction. The request shall contain: 1) name and surname or name of the investor; 2) address and seat of the investor; 3) information on the location where the facility should be built, or where the The facility is located where the works are performed, with the number, purpose and other features of the cadastral parcel and cadastral designation of the municipality. 4) information about the current situation and alter-purpose space, the purposes and elements property, investment property or izvodenju works (construction, reconstruction, extension). With the application of paragraph 1 this Article shall be accompanied by: 1) Proof of ownership or right to use land on which building should be built, or building on which should be performed works; 2) a copy of the plan. Article 3 Urban planning permission, in addition to information about the authority that issued an urban permission, building work, includes urban-technical conditions,
requirements for construction of the facility, the requirements of Practice gradevinske pitch, conditions for to the infrastructure and special conditions. Contents of zoning permit shall be granted on a form, which is attached to this Regulations and forms an integral part. Article 4 Urban planning permit is issued the applicant in three copies, authority or enterprise, or organization that was established urban-technical conditions, and when urban permit issued by the ministry and the municipality in whose territory is being built facility, or perform work. Article 5 Urban planning consent is given in the form of stamps that are placed on three copies of technical documentation to be submitted by the permit, or reviews of agencies and organizations that have established conditions for the development and the documentation. The imprint of the seal shall be entered: 1) name of the authority which issued an urban approval; 2) text: "It affirms that the technical documentation delivered in accordance with zoning permit "; 3) number and date of issuance of zoning permits; 4) date of issuance of zoning approval; 5) signature of authorized person; 6) stamp of issuing urban approval.
Article 6 This Regulation shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia ".
OBRAZAC ________________________________________________________ ______________ (Name of the authority issuing the urban permit) acting on request ___________________________________________________ (Name and surname or name of applicant) on the basis of Article _____ paragraph _____ of the plan and decorate the settlement ("Official Gazette of RS", no. 44/95, 23/96 and 16/97) issues Urban permit of ________________________________________________________ ______________ ________________________________________________________
______________ ________________________________________________________ ______________ (Description and type of work to be performed, or the object being built, the data on location, address, floor number. pitch, mark floor. municipalities, purpose and other information about the works or property, an indication of whether the urban permits issued as interim) investor ________________________________________________________ _______ which lay down the urban-technical and other conditions for the development of technical documentation and gradenje object, or derivation works as follows: URBAN-technical conditions no. _____ Made of the ____________ ________________________________________________________ ______________ ________________________________________________________ ______________ ________________________________________________________ ______________ (Name of company or organization that created the urban-technical conditions) day of _______, on the basis ________________________________________________ (Name of plan and journal in which it is published)
which are an integral part of the zoning permit.
Conditions for construction OBJECT: _______________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ______________ (Specify the conditions depending on the type of building or works: purposes, character etapnost construction, urban-technical standards and norms, horizontal and vertical control facility, location, number of storeys, architectural treatment and design, approached the house, other buildings on the land etc.)
REQUIREMENTS FOR EDITING GRAEVINSKI PLOT :_______________________ ________________________________________________________ ______________ (Specify the conditions depending on the type of building or works: demolition, preparcelacija, leveling ground, school and pedestrian areas, boarding the vehicle, arrangement of greenery, ogradivanje plots, etc.)
REQUIREMENTS to the infrastructure :___________ ________________________________________________________ ______________ (Specify the conditions depending on the type of building or works:
plumbing, sewage, heating, electrical power requirements, gas, postal requirements, television, connection to a public road, garbage, etc.)
SPECIAL USLOVI_________________________________________________ _______ ________________________________________________________ ______________ (Specify the conditions depending on the type of object or work: protection cultural property, protection of natural resources, protection of copyrights, Preconditions for water supply, sanitary-hygienic and health conditions, conditions for unhindered movement of disabled persons, the conditions of interest for defense, the conditions for ensuring the safety of existing and adjacent buildings, and others) Urban planning permit expires if the investor within three years from the date of issue does not apply for the issuance of building permits. Against the zoning permit may file a complaint with the authority within 15 days from the date of issuance.
________________ (Signature) ________________
(Number)
M.P. __________________________ (Authorized Signature)
ORDINANCE On the content and manner of issuing authorizations for the construction and content of return commencement of works "Official Gazette of RS ", no. 60/2003 Article 1 This ordinance shall closely regulate contents and method of issuing permits for the construction of buildings and contents of the application commencement of works. Article 2 Approval for construction is issued on the demand of investors who intend to build or reconstruct the building (hereinafter referred to as an investor). An application for a permit to build include: - The name or the name of the investor; - Information on building whose construction approval (residential, commercial, industrial, energy, traffic, dimensions, levels, etc.); - Mark the location (cadastral parcels) which plans to build facilities, or the reconstruction - the location where the facility is located; - Information about the documentation to be submitted with the application. In the event that the building is built on parts of which are technicaltechnological whole, the request contains information about the planned phases of construction and final completion deadline.
Article 3 With the application for a permit to build submits a preliminary design, in three copies, in compliance with the extract from the urban plan or act on urban conditions, as well as the documentation stipulated in the planning and construction (hereinafter the Act), as follows: - Excerpt from the urban plan or act on urban conditions, which is not older than six months; - Proof of ownership or lease of the building land or real property to the property or right to use the empty construction site, and the solution of Article 84 of the Act; - As well as other evidence of the urban plan or act on urban conditions. With the request for approval for the construction of buildings for which approval for construction issued by the ministry in charge of construction, or an autonomous province shall, in addition to the documentation referred to in paragraph 1 above, the audit report to the Commission under Article 110 of the Act. Article 4 Approval for construction issued by the solution, within 15 days of filing a proper application for a permit to build. Disposition solutions are referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, in addition to information required by law, includes: - The name or the name of the investor to whom the permit is issued for the construction of the seat with a note or address; - Information on building whose construction or reconstruction approved by, or on which the works are provided with basic information about its purposes, by type (residential, commercial, industrial, energy, traffic, etc.), dimensions, levels and mark the location where the building or located (cadastral parcels); - Name of the company or other legal entity or organization that has developed preliminary design and the name of the responsible designer;
- The period within which the investor is obliged to start with building construction or works with a note that after this period expires issued permits for construction; - Statement that the preliminary design and an excerpt from the urban plan or act on urban conditions is an integral part of the solution on the approval for construction; - Statement that based on the approval for construction can not access the building structure, or works but it can run a major project on the basis of which is done building, or works; - Statement that the investor is obliged to eight days before the start of construction of the facility to submit application early works, the documentation prescribed by the Act and these regulations, the competent authority for approval. Article 5 In all specimens the preliminary design (cover of the project, drawings, etc.) that are properly completed and sealed in accordance with special regulations, the competent authority that rendered the solution of approval for the construction or execution of the works stamped with the authority specifying the number of solutions in which the construction approved and the date of its adoption and signature of authorized person. A copy of the approval for the construction and preliminary design with all the attachments retains authority for issuing permits for construction of permanent storage. Article 6 The competent authority which issued the approval for construction is awarded two copies solutions to the investor, a copy submitted to the competent inspection body, and core data from the solution (on the investor, property, number and date of settlement - the approval for construction within the importance of building permits, etc. ) entries in the list - an overview of issued permits for construction. Article 7
Construction of the facility shall be based on application start building the facility, which the investor submits the authority responsible for issuing permits for construction. Log in paragraph 1 of this Article, the facilities referred to in Article 89, paragraph 4, items. 11) -17) of the Act, shall be submitted to the ministry in charge of transport and telecommunications, with a certificate under Article 114, paragraph 3 of the Act. Preliminary work, which preceded the construction of the facility may be made on application from the commencement of preparatory work. Sign in commencing the execution of preparatory work and start building the facility include: - The name of the investor; - The name of the contractor; - Information on the responsible contractor; - Start execution of the preparatory work and start building the facility; - Deadline for completion of construction. Article 8 With the application commencing the execution of preparatory work that preceded the construction of the building the investor submits: - The project preparatory work, in four copies, with the confirmation of the reports of the completed technical control; - Copy overenog Construction contracts and construction work; - Copy overenog solutions of approval for construction. Article 9 With the start of building construction application submitted by the investor: - A major project, in four copies, with the confirmation of the reports of the completed technical control; - A written statement of the beginning of construction or execution of works and completion of the construction period; - Copy overenog Construction contracts; - A copy of the approval for construction;
- Evidence on the regulation of mutual relations in respect of payment for construction land; - Proof of payment of administrative fees, which must be paid for the construction of buildings, in accordance with the law. Article 10 In all specimens of the project preparatory work and capital projects (cover projects) that are properly completed and sealed in accordance with special regulations, or construction work confirms the reception, putting the seal body, indicating the number of decisions to approve the construction, the date of its adoption and signature authorized person. A copy of the project preparatory work and the main project with all the attachments retains authority for issuing permits for construction of permanent storage. According to a copy of the project preparatory works and the capital projects referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, with all attachments, shall be submitted to the investor and the contractor for permanent storage and one copy to the contractor for the construction or execution of works. Article 11 Upon entry into force of this Ordinance shall supersede Ordinance on issuing permits for the construction ("Official Gazette of SRS", No. 27/85). Article 12 This Regulation shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia".
MODEL GENERAL PLAN
General plan of Belgrade until 2021 on Google Earth
The following text is a study of the General Plan of Belgrade as an overlap (overlay) to show how you can learn more about the future development of Belgrade. The first image shows the complete Master Plan of Belgrade until 2021 on the ground in Google Earth. Once it is placed in Google Earth, it is possible to apply perspective denivelaciju and viewing in all directions.
Complete Master Plan of Belgrade until 2021 on the ground in Google Earth. Legend: Yellow: housing structure, Red: the commercial zone and town centers, purple: industrial zone, Dark Blue: Traffic and Transport dark greenish-blue sport and sports facilities,
green: green space, Orange: public services and facilities, Yellow light: Agricultural land (folding did Lionel Mestre). The second image shows a section B, Dobanovci-Bubanj Potok, the planned bypass around Belgrade, which connects with the E70 highway Belgrade-Ni (E75).
Section B, Dobanovci-Bubanj Potok, the planned bypass around Belgrade. Section is posvetljena to spot (folding did Lionel Mestre). Below is a view of New Belgrade. As you can see, this part of New Belgrade is almost completely built. Construction will continue westward along the highway for industrial
plants and northwest and southwest of the building. In the future, two new bridges would be to reduce traffic across the Strip.
View of New Belgrade. Noticed that the orientation of the West

(above) - East (downstairs) (folding did Lionel Mestre). Last image is the view of the eastern part of Displays the village Padina, Blok, Veliki Mokri Lug, Kumodra and still unspoiled Kumodraska field. in general, we can see that a large part Kumodrakog fields remain untouched for some time, because it is classified as agricultural land. After 2021, it is difficult to predict what will happen with this part.
The southeast portion of the settlements Padina Belgrade, Blok, Veliki Mokri Lug, and Kumodra Kumodrako field (overlap did Lionel Mestre). There are many ways to obtain useful information using Google
Earth and other publicly available geographic data.
MODEL: GENERAL CITY PLAN NOW TO THE NEW YEAR 2021 PURPOSE AREA PLAN
Plan of detailed urban plans
DETAILED URBAN PLAN - MODEL Can you build or not: See detailed regulation plan (aka detailed urban plan)
One of 6 things to check before buying land in Belgrade, the what is allowed to build on that land. To find out, you need to get Excerpt from the urban development plan (the act on urban conditions) the Secretariat for Urban and construction operations. And depending on whether or not there is a detailed regulation plan for the area where your plot is located, Gains or not the document. Detailed regulation plans
The entire city of Belgrade is covered by Master Plan of Belgrade until 2021 prepared by the Urban Institute Belgrade. The General Plan was adopted by the City Assembly of Belgrade 27 September 2003.
General plan of Belgrade in 2021 (source of the Urban Institute Belgrade). Master Plan provides general guidelines and requirements for the construction of Belgrade. Based on the general plan, detailed regulation plans must be prepared for each part of the city, They specify, for each individual salaries, conditions and rules of
construction. Development of these plans is in progress. Some parts of Belgrade have already done the detailed regulation plan, While for some parts (especially on the outskirts of town) such plans have not yet been done and their manufacture is still in preparation. detailed regulation plans = detailed urban plans Note that: detailed regulation plans done before adopting a new General Plan of Belgrade in 2003, called the detailed urban plans It means "detailed regulation plans" and "Detailed master plans" are two terms for a more or less the same thing. The main difference is that the detailed plans, which were made prior to the adoption of the General Plan, sometimes do not follow the newly adopted rules that may hinder its implementation.
Example of detailed regulation plan for Vracar near the Temple of Saint Sava (source Beoland). excerpt from the zoning plan = the act on urban conditions Label the zoning requirements for a specific plot, derived from the detailed regulation plan, called the excerpt from the zoning plan. The same document is derived from the detailed urban plan (the made before 2003) called the act on urban conditions. So, again, "an excerpt from the zoning plan" and "act on urban conditions" are two names for essentially the same document. You get one or the other depending on the location of your salary to these plans. Again, there is little difference between the two documents. To get the act on urban conditions, you must have a deed by which
to prove their right to land. To obtain extracts from the urban development plan need not have a title deed. Where to get the right information To find the right information about the land, you must go to the Secretariat for Urban and construction operations. There is now a new possibility to obtain information using the internet tools that we have described in the previous second article. When you go into the Registry, you can search for information about the oral examination of the detailed urban plan for the area where he is on your plot. If you need a formal document, statement or act, to, for example, started the process for obtaining building permits, must fill request and attach to the application a copy of the plan issued by the Geodetic Institute not older than six months. Regardless of whether you are looking for information, formally or informally, you can get different answers depending on the situation concerning your land. First Detailed regulation plan for the area where there is your plot You can get all the basic information about the planned roads and infrastructure, Construction coefficients, etc. It should be that you can directly get an excerpt from the zoning plan for your plot. In some cases, it may happen that you can not get a certificate from the zoning plan and the Ask you to do the previous planning project for your plot. This may happen, for example, when you are paying no direct access to public roads, if there are corrections to boundaries or Land must be divided.
Second No detailed regulation plan for the area where there is your plot In this case, you can get specific information (other than those contained in the basic General Plan), nor can you get an excerpt from the zoning plan. In some cases, it may be that you approve is derived directly from the General Plan and Based on your answers to the urban project. You need to check this possibility directly in the Secretariat for Urban and construction operations. Depending on location and other factors, it may be that you approve. In this case it will ask you to do the planning project for your plot. outcome of that will get or not to extract from the urban plan, with or without the need for a planning project. It remains now, what follows if you can or can not you get an excerpt from the zoning plan. If you get an excerpt from the zoning plan Statement that you receive in the Secretariat for Urban and construction operations, contains all the information you need to plan construction. You will receive information the zone belongs to your land (zone of individual works, Commercial Zone, Industrial Zone, etc.), the minimum distance from the street, construction index, the degree of commitment and other engineering parameters. From there you can continue the procedure of gaining approval for construction. If you can not get an excerpt from the zoning plan
This is the case when there is no detailed regulation plan for the area where the made of your plot and not able to get one based on the planning project. It simply means that for now you can not legally build on your plot. Of course, for many people, this is not an acceptable situation begin construction without a permit, which anyway I can get. Let us hope that in the near future, the situation changed for the better, because more and more parts of the town was covered by detailed regulatory plans.
On Contents and Methods of Development, the manner of professional control urban development plan, and the conditions and manner of putting PLAN for public inspection "Official Gazette of RS ", no. 12/2004 Article 1 This regulation provides a more detailed content, method of preparation, the manner of professional control urban development plan, as well as conditions and methods of putting the plan available to the public, how the implementation of urban planning and content of the excerpt from the zoning plan. First CONTENTS urban plans 1.1. The General Plan Planning rules in the General Plan Article 2 Rules of organization of the General Plan are presented with text and drawings and contains a description and explanation of the drawings, conditions of public construction land planning and zoning requirements for general planning and spatial organization of settlements that create better living conditions, keep the land suitable
for agriculture, natural values and the environment village, neighboring villages and the region, coordinate the construction of infrastructure and more. Planning rules in the general plan, in addition to the contents specified by law, depending on the character of the village and meat situation, include: First description and criteria for the division into zones or whole by morphological, planning, historical and townscape, shaped, and other characteristics; Second minimum equipment necessary building land traffic and utility infrastructure in the zones and wholeness of the plan; Third terms and conditions of protection of immovable cultural heritage and environmental whole, 4th balance of the planned area (total area of the single-purpose, free and vacant land, water and other resources), shown for the coverage plan and construction reon; 5th general urban solutions based on long-term strategy and the concept of spatial planning and construction; 6th strategic assessment of the impact of planning solutions to environmental law for specific purposes and types of facilities; 7th other elements that are important for the implementation of urban planning. Construction rules in the General Plan Article 3 Construction rules in the general plan shall be developed for the zone or series that are shown in the graphic part of the plan and that certain rules of design in accordance with Article 2, paragraph 1, item 1 of this Ordinance. Construction rules contain all the conditions relating to the construction of buildings and related to the building lots on a total land, rest areas or Celine from the plan referred to in paragraph 1 above, according to the specificities and needs of the village.
For total construction land covered by the General Plan, the construction rules are grounds for issuing a statement from the plan to obtain approval for construction. Construction rules assure the preservation and improvement of the overall architectural heritage, traditions, architecture and the value created by the settlement, amendment of existing and creation of new urban values, reconstruction of historical and environmental whole. Construction rules in addition to the contents specified by law, depending on the character of the village and meet the opportunity, they can determine the following: First the minimum allowable width of the street fronts for building lots; Second minimum allowable area of building land to purposes; Third conditions for reconstruction and rehabilitation of existing facilities. The rules of construction in urban areas at certain parts of the plan referred to in paragraph 1 shall be determined by: First relationship building to regulacionoj line; Second minimum allowable height of buildings; Third minimum number of storeys permitted facilities; 4th permitted or prescribed by engaging object or parts of facilities (shop windows, stairs, bay windows, foundations) in public space; 5th permitted or prescribed by the construction of mansard roofs and their use as a usable area; 6th nazitka precise definition, the slope of the roof, holes, blankets, etc.; 7th accurately define the parts of building lots in the function of communication (pass, pass, colonnades, etc.); 8th The underground garage and the other group, passages and areas, with the definition of storey rights of use; 9th way of fencing, if permitted; 10th utility furnishing and equipping the use of infrastructure (boiler unit, septic tanks, wells, reservoirs, electric heating, air conditioners,
joint maintenance, etc.); 11th regulations for carrying out activities in plots and mixed-purpose buildings, craft shops, small businesses and other activities, factories and facilities for manufacturing and industrial companies, as well as the measures which must fully provide the environment from pollution; 12th measures for protection against fire regulations on the performance of individual elements of buildings and other structures (materials, facades, roofs, etc.); 13th general and specific provisions on the technical, hygienic, aesthetic and security requirements for certain types of objects. Rules of construction do not establish rules for the construction of the single cadastral parcel. Graphic part of the General Plan Article 4 Graphic part of urban plan elements are carried urban solution corresponding drawings, and graphic symbols. Graphic part of the urban plan is developed according to the prescribed content so that it contains the relevant features of the elements of the space containing the cadastral and topographic and orthophoto plan or other acquired background, such as the limits of territorial divisions and the territorial cadastral units, buildings, industrial and other commercial buildings, other structures and objects (fences, cemeteries, trees, religious signs, monuments, ruins and similar real estate); l roads with associated facilities; water with supporting facilities, resorts, Potes land and forests, topography, hydrography and important objects, numbers, and numeric data (geodetic control points, road markings, geographic coordinates, etc.), plot boundaries, visible parts of the lines and underground facilities, building (house number, number of storeys), the number of parcels and other characteristics. Drawings in the graphic (analog) form shall be developed (drawn) on the materials (drawing paper, plastic sheeting, other material) at which
can map, provided that the dimensions of the material changes due to external influences (temperature, humidity) does not affect significantly the accuracy, materials that are stable and that can not be washed with water and over time do not lose their elasticity, and transparency. Drawings are produced in digital form so that they ensure their compatibility and connectivity with digital geodetic plan and the existence of analogous graphical version of the original. Drawings in the plan are being prepared as a graphic presentation of the current situation and planned in a manner suitable for interpretation, but it is not running and does not specify the planned facilities and does not establish the Application on an individual cadastral parcel to other construction land. Drawings that are an integral part of the General Plan are made on the topographic-cadastral plans, or plan on topographic and cadastral plan (hereinafter referred to as substrate). Drawings that are an integral part of the general plan can be made on ortho-photo surfaces as well as on satellite imagery at a resolution in which the pixel is less than 1.0 m. Current status in the General Plan is expressed through a drawing that is, drawings that show: First boundaries of the plan with the division into zones or whole by morphological, planning, historic ambience, designed, and other characteristics; Second existing functional organization of the village, with mostly purpose space in the region of construction: the need for public housing, business, industry and other purposes. Planning Solutions General Plan are carried through a drawing or drawings which show: First limits and boundaries of the construction plan REGIONS (as a rule, the existing cadastral parcels), the primary purpose of space and division of the building, agricultural, forest and water land; Second functional solution to the organization of the village, with a
mainly planned purpose in building the region of space: the need for public housing, business, industry and other purposes; Third existing and planned areas, routes, or corridors, and facilities for traffic, energy, water management, utilities and other infrastructure, the level of general solution; 4th zone or in whole by the same rules of construction, resulting from the division in point 1, paragraph 1 of this Article, or who are getting the same excerpt from the plan and obtain approval for construction; 5th zone or series that will continue to prepare regulatory plans or plans of general arrangement if it is provided. Graphic part of the general plan is shown in razmerama 1:2500, 1:5000 and 1:10000, 1:20000 and exceptionally for Belgrade. 1.2. Plan the overall arrangements Planning rules in the plan of the general planning Article 5 The plan of the general arrangement of the rules determined by regulation, that is closer to elaborate: First description and justification for the zone or series with the same rules of construction, and which are based on the plan can get a statement from the plan and obtain approval for construction. Second balance area (total area of the single-purpose), reported for the construction reon; Third Conditions for use of land, and in particular the conditions for the use, preservation and protection of farm and agricultural land; 4th rules of the organization as a garden and yard, and a mini farm and work zones in rural areas; 5th Others of importance for the implementation of the plan. Construction rules in the field of general planning Article 6 Construction rules in the field of general planning that provides selected general construction of Article 3, paragraphs 5 and 6 of the Ordinance, in accordance with the meat situation, spatial,
environmental and shaped the characteristics of the village. Construction rules in the field of general planning for the village still prescribe: First position and height of buildings for housing and other building and outbuildings to existing and future public communications; Second position of agricultural and other facilities in accordance with technical regulations and sanitary measures and technical security; Third elements of the indigenous architecture with recommendations for use in contemporary conditions; 4th way of using space to equip public utilities, particularly the possibility of building tanks or wells, provided that technical measures be excluded any possibility that the water is becoming polluted, and that parts of the village sewage family residential house can be connected to the pits. Rules of construction do not establish rules for the construction of the single cadastral parcel. For total construction land covered by the general plan of regulation, construction rules are grounds for issuing a statement from the plan to obtain approval for construction. Graphic part of the general plan of arrangement Article 7 General arrangement drawings of the plan shall be developed in accordance with the provisions of Article 4, paragraphs 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 of this Ordinance, the available substrates. Drawing or drawings of the existing situation in the field of general arrangement is shown: First boundaries of the plan and the existing regulation, as well as existing leveling, if you can provide topographic or topographical cadastral base; Third division includes the zone plan or a series with the same indicators and indexes, and spatial characteristics of shaped and other characteristics.
Planned solutions of general arrangement plans are carried through the drawing or drawings which show: First limits and boundaries of the construction plan REGIONS (as a rule, the existing cadastral parcels) with the division into public construction and other land; Second primary purpose planned areas: building, agricultural, forest and water land; Third corridors or positions and capacity for traffic, energy, water management, utilities and other infrastructure; 4th zone or in whole by the same rules of construction and which are based on the plan receives the same excerpt from the plan and obtain approval for construction. Graphic part of the general plan of arrangement is shown in razmerama from 1:500 to 1:5000. 1.3. Plan the general regulation Planning rules in the plan of the general regulation Article 8 Plan the general regulation of the planning rules in addition to the elements referred to in Article 2, paragraph 2 of this Regulation, determine, or closer elaborates: First concept of planning and construction REGIONS typical whole in the settlement, general interior design, rules and conditions usmeravajueg character and other requirements of spatial planning, as well as general and specific requirements for the design (for the center of the village, the ambient series, etc.); Second strategic assessment of the impact of certain legislation planning solutions on the environment if the plan is the general regulation makes the area that are not adopted General Plan; Third medium-editing program of public construction land in the coverage plan, which contains an overview of individual and total cost of planned works on the regulation of construction sites, the deadlines for their implementation and the anticipated sources of financing;
4th Other elements that are important for the implementation of urban planning. Construction rules in the plan of the general regulation Article 9 Construction rules in Article 3, paragraphs 5 and 6 of the Ordinance in the general level of regulation made for the zone or series that are certain rules and regulation are shown in the graphic part of the plan and that is getting the same excerpt from the zoning plan for the purpose of obtaining approval for construction. Rules of construction do not establish rules for the construction of the single cadastral parcel. Construction rules in the plan of the general regulation of the grounds for issuing a statement from the plan for individual permits for construction of the total construction land covered by the plan, except for: First Other construction land covered by the plan for which the specific obligations of urban projects, Second Public construction land covered by the plan for which the specific obligations of calling the urban and architectural competition or the development of a plan detailed regulation. Graphic part of the general plan of regulation Article 10 Drawings that are an integral part of the general regulation plan shall be developed in accordance with the provisions of Article 4, paragraphs 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 of this Ordinance, the topographiccadastral plans, or plan on topographic and cadastral plan (hereinafter referred to as substrate) . Drawings that are an integral part of the general plan of regulation may be made on ortho-photo surfaces as well as on satellite imagery at a resolution in which the pixel is less than 1.0 m. The current state of the general plan of regulation are expressed through drawing or drawings showing:
First boundaries of the plan and share plan covers the whole area or by morphological, planning, historical and townscape, shaped, and other characteristics; Second existing functional organization in the village, and the scope of the plan, with the majority of space purpose (as a rule, the existing cadastral parcels) in the region of construction: the need for public housing, business, industry and other purposes. Planned settlement plan shows the general regulation through a drawing or drawings showing: First limits and boundaries of the plan of building settlements REGIONS (as a rule, the existing cadastral parcels) with the boundaries of public construction land; Second functional solution to the organization of settlements and areas and the capacity for certain public areas and location of major facilities for public office, for public use and facilities of general interest; Third predominant purpose of space (as a rule, the existing cadastral parcels) in the region of construction, or scope of the plan: for public purposes, residential, business, industry and other purposes; 4th traffic solution with nivelacionim plan (height dimensions street intersections) and urban regulation (regulation and the building line); 5th existing and planned route of the general solution, corridors and capacity for energy, water management and other infrastructure; 6th division of the zone or series with the same rules of construction in accordance with the division of the item 1 of paragraph 3 of this Article 7th zone or series that will continue to work out detailed plans for detailed regulation, the zone that is required of urban projects and locations that advertise the vacancy. The plan shows the general regulation of the Razmeri from 1:1000 to 1:2500 part of marking the planned public construction land, from 1:2500 to 1:5000 for the construction reon, as well as other relevant razmerama (where instead of backing into Razmeri 1:1000 , 1:2500 or
1:5000 may be exceptional that the use of substrates Razmeri 1:2880 or 1:3333). 1.4. Plan detailed regulation Planning rules in the plan detailed regulation Article 11 Planning rules detailed in the plan of regulation, in addition to the elements referred to in Article 2, paragraph 2, items. 1, 2, 3, and 4 of this Ordinance shall be established, and closer to degrading and: First capacity and the necessary land for traffic, energy, water management utilities and other infrastructure; Second List and description of the location of public facilities; Third medium-editing program of public construction land in the coverage plan, which contains an overview of individual and total cost of planned works on the regulation of construction sites, the deadlines for their implementation and the anticipated sources of financing. An integral part of the planning policies referred to in paragraph 1 of this article is a list of lots and portions of parcels that are planned for public construction land. Construction rules in the plan detailed regulation Article 12 Construction rules in the plan detailed regulation as a rule, construction rules issued there some general plan or general regulation for other construction land for a particular zone or whole. Construction rules in the plan detailed regulation might be a supplement or amendment of rules of construction referred to in paragraph 1 of this paragraph for other construction land for a particular zone or whole in accordance with the physical, environmental and includes features designed plan. Construction rules in Article 3, paragraphs 5 and 6 of the Ordinance in the detailed regulation plan shall be prepared for total coverage plan, so that for all covered and the public and other construction land may issue a certificate of zoning plan to obtain approval for construction,
except for locations for which the plan certain obligations contest. Rules of construction do not establish rules for the construction of the single cadastral parcel. Graphic part of the detailed regulation plan Article 13 Detailed regulation plan shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Article 4, paragraphs 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 of this Ordinance, and only the updated and verified cadastral and topographic surfaces as the basis for the resolution of property rights in public construction land in the area covered the plan. The current state of the detailed regulation plan is represented by the drawing or drawings which show: First division includes the plan (as a rule, the existing cadastral parcels) in the zone or the whole morphological, planning, historical and townscape, shaped, and other characteristics. Second existing functional organization in the scope of the plan, with the prevailing purpose of space (as a rule, the existing cadastral parcels) for public use, housing, business, industry and other purposes. Planned solutions detailed regulation plan are carried through one or more drawings showing: First boundaries of the plan (as a rule, the existing cadastral parcels), with the boundaries of public and other construction land in the scope of the plan detailed regulation on the relevant topographic-cadastral background; Second planned purpose within the plan area (as a rule, the existing cadastral parcels), with the locations of facilities for public use and facilities of general interest; Third the division into zones or whole by morphological, planning, historical and townscape, shaped and other features and areas and facilities (as a rule, the existing cadastral parcels) for public office, public areas and public green area;
4th roads with detailed nivelacionim elevations of streets and public spaces (nivelacioni plan), the characteristic profiles with analytical and geodetic elements of the planned new roads and public spaces; 5th regulating lines of streets and public spaces and street building line objects at other construction land, and extremely yard building line when the situation on the ground requires it; 6th location and the zone that is required to issue a public urban and architectural competition; 7th network and infrastructure facilities and public greens with nivelacionim and regulatory solutions. Plan detailed regulation is shown in razmerama 1:1000 and 1:500, with what is required that all drawings are in the same size. 1.5. Documentation Plan Article 14 Documentation part of the zoning plan include: First all the requirements of relevant authorities, institutions and institutes, addressed during the programming process for developing the plan, 2, all the conditions and documentation relevant authorities, institutions and institutes, collected during the programming process and extremely pleased to those collected in the course of the plan, Third original surface obtained for the development plan, 4th program for developing the plan, 5th decision on developing the plan 6th documentation and information on the performed expert control, public opinion, and other discussions about the plan, 7th explanation of the plan with the attitude processor and the Commission of any submitted objections to the plan. Second PROGRAM FOR THE DEVELOPMENT PLAN Preparing the program for developing the plan Article 15 Create a zoning plan prior to the appropriate professional preparation,
development and adoption of the Programme for the development plan (hereinafter the Program). Program for developing the plan, information and research base on which the Master Plan (hereinafter referred to as part of the documentation) makes it mandatory contribution to the urban plan, which is not published but is available for public inspection along with the plan. The program prepares competent municipal authorities, in cooperation with the Commission for the plans, the Commission explains the program and submit to the Assembly for adoption, no later than six months before the deadline for the adoption or revision of zoning plan specified by law. To perform professional tasks in the preparation of the competent authority may hire companies and other professional organizations or institutions, making the entire program, or to perform part tasks, group work or individual tasks in the preparation or programming. Obtain background Article 16 For the purposes of the program are collected cadastral and topographic, cadastral and topographic-or ortho-photo, the base for developing the plan, as well as satellite imagery and corresponding maps from GIS. The substrate may be analog or digital. Cadastral-topographic basis for the development of the urban plan is made in analogue (graphical) or digital format (database of digital geodetic plan). Substrate is not updated before the adoption of programs for the development of urban plans, except for the design of detailed regulations, may amend the work, translated from analog to digital or digital to analog form. Provision conditions Article 17
For a program of urban development plan for the settlement or part of the settlement, obtained from data on the existing situation and conditions of use, including: - From the relevant utility companies, institutes and other organizations on the network utilities, transportation and other infrastructure, capacity and planned expansion; - From the relevant organizations, organs and enterprises for environmental protection, on the necessary strategic, previous, or supporting studies or assessments; - From the relevant organizations, bodies and companies to protect watercourses and water source protection zone mineral, mineral and drinking water; - The competent Office for the Protection of Cultural Monuments of the registered or protected buildings, monuments and townscape its entirety: - The competent Institute for Nature Protection of the registered or protected monuments of nature; - From the relevant organizations, organs and enterprises and the general sanitary conditions of sanitation and hygiene rules or standards for the design; - The relevant hydro-meteorological and seismological institute conditions of construction and use of space in the territory of the plan; - From the relevant organizations, bodies and companies for fire protection. For a program of urban planning is collected and development plans, programs and projects or other technical documents with these programs, the organs, organizations and companies referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article. If the organs, organizations and companies referred to in paragraph 1 of this article to a neat application of the law fails to provide the requested information and conditions of use of the relevant municipal authorities for making this program shall inform the Commission and
the authority to enact the plan. Availability of Data Article 18 For a program to develop a plan to collect data on: - The economy and activity (trade, industry, handicrafts, etc.) and especially the current demands and needs that must be paid further attention; - Fund for the planning and regulation of settlements and construction of public utility infrastructure, including all major existing and planned roads; - Population growth and statistical data to the most recent census enumeration areas and by the competent National Statistical Institutes; - Population density, deploy activity, urban indicators and other features of the settlement or part settlement for which the preparation program; - The condition and capacity of public service; - The geological, hydrological and lithological conditions of the terrain and the possibilities of future construction; - On the condition of the environment and pollutants; - The geographical features, climatic conditions; - On other issues of importance to the development plan. Analysis and assessment of the situation Article 19 Program to make the urban plan contains information, analysis and evaluation of the situation: - Cadastral and topographic substrates necessary for developing the plan; - Urbanized regions of the land (purpose area, type of construction, etc.); - The region of the building: time of creation, architectural values, and morphological features of communal equipment; - The existing facilities for public use and public areas;
- Routes, corridors and regulation of roads; - Economic and other facilities; - Networks and the available capacity of public utility infrastructure; - Registered or protected buildings, monuments and natural ambience and whole; - Existing public and other greenery; - Other analysis, data and documentation relevant to the urban development plan. Analysis and assessment of the situation referred to in paragraph 1 of this article is prepared in the form of a summary and copies of original documents. Assessment of development opportunities Article 20 Program for urban development plan contains an assessment of the impact of development opportunities for urban development plan, based on the collected requirements, data and analysis from the art. 17, 18 and 19 of this Ordinance. Assessment of development options for land for construction and infrastructure, and regulatory plans, and the approximate funding of local government is intended for the medium term for landscaping and utility equipment. Collected documents and data, and the results of the analysis and evaluation carried out in the framework of the development program, urban planning, make the documentation relevant to the plan that is developed. The concept plan Article 21 For the purposes of the program makes the concept plan consisting of text and graphic works. The text part of the concept are shown: First ocene conditions and development opportunities; Second objectives of planning and construction of settlements and the
basic programming elements; Third proposed scope of the plan, construction reon and his division of the public and other construction land; 4th principles of the preliminary division of the area, moves, whole urban area or other space to the whole urban indicators and typical characteristics. Graphical representation of the concept plan consists of drawings and sketches, the occasional Razmeri depending on the type of plan, showing: First preliminary division of the typical series or zone; Second all facilities and protection zones; Third liabilities acquired, and in particular envisaged expanding the network of public transportation and utility infrastructure. If the regulatory plan or general plan of arrangement made for the part donetog general plan, general plan is the concept of the program plan for developing the plan. If the detailed regulation plan drafted for part donetog general plan or general plan of regulation, the general plan, general plan or regulation is the concept of the plan for developing the plan. Contents of a program for developing the plan Article 22 Program to make the urban plan are all gathered requirements, and data base for developing the plan, all the final results of the analysis and evaluation of development options and concept plans. Program for urban development plan may, if necessary, in addition to the elements referred to in this article include the other, depending on the type of plan and nature of matters that are within the plan process. Article 23 An integral part of the proposal for the selection of type of plan that will work. The proposal for the selection of type of plan referred to in paragraph 1 of this article is based on the criteria of usefulness, meat occasions,
the size of settlements and other objectives of certain programs for developing the plan. Municipality or a town or city Belgrade, on the basis of argumented proposals from professional development program, plan, plan on making the decision alone determines what type of plan will be done and bring the whole scope of construction REGIONS populated places. Criteria for selection of types of urban development plan Article 24 The General Plan covers the city of Belgrade and cities as a strategic development plan, The general plan is adopted and the other settlements of urban character, if so determined by the decision to create the plan. Article 25 Plan the overall arrangements made for the following: First coverage of the total settlement or construction REGIONS for the villages and smaller settlements, which are the seat of the municipality, for which the municipality decides to bring the building reon general plan or general plan of regulation, Second parts of the village possessed by unplanned construction, Third parts of the village for which no appropriate substrates up to date. General arrangement plan under item 1, paragraph 1 of this Article shall be determined and long term strategies and projections for spatial development and planning, and general control of the village. Plan the general arrangement of item 1 of paragraph 1 of this Article may bring the municipal centers and other settlements which are the development of programs for developing the plan states that there is no proper foundation, or the data and other documentation is insufficient to make the general plan or general plan of regulation. When he promulgated the General Plan is the concept for the preparation of the general arrangement of items. 2:03 paragraph 1 of
this Article. Article 26 Plan the general regulation is made for: First appropriate portions of settlements that are brought or to be made general plan, or for parts of Belgrade and parts of towns, parts of settlements, as well as portions of settlements that are the seat of the municipality, which are brought or which made the general plan, Second whole villages (municipal centers and other populated places) have been secured if appropriate substrates, in which case the village does not bring the General Plan. The scope and limits of the general plan of regulation referred to in Section 1, paragraph 2 of this article proposed the program for developing the plan, define a decision on developing the plan. When he promulgated the General Plan is the concept for the preparation of the general regulation referred to in Section 1, paragraph 2 of this article. General plan of regulation referred to in Section 2, paragraph 1 of this Article shall be determined and long term strategies and projections for spatial development and planning, and general control of the village. Article 27 Plan detailed regulation is made for: First part of the settlement to change the limits of public construction land and for the determination of a new public building land which provides for proceedings to obtain the declaration of a public building sites, or change the existing regulation, if it can not enforce the general plan or general regulation; Second part of the settlement for substantial or comprehensive new construction or important project or when the general plan or general regulation provides that it is necessary to specify the rules of regulation closer to the building because of their importance in the urban environment or scope of the building; Third construction of facilities referred to in Article 89 of the Act which
provides for proceedings for the acquisition and designation of public construction land, in accordance with the spatial plan areas of specialpurpose, or in an inhabited place on the basis of pre-feasibility study; 4th whole village, if so determined by a decision on developing the plan; 5th areas outside populated places, in accordance with the spatial plan, to determine general interest and start the procedure for obtaining the designation of public land and building to the corridors of public roads, infrastructure and energy corridors, energy facilities, the coastal strip, and utility facilities outside of populated place; 6th case that the duty of preparing the plan detailed regulation prescribed for another reason. In case of item 3 of paragraph 2 of this Article, the content of the plan may be reduced in accordance with the basic objective of the plan, which is determined through the development of programs for developing the plan, or a decision on developing the plan. When it promulgated the General Plan or General Plan on regulation is the concept for the preparation of the detailed regulation referred to in paragraph 1, paragraph 2 of this article. Third The performing professional control Urban Plan Article 28 Before exposure to the urban plan for public inspection, zoning plan shall be subject to professional audit, performed by the Commission under Article 34 of the Act. For the case when it is promulgated Spatial plan of the municipality, before engineering controls referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the General Plan or General Plan of regulation for the entire village is subject to compliance with the control performed by the board established by the competent minister referred to in Article 52 of the Act. The company that makes the plan period of the contract plan development plan submitted to the client in one specimen in analog
form and one specimen in digital form. Professional service municipalities in charge of urban planning multiplies the plan in the required number of copies, and prepares it for consideration at a meeting of the Commission for the plans. In case you had not promulgated the spatial plan of the municipality, before the expert control of the Commission under paragraph 1 of this Article, the general plan or general plan of regulation that makes the whole complex technical division of the municipality responsible for urban affairs to the Ministry of Urban Planning and buildings to control the alignment of planning solutions with the law and spatial plans for wider spatial whole. Article 29 In case you had not promulgated the spatial plan of the municipality convened a meeting of the Commission, upon receiving the report on control of compliance with the law under Article 28, paragraph 5 of this Ordinance. By scheduling a meeting of the Commission, the technical division of the municipality in charge of urban planning notify the company that prepared the plan on the time and place of holding sessions of the Commission at least seven days before the session. Commission meeting at which the consideration of the plan present responsible planners, and if necessary, other team members for developing the plan, the plan for presentation, discussion and planning solutions to answer questions from the Commission. Article 30 On completion of the plan commission shall review the technical control plan in the manner prescribed by the Rules of Procedure of the Commission. Professional control of the urban plan checks to: First compliance with decisions and plan the program and in particular compliance with special conditions for the development of space and collected at the stage of the program;
Second application of general rules of urban profession, standards and norms; Third compliance with the zoning of the broader spatial wholes; 4th compliance plan solutions to law, and 5th compliance planning solutions with the spatial plan. In case you had not promulgated the spatial plan of the municipality, the Commission referred to in paragraph 1 of this article for the general plan, general plan or regulation that makes the whole village to perform technical control items. 1, 2 and 3, paragraph 2 of this article, along with a report of the expert control of the attached report of the Ministry of Urban Planning and building control compliance on the items. 4:05 paragraph 2 of this article. Article 31 About making the professional control constitutes the report. The report referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall contain: First introductory part - in which the basic information about the text and graphical part of the planning documents, records of the present members of the Commission and other persons present, data on the time and place of maintenance engineering controls, etc.; Second remarks and suggestions of the committee members and especially those of the amendments to the plan proposed by the zoning of the broader spatial wholes; Third Commission's conclusion that contains the views of the remarks given by the processor which is the planning document required to comply. The report referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be signed by the President and Secretary of the Commission who performs professional control. The report referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be submitted to the Engineering Chamber of Serbia. Article 32 The report referred to in paragraph 1 of Article 31 of this Ordinance
shall be submitted to the developer of urban planning that within a specific law to implement the observations. The company that makes the plan at any given time shall submit a plan fixed in accordance with the remarks professional services for the local municipality of urban planning in one specimen in analog form and one specimen in digital form. Professional service in charge of urban planning multiplies fixed plan in the required number of copies, and prepare it for consideration at the session of the Commission for the plans. Article 33 Check that the company acted in accordance with reports on the performed expert control is done by: First Commission in its full composition - when given a number of objections to the planning document, and you need a bigger change the contents of the planning document, or when the Commission assesses the need to reconsider a planning document in its entirety; Second some committee members who are designated by the Commission's session, when the observations of small-scale and largely technical in nature. Article 34 Upon completion of check it out in Paragraph 1 of Article 33 of this Regulation the Commission decides to refer the plan to public scrutiny and the graphic and textual parts of the plan is publicly exhibited. If the plan provide for changes in zoning of the broader spatial whole, the Commission decision referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall specify such proposed amendments. Professional service in charge of urban planning informs the company that makes the plan on submitting for public inspection at least seven days prior to the commencement of public inspection. Text and graphic part of the plan before the public review, overavaju responsible town planner and chairman of the commission. 4th Putting plans for public inspection
Article 35 Exposure to plan for public inspection shall be performed after the engineering controls and checks referred to in Article 33 of this Ordinance. Competent municipal administration handles the presentation of the urban plan for public inspection. Exposure to plan for public inspection is advertised in the daily or local newspaper and at least 15 and no longer than 30 days from the date of publication. Exposure to public scrutiny may advertise in electronic media. Advertise exposure for public inspection conducted by the competent department of the Municipal Assembly. Listing on the presentation of the plan available to the public include: full name of the institution that conducts advertising, the name of the plan, whose exposure to advertising, information about time and place of presentation of the plan available to the public, the manner in which interested legal and natural persons may obtain information about the plan, to deliver remarks the plan, information on the time and place of holding sessions of the Commission, and other information that may be of importance for the process of public review. Listing on the presentation of the plan for public inspection and may include a graphical display of areas covered by the plan. If after the publication of ads on the public release of the plan came to change the terms and place of holding sessions of the Commission, the body responsible for the publication of the advertisement shall be required to publicly listings information on the new date and place of sessions of the Commission. Article 36 Plan be exhibited for public inspection at the municipal building or city, or in a separate room that is designated for the presentation of the plan available to the public. Municipal Assembly, or town, as local government authority, shall be
responsible for the entrance of the administration building is highlighted in a visible place an ad exposure Planning Document for public inspection. If the plan is exposed to public view in a separate room, it is at the entrance to the building, or in the central hall of the building, to emphasize information about that room in which the plan is exposed to public scrutiny. Plan created in digital form available to the public is presented in analog form. Article 37 Service in charge of urban planning shall be responsible for all interested physical and legal persons who perform an insight into the subject plan provides the necessary information and technical assistance in the interpretation of some solutions and possible objections to the plan benefits. Interested legal and natural persons submitted objections to the plan exposed during the period of public inspection, in writing, and submit them to the local government, which outlined a plan for public inspection. Local government authority which has laid a plan for public inspection, giving my own opinion with objections to the planning document, a particular stance on the proposed amendments in the zoning of the broader spatial whole. The organs, organizations and companies referred to in paragraph 1 of Article 17 of this Ordinance which duly request within the statutory period did not submit the requested information and conditions of use of objections to the plan in writing may be forwarded directly to the body is sound public inspection. Legal entities whose activity is not related only to the area covered by the plan, ie operating and implement activities in the area outside of the plan, objections to the plan in writing may be forwarded directly to the body is sound public inspection.
Article 38 The authority of the municipal or city government shall provide any written objections to the plan given to the Commission no later than seven days after the completion of public review. Commission in session at a public meeting advertised in the period, the head office of the Municipal Assembly, or city. If it is not possible to provide conditions for the work of the commission, the commission may zasedati and elsewhere. If upon completion of public review to determine the number and scope of objections sent to a plan, the Commission may zasedati on several occasions, in accordance with the Rules of Procedure of the Commission. The public session of the Commission's Water Commission Chairman or a member of the Commission appointed by the President of the Commission. Representatives of local government can help the President of the Commission in conducting the public meeting of the Commission. Public session of the Commission attend the responsible planners and representatives of the processors of the plan. O during the public session of the Commission, the competent department of the Municipal Assembly, or the city, takes the record that contains basic information about time and place of holding sessions of the Commission, a record of all those present at the meeting of the Commission, as well as a list of participants in the discussion. During the public session of the Commission to present any natural or legal persons who have filed objections to the plan in writing, be given time to explain in remarks before the committee. For each bring forth objections responsible planners, or processor of the plan takes a stand and publicly it is before the Commission and the applicants remarks. Article 39 Commission in closed session, which later takes the position held by
each prispeloj objections and formulate a report on the Commission conducted a public opinion, signed by the President and members of the committee. Article 40 A completed public release compiled a report that contains: First introductory part - a brief overview of activities related to the procedure of making the program, decisions, contracting, manufacturing and professional control plan; Second information on Advertising and implementation procedures of public scrutiny, and Third view all remarks that are writing addressed to the subject plan, the position of the Commission on any objections and the proposal of the Commission for rejecting or accepting each individual remarks and short explanation. The report referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be signed by the President of the Commission and the Secretary of the competent services of the Municipal Assembly, or city. Report on public scrutiny referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be an integral part of the explanation of the plan and together with the urban plan is submitted to the competent authority for approval of the plan. The report referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be submitted to the Engineering Chamber of Serbia. Article 41 On completion of the Study and obtaining the opinion of the Commission in accordance with Article 40 of this Ordinance, the public release of the report referred to in paragraph 1 of Article 40 of this Ordinance and the Urban Development Plan in the form and content which has been exhibited for public inspection shall be submitted to the competent authority for approval of the plan. The competent municipal authorities, in cooperation with the Commission necessary for the plans, by making the plan, notify the
company that developed a plan of objections from the public access that are accepted and any amendments that were adopted by the decision of the competent authority for the adoption of the plan. Upon receipt of notice under paragraph 2 of this Article, in accordance with it, a company that has created the Urban Development Plan within the agreed deadline and no later than one month isporuie ordered the final study plan. 5th TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS Article 42 Urban development plans whose preparation began before the enactment of this Ordinance, which is not carried out a public consultation, ending in accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance. Article 43 In order to harmonize and standardize graphic parts of urban plans are recommended legends with a choice of colors, lines and markings are shown in Appendix 1 of this Ordinance, which is attached to this Ordinance and its integral part. Article 44 This Regulation shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia". Appendix 1 Legend 1 recommendations for uniform graphical display division includes the core purpose of the plan area, with the additional purpose of meat depending on circumstances and character of the village. Typical zones or the whole show colors chosen by the processor. Column 1: MAIN PURPOSE AREA, category - Application - descriptive column 2: vector and analog display in color (color markings Application - RGB
values for color, line hatches) Solid display the grid and the presentation of an analog color (CMYK values for the color fields) column 3: for analog display (fills lines, black / white, with three types of density) and for vector representations (hatches lines in color, with three types of density) fills a certain degree. ________________________________________ 123 ________________________________________ Public construction land ________________________________________ routes, communications, streets, squares (C0, M0, Y0, K0) without lines ________________________________________ public functions and services (C80, M40, K40) -45 densely ________________________________________ health, education and social function (C60, M30, Y0, K0) -45 rarely ________________________________________ communal areas and facilities TS, CS, plants, landfills, other (C20, M80, Y0, K20) 0, rarely ________________________________________ public greenery, parks, shipyards (C30, M0, Y100, K0) 90, rarely, interrupted ________________________________________ Cemetery (C30, M0, Y100, K0) 90 rare, with symbols ________________________________________ Other construction land Sport and Recreation (C50, M0, Y30, K0) 90, the density, intermittent ________________________________________ sports centers (C80, M0, Y40, K0) 90 densely
________________________________________ Industry and labor production, economy, service, services, other work areas (C20, M40, Y0, K0) 0, the density ________________________________________ zone or a rural family housing with gardens, rural housing (C5, M0, Y50, K0) +45 rarely, interrupted ________________________________________ density residential zone predominantly small family dwellings (C0, M0, Y100, K0) +45, rarely ________________________________________ high density residential, general residential and mixed zone function and content (C0, M20, Y30, K20) +45 densely ________________________________________ medium density residential, mixed residential area with other functions and content (C0, M30, Y70, K0) +45, density, intermittent ________________________________________ mixed urban areas - work, services, shops, residential, commercial and central functions (C0, M100, Y100, K0) -45 / +45 densely ________________________________________ total coverage of the plan - the building and outside the region of water surface (C50, M0, Y0, K0) 0, wavy lines ________________________________________ agriculture (C20, M10, Y40, K0) 0, rarely, interrupted ________________________________________ forests (C100, M0, Y100, K0) filling the circles in a row ________________________________________ vodoizvorite - line over-purpose C50 +45, intermittent ________________________________________ Legend 2 Plotting STREET, REGULATION AND INFRASTRUCTURE recommendations for consistent use of lines and marks urbanistic plans and urban projects, with possible additions to the meat
occasions Column 1: Network connection - meaning, the mark column 2: label color - RGB values for color, for the vector and analog presentation column 3: types of lines, thick lines are determined by the type of plan ________________________________________ The network of lines and infrastructure ________________________________________ 123 ________________________________________ building line (C0, M100, Y100, K0) dashed axle of a public road (C0, M0, Y0, K100) point / line, thin line regulation lines (C0, M0, Y0, K100) full heating system (C0, M30, Y80, K0) is full gas (C0, M30, Y80, K0) dashed current (C0, M100, Y100, K0), point / line Optical cable (C50, M50, Y0, K20) dashed Phone (C50, M50, Y0, K20) full sewer lines (C100, M100, Y0, K0) dashed Sewer (C100, M0, Y100, K0) is full water (C80, M0, Y0, K0) is full ________________________________________ KEY 3 Plotting FACILITIES AND USE OF SYMBOLS AND SIGNS recommendations for consistent use of symbols and signs in urban planning and urban development projects, with possible additions to the meat occasions Orientation measurements and code letter or symbol is displayed: - Hospitals and health centers (H)
- Houses of culture (K) - Churches and religious sites (Cross, polumesec ...) - Cells (ZS and AS) - Other public facilities (abbreviation) Symbol and lettering signs are displayed: - Transformer station (TS) - Pumping station (CS) - Height dimensions (value) - Garage (G and number of seats) Boundary (scope, complex) and the code letter is displayed: - Cemeteries (Crosses or polumeseci)
The project built facility is a major project with modifications made in the course of building construction. In the event that during construction of the facility is not odstupljeno from the main project investor and main contractor on the project notes that the state is derived as projected state. Article 15 The technical documentation may be made to the company, or an outlet, which are registered in the appropriate register for the creation of technical documentation for the type of object and having at least one employed person with a university degree in the appropriate discipline and authority for the design. Technical documentation for the objects for which a building permit issued by the competent ministry, can a company that develops is registered in the register to create technical documentation for the type of object that has at least two employed persons with university degree in the appropriate discipline, work experience of at least three years
and authorization for the design and the drafting of technical documentation for the type and purpose of facilities have adequate professional results. Professional results in terms of paragraph 2 This article is a company that has developed or participated in the preparation of technical documents on which they constructed buildings of its kind and purpose. Compliance with the requirements of paragraph 1, 2 and 3 this Article shall be determined by the Minister of Construction (hereinafter: Minister), the proposed expert committee established by the. Compliance with the requirements established by law referred to in paragraph 4 this article, checked every five years. Prior to the expiration of five years from the date of the act of compliance with requirements (licenses) company, or an outlet, to the Minister the information that proves that continues to meet the performance requirements of technical documentation, which confirms the already issued the act. The Minister will bring a solution to abrogation of an act of compliance with conditions (license) if on the basis of the submitted data establish that they met the performance requirements of technical documentation, as well as in the case if the company or shop, do not submit information before the deadline referred to in paragraph 5th of this article. Article 16 Technical documentation can not be made to the corporation, or other organization, which by law or other regulation is authorized to establish one of the conditions contained in the urban permit for the construction that creates technical documentation. The company that performs utility sector can be made to the technical documentation for the objects you will use to conduct its operations. Technical documentation for undertaking technical measures to protect immovable cultural property under the conditions prescribed in
this law creates an organization that carries out activities of protection of cultural property. Article 17 In the preparation of technical documentation can not participate person who is employed in a company that is authorized to determine some of the conditions contained in the act of urban and technical conditions under which the technical documentation is made, except in the case of this law. In the preparation of technical documentation are not able to participate face to supervise the application of the provisions of this Act. The technical documentation for construction of family apartment buildings and ancillary facilities for their own needs and the needs of members of his family household can be made to a citizen who has at least secondary school education in the appropriate discipline and authority for the design. Article 18 Technical documentation, as well as its component parts or projects, shall be signed by persons who are as responsible designers led to their creation. Responsible design, in terms of paragraph 1 This article, which manages the production of technical documentation in its entirety (principal chief designer), or parts of technical documentation for the objects for which a building permit issued by the competent ministry, be a person who has a university degree in the appropriate discipline, three years of work experience and authorization for the design. Responsible engineer who manages the production of a particular part of the technical documentation can also be a person with a higher university degree or relevant professional directions and three years of experience, state exam and authorization for the design. Second Control of technical documentation Article 19
General and preliminary design for the facilities referred to in Article 24 Paragraph 4 Count 1), 2), 3), 4), 5), 6), 8), 9), 10), 11), 12), 14), 16) (buildings of exceptional interest), 19), 20), 21), 22) and 23) of this Law shall be subject to professional control board established by the Minister (hereinafter referred to as the Audit Commission). Control of general and conceptual design, in terms of paragraph 1 This article includes the control of pre-feasibility study and feasibility study. Control of the checks from the point of the object concept: advantages of location in relation to the type of the object and purpose, the conditions of building construction with respect to the application of measures of environmental, seismic, geological, traffic and other conditions, Protection of energy requirements in relation to the planned type of energy, technical and technological characteristics of the facility, technological and organizational solutions for the construction of buildings, as well as the modernity of technical solutions and compliance with development programs in the area and other stipulated conditions of construction. Audit Commission report submitted to the investor with a proposal of measures that the investor is obliged to apply the solutions in terms of paragraph 3 this Article, the construction of the main project. Control costs borne by the investor. Article 20 The main project is subject to technical control. Technical control of the main project can be done to a company that meets the requirements of Article 15 of this law specified by the investor. Technical control of the main project can not be made to the company that developed the project, or enterprise which the investor. Inspection of the main project includes: checking the project's alignment with the results of previous research (previous works), an assessment of special-purpose base for foundation of structures, checking the correctness and accuracy of technical and technological
solutions to building solutions and construction of facilities, security and stability, rationality, projected materials, environmental impact environment and neighboring buildings, compliance with laws and regulations, technical norms, standards and quality norms, and mutual alignment of all parts of the technical documentation. In the case of completed technical control of the main project, and before obtaining building permits, there is a change of technical regulations, standards and norms of quality main project must agree with these changes and are subject to re-technical control. Technical control of the main project for the construction of buildings for which building permits are issued by the competent ministry, and checks the compliance audit findings by the commission. The costs of technical control of the main project paid by the investor. Control project in terms of paragraph 1 this Article shall not be subject to the projects mentioned in Article 17 Paragraph 3 this law. Article 21 In exercising technical control of the main project is able to participate a person who meets the conditions set by law for making these types of technical documentation. In exercising technical control can not take part: a person who is employed by a company or other organization that has prepared the technical documentation, or participated in its elaboration, the person who is employed by the investor and the person who supervises the application of the provisions of this Act. Article 22 Technical documents have been prepared in accordance with regulations of other countries, subject to technical control, which checks compliance and documentation with the law and other regulations, standards, technical norms and quality norms. Article 23 About making the technical control of the main project consists of the report, and the correctness of the main design is verified at each
project. IV. BUILDING PERMITS First Responsibility for issuing building permits Article 24 Building construction can be accessed when obtaining building permits. Building permit for construction of facilities by the competent ministry, unless otherwise provided by law. Building permit for construction of the Article 44 this law is issued municipality or town or city of Belgrade. The competent ministry shall issue a building permit for construction of facilities, including: 1) high dam and the reservoir filled with water, tailings or ash which provided technical monitoring; 2) nuclear facilities and other buildings used for power generation and nuclear fuel for scientific research purposes, storage of radioactive waste materials; 3) facilities for the production, processing and storage of oil and gas, trunk and international oil and gas pipelines, gas pipelines and pipeline for international transport and toplodalekovoda; 4) facilities and manufacturing base of chemical industry, ferrous and nonferrous metallurgy; facilities for the processing of hides and skins, rubber processing facilities, facilities for the manufacture of pulp and paper facilities for processing non-metallic minerals; 5) hydroelectric power more than 10 MVA, thermal power more than 10 MVA substation and transmission lines and voltage of 110 kV or more; 6) inter-regional and regional water supply facilities; 7) device for the treatment of waste water for urban settlements; 8) airport for public air transportation; 9) mechanized freight and public passenger port; 10) metro;
11) stadium for 10,000 spectators and more, the range of constructive objects more than 30 meters of covered facilities for public purposes, which gathers more than 1,000 people, objects, height of 50 meters or more, silo capacity of 10,000 m and more, industrial production halls larger surface than 5,000 m; 12) facilities for the storage of hazardous and noxious substances and wastes, which has the property of hazardous substances; 13) facilities for the recycling of secondary raw materials; 14) hidromeliracionih irrigated area over 50 ha and for draining more than 300 ha; 15) pond area of 50 hectares or more; 16) reconstruction and revitalization of immovable cultural property of a large and extremely important, construction and reconstruction of their protected environment and facilities in the protection zones of protected natural resource; 17) objects that are built to a faster return of refugees, migration and preventing the arrival of other individuals who want to live and work in the territory of the Autonomous Province of Kosovo and Metohija; 18) objects that are built on the territory of two or more municipalities; 19) of trunk and regional roads and road facilities; 20) railway lines for public transport with facilities and intercity highspeed rail; 21) telecommunications facilities in systems that have international connections and highways and buildings that are built on the territory of two or more municipalities, as of major facilities; 22) regulation of works on waterways; 23) of navigable canals and locks that are not part of the hydropower system. Ministry in charge of construction (hereinafter: Ministry) issued a building permit for the facilities referred to in paragraph 4 Count 1), 2), 3), 4), 5), 6), 7), 8), 9), 10), 11), 12), 13), 14), 15), 16), 17 ) and 18) of this Article, and for facilities under paragraph 2 Count 19), 20), 21), 22)
and 23) of this Article, the ministry responsible for transport and communications. Delegated to the municipality or town or city of Belgrade building permit for construction of buildings that are not specified in paragraph 4 of this article. Second Building Permit Article 25 Building permits issued for the entire facility or part of the building if that part is a technical and functional whole. Preliminary work done on the basis of a building permit under paragraph 1 of this article. Preliminary work of large scale or whose execution takes a long time can be performed on the basis of a special construction permit. Article 26 Building construction and performance of individual papers can be accessed without having obtained a building permit if the facility is being built just before the onset or during natural disasters or other unforeseen events to their prevention or mitigation of adverse effects, as well as to eliminate the harmful consequences of such disasters or event, immediately after their occurrence, as in case of war or of imminent danger. The facility under paragraph 1 This article may remain as permanent if the investor obtains a building permit within six months from the termination of the circumstances that caused its construction. Article 27 With the request for the issuance of building permits the investor submits: 1) a major project in three copies, certified by a competent body that is made in accordance with the zoning permit from the reports of the completed technical control; 2) Proof of ownership or right to use construction land for construction, or proof of ownership or right to use the facility for the reconstruction of
the facility; 3) evidence on the regulation of mutual relations with the organization that regulates the construction land in respect of payment of compensation; 4) approval, opinions and other evidence by special regulations. For facilities under Article 19 this law, in addition to the evidence under paragraph 1 this Article, shall be submitted to the audit commission report that a major project done in accordance with the findings of the commission. To build a facility in the free zone, as proof of right to use land uses on the land use contract, which concludes the investor with a user zone. In the case of issuing building permits for nadziivanje building or converting common areas in apartments, as a proof under paragraph 1 Count 2) of this article uses the contract concluded by special regulations. The authority responsible for issuing building permits issued building permit within 15 days of submittal of the application with the documentation referred to in paragraph 1 of this article. The authority issued a building permit a copy of building permit shall submit an inspection shall supervise the construction of buildings, and if the building permit issued by the competent ministry, a copy shall be submitted to the municipal or city government in whose territory the facility built. The ministry responsible for transport and communications, a copy of building permits for structures in Article 24 Paragraph 3 This article submitted and the Department. Building permits issued by the solution. Article 27a On appeal the decision of local government is adopted pursuant to this law solves the relevant ministry. City of Belgrade is delegated by resolution of the appeal against the Trial donetog solutions for construction, reconstruction, upgrading and
renovating single individual residential buildings, auxiliary facilities and nadziivanje and convert the common parts of residential or residential-office building in a residential area. Article 28 The building permit for nadziivanje residential or residentialcommercial buildings shall specify the period in which the works must be completed nadziivanju, which may not be longer than one year from the date of the final solution, which was approved nadziivanje. The building permit for the conversion of the common parts of residential and residential-commercial buildings to residential or business premises, shall specify the period in which the work must be completed on the conversion, which may not be longer than six months from the date of the final solution, which was approved by the conversion . If nadziivanje or conversion pursuant to paragraph 1 and 2 This article does not finish within the prescribed period, the resolution which was approved nadziivanje or conversion, shall cease to have effect. Article 29 If during construction of the facility, due promenjenih circumstances that could not be predicted, it must depart from the technical documentation which is issued a building permit, the investor obtains a building permit for the project altered. Deviation from the technical documentation, in terms of paragraph 1 this Article, means any deviation from the purpose, the technical concept, location, size and form set forth in technical documentation. Article 30 If the existing building works are performed not considered construction or reconstruction, according to this law, or if built outbuilding in the village, the investor of these works shall submit to the competent authority for issuing building permits, at least eight days prior to commencement of works. With the application of paragraph 1 this Article, an investor submits a
description of the works. If the authority referred to in paragraph 1 this article finds that the works specified in the application are considered construction or reconstruction of the facility and the need to perform their building permit, it shall inform investors without delay. Article 31 The authority responsible for issuing building permits permanently kept an original copy of the technical documentation which is issued a building permit and a copy of the original project as-built facility. Investor permanently keep one original and completed in the prescribed manner a copy of the technical documentation which is issued a building permit with all modifications and amendments have been effected during the construction and all details for the works. The investor, prior to the commencement of construction, marking provides building lots, regulation, nivelacionih and building lines, in accordance with the regulations governing the performance of geodetic works. V. CONSTRUCTION First Works Article 32 Construction of buildings or works may be made firm, or an outlet, which are registered in the appropriate registry for carrying out the works and who have at least one employed person with a university degree in the appropriate discipline and authority for managing the building (hereinafter referred to as the contractor ). Construction of the facility for which a building permit issued by the competent ministry may also perform an enterprise which is registered in the register to carry out these works and that has at least two staff persons with a university degree in the appropriate discipline for the management of construction activities and authorization for the construction of these types of facilities that has adequate professional results in construction and the type and purpose of facilities and
appropriate technical equipment of construction machines and equipment for performing these types of works. Compliance with the requirements of paragraph 1 and 2 this Article shall be determined by the Minister, upon proposal of the Commission under Article 15 this law. Compliance with the requirements established by law referred to in paragraph 3 this article, checked every five years. Prior to the expiration of five years from the date of the act of compliance with requirements (licenses) company, or an outlet, to the Minister the information that proves that continues to meet the requirements for the construction of facilities or works, which is confirmed to have issued the act. The Minister will bring a solution to abrogation of an act of compliance with conditions (license) if on the basis of the submitted data establish that they fulfilled the conditions for the construction of buildings and works, as is the case if the company or shop, do not provide information prior to the expiration of Paragraph 3 of this article. Article 32a The costs of determining compliance with the requirements of Article 15 Paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 and Article 32 Paragraphs 1 and 2this Act shall be borne by the applicant for a license. Article 33 The Contractor shall appoint a person who manages the building. Building construction for which building permits are issued by the competent ministry may operate an entity that has a university degree in appropriate discipline or directions, at least three years of experience and authority for managing the building and construction of other facilities may operate an entity that has a higher academic degree in the appropriate discipline or directions, at least three years work experience and authorization for the construction of a person who has a high school diploma in the appropriate discipline, or directions, at least 10 years of experience and authority for
construction. Construction of family apartment building and auxiliary building, and the execution of any construction-craft and installation works and works in interior design building and interior design courts may operate also on a high school degree in the appropriate discipline for at least three years work experience and authorization for construction. Requirements of Article 32 Paragraph 1 this Act shall not apply to the company, or an outlet which are registered to perform painting, farbarskih, podopolagakih, staklorezakih, ceramics, tinsmiths, gipsarskih and insulation work, as in the case when a family housing facility being built next to the investor and his or her personal needs of household members, and for the construction of buildings and works which are under the provisions of this law creates a sketch object, or does not obtain building permits. Article 34 The Contractor is required to: 1) performs work according to the technical documentation which is issued a building permit, in accordance with regulations, standards, technical norms and quality standards that apply to certain types of works, installations and equipment; 2) organize the site in a manner which will provide access to the site, ensuring a smooth traffic, environmental protection for all the duration of construction; 3) ensures the security of the facility, persons who are on the site and its surroundings (neighboring buildings and roads); 4) provides evidence of the quality of your project, and built of materials, installations and equipment issued by the authorized organization; 5) keep the building log book of inspection; 6) provides measurements of the geodetic observing the behavior of soil and the building during construction; 7) provides the facilities and environment in case of interruption of
work. Contractor notifies the municipal government in whose territory the facility being built on the beginning of the works, at least eight days prior to the commencement and completion of the foundations for the structures of importance for the Republic of Article 24this Law and relevant ministries. Contractor a written warning investors, and if necessary, the authority which supervises the application of the provisions of this Act, the shortcomings in the technical documentation and the occurrence of unforeseen circumstances that affect the execution of works and application of technical documentation (occurrence of archaeological sites, activation of landslides, the emergence of underground water, etc.). The competent authority shall, within three days of receiving notice under paragraph 2 this article will be made by the control of compliance built the foundation with the main project and issue a written confirmation. Second Technical supervision Article 35 The investor provides expert supervision during building construction or works for which a building permit is issued. Professional supervision includes: Control whether the construction is done according to the technical documentation for which was issued a building permit, control and quality inspection of all types of works and application of regulations, standards and technical norms; check whether there is evidence of the quality of materials, equipment and installations that are installed; giving instructions to the contractor; cooperation with the designers to security guards detailed technological and organizational solutions for the works and resolving other issues that arise during the execution of works. Professional supervision may be conducted face to meet the requirements of this Law for the design and construction management
of these types of facilities. VI. ASSIGNMENT OF Article 36 Preparation of technical documentation and construction of the facility shall be released through public bidding or tender or direct negotiations. The manner of the transfer of technical documentation and construction of the facility decided by the investor. Preparation of technical documentation and construction of the object can be assigned only company authorized the solution of the Minister under Article 15 Paragraph 4 and Article 32 Paragraph 3 this law. Listing of the tender must include the conditions of transfer of technical documentation, and construction of the facility with which the investor provides, equal participation of all interested parties in the tender. Deadline for submission of bids shall not be less than 15 days from the date of publication of public tenders. VII. AUTHORIZATION FOR THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT Article 37 Authorization for the design and construction management, is achieved by passing the exam. The certification exam is taken before a commission established by the minister. VIII. Use Permit First Issuance of use permit Article 38 The facility can be used by first acquiring permission usefulness. Use Permit issued by the authority responsible for issuing building permits. With the request for a use permit, the investor submits the project and built the building permits, approvals and other documentation required
by law (water management, sanitation, fire, etc.). Use Permit is issued for the entire building, part of the object that represents the technical-technological unity and as such can be used independently or as a building of that part of building a separate building permit is issued. Article 39 Use Permit is issued when it is determined that the building or part of the building is suitable for use. The building is suitable for use: if built in accordance with the technical documentation based on which the building permit was issued, if the safeguarded proof of quality work that is built of materials, installations and equipment issued by the authorized organization, if made Geodetic Survey Object and if it meets other prescribed conditions. The Use Permit includes a warranty period for the facility and certain types of works covered by separate regulations. Decisions to approve the use of the facility contains, in addition to the elements provided by law, the investor's commitment, or the user object to within a certain period depending on the characteristics of the building and land, made the appropriate observation and behavior of soil and building the facility and impacts on the environment and that the results These observations and the measures taken informs the inspector. At the request of investors from the authority of Article 38 Paragraph 2 This Act may be formed an expert committee to continuously monitor the results of monitoring the behavior of soil and building for the assessment of the proposed measures, which ensures stability of the building. Second Technical review of the facility Article 40 The suitability of the building manual establishes the technical inspection. Technical review of the facility shall be made upon completion of
construction or any works planned building permit, or upon completion of building works which may be issued a use permit, in accordance with the law. Technical examination can be carried out simultaneously with the execution of works at the request of investors in the event that upon completion of the building would not be able to make more efficient buildings. The technical inspection includes the inspection of compliance of the works with the technical documentation based on which a building permit is issued, as well as regulations, standards, technical norms and quality standards that apply to particular types of work or materials, equipment and installations. Article 41 Technical Overview of facilities relevant to the Republic of Article 24 this Act shall commission established by the competent minister or the corporation, or other organization which is entrusted the exercise of those activities and which is registered in the register to perform these tasks. Technical review of the facility for which a building permit issued by the municipal or city government, conducted by the Commission established by the Administration, or corporation, or other organization which is entrusted the exercise of those activities and which is registered in the register to perform these tasks. In carrying out technical reviews may participate person who meets the conditions set by law for certified architect or construction manager and object types. In performing the technical review may not participate individuals who are employed in a company, or actions, drafted by the technical documentation, or any contractors, investors, persons who carry out professional supervision of persons who carry out inspections as well as persons in the relevant Administration working on issuing building permits.
Costs of technical examination shall be borne by the investor. Article 42 The competent authority shall issue the Use Permit, within eight days of receipt of the findings which the Commission has determined that the facility is suitable for use, and at the same time reject the request for a use permit for the reasons stated in the Commission's finding. It can not be carried out technical inspection of the facility or his acts, approve any use if the building or part of it was built without a building permit. Third Probation Article 43 If, in order to determine eligibility for use of the facility, must carry out preliminary tests and checks wiring, equipment, facilities, stability and security of property, plant and equipment for environmental protection or any other test or if it provides the technical documentation for the technical review committee may to propose to the competent authority to approve the release of the object in test mode, provided that it finds that the conditions for it. Act approving the release of the object in the trial determined the duration of the trial, which can not be longer than one year, as well as the obligations of investors to monitor the results of the trial and after trial of the competent authority to submit data on its results. Commission for technical inspection during the trial operation of the facility checks compliance with the requirements for the issuance of use permits, and upon the expiry of his probation report submitted to the authority responsible for issuing use permits. Article 43a The facility being built, and whose construction completed without a building permit can not be connected to the electricity and telecommunication networks, water supply and sewerage. 4th Construction of auxiliary and minor prefabricated buildings Article 44
Construction and installation of ancillary facilities and small prefabricated buildings that are placed on public land in urban areas (kiosks selling various kinds of goods and services, setting up the summer garden, moving the bar, etc.) provides the governing municipality or town or city of Belgrade . For the preparation of technical documentation and construction of facilities under paragraph 1 this Article shall not apply to the requirements of Art. 15th and 32 this law. IX. Demolition Article 45 The municipal or city government, shall order, or odobrie solution, ex officio or at the request of the person, for the demolition of the building determined that due to deterioration or major damage threatened its stability and therefore presents an imminent danger to life and health, for neighboring facilities and the safety of traffic. Solution under paragraph 1 This article may be made if previously resolved issues users of accommodation facility, except when approved by the demolition of the building at the request of the owner or holder of the right of disposal facility, the facility is used. Municipal and city administration may approve the demolition of the building solution at the request of the owner or holder of the right to dispose of the object, if it estimates that the demolition does not endanger users of the facility, or life and health, neighboring buildings and traffic safety. Article 46 Municipal Assembly, or the town or city of Belgrade regulates and provides, the conditions and measures to be implemented and provide demolition in the building that presents an imminent danger to life and health, for neighboring buildings and the safety of traffic. Article 47 If the municipal or city administration determines that an immediate danger to life and health, neighboring buildings and the safety of traffic
can be removed and reconstructed building, at the request of the owner or holder of the right of disposal facility may be granted to the reconstruction of the building. Decisions to approve the reconstruction of the object under paragraph 1 this Article shall specify the period in which the reconstruction work to finish. X. AUTHORIZATION TO PASS LAWS Article 48 The Government of the Republic of Serbia shall prescribe the minimum warranty periods for certain types of facilities or works (Article 39, paragraph 3). The Minister shall prescribe more detailed: 1) the content and scope of previous work, pre-feasibility study and feasibility studies (Art. 3 and 4); 2) the content and method of preparation of technical documentation (Article 6); 3) the content and method of checking of technical documentation (Article 19, 20 and 21); 4) the conditions, manner and procedure for the technical control of technical documentation (Article 22); 5) the methodology and procedure of realization of projects for construction of buildings of importance for the Republic of Article 24this Act; 6) the content and manner of inspection book and daily progress (Article 34); 7) the content and manner of supervision (Article 35); 8), the manner and the transfer of technical documentation and construction works, or works bids and public auction (Article 36); 9) the program and passing the professional exam and obtaining authorization for the design and construction management (Article 37); 10) the content and method of monitoring soil and building during the construction and use (Article 34 and 39);
11) the content and manner of performing the technical inspection of facilities and the issuance of use permits (Section 40 to 42); 12) way of doing a list of objects and contents of data (Article 60); 13) the form and contents of the legitimacy of the building inspector; 14) The method, procedure and contents of the data to determine compliance with the requirements for the development of technical documentation for construction of facilities (Article 15 and 32). XI. SUPERVISION Article 49 Supervision over the implementation of the provisions of this Act shall by the competent ministry. Inspection supervision over the inspectors carry out the ministries within the spheres defined by law. Municipality or town or city of Belgrade, delegated to perform inspections of construction of the building permit issued under this Act. For the building inspector may be appointed engineer of construction or architecture with at least three years of professional experience and the state exam, and supervision that are entrusted to the law and face a higher school education building or architectural profession and at least three years work experience in profession and the state exam. Article 50 Building inspector, in carrying out the inspection, has the right and duty to check on whether: 1) the corporation, or other legal entity or action that builds a facility, or who exercises supervision over the construction of the facility, or whether persons who perform certain tasks in the design and construction of facilities meet the prescribed requirements; 2) Is the facility being built, or for works issued building permits; 3) a building permit is issued in the prescribed manner; 4) the facility is built according to technical documentation which is issued a building permit and whether the documents have been prepared in accordance with the regulations;
5) work was carried out or materials, equipment and installations which are incorporated under the laws of the prescribed standards, technical norms and standards of quality; 6) the Contractor to take measures for the security of the building, adjacent buildings, traffic, environment and protection of the environment; 7) the house which is built or constructed, there are weaknesses that jeopardize the safety of its use and the environment; 8) the contractor keep a book of daily inspection and construction in the prescribed manner; 9) in the course of construction and use of prescribed exercise facility monitoring and maintenance of the facility; 10) the facility is built with a building permit, or if used with the permission of usage; 11) a use permit issued in the prescribed manner; 12) performs other tasks stipulated by law or regulation issued there under the law. Building inspector is authorized to supervise the use of facilities and to take measures if it determines that the use of the facility endanger human life and human health, safety environment, endangers the environment and if nenamenskim using affects the stability and security of the facility. Article 51 In carrying out the inspection, building inspector, is empowered to undertake the following measures: 1) if it determines that the company or other organization or entity that has been entrusted the works do not meet the prescribed conditions, will determine the deadline for the elimination of irregularities and if irregularities fails to rectify, banned further construction works; 2) if it determines that the building permit was issued contrary to law or other regulation made on the basis of this law, driven by invention of the procedure for termination of construction permits by right of
supervision; 3) if it determines that the building or construction of facilities has been completed without a building permit shall order the solution of the demolition of the building or part of the building in case: if the construction is done in whole or in part on the public road (road, street, sidewalk, public green space, etc. .) If the facility is being built on land that is suitable plan designed for other purposes, if you depart from the building line and the prescribed distance from plot boundaries, if the output is disabled by building neighboring parcels to the public road; 4) if it determines that the building is built, that construction of the building was completed without a building permit in an area that is spatial and urban plan provides for construction of its kind and purpose, it shall order the suspension of the solution of the works and shall specify the deadline for the subsequent obtaining of building permits, which not be less than 30 nor more than 90 days, and if the investor fails to obtain a building permit shall order the demolition of the solution of the object; 5) if it determines that the building is built, that construction is completed the facility contrary to planning permission, it shall order the suspension of the solution of the works and shall specify a deadline for obtaining a new or existing building permit Recovery Units, which shall be not less than 30 nor more than 90 days, a If the investor fails to obtain a building permit shall order solution demolish the building or part of its built contrary to planning permission; 6) if it determines that the investor later ordered the suspension of work continued with the construction naredie solution demolition of parts of the building constructed after the suspension of construction; 7) if it determines that the material, installations and equipment that is installed there is no proof of quality, or to execute the works do not meet regulations, standards, technical norms and quality norms, naredie solution taking measures to remedy deficiencies, and if these measures over a given period does not take naredie solution
suspension of further work or demolish the building or part of the facility if deficiencies with endangering the safety of workers who perform work or safety of the environment; 8) If the quality of building materials and elements that are built do not meet the prescribed norms and standards shall order the investor to carry out subsequent testing quality across the enterprise or other professional organization specialized in this type of work, which is registered in the appropriate court registry or obustavie still works if it fails to comply with the order given and do not address the identified deficiencies; 9) if it finds that during the construction does not take measures for the security of the building, transport, environment and protection of the environment, naredie solution to the investor or contractor measures to remedy identified deficiencies, the period of their execution, as well as the suspension of further execution of works as these measures would be applied, under the threat of compulsory execution against the investor or contractor; 10) if it determines that the facility being built or was built, there are deficiencies that constitute an immediate threat to the stability and security of the facility and its environmental and human health and life, the resolution will order the demolition of the building or its part if the observed defects can not be removed and banned the use of the property or its part until the remedy identified deficiencies; 11) if it finds that during construction or utilization facility, does not carry out prescribed observation and analysis of the results of observation and facility maintenance, naredie solution to the investor and the contractor, or to object to remove irregularities and undertaking other measures to which it is certified ; 12) if it determines that the object for which it was issued building permits without a use permit is used, the resolution will order the investor obtain use permits within the time limit shall be not less than 30 days, a Use Permit if the investor does not obtain in a given period
will bring a solution to ban use of structure, or its part; 13) if it determines that the building is used without a use permit by filling procedure with the competent authority to carry out technical inspections ex officio, in order to determine eligibility for use of the facility, a solution of determining eligibility for use of the facility will replace Use Permit; 14) if found to be using the facility endanger human life and human health, safety or the environment threatens the environment, it shall order the performance of necessary work, or prohibit the use of the facility or part of the building. An appeal the decision of building inspector shall not stay the execution of solutions. Article 52 - Deleted Article 52a Entrepreneur who is the contractor or responsible person in the legal entity that is the contractor on the building being built without a building permit (Article 24) shall be imposed for a criminal offense by imprisonment up to one year. An individual who is an investor or a responsible person in the legal entity which the investor is an object that is being built without a building permit (Article 24) shall be imposed for a criminal offense by imprisonment not exceeding three years. Article 52b An individual who is connected or responsible person of the legal entity that allows the connection of the building being built or was built without a building permit to the electric or telecommunication network, water supply and sewerage (Article 43a) shall be imposed for a criminal offense by imprisonment not exceeding three years. XII. PENALTIES Article 53 A fine 5000-450000 dinars shall be imposed for an economic crime
enterprise or other legal entity that creates technical documentation, if: 1) develops technical documentation contrary to the prescribed conditions (Article 15); 2) the responsible design engineer jobs entrusted to a person who does not meet the prescribed conditions (Article 18); 3) development of technical documentation entrusted to a person who is employed by the company or the organization that was established some of the requirements for the construction of buildings or a person who supervises the application of the provisions of this Law (Article 17); 4) performs the control of technical documentation and does not meet the prescribed conditions (Article 21, paragraph 1); 5) control of technical documentation tasks entrusted to the person who does not meet the prescribed conditions (Article 21, paragraph 2). For an economic crime under paragraph 1 this Article, the responsible person in a company or other legal entity a fine from 500 to 30,000 dinars. Article 54 A fine from 10,000 to 450,000 dinars shall be imposed for an economic crime enterprise or other legal entity, which is an investor, if: 1) development of technical documentation entrusted the company or other organization that established a requirement for the construction of the facility (Article 16); 2) control of technical documentation entrusted the company or other organization that does not meet the prescribed conditions (Article 21); 3) access to the building construction without a building permit (Article 24); 4) proceed with the works and after the adoption of solutions to their termination (Article 51); 5) does not provide exercise supervision of the construction of the facility (Article 35); 6) begin with the use of objects without a use permit (Article 38);
7) continue using the facility and after delivery of solutions on the Prohibition of use (Article 51). For an economic crime under paragraph 1 this Article, the responsible person in a company or other organization or other legal entity, which is an investor, a fine of 800 to 30,000 dinars. Article 55 A fine from 15,000 to 450,000 dinars shall be imposed for an economic crime enterprise or other legal entity that builds a facility, if: 1) builds a building without a building permit or perform work contrary to the technical documentation which is issued a building permit and fails to comply with the prescribed requirements, or if you are an investor, a person who performs professional supervision and building inspector does not show any documentation on the quality of your project, built materials, installations and equipment (Article 34, paragraph 1, item 1); 2) does not ensure the security of the facility, persons who are on site and the environment (Article 34, paragraph 1, item 3); 3) proceed with the execution of works before obtaining confirmation of the correctness of the basis (Article 34, paragraph 4); 4) does not ensure the security environment in the event of interruption of work (Article 34, paragraph 1, item 7); 5) continue with building the facility after the adoption of solutions on the suspension of construction (Article 51). For an economic crime under paragraph 1 this Article, the responsible person in a company or other legal entity that builds and runs works fine 1000-30000 dinars. Article 56 A fine 2000-200000 dinars shall be imposed on a company or other organization, or other legal entity that builds a facility, if: 1) specifies a person who manages the construction of the building or if the designated person who does not meet the prescribed conditions (Article 33);
2) does not lead to building log (Article 34, paragraph 1, item 5); 3) fails to notify the competent authority on completion of the foundation (Article 34, paragraph 4); 4) a written warning is not an investor or a person who supervises the application of the provisions of this Act to deficiencies in the technical dossier (Article 34, paragraph 3). For the offense referred to in paragraph 1 this Article, the responsible person in a company or other legal entity that builds a building cash fine of 100 to 10,000 dinars. Article 57 A pecuniary fine of 100 to 10,000 dinars shall be imposed on a responsible official of the competent administrative authority, if: 1) over the technical documentation which is made contrary to the urban permit (Article 9); 2) issue a building permit in contravention of the regulations (Article 27); 3) Use Permit issued in contravention of the regulations (Article 38 and 39). Article 58 A pecuniary fine of 100 to 10,000 dinars, or by imprisonment not exceeding 30 days shall be imposed on a citizen if you continue using the facility after the adoption of solutions to ban its use (Article 51). For repeated violation under paragraph 1 this article, or when the offense was committed from the material of interest, the perpetrator will be subject to fine and imprisonment for up to 30 days. Article 59 A pecuniary fine from 500 to 10,000 dinars shall be imposed on the person who set up shop not a legal entity and carries out activities of creating technical documentation and works contrary to the provisions of this Act. XIII. TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS Article 60
Municipal and city administrations, within three years from the date of enactment of this Act will be made by a list of buildings that were built without a building permit, or used without a use permit. Municipal and city administrations, performed after the list of objects under paragraph 1 this by undertaking measures to institute appropriate procedures for identifying opportunities for subsequent issuance of a building or use permit, or to demolish the building if the issuance of these permits is not possible. Measures in terms of paragraph 2 this by the company within five years from the date of expiry of paragraph 1 of this article. Article 61 Companies that perform tasks for which the law prescribes special conditions are required to align its operations with the provisions of this Act within one year from the date of its entry into force. Persons who have passed the examination which was carried out checks of professional competence for the tasks specified by this Act, the regulations were in force at the time of their installation, as well as the persons to whom these regulations is granted the right of performing certain tasks, meet the requirements for performing these Affairs and the provisions of this Act if they meet the other prescribed requirements. Article 62 Addressing podnetih requirements for the issuance of building permits, use permits and other requirements for the solution of the respective rights and obligations, will continue under the regulations in force until the date of enactment of this Act. Article 63 The Ministry, within two years from the date of enactment of this Act, be overtaken by individual items, and other documents from the ministries except the Ministry responsible for transport and communications, which are from the entry into force of this Law was responsible for issuing construction and operating permit , the objects
of Article 24 this law. Article 64 Until the regulations from Article 48 primenjivae this law are: 1) Rules on minimum technical documents for approval for the construction of capital facilities construction ("Official Gazette of SRS", no. 39/80); 2) Regulation on the form and manner of conducting daily ("Official Gazette of SRS", no. 24/81); 3) Ordinance on the technical review of the investment objects ("Official Gazette of SRS", no. 9 / 69); 4) Decision on the minimum warranty periods for certain types of investment structures built or work performed at these facilities ("Official Gazette of SRS", no. 2 / 74); 5) Regulation on the programs and materials for checking professional qualification of employees who work on the development of technical documentation and construction of facilities ("Official Gazette of SRS", no. 39/85); 6) Ordinance on issuing permits for building construction ("Official Gazette of SRS", no. 27/85); 7) Regulations on the exercise of professional supervision of building construction ("Official Gazette of SRS", no. 27/85). Article 65 On the date of enactment of this Act shall cease to have effect: 1) The Law on Construction ("Official Gazette of SRS", no. 10/84, 24/85, 35/86, 37/88, 41/88 and 6 / 89 and "Official Gazette of RS", no. 53/93 and 67/93); 2) The provisions of the power supply, construction and inspection of steam generators ("Official Gazette of SRS", no. 5 / 83, 45/84 and 24/85) relating to building inspection; 3) The provisions of the Electricity Companies ("Official Gazette of RS", no. 45/91) which is determined by the ministry responsible for energy and the issuance of the building and use permits for facilities in
Article 24 Item 5 this Act; 4) The provisions of the Law on Environmental Protection ("Official Gazette of RS", no. 66/91) which is determined by the ministry responsible for environmental protection for the issuance of building permits for structures in Article 24 Item 2 this Act; 5) The provisions of the transportation, distribution and use of natural gas ("Official Gazette of RS", no. 66/91) which is determined by the ministry responsible for energy affairs for the issuance of the building and use permits for facilities in Article 24 Item 3 this Act; 6) The provisions of the aeronautical piers ("Official Gazette of SRS", no. 28/75) which is determined by the ministry in charge of traffic for a construction and operating permit for the facilities referred to in Article 24 8 this law. Article 66 This law shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia".
LAW ON PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT ("Official Gazette of RS", no. 47/2003) I GENERAL PROVISIONS The scope Article 1 This law regulates: the conditions and methods of planning and interior design, editing and use construction land and construction; founded the Republic Agency for Spatial planning, regulating the exercise of control over the application of the
provisions of this Law regulates other issues of importance for planning and spatial planning, land use and building construction of facilities. The terms Article 2 Certain terms used in this Act shall have the following meanings: 1) "public area" is the space defined plan for facilities whose use or construction of general interest, in accordance with the regulations on expropriation (public roads, parks, squares, streets and other areas in accordance with the law); 2) "public facilities of general interest" are facilities whose use, or construction of general interest, in accordance with the regulations on expropriation (streets, water supply, sanitation, public lighting, public buildings in the area of education, health, welfare, culture, sports, environmental environment, protection from natural disasters, as well as other objects in accordance with special law); 3) "regulation" is the identification of regulatory and zoning requirements of spatial planning in Based on the plan or under the rules of urban profession; 4) "leveling" is determining nivelacionih technical requirements of spatial planning on the basis of plan or zoning rules based on the profession; 5) "the degree or index of construction" is the ratio of gross building area of objects and surfaces parcel (location, block, zone) expressed in the same unit code; 6) "the degree or index of availability" is the ratio of occupied (built) on a given surface plot (location, block, zone) and the total area of land (location, block,
zone) expressed in the same measuring units; 7) "City" is a village that is a city defined by law; 8) "village" is constructed functionally unified space in which been secured conditions for life and work and to meet the common needs of the population; 9) "village" is a village whose inhabitants mostly engaged in agriculture, and not the seat municipality; 10) "urban village" is a settlement with elements of urban character that has developed manufacturing and service activities, and as such is determined by the spatial plan; 11) "nuts" is the nomenclature of statistical territorial units in European Union standards, or the EU Statistical Office in Luxembourg (EUROSTAT). NUTS 1 has four to five million inhabitants, or the character of the federal units, NUTS 2 is one to four million population, NUTS 3 has 100000-1000000 population, NUTS 4 is 10000-100000 residents and NUTS 5 are under 10,000 population; 12) "location" is the place in space where the building or carry out certain works Plan or other act issued there under; 13) "regulation line" is the line that divides the public area of the surface intended for other purposes; 14) "building line" is on the line above and below ground and water, determined on the basis of this law, to which the building is permitted; 15) "Construction reon" is land that has the appropriate zoning plan
envisages the decision of the municipality or town or city of Belgrade declared the Public Building land and building land destined for development, which can be built or undeveloped, regulated or unregulated; 16) "building facility" means a set of actions comprising: prior work, development of technical documentation for construction, control of technical documentation, preparatory work for construction, building construction and supervision during construction of the facility; 17) "technical documentation" is a set of projects that are designed to: determination of the concept building, development conditions, methods of construction and facility maintenance needs; 18) "preliminary design" is a project that identified: Application, position, shape, volume, technical and functional characteristics of the facility, the organizational elements of the building and appearance of the building; 19) "major project" is a project which sets out construction-technical, technological and operational characteristics with equipment and facility installations, technical-technological and organizational solutions for the construction of the facility, an investment value of the building and maintenance requirements the facility; 20) "performative, the project" is a project that includes developing all the necessary details for construction building towards the project; 21) "project built building" is a project that shows the derived condition of the property and makes
for the purposes of using and maintaining the facility; 22) "facility" was a structure that represents the physical, technical and technological or biowhole, with all installations, plant and equipment and the installation of plant and equipment to be installed in the facility or performed (all types of buildings, traffic, water management and energy facilities, internal and external networks and installations, public infrastructure, industrial, agricultural and other economic facilities, public green spaces, sports and recreation facilities, cemeteries, shelters, etc.); 23) "passenger facility" is a bridge, podputnjak, Overpass, omission, galleries, tunnels, retaining and Cladding the wall, a wall of noise as well as functional objects (border crossings, toll, or control stations, etc.); 24) "building" is performing construction and construction-craft works, installation of installation, plant and equipment; 25) "Reconstruction" is performing construction and other works on the building, which is: done extension, affects the stability and security of the facility; changing structural elements; changes technological process, changing the external appearance of the building, increasing the number of functional units; influence security of adjacent buildings, traffic and environment, changing the water regime; affect the protection natural and immovable cultural property, registered real estate, which enjoys good previous protection of its protected environment, but conservation and restoration works;
26) "upgrade" is performing construction and other work that builds a new space along, under or over existing facilities, and with it makes technical or functional whole; 27) "adaptation" is performing construction and other works on the existing building which shall change the organization of space in the house, replacing equipment, plant, equipment and installations same capacity, which does not affect the stability and security of the facility, does not change the structural elements does not change the outward appearance and does not affect the security of neighboring buildings, transport and the environment; 28) "rehabilitation" is performing construction and other works on the existing building which performs repairing equipment, plant and equipment, or replacement of structural elements object, which does not change the outward appearance does not affect the security of neighboring buildings, traffic and the environment and does not affect the protection of natural and immovable cultural property, recorded real property, which enjoys a good previous care, its protected environment, except for conservation and restoration works; 29) "outbuilding" is the use of facilities used for housing and other building and construction in the same building plot (storage, septic tanks, wells, fences, etc.) and individual of power distribution poles and typical substations 10 / 0,4 kV; 30) "investor" is a person whose needs are being built facility, and funded the construction of facility and in whose name the permit is issued for construction.
II PLANNING Principles for the development of space Article 3 Interior space is based on the principles of: 1) sustainable development, real needs, dynamism and cooperation between territorial units and availability of public sectors; 2) increase efficiency and accountability in the field of use, management, protection and improvement space; 3) of providing the public in decision-making plans; 4) encouraging ravnomernosti territorial development of the Republic of Serbia, and preserve the quality and diversity of available natural and created resources; 5) compliance and social development, economic efficiency and the protection and revitalization of life environment and protect natural, cultural and historical values; 6) implementation of development priorities and provision of rational use of nonnatural resources; 7) Cooperation between the Republic, local self-government and territorial autonomy, public enterprises and institutions, NGOs and other participants in the spatial development; 8) selection and definition of strategic priorities of spatial development as a basis for planning and spatial planning at the level of territorial units; 9) compliance with European norms and standards in the area and the planning space in order to create conditions for transborder and international cooperation and involvement Republic of Serbia in the process of European integration.
Republic Agency for Spatial Planning Establishment Article 4 Order of providing the conditions for effective implementation and promotion of policy planning and Spatial Planning in the Republic of Serbia, founded the Republic Agency for Spatial Planning (Hereinafter: Agency), an independent body vested with public authority in accordance with this Act and regulations issued there under this Act. Agency to the Government of the Republic of Serbia, in accordance with the law. The legal status Article 5 The Agency is a legal person with rights, obligations and responsibilities set forth law and statute. The agency operates in accordance with the provision of public services. The agency has a bank account. The seat Article 6 The seat of the Agency is in Belgrade. The Agency has an organizational unit in the seat of the autonomous province authority, and they may have in elsewhere, in accordance with the statute. Funding for the establishment and operation of the Agency Article 7 Funding for the establishment and operation of the Agency shall be provided from: 1) Budget of the Republic of Serbia; 2) revenues, which realizes the tasks within its competence;
3) donations, contributions and sponsorships of local and foreign legal and natural persons; 4) other sources, in accordance with the law. The jurisdiction of the Agency Article 8 The Agency is authorized to: 1) prepares, coordinates, monitors and proposes the development of Spatial Development of the Republic of Serbia monitor the implementation of Spatial Development Strategy of the Republic of Serbia; 2) participate in the development scheme for spatial development and coordinate the work of competent ministries in preparing schemes of spatial development; 3) prepares, coordinates, monitors production and suggests a spatial plan areas of special-purpose, in cooperation with relevant ministries and other agencies and organizations; 4) performs the expert control of the spatial plan areas of specific uses and regional Spatial Plan, unless otherwise specified; 5) Carry out international cooperation in the field of spatial planning; 6) provides technical assistance in the preparation of plans; 7) establish a unified information system on the existing situation; 8) maintain a register of planning documents for the territory of the Republic of Serbia; 9) prepares and implements training programs for the development of planning documents; 10) perform other duties in accordance with the law. Bodies of the Agency Article 9 Agencies are organs Council, the director and supervisory board. President and members of the council and supervisory board, and
directors are appointed and dismissed by the Government Republic of Serbia. The President and members of the Council and the Supervisory Board and the Director, shall be appointed for a term of four year, but the same person may be appointed more than twice. Council Article 10 Council of the Agency (hereinafter: Council) has 11 members who are appointed from among prominent experts in areas that are of importance to carry out the responsibilities of the Agency, the proposal of the competent ministries. Director Article 11 Director: 1) represent the Agency; 2) organizes and manages the Agency; 3) proposed regulations issued by the Council; 4) implements the decisions of the Council and take measures for their implementation; 5) takes on the legality of work and is responsible for the use and disposal of assets of the Agency; 6) shall act on internal organization and systematization of jobs, proposed work program, perform other duties stipulated by law and statute. The Supervisory Board Article 12 The Supervisory Board has a chairman and two members. Supervisory Board: 1) supervise the legality of the Agency; 2) Review the annual report of operations and balance sheet of the Agency;
3) perform other duties stipulated by law and statute. The result of supervision, the supervisory board at least once a year submit a report competent ministry, which, within 15 days of receipt of the report, the results performed inspection notify the Government of the Republic of Serbia. General acts Article 13 General of the Agency the statute, ordinance, and other general acts. The statute is the basic general act of the Agency. Statute of the Council shall, with the opinion of the executive branch of the autonomous province and with the consent of the Government Republic of Serbia. Statute contains provisions on: 1) activities of the Agency; 2) the manner of conducting business; 3) the internal organization; 4) bodies and their delovanju; 5) represent the Agency; 6) the rights, obligations and responsibilities of employees; 7) other issues of importance for the Agency. Perform certain professional and other activities Article 14 To perform specific professional activities within their jurisdiction, the Agency may engage other physical and legal domestic or foreign entities, in accordance with the law. Supervision of the Agency Article 15 Supervision of the Agency performs the ministry responsible for spatial planning. The agency, at least twice a year, submit to the Government of the
Republic of Serbia report on the operation, over ministry responsible for spatial planning. Types of planning documents Article 16 Planning documents are: 1) Spatial Development Strategy of the Republic of Serbia; 2) the spatial development schemes; 3) the spatial plan areas of special purpose; 4) the regional spatial plan; 5) the spatial plan of the municipality. Planning documents referred to in paragraph 1, items. 2, 3, 4 and 5 of this Article, shall be mutually agreed in accordance with the Spatial Development Strategy of the Republic of Serbia. Spatial Development Strategy of the Republic of Serbia Article 17 Spatial Development Strategy of the Republic of Serbia (hereinafter: Strategy) adopted for territory of the Republic of Serbia (Europe NUTS 1 standard-sized spatial units). The Strategy determine the long-term objectives for spatial planning and development in line with the overall economic, social, environmental and cultural-historical development. Strategy is specifically defined issues, areas and modalities of transborder and international cooperation in the field of spatial planning and development. Strategy adopted by the National Assembly of the Republic of Serbia, at the proposal of the Government of the Republic of Serbia. The strategy is published in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia". Scheme of spatial development Article 18
Spatial Development Scheme (hereinafter referred to as schemes) are planning documents that are closer determines the spatial development of the area for which the basis of spatial development identified in Strategy, namely: higher education and scientific research, culture, health and social Protection of information and telecommunications, multi-modal transportation, mining and energy; capital of the economy, natural and rural areas of sport and recreation. Scheme prepared by the relevant ministries in cooperation with the Agency. Scheme by the Government of the Republic of Serbia, at the proposal of the competent ministry, having obtained opinion of the Agency. Spatial plan of areas of special-purpose Article 19 Spatial plan of areas of special purpose shall be to: the area of national parks and areas that, due to its characteristics, a special purpose, which requires a special regime organization, planning, utilization and protection of areas and areas specific strategies or regional spatial plan, or area for which authority to enact the plan determines that there is planning its design this type of plan. Spatial plan of areas of special purposes are usually made for the whole of space and spatial on which envisages construction of structures or systems of national interest, as well as objects from Article 89, paragraph 4 of this Act. Spatial plan of areas of special purposes referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article shall be made on the basis of pre-feasibility study.
Spatial plan of areas of special purposes by the Government of the Republic of Serbia at the proposal of the Agency, and for areas in the territory of the Autonomous Province of Assembly of the autonomous province of the proposal organizational unit in the seat of the autonomous province authority with the consent of the Agency. Regional spatial plan Article 20 Regional spatial plan is adopted for the territory of autonomous provinces. Regional spatial plan referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article by the Assembly of the autonomous province. Regional spatial plan can be adopted for an area the size of spatial units European NUTS 2 and 3 standard. Spatial plan referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article issued by the Government of the Republic of Serbia at the proposal of the Agency for on the territory of the Autonomous Province of Assembly of the autonomous province of the proposal organizational unit in the seat of the autonomous province authority with the consent of the Agency, if otherwise provided by law. Regional spatial plan for the city of Belgrade, the Assembly of Belgrade, the prior opinion of the Agency, unless otherwise specified. Spatial plan of the municipality Article 21 Spatial plan of the municipality shall be for the municipality. Spatial plan of the municipality adopted the Municipal Assembly. Two or more municipalities (NUTS 4 to the European standard sizes of spatial units) can bring
spatial plan for the area of these municipalities. The process of drafting and adopting a spatial plan referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article shall be regulated by agreement Municipalities, in accordance with the law. The content of planning documents Article 22 The strategy includes in particular: the principles and objectives of spatial development of the territory of the Republic of Serbia; basis for coordination and guidance of spatial development, organization of space Serbia; development priorities; territorial series of joint space and development features of that will bring spatial plans. Other planning documents elaborated the principles of spatial planning and set targets Physical development, organization, protection, use and purpose of space, as well as other elements of importance to the whole space which is a spatial plan. Planning documents referred to in paragraph 2 of this article contains the text portion of the graphical representation, which represent the whole planning solutions and work in analog and digital form. The minister responsible for regional planning are laid down by the content, method and procedure developing the Strategy and other planning documents. Article 23 Strategy and other planning documents shall be for a period of at least 10 years. The procedure for the preparation of planning documents The decision to create the planning document Article 24 Create strategies, schemes and spatial plans for areas of special-
purpose approach is based on decision of the Government of the Republic of Serbia (hereinafter: Government). Decision on development strategies and spatial plans for special purpose areas, the Government adopted the proposal by the Agency. Decision on development schemes, the Government adopted the proposal of the competent ministry, according to previously obtained from the Agency. The decision to create a spatial plan areas for special purposes on the territory Autonomous provinces shall authority for its decision on the proposal of organizational Units in the headquarters of the autonomous province authority with the consent of the Agency. The decision to create a regional spatial plan adopted by the body responsible for its enactment, the prior opinion of the Agency. The decision to create the spatial plan of the municipality by the body responsible for its enactment, the prior opinion of the Commission for the plans referred to in Article 34 of this Law. The decision to create the planning document contains information on the type of document you are working, to decision of the planning document, the area covered by the planning document, within development plan document, the source of funds for the development plan document, place maintenance of public access, etc. The decision to create the planning document referred to in paragraphs 1-6 of this article is published in "Official Gazette Republic of Serbia ", or provincial or municipal official gazette.
Program for the development plan document Article 25 The decision to create the planning document is prepared on the basis of making the planning document, which is an integral part of the decision. The program referred to in paragraph 1 of this article contains the type of planning document, the boundaries of the planning area, dynamics and financial resources, a review of existing documentation and background relevant to the development of regional plans, objectives, resources, constraints, conflicts, development priorities, as well as other issues of importance to the development plan document. Programme for the Strategy and Spatial Plan areas of special-purpose prepared by the Agency. Program to create a regional spatial plan prepared by the competent authority, in cooperation with Agency, unless otherwise specified. Program for development of regional plans prepared by the competent municipal local government, or company referred to in Article 27 of this Law, in cooperation with the Commission on plans referred to in Article 34 of this the law. Assignment of the planning document Article 26 Assignment of the planning document shall be public notices, conducted by the authority responsible for making the planning document by the Agency or the Commission's plans for the Article 34 of this Law. Development of Planning Document Article 27 The planning document can be made to the corporation, or other legal
entity that is registered in the appropriate register for performing spatial planning and development of planning of documents. (Hereinafter referred to as the holder of the plan). Creating the plan document is managed by responsible planner. Responsible planner Article 28 Responsible planner may be faced with a university degree and at least five years of experience, which results in a professional development plan documents, the recommendations of at least two responsible architect or engineering chamber and passed the certification exam. Professional results referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be considered the results achieved in the management, development or cooperation on the development of at least two planning documents. Control of planning documents and public access Engineering controls Article 29 Prior to submitting the proposed planning document, the authority responsible for its enactment, planning document is subject to the professional control and exposed to public scrutiny. Engineering controls include checking compliance with the decision of the planning document on its development and testing of the justification of the planning solution, checking compliance with the plan document laws, standards and norms and regulations issued there under the law. Expert control strategy performs board established by the Minister of spatial planning. Technical control of spatial plan areas of specific uses and regional
spatial plan The Agency shall, unless otherwise specified. Technical control of spatial plan of municipalities conducted by the Commission for the plans referred to in Article 34 of this Law. Physical inspection of compliance with the plan of municipal law and planning documents not been adopted when the regional plan, undertaken by the Commission established by the Minister of spatial planning. About making the control compiles the expert report, which contains information on the auditing, with all observations and opinions in any objections. The report referred to in paragraph 7 of this Article shall be the holder of the plan, which shall within 30 days after receipt of the report to implement the observations. Public inspection Article 30 Leaving the planning document for public inspection shall be performed after the engineering controls. Exposure planning document for public review is published in daily and local newspaper and a duration of 30 days from on advertising. A presentation of the planning document for public inspection takes agency, or Commission for the plans referred to in Article 34 of this Law. A completed public release compiles the report, which contains information on completed public release with all observations and opinions in any objections. The report referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article is an integral part of the explanation of the planning document. The minister responsible for spatial planning closer to prescribe the manner of performing professional control planning document, as well as the conditions and manner of its
presentation to the public. Agreement on Implementation Article 31 An integral part of the spatial plan areas of special-purpose, regional spatial plan and municipal spatial plan is an agreement on implementation. The contract referred to in paragraph 1 shall include especially the obligations of signatories in respect of the conditions for access appropriate funds (according to specified planning solutions and measures), as well as the dynamics and a way of providing funds for their implementation. Agreement on Implementation of the regional spatial plan and spatial plan of the municipality, they conclude authority to enact the plan and participants in the implementation of planning solutions, for a period of four year. Agreement on implementation of the spatial plan areas of specialpurpose government concluded, or autonomous region, municipality or town or city of Belgrade and other participants the realization of the planned settlement in the area for which the plan is adopted, unless otherwise by law. Inspection Solutions Article 32 Inspection solutions and determining the need to approach amendments spatial plan areas special purposes, the regional spatial plan and spatial plan of the municipality, made organ responsible for its enactment, the scheduled expiration of the contract implementation, or at least every four years.
III URBAN PLANNING The objectives of the City Article 33 Planning and development of space and the settlement provides: 1) the spatial organization of settlements, which creates better living conditions; 2) preservation and improvement of the overall architectural heritage, traditions, architecture and created value of the settlement; 3) amendments to existing and create new urban values; 4) rehabilitation and reconstruction of historical and environmental Celina; 5) conservation of land suitable for agriculture, natural and environmental values of the village, neighboring towns and regions; 6) compliance infrastructure and other public construction land planning. The Commission plans to Article 34 In order to provide technical assistance for conducting the process of developing a spatial plan municipalities, development and implementation of urban plans, as well as providing expert opinion on the preliminary projects on request of the municipal administration, the authority to make physical or urban development plan set up the Committee for Planning (hereinafter: Commission). Chairman and Commissioners shall be appointed from among prominent experts in the field of spatial planning and urban and other areas that are relevant to their business activity in field of planning and interior design and construction. One third of the
members of the Commission with appropriate license shall be appointed at the proposal of the Minister of Urban Planning and construction, and the Commission plans to be adopted on the territory of the autonomous region, the proposal of the Provincial Secretary in charge of urban planning and construction to approval of the minister responsible for urban planning and construction. The mandate of the chairman and members of the Commission is four years, but the same person may not be appointed more than twice. The number of members, mode of operation, composition and other issues of importance to the work of the Commission, are regulated by Education Commission. To perform specific technical tasks for the Commission, the body responsible for education Commission may engage any other legal or natural domestic or foreign entities. Types of urban plans Article 35 Master plans are: 1) general urban plans; 2) regulation plans. General urban plans are general plans and general plan of arrangement. Regulatory plans are general regulation plan and detailed plan of regulation. Contents of zoning plans The General Plan Article 36 General Plan defines the long-term projections for the development
and physical planning of settlements. The general plan is adopted for the town or city of Belgrade. The general plan can be enacted and for urban and other settlements. Master Plan shall be determined and, in particular: 1) the region of construction; 2) purpose areas that are primarily planned in the region of construction; 3) routes, corridors and facilities for traffic, energy, water management, utilities and other infrastructure; 4) zone or the whole of which will work plans and urban zones, or entity for which the general plan contains the same rules of construction. Plan the overall arrangements Article 37 The plan defines the general design is a long-term projections for the development and spatial planning settlement, the basic regulations and rules of construction. Plan the general arrangement is made for small towns and villages, which were not adopted general plan or general plan of regulation. Plan the overall arrangements shall be made for parts of the settlement, if so specified the general plan or general plan of regulation. General arrangement plan shall in particular: 1) purpose areas that are primarily planned in the region of construction; 2) routes and corridors for traffic, energy, water management, utilities and other infrastructure; 3) zone or series with the same rules of construction. Plan the general regulation
Article 38 Plan the general regulation adopted for the settlement of which is not a general plan, as well as small towns and villages, for which the plan does not issue a general order. General regulation plan that works for the whole village is determined by long-term projections development and physical planning of settlements, as well as the rules of regulation, planning and construction. Plan referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article may be taken for part of the settlement, if so provided general the plan. The plan specifies the general regulation, or closer elaborates: 1) the division of building REGIONS on public construction land and building land; 2) routes, corridors and facilities for traffic, energy, water management, utilities and other infrastructure; 3) height dimensions street intersections (nivelacioni plan); 4) purpose areas that are primarily planned in the region of construction; 5) division of the zone or series with the same rules of construction; 6) sites for public facilities. Plan detailed regulation Article 39 Plan detailed regulation is adopted for portions of the settlement, in accordance with the General Plan, or general plan of regulation. Plan detailed regulation may be brought for the whole village, in which case the plan does not provide general regulation. Plan detailed regulation may be brought for the construction of
facilities referred to in Article 89, paragraph 4 of this the law. Plan referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article shall be prepared in accordance with the spatial plan areas of special purposes, ie, in the places, on the basis of pre-feasibility study. The plan detailed regulation, in addition to the elements referred to in Article 38 paragraph 4 of this Act, shall be determined, that is closer to being developed, in particular: 1) the boundaries of public construction land with elements of the marking on the cadastral background; 2) regulating the lines of streets and public spaces and building lines; 3) nivelacione dimensions of streets and public spaces (nivelacioni plan). Integral parts of urban plans Article 40 Integral parts of urban plans are: 1) Planning rules; 2) Rules of construction; 3) a graphical part. Planning Rules Article 41 Planning rules contain a description and explanation of the graphic works, general zoning requirements and necessary program elements defined in Article 45 paragraph 3 of this Act. The rules referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, depending on the type of plan, determine: 1) the division of land covered by the plan on public land and building; 2) and whole areas of a plan; 3) the conditions for urban public spaces and public facilities; 4) More detailed provisions on the plants, facilities and transportation networks, energy,
water management, utilities and other infrastructure, as well as conditions for accession of new facilities on Network utility infrastructure in the zones or Celine from the plan; 5) Special requirements, conditions and requirements to be fulfilled for the issuance of construction, the origin and type of facilities construction; 6) Ambient series of cultural, historical and urban importance, as well as a list of objects for that pre renovation or reconstruction must develop conservation or other conditions; 7) locations required for future planned development, the development of urban or urban and architectural competition; 8) general and specific requirements on environmental protection from various forms of pollution and protection of life and health and fire protection, disaster and destruction; 9) limits the performance of certain types of works and construction zones or by Celine from the plan. Regulation Plans in the rules of regulation include regulation of medium-term program construction sites and sources of funding provided for the priority works on editing land. Rules of construction Article 42 Construction rules contain all the conditions relating to the construction of buildings and which are determined by zones or Celine from the plan, according to the specificities and needs of the village. The rules referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall specify: 1) the type and purpose of objects that can be built under the terms of
a plan or under special conditions, as well as the type and purpose of facilities for which construction is prohibited in this zone; 2) requirements for the education of building lots; 3) placement of objects in relation to the regulation in relation to the boundaries of building plots; 4) maximum permissible occupancy indices and indices of development of building lots; 5) the maximum allowed number of storeys and height of buildings; 6) the minimum allowable inter-object distance; 7) the requirements for the construction of another building on the same plot construction; 8) the conditions and manner of providing access to land and space for parking of vehicles; 9) the conditions of protection of neighboring buildings; 10) the conditions for connection to utilities and other infrastructure; 11) the architectural and aesthetic design of individual elements of the objects (materials, facades, roofs, etc.); 12) the conditions for reconstruction and rehabilitation facilities; 13) the requirements of environmental protection, technical, sanitary, fire protection, security and other conditions; 14) special conditions for the construction of buildings. Graphic part Article 43 Graphic part of the plan showing the planned solution, regulation, and leveling. Graphic part of the plan referred to in paragraph 1 above shall be made on an updated and certified topographic-cadastral plans or updated, or certified topographic plans and
updated and certified cadastral plan (hereinafter referred to as substrate). Graphic part of the plan referred to in paragraph 2 of this article, which is an integral part of the General Plan and the Plan general regulation, can be produced and ortho photo surfaces. Basis for design graphic part of the plan referred to in paragraph 2 of this article can be analog or digital. Substrates Article 44 At the request of the municipality or town or city of Belgrade (hereinafter referred to as municipalities), competent authority or organization gives a copy of the existing topographic and cadastral plan, or digital recordings, and cadastre of underground and overhead lines, without of charge. In the case referred to in paragraph 1 above, the municipality is obliged to provide an update cadastral base, for the period from the date of the transfer surface to the deadline stipulated in this Law for review urban development plan. Fees payable to update the cadastral base referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article shall be determined by regulation regulating the amount of compensation for the use of data services and diameter of organs responsible for Premera and the cadastre of real estate. If the municipality does not provide an update within the period referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article, the updating of the cadastral basis will ensure the ministry responsible for urban planning at the expense of the municipality. The procedure for preparation of zoning plan Program for developing the plan
Article 45 Before making a decision about how urban development plan, access to the development of programs for developing the plan. For the purposes of the program referred to in paragraph 1 of this article collects data on: state of the network and capacity of public utility infrastructure needed renovation and reconstruction of buildings and registered or protected buildings, monuments of culture and nature and environmental Celina; cadastral and topographic basis for the development plan, documentation of the importance of making plan, appropriate locations for facilities for public use, commercial and other buildings. The program referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall contain: 1) planned construction reon and their distribution to the public and other construction land; 2) division of the construction zone or the whole urban indicators and other characteristics; 3) the planned route, the corridors and regulating the network of roads and public utility infrastructure; 4) evaluation of the necessary funds for the planning of roads and construction of public utilities infrastructure; 5) all necessary conditions for the relevant water companies and other institutions resulting from concept plan and the impact on the realization of the concept plan; 6) other information and documents relevant to the urban development plan. An integral part of the program referred to in paragraph 1 of this article is a drawing showing the concept plan and proposal types and limits of the plan, in accordance with the character and
needs of the village. The decision to create the urban plan Article 46 Create urban planning approach based on decision making about urban development plan, which adopted by the body responsible for its enactment, or the body appointed by the municipal assembly, or town or city of Belgrade, with the prior opinion of the Commission. The decision to create the urban plan contains information about the type of plan, the plan includes the border, within develop a plan and resources for developing the plan. An integral part of the decision referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article is a program for developing the plan referred to in Article 45 of this Law. Article 47 The decision to create the urban plan by the competent authority of a municipality may restrict the construction of the coverage or coverage part of the plan during the drafting of the plan, but not longer than one year decision making about urban development plan. Article 48 Proposal for decision making about urban development plan and program referred to in Article 45 of this Act, prepare responsible local government in cooperation with the Commission. Relevant local government, for operations referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the company may engage in Article 50 of this Law. The organs, organizations and businesses, who are legally authorized to establish special conditions for construction of buildings and premises for which the plan is prepared, it shall, upon request local government, provide all necessary information and conditions for
its development, within 30 days from the date of submission of the application, at no charge. Publication of decisions and the transfer of Article 49 Decision making about urban development plan referred to in Article 46 of this Law shall be published. Assignment of the urban plan is carried out in accordance with the law. Development of urban plans Article 50 Urban plans can be made to companies or other legal entities which are registered in the appropriate register for the performance of urban planning and urban the plans. Urban plans, under the conditions prescribed in this Law, may develop and the company, or other organization established by the municipality for the performance of urban of planning. Of urban plans managed by responsible urban planners. Responsible urbanists Article 51 Responsible town planner may be faced with a university degree and appropriate professional at least five years of relevant work experience, which has professional results in creating urban planning and zoning documents or other prizes in competitions for urban settlement, recommending at least two responsible town planner or engineering of Commerce and passed the certification exam. Professional results referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be
considered the results achieved in the management and making at least two planning. Control of urban planning and public review Engineering controls Article 52 Prior to submitting the proposed zoning plan for the authority responsible for its enactment, Master Plan subject to the professional control and exposed to public scrutiny. Engineering controls, performed by the Commission, includes checking the justification of the planning solution, checking Compliance with urban planning law and other regulations issued there under the law, compliance plan with the spatial plan of the municipality or urban village plan, zoning standards and norms and the decision on preparation of the zoning plan. Control of conformity of general plan or general plan of regulation for the whole village, with the law and planning documents, in the case when it promulgated the spatial plan of the municipality, undertaken by the Commission established by the minister in charge of urban planning. About making the professional controls and paragraphs 2 and 3 of this article, compiled the report, which contains information on the auditing, with all the observations and opinions in any objections. The report referred to in paragraph 4 of this Article shall be submitted to the company, or other legal entity that is developed a Master Plan, which is obliged to, within 30 days after receipt of the report, to implement the observations.
Public inspection Article 53 After the completed engineering controls and procedures under given remarks, and before submitting the proposal urban planning authority responsible for its adoption, shall be subject to public inspection, by advertising in daily and local newspaper. Public inspection at least 15 and no longer than 30 days from on advertising. A performing public inspection takes charge of municipal administration. After the completion of public review, the Commission prepares a report that contains information on completed public opinion, with all the observations and opinions on each objections. The report referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article is an integral part of the explanation proposed plan. The minister responsible for urban planning are laid down by the content, method of preparation, the manner of professional control of urban planning, as well as conditions and method of putting the plan for public inspection. Adoption of zoning plan Article 54 Is adopted by the Municipal Assembly, or the town or city of Belgrade, the opinion of the Commission. Bring the zoning plan must be available to the public. The minister responsible for urban planning are laid down by way of insight into the issue a zoning plan, certification of, the signing, delivery, archiving, duplication and transfer of urban Plan for a fee.
Amendments to the urban plan Article 55 Checking solutions and determining the need to approach amend zoning plan shall authority for its decision after the deadline for which is adopted medium-term program editing of building sites, or at least every four years. Amendments to zoning plan shall be made in the manner and procedure prescribed for its the adoption. Extract from town plan Article 56 At the request of the person, the competent municipal or local government or ministry responsible for urban planning, issuing a statement from the zoning plan, which contains information on urban conditions for the development of space defined in urban planning. Excerpt from the urban plan contains all the conditions and data necessary for the preliminary design, a particular regulation and the building line and nivelacione conditions. Excerpt from the urban plan issued within eight days from the filing of the application, the reimbursement of actual costs of its issuance. Act on urban conditions Article 57 For the construction of buildings in the area which is planned to draw up urban development plan, the request of the person, the competent municipal or local government or ministry responsible for urban planning, issues an act on zoning conditions in accordance with Spatial Plan.
The act referred to in paragraph 1 above for the reconstruction of cultural property and the construction of buildings in the area immovable cultural property and other immovable cultural property protected under Regulations on the Protection of Cultural Property, shall be issued in accordance with the requirements of the competent authority or organization responsible for the protection of cultural monuments. With the application of paragraph 1 of this Article shall be situational plan that includes the planned disposition, height, dimensions and purpose facility. The act referred to in paragraph 1 of this article contains construction rules, regulation and the building line, nivelacione conditions, opportunities and technical conditions for connection to traffic, utilities and other infrastructure, as well as other requirements prescribed by law. Act on zoning conditions shall be issued within 30 days of the filing of the application, the reimbursement of actual costs of its issuance. Article 58 Act on urban conditions for construction of facilities referred to in Article 89, paragraph 4 of this Act, in addition to elements referred to in Article 57 paragraph 4 of this Act, includes information on previous works from the Article 99 paragraph 2 of this law, which is absolutely necessary. The act referred to in paragraph 1 above, the energy facilities for which building permits are issued by the Energy, issued in accordance with the permit and the spatial plan. The minister responsible for urban planning are laid down by the contents of the act referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article. Article 59 With the request for the issuance of the act on urban conditions in Article 58 of this Act, shall be submitted
situational plan that includes the planned disposition, height, dimensions and purpose facility. Article 60 The minister responsible for urban planning are laid down by the Conditions of parcelization and development, and contents, conditions and procedure for issuing the document on urban conditions for structures approval for construction issued by the municipal or city governments. Planning project Article 61 Planning project is made in accordance with the zoning plan for land subdivision or preparcelacije, as well as for the implementation of urban planning, where plan envisaged. Urban development project referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be made on the certified topographic-cadastral plan as urban-architectural solution for the planned construction, and comprises: 1) situational display parternog and urban solutions; 2) preliminary architectural solutions of buildings and landscape planning; 3) Combined display of communal infrastructure with connections to the external network; 4) situational display of traffic communications and planned land subdivision; 5) a description, technical description and explanation of the solution from the urban project. Relevant local government certifies that the planning project is made in accordance with urban plan, the prior opinion of the Commission. Prior to certification competent project management organized a public presentation of the
urban project. Article 62 Planning project can be made to the corporation, or other legal entity that is registered in the appropriate register for the production of urban planning and development of technical documentation. Creating urban project managed by responsible town planner of the architectural profession. Building plots Article 63 Building land is the smallest part of space covered by a plan that meets the requirements required for the construction plan and is intended for construction. Graevinaska plots can be trained on the ground that the plan provides for the construction and corresponding to the conditions contained in the rules of organization and rules of construction. Correction of the borders Article 64 On the proposal of the person concerned and with the consent of the landowner shall be corrected boundaries adjacent parcels in accordance with law, provided that such changes in accordance with conditions established by the plan. Boundary adjustment costs borne by owners of land parcels which was annexed to the land. Parcelling Article 65 In a cadastral parcel can be formed a number of building lots in the manner and under the conditions laid down in planning project (hereinafter referred to as parceling).
Parceling is done at the request and expense of the owner of the cadastral parcels. With the application of paragraph 2 of this Article shall be proof of ownership, overen planning project and project surveying of notation. Preparcelacija Article 66 For a number of land parcels may be formed by one or more building lots, the manner and under conditions laid down in planning project (hereinafter preparcelacija). Preparcelacija is done at the request and expense of the owner of the cadastral parcels. With the application of paragraph 2 of this Article shall be proof of ownership, overen planning project and project surveying of notation. IV Land Term Article 67 Building land is land on which they constructed buildings and land uses regular use of these facilities, as well as land that is in accordance with the law, relevant plan provides for the construction and regular use of facilities. Building land is used for his purposes, and in a manner which ensures its rational use, in accordance with the law. Types of construction land Article 68 Building land can be: 1) Public construction land; 2) Other construction land. Public construction land
Article 69 Building land on which, until the entry into force of this Law, build public objects of general interest and public areas, and that the state-owned, is a public building land. Public construction land, the purposes of this Act, is the land that the plan issued in accordance with this law, aims to build public facilities of general interest and public surface and which is State owned. Determination of public construction land Article 70 Public construction land determines the general act of the municipality, in accordance with the law and Master Plan. The act of determining the construction of public land in particular, contains a description of boundaries of land that determined for public construction land, the name of the cadastral municipality and a list of numbers land parcels. Prior to the determination of public construction land referred to in Article 69, paragraph 1 of this Act, the municipality required to issue a decision on the exemption from land holdings beneficiaries of the land, a fee is paid under the provisions of the law governing expropriation. The municipality determines the building land referred to in Article 69, paragraph 1 of this Act for public building land within two years from the date of enactment of this Act. If the municipality does not appoint a public building land within the period referred to in paragraph 4 of this Article, the Government will determine the boundaries of public land for building.
Building land referred to in Article 69, paragraph 2 of this Act defines municipal public building land after his obtaining the state assets, in accordance with the law. Public construction land can be alienated from public ownership. Regulation of construction sites Article 71 Public construction land can be regulated and unregulated, built and unbuilt. Municipalities regulate public construction land, and takes care of its use to purposes the envisaged plan, in accordance with the law. Regulation of construction sites shall be in accordance with long-term, medium-and annual program editing. Regulation of construction sites includes its preparation and equipment. The minister responsible for urban planning and construction are laid down by the content and method adoption of regulation of land for building and other construction public land. Preparing and equipping of public construction land Article 72 Preparing the land coverage of investigative work, making surveying and other substrates, making planning and project documentation, editor of land, displacement, destruction of facilities that are designed to plan for, repair facilities and other works. Equipping land include construction of communal infrastructure and renovation of public surface area. For the conditions of providing editing, use, improvement and protection of building
land, the municipality may establish a company or another organization or to carry out such operations provide otherwise, in accordance with the Statute of the municipality. Funding regulation of construction sites Article 73 Funding regulation of construction sites shall be provided from funds generated by: 1) rentals for construction sites; 2) compensation for the editing of building land; 3) Fees for use of construction land; 4) other sources in accordance with the law. Funds from the fee for editing and use of construction land is used for editing land for building and construction and maintenance of utility infrastructure. The fee for the editing of building land Article 74 The fee for the editing of building land is paid by the investor. The amount of compensation for the editing of building land is determined by an agreement concluded by municipality or a company or other organization referred to in Article 72 Paragraph 3 of this Act and the investor, based on the criteria and the criteria and determined by the municipality. The contract referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article shall govern the mutual relations in terms of editing construction land, the amount of compensation for the editing of building sites, the dynamics payment of fees, as well as the scope, structure and timetable for the works on the regulation of land.
The use of building land Article 75 Building land is used as built or unbuilt. Constructed construction land is land on which buildings are constructed in accordance with by law, intended for permanent use. Undeveloped construction land is land: 1) on which are constructed buildings; 2) where the facilities built contrary to law; 3) where they built a temporary facility. Lease for a fixed time of undeveloped public construction land Article 76 Weak public municipal building land may be leased for a fixed time to bringing the planned purposes, public auction or solicitation of offers. The procedure, conditions, method and program of leasing a definite time of unsettled public construction land, governing municipalities. The person is undeveloped public building land given on lease for a fixed time bound that, before signing the lease, deliver a major project for the construction of temporary building project and the demolition of the building, the demolition costs estimate. Funds in the amount invoice cost of the demolition of an approved project, with the signing of an interim land use, shall be deposited with an authorized competent authority or organization. If the owner within the contract does not eliminate the building, demolition and removal of construction materials will be made by the municipality from the deposit. The deposit is returned to the owner as a whole, if I remove the object.
Fees for use of building land Article 77 Fees for use of the constructed public construction land and other construction public land owner pays. Notwithstanding, the fee referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be paid the holder rights to use the facility, or separate part of the building, and if the facility or part of a special facility provided in the lease, the fee tenant pays the building or part of the building. Fees for use of undeveloped public land for building and other construction public land paid by the user. The amount of compensation referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article shall be determined depending on the extent and degree of order land, the largest plan allowed construction index, its position in the settlement, equipment, land buildings of social standards, traffic connections with the land local, or city center, work areas and other facilities in the village, or benefits that land has for customers. Detailed criteria, callipers, height, manner and terms of payment of fees under paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article prescribed by the municipality or town or city of Belgrade. Recovery of charge under paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article shall be conducted under the regulations governing tax procedure and tax administration. Article 78 Fees for use of other construction land is state property shall be paid if this is the land resources of the municipality, or other means of stateowned equipment
basic public infrastructure (electricity networks, water supply, access road, etc.). Fees for use of other unsettled construction sites shall be paid even if this land is not brought purposes and does not offer the purchase of the municipality for purposes of bringing, within two years from the date of the zoning plan. The amount of compensation referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article shall be determined, as well as other building built land, in accordance with the law. In terms of determining the liability to pay compensation under paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article, Mary, height, manner and payment deadlines, as well as the recovery of the amount of compensation, the provisions of Article 77 of this Law. Other construction land Article 79 Other construction land is built land and land earmarked for construction facilities, in accordance with the law, and which are not designated as public construction land. Other construction land can be in all forms of ownership and the traffic is. Land referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article that is, until the date of enactment of this Act, on the basis of Act as urban construction land in state ownership, it remains in state property, unless a special law provides otherwise. For part of the land as an urban building land provided by the decision of the Assembly municipality or town or city of Belgrade, which, until the entry into force of this law, not detained purposes in whole or greater part, and does not make urban and functional integral part of the public construction land, at the request of previous
owners, or its legal followers, establishes a regime of property that was before the entry into force of the determination of the land as urban construction sites, under conditions and procedure established by this law. Request to adopt a solution on the establishment of the regime of property referred to in paragraph 4 of this article, an earlier owner or his legal successor shall submit to the competent municipal administration within two years from the date of the decision on the determination of building land for public construction land. By final solution referred to in paragraph 5 of this article, which was adopted earlier request of the owner, or his legal successor, an executive title for the entry corresponding changes in the public books of record of immovable property and rights to them. Article 80 Municipality takes care of the rational use of land and other construction may make program editing this land, especially for the construction of larger zones anticipated regulatory the plan. Other construction land municipalities can obtain, edit, leased or alienated, in accordance with the law. Article 81 Other undeveloped construction land in state ownership can be leased, for construction, public auction or solicitation of offers vacancies. In the case referred to in paragraph 1 above, the land is leased to a
person who offered the most favorable conditions, or the maximum amount of rent for the land. Other undeveloped building land can be leased to direct negotiations, the case: 1) construction of facilities for carrying out the responsibilities of state agencies and organizations, agencies and organizations of units of territorial autonomy and local self-government and organizations that perform public service operating funds of stateowned and other facilities are state-owned; 2) leasing land to the owner of the existing building constructed without a building permit, to obtain approval for construction, if construction of this facility in accordance with the conditions provided in urban planning; 3) corrections to adjacent cadastral boundaries, and building lots. The procedure, conditions, method and program of leasing the rest of undeveloped building public land, governing municipalities. Article 82 The granting of construction other unsettled public land is leased, it is concluded the contract between the municipality and the company or other organization referred to in Article 72 Paragraph 3 of this law and the person to whom the land is leased, within 30 days of the decision on granting land on lease. The contract referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall contain in particular information on the building plot, purpose and size facility, the amount of rent, the lease term, time and method of
payment for editing land, within which the person to whom the land is leased land should be brought purposes, and the rights and obligations in the event of default. If it remained undeveloped building land in state ownership was given on lease violation provisions of this Act, a participant tendering and bidding, which believes that he is so injured the right, may bring an action for annulment of the contract competent court within eight days of learning of the conclusion of the contract, and no Within 60 days of signing the contract. The right of using other building lot Article 83 The owners, whose facilities are up to the date of entry into force of this Act, constructed in accordance with law built on other construction land in state ownership, have the right utilization of the existing building lots until the building there. Article 84 On the other undeveloped construction land in state-owned right of use has previous owner, the legal heir, as well as the persons to whom the former owner transferred the right use, in accordance with the law. Previous owner referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be considered a person who is the current regulations were its owner on the date of entry into force of the nationalization of rental buildings and construction sites ("Official Gazette FPRY" no. 52/58, 3 / 59, 24/59 and 24/61), Law on definition of building land in cities and towns of an urban character ("Official Gazette
SFRY ", No. 5 / 68), and of the definition of building land in cities and settlements of urban character ("Official Gazette of SRS", no. 32/68, 17/69, 29/69, 19/71, 16/72, 24/73 and 39/73). Upon request for a determination of rights under paragraph 1 above, the resolution issued by the competent municipal Administration. The right of use referred to in paragraph 1 of this article is in circulation. Overs on the turnover of the contract rights of use shall be made on the basis pravnosnanog solutions from paragraph 3 of this article. Article 85 Previous owner who, before the entry into force of this Act, has acquired the right more important construction a facility is built, may submit a request for setting pravnosnanog solutions, in accordance with the law, to exercise the rights under Article 84 of this Law. Termination of rights of use of building land Article 86 Persons who, before the entry into force of this law, given the use of building Public Land for the construction of the building, which had not begun construction in accordance with law, and which expired three years from the date of allocation of construction land, ceases right of use of building land, if within one year from the date of effect of this law, do not start in the further period of one year does not finish building the facility. Persons who, before the entry into force of this law, given the use of building Public Land for the construction of the building, which had not begun
construction in accordance with law, and which has not expired term of three years from the date of allocation of construction land, terminating the right of use of building land, if within one year from the date of entry into force of this law, do not start in the further period of two years does not finish building the facility. Persons who, before the entry into force of this law, given the use of building Public Land, which began construction in accordance with the Act, the right of use of building land, if within two years from the date of entry into force of this law, do not complete the construction of the facility. Persons referred to in paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of this Article may continue to use land on the basis of contracts lease to be concluded in accordance with the law. Legal persons who, by decision of the competent authorities, the beneficiary of the construction public land that is brought purposes until the entry into force of this Law, the right of use if the modification of planning documents has changed significantly Purpose of land. The provisions of paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of this Article shall not apply to the construction site which was given to use for construction of residential and commercial properties for resettlement, or for editing of building land on which it provided for the construction of facilities for which the meaning of the regulations on expropriation establishes the general interest. At the request of previous owners, or its legal successor, the ponitie
by final solution to the exclusion of urban construction land from his holdings, if users of urban construction land does not bring the same purposes for which the land is exempt, within one year from the date of enactment of this Act. The solution for the termination of rights to use land in the case referred to in paragraphs 1, 2, 3 and 5 of this Article shall relevant municipal and city governments. Against the decisions referred to in paragraph 8 of this Article may be appealed to the ministry in charge of Economy and Finance, within 15 days of delivery solutions. Against the decisions of the Ministry under paragraph 9 of this Article shall not be subject to an administrative dispute. Article 87 Natural and legal persons who have become users of undeveloped building land in the state Owned by the entry into force of this Act, and which is established right of use of Article 84 of this Law, shall have the right to use the land until his arrest purposes. Termination of rights of use is determined by a decision by the competent local government. In the case of paragraph 2 of this Article, remuneration for the deprived of the right of use of undeveloped construction sites shall be determined under the regulations on expropriation. V Construction of buildings Approval for construction Article 88 Building construction is done on the basis of approval for the construction and the technical documentation for construction.
The technical documentation referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be prepared as a general project, conceptual project, the project, performative, projects and projects built building. Responsibility for issuing permits for construction Article 89 Approval for construction of facilities issued by the ministry in charge of construction (in hereinafter: Ministry), unless otherwise provided by law. Delegated to the autonomous province of issuance for the construction of certain facilities in paragraph 4 that the whole building in the territory of autonomous provinces. Delegated to the municipality or town or city of Belgrade, the issuance of a construction of buildings that are not specified in paragraph 4. Ministry issues a permit for construction of facilities including: 1) high dam and the reservoir filled with water, tailings or ash that is required technical surveillance devices; 2) nuclear facilities and other buildings used for energy production, nuclear fuel, radioisotopes, radiation, storage of radioactive waste materials for scientific research purposes; 3) facilities for the production and refining of oil and gas, international and trunk pipelines and pipeline transportation, pipeline nominal working natpritiska over 16 bar if you go across territory for at least two municipalities, storage of oil, gas and petroleum products with a capacity exceeding 500 tons of trunk and regional toplodalekovoda; 4) facilities and manufacturing base of chemical industry, ferrous and
nonferrous metallurgy, facilities for leather and fur, rubber processing facilities, facilities for the manufacture of pulp and paper facilities for processing non-metallic minerals; 5) hydroelectric power more than 10 MVA, thermal power 10 MVA and above the line and substation voltage of 110 kV or more; 6) inter-regional and regional water supply and sanitation facilities, urban systems Water supply and waste water channeling, as well as water treatment plants; 7) regulation works to protect the high water of urban areas and rural area larger than 300 ha; 8) facilities within the boundaries of national parks, cultural property of national and international significance and objects in their protected environment, and other goods protected by national and international significance, in accordance with law; 9) Plant and equipment for waste disposal by incineration and chemical processes; 10) the facilities for production, storage and disposal of hazardous materials and storage and destruction of hazardous substances and wastes, which has the property of hazardous substances; 11) the airport for public air transportation; 12) Mechanized freight and public passenger port; 13) of trunk and regional roads, travel facilities and traffic connections to the main and regional roads; 14) public railway infrastructure and terminals; 15) telecommunications facilities in communication systems which are
the main international importance and telecommunications facilities that are built on the territory of two or more municipalities, up with the main facilities; 16) regulation of works on waterways; 17) of navigable canals and locks that are not part of the hydropower system. Article 90 Building construction and performance of individual papers can be accessed without the prior obtaining approval for construction if the building is being built just before the onset or During natural disasters, as well as to eliminate the harmful consequences of these disasters, immediately after their occurrence, as in case of war or of imminent danger. The building referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article may remain as permanent if the investor obtains approval for construction within six months from the termination of the circumstances that caused his construction. An application for a permit to build Article 91 With the request for approval for the construction shall be submitted to: 1) an excerpt from the urban plan or act on urban conditions, which is not older than six months; 2) preliminary design complies with the extract or the act referred to in item 1) of this paragraph; 3) Proof of ownership or lease of the building land or real property the property or right to use the empty construction site, and the solution Article 84 of this Law;
4) other evidence of the urban plan or act on urban conditions. For objects for which permission to construct issued by the Ministry and the autonomous provinces, with a request under paragraph 1 of this Article, shall be submitted to the audit report to the Commission under Article 110 of this the law. Preliminary Design Article 92 Preliminary design includes, in particular: situational plan; drawings that define the object in space (Bases, characteristic Preseka, apparently);-purpose facility; technical description of the planned investment value of the property. Opportunistic plan Article 93 Opportunistic plan includes: 1) the length of certain sides of building plots; 2) height dimensions of the existing land leveling; 3) regulation and the building line and the position and number of storeys of the building; 4) the position and numbers of adjacent land parcels and buildings, and street name. Contents of permits for construction Article 94 Approval for construction shall include, in particular, the following information: an object whose construction is approved; documentation according to which the permit is issued for the construction and documentation that is required prepared prior to the commencement of the works or building construction; the period of validity construction, as well as other information. Approval for construction issued by the solution, within 15 days of the
filing of a proper application for a permit to build. An integral part of the solution is a preliminary design and an excerpt from urban plan, and act on urban conditions. The minister responsible for construction closer to prescribe the content and manner of issuance approval for construction. Article 95 On appeal the decision of local government is adopted pursuant to this Act, solves The Ministry. Autonomous province delegated the resolution of the appeal against the Trial solutions for donetog construction of buildings that are built on the territory of autonomous provinces. City of Belgrade confides to resolve the appeal against the Trial solutions for donetog construction and reconstruction of up to 800 m2 of gross floor area and the conversion of common premises in a residential or commercial property in the territory of Belgrade. Validity of permits for construction Article 96 Approval for construction shall cease to apply if you do not start with building construction, or execution of works, within two years from the date of the final approval for construction. Construction of buildings and works which do not require approval for construction Article 97 Construction of auxiliary buildings, works on building and maintaining the investment works
to remove barriers to disabled persons, shall be made on the basis of preliminary design. Renovation and rehabilitation of the facility shall be based on the main project. Construction of buildings and works specified in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article shall be based on the application. Ongoing maintenance of the facility shall be made upon application to which the application is a list of works. With the application of paragraph 3 of this Article shall be conceptual or main project and the proof of the right property or right to use the facility. To work out in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article on the objects of cultural and historical importance and facilities for that pre renovation or reconstruction must develop conservation requirements, shall be submitted and approval authority, or organization responsible for the protection of cultural monuments in conceptual or main project. Change-purpose building, or parts of the building, no works shall be carried out on the basis of the application. Application referred to in paragraphs 3, 4 and 7 of this article confirms the authority to issue permits for construction in within seven days. If the authority responsible for issuing permits for construction determines that the application is submitted documentation or evidence to be submitted with the application, or to change the purpose of paragraph 7 this article in accordance with the zoning plan or the works specified in the application need a permit to build, it shall inform investors without delay, and no later than seven days from the date of filing.
Installation of prefabricated buildings Article 98 Setting small prefabricated buildings on public land (kiosks, summer garden, moving counters, etc.) provides the governing municipality or town or city of Belgrade. To create technical documentation for setting up facilities referred to in paragraph 1 shall not apply the requirements of this law. Previous work Article 99 Before the start of the technical documentation for construction of the building for which permission to construct issued by the Ministry or the autonomous province, carried out preliminary work on the basis of whose results are made pre-feasibility study and feasibility study. Previous work, depending on the type and characteristics of the facility, include: research and development analyzes and projects and other professional materials; obtain data which are analyzed and elaborate geological, geotechnical, surveying, hydrology, meteorology, urban development, technical, technological, economic, energy, seismic, water management and traffic conditions, conditions of protection Fire and the environment, as well as other conditions affect the construction and use of a particular object. Pre-feasibility study Article 100 Pre-feasibility study includes a general project. Managing a project includes in particular information on: macro location of the facility; the general disposition of the facility;
technical-technological concept of the object, how security guards infrastructure possible spatial variations and technical solutions in terms of fitting into the space, natural conditions, evaluate impacts on the environment; investigation works for preparation of preliminary design; protection of natural and immovable cultural property; functionality and rationality solutions. Feasibility study Article 101 Feasibility study includes a preliminary design. Preliminary design referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, in addition to the data referred to in Article 92 of this Act, and includes in particular information: the micro-location facility, technical, technological and operational characteristics facility; preliminary budget stability and security of the facility; the solution foundations of the building; technical-technological and organizational elements of building construction, measures to prevent or reduce negative impacts on the environment, the solution ideological infrastructure uporednoj analysis of variant technical solutions in terms of locations and soil characteristics, functionality, stability, consider the impact on the environment, natural and cultural estates, rational development and exploitation, the amount of costs of construction, transportation, maintenance, security guards and other energy costs. Authorization for preparation of a pre-feasibility study and feasibility study Article 102
Preparation of a pre-feasibility study and feasibility studies may be performed by the company, or other legal entity that is registered with the appropriate registry for carrying out activities design and engineering, and who meets the requirements in terms of personnel and other conditions established for companies that produce technical documentation for that object type. The main project Article 103 The main project is made for the purpose of constructing the facility in accordance with approval for construction. The main project includes in particular: 1) geotechnical data and other necessary investigative work; 2) elaboration of the technological characteristics of the facility with equipment and installations; 3) calculation of structures, stability and security of the facility; 4) information necessary surveying work; 5) solution for building foundations; 6) technical infrastructure solution with the method of connection and arrangement of free surfaces; 7) the requirements of protection of neighboring buildings; 8) predmer and quote. At the request of investors, the authorized organization or by an authorized company is obliged to Within 15 days of submitting a request to submit all technical and other data for connecting buildings to the infrastructure. Performing project Article 104 Performing project is made for the purpose of carrying out works on a major construction project, if not
includes the elaboration of detail required for the works. The project built building Article 105 The project built building is made for the purpose of obtaining use permits, use and maintenance facility. The project built building is made for all objects for which the provisions of this Act obtain approval for construction. The project built facility is a major project with modifications made in the course of building construction, and that are in compliance with issued permits to build. In the event that during construction of the facility is not odstupljeno of the main project, the investor and the contractor papers confirm the overavaju on the main project that is built status as projected state. Article 106 The minister responsible for construction closer to the prescribed methodology and procedure implementation of projects for construction of facilities referred to in Article 89, paragraph 4 of this Act, the content and scope previous papers, the contents and methods of preparing pre-feasibility study, the study justification and documentation, and requirements for planning and designing facilities for disabled and handicapped persons. Preparation of technical documentation Article 107 The technical documentation for construction of facilities may be made to the corporation, or other legal entity, or an outlet, which are registered in the appropriate register for the development of technical
the documentation. The technical documentation for construction of facilities for which approval is issued for construction Ministry or autonomous region that makes the company can, or else legal entity that is registered in the register to create technical documentation for the type of facilities and having employed persons with a license for the responsible design engineer who has appropriate professional results in creating technical documentation for the type and purpose of objects. Professional results, within the meaning of paragraph 2 of this Article shall be the person who prepared or participated in making, or in the exercise of technical control of technical documentation on which the facilities built and types and purposes. Compliance with the requirements of paragraph 2 of this Article shall be determined by the Minister of Construction, the proposed expert committee established by the. On the proposal of the Commission under paragraph 4 of this Article, the Minister of Construction will bring solution to the abrogation of an act of compliance with conditions (license), if a further checking determines that the corporation, or other legal entity does not meet the prescribed requirements of paragraph 2 of this Article, even if the subsequent checking determines that the license was issued on based on inaccurate and false information. The technical documentation signed by the chief designer. The costs of determining compliance with the requirements of paragraph 4 of this Article shall be borne by the applicant for determination of conditions. The amount of the expenses referred to in paragraph 7 of this Article
shall be determined by the Minister of Construction. The minister responsible for construction closer to prescribe the manner, procedure and contents data for determining compliance with the requirements of paragraph 4, and the conditions for withdrawal the license. Article 108 In the preparation of technical documentation can not participate person who is employed in a company that is authorized to determine some of the conditions under which it develops technical documentation. In the preparation of technical documentation are not able to participate face to supervise the application of provisions of this Act. The company that performs utility sector can be made to the technical documentation for construction of facilities that will be used to carry out their activities. The organization conducting the activity of the protection of cultural goods can be made to the technical documentation to take technical measures to protect immovable cultural property. The responsible engineer Article 109 Responsible designer may be faced with a university degree in the appropriate discipline and Brown and licensed for design. License to a responsible designer can acquire the face with a high degree appropriate discipline or directions, state exam and at least three experience with professional results in creating technical documentation and with the recommendation of at least two responsible design engineer or engineering chamber.
Professional results for the designer, in terms of paragraph 2 of this article, consider the results achieved in managing the development and cooperation on the development of at least two projects. Audit of projects Article 110 Managing the project and preliminary design, preliminary feasibility studies and feasibility studies for objects referred to in Article 89, paragraph 4 of this Act, subject to audit (professional control) by the Commission formed by the Minister of Construction (hereinafter: Audit Commission). Audit Commission under paragraph 1 of this Article, for the technical control facilities under Article 89, paragraph 4, items. 11) - 17) of this Act, the minister responsible for educating the proposed construction the Minister of Transport and Telecommunications. Audit Commission under paragraph 1 of this article for the technical control facilities under Article 89, paragraph 4, items. 1) 10) of this law in the whole building in the territory of autonomous provinces formed by the Minister responsible for construction on the proposal of the Provincial Secretary in charge of of construction. Technical control checks the concept of object in particular from the point: Benefits location in relation to the type and purpose of the facility; conditions of building construction in terms of implementation measures Environment, seismological, geotechnical, traffic and other conditions; security guards energy requirements in relation to the planned type of energy, technological
characteristics of the facility; technological and organizational solutions for the construction of the facility; modernity technical solution and compliance with development programs in this area, as well as other stipulated conditions of construction. Audit Commission report submitted to the investor with a proposal of measures that the investor is obliged to application of solutions in terms of paragraph 3 in the preparation of the main project. Audit costs paid by the investor. The amount of the expenses referred to in paragraph 6 of this Article shall be determined by the Minister of Construction. Inspection Article 111 The main project is subject to technical control. Technical control of the main project can be done to the corporation, or other legal entity that meets the requirements for the development of technical documentation required by law and designated by the investor. Technical control of the main project can not be made responsible to the designer who created the project, or who is employed by the company that developed the project or company that has the investor. Inspection of the main project includes in particular checking: compliance with the approval of construction, the project's alignment with the results of previous research (previous works); assessing the appropriate basis for foundation of structures, checking the correctness and accuracy tehnikotehnolokih solutions to building solutions and construction of structures, stability and security;
rationality of projected materials; impact on the environment and neighboring buildings; compliance with laws and regulations, technical norms, standards and norms quality, as well as the mutual alignment of all parts of the technical documentation. Inspection of the main project for the construction of facilities referred to in Article 89, paragraph 4 of this Act includes checking compliance with the proposal of measures from the audit commission report. In the event that the period of the completed technical control of the main project to start construction object changes the technical regulations, standards and quality norms, the project is being agreed with these changes and are subject to re-technical control. The costs of technical control of the main project paid by the investor. Technical documents have been prepared in accordance with regulations of other countries, subject to technical control which checks compliance and documentation with the law and other regulations; standards, technical norms and quality norms. About making the technical control of the main project consists of a report signed by the responsible designer and the correctness of the main project is confirmed to the project. Report on completed technical control shall be submitted and Engineering Association. The minister responsible for construction closer to the prescribed conditions, the manner and process of professional and technical control of technical documentation. Keeping the technical documentation Article 112
The authority responsible for issuing permits for construction, permanently keeps a copy of the original documentation based on the permit was issued for the building, or a copy of the technical documentation for the construction of this facility. Construction Preliminary work Article 113 If prior to the commencement of construction carried out preparatory works (works that precede the construction of the facility and refer in particular to: the construction and installation of facilities and installations for temporary purposes of the works; securing space for delivery of construction materials and accommodation and other works that ensures the safety of adjacent buildings, renovation of facilities and Ensuring the smooth unfolding of traffic and use of the surrounding area), the investor is required to perform these works report to the competent authority of the municipality. With the application of paragraph 1 shall be submitted to project preparatory work and approval of the construction. The authority referred to in paragraph 1 above, the project preparatory work, confirmed receipt of documentation, or evidence to be submitted with the application papers. The project preparatory work, subject to technical control. The project preparatory work can be made to the corporation, or other legal entity that under the provisions of this law can creates technical documentation for construction. Start of the works referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article investor is
obliged to notify the authority that is issued a permit for construction. Sign commencement of works Article 114 The investor is obliged to eight days prior to the commencement of building construction report to the appointing authority issuance of a building contractor name, start of works and completion of construction. With the application of paragraph 1 of this Article, an investor submits a major project with the confirmation of the reports on performed technical inspection, approval for the construction of proof on the regulation of relations in terms of payment for construction land and proof of payment of administrative fees. The authority referred to in paragraph 1 above, the main project, within eight days of receipt documentation referred to in paragraph 2 of this article, confirm receipt of documentation. If the authority responsible for issuing permits for construction determines that the application starting work has not submitted documentation or evidence to be submitted with the application commencement of work, it shall inform investors without delay and no later than eight days filing the commencement of works. Log in paragraph 1 of this article for facilities referred to in Article 89, paragraph 4, items. 11) - 17) of this Act, the certificate referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article, shall be submitted to the ministry in charge of traffic and of telecommunications. The authority referred to in paragraph 5 of this Article within eight days of receipt of the documentation referred to in paragraph 2 this article, the main project acknowledges receipt of these documents.
The beginning of works for the facilities referred to in Article 89, paragraph 4 of this Law, the investor is obliged to notify the municipal authority responsible for inspection activities. The minister responsible for construction closer to the prescribed contents of the application commencing the execution of the works. Preparation for construction Article 115 Before the start of construction provides the investor: marking building lots, regulation, nivelacionih and building lines, in accordance with the regulations governing the performance of surveying work; visibly marking the appropriate site dashboard showing the data the object being built, chief designer, grant an approval for the construction, the contractor papers, beginning the construction and completion of construction within the building. If construction of the building or works carried out a number of contractors, the investor is required to determine the contractor to be the bearer of rights and obligations of the contractor to provisions of this Act. Contractor Article 116 Construction of buildings or works may be made firm or other legal person or action, which are registered in the appropriate register for the construction of facilities or for works (hereinafter referred to as contractor). Construction of the facility or the works referred to in Article 89, paragraph 4 of this Act may be made company or other legal entity that is registered in the appropriate
register for the construction and object types, or to execute the papers, which have employed persons with a license for responsibility of the contractor and relevant professional results. Appropriate professional results, within the meaning of paragraph 2 of this Article, has the company that built or participated in the construction, types and purposes of buildings, that these papers. Compliance with the requirements of paragraph 2 of this Article shall be determined by the Minister of Construction, the proposed expert committee established by the. The costs of determining compliance with the requirements of paragraph 4 of this Article shall be borne by the applicant for determination of conditions. The amount of the expenses referred to in paragraph 5 of this Article shall be determined by the Minister of Construction The minister responsible for construction closer to prescribe the manner, procedure and contents data for determining compliance with the requirements of paragraph 4, and the conditions for withdrawal the license. Responsible Contractor Article 117 Responsible contractor manages building construction or works. Responsible contractors may be faced with a university degree in the appropriate discipline or directions and licensed to perform work. License to a responsible contractor can acquire a person with higher education appropriate discipline or directions, state exam and at least three experience, with professional results in construction of buildings and with the recommendation of at least two
responsible contractor or engineering chamber. Professional results in construction of the facility, as defined in paragraph 3 of this article, consider the results generated on the construction or management of cooperation in the construction of at least two objects. Construction of housing and auxiliary facilities for their needs and the needs of family members household, as well as the execution of any construction-craft and installation works and works in interior decoration of buildings and grounds, may be managed by a person with completed secondary school and higher education in the appropriate discipline and passed the professional examination. Obligations of the contractor and the responsible contractor Article 118 The Contractor is required to: 1) before the start of construction to sign a major project approved in accordance with Article 114 of this Act; 2) determine the solution of a responsible contractor at the site; 3) Responsible contractor secure a contract on construction and documentation based on which the facility is built. Contractor notifies the authority which issued the approval for construction, and municipal administration on whose territory the facility is constructed, on completion of the foundation. Contractor with a notice under paragraph 2 of this Article shall enclose geodetic survey constructed basis in accordance with the regulations governing the performance of geodetic works. Contractor a written warning investors, and if necessary, the authority
which supervises applying the provisions of this Act, the shortcomings in the technical documentation and the occurrence of unforeseen circumstances that affect the execution of works and application of technical documentation (change of technical regulations, standards and standards of technical quality of the work performed control, the occurrence of archaeological sites, activation of landslides, the emergence of groundwater, etc.). The competent authority shall, within three days of receiving notice under paragraph 2 of this Article shall be conducted control of compliance built the foundation with the main project and issue a written a certificate. Responsible contractors shall be required to: 1) perform work as documented on the basis of the permit was issued for the construction, that is the main project, in accordance with regulations, standards, technical standards and quality standards that apply to certain types of works, installations and equipment; 2) organize the site in a manner which will provide access to the site, ensuring a smooth traffic, the environment for all the duration of construction; 3) ensures the security of the facility, persons who are on the site and its surroundings (neighboring buildings and roads); 4) provides evidence of the quality of your project, and built of materials, installation and equipment; 5) keep building log book and provides the inspection; 6) provides measurements of the geodetic observing the behavior of
soil and the building during construction; 7) provides the facilities and environment in case of interruption of work; 8) to provide construction contract for the construction, the solution to determine the responsible contractor works on site and a major project, and documentation based on which the facility is built. The minister responsible for construction closer to prescribe the content and manner of keeping books inspection and construction diary. Deviations from the project Article 119 If during construction of the facility, due promenjenih circumstances that could not be predicted, must deviate from the documentation which is issued the approval for the construction or the main project, the investor obtains approval for the construction of the izmenjenoj documentation, Recovery Units that perform the main project with the confirmation of the competent authority of its receipt. Deviation, as defined in paragraph 1 of this Article, means any departure from the position, size, Application and forms of buildings identified in the approval for the construction and technical documentation. Technical supervision Article 120 The investor provides expert supervision during building construction or works for the permit was issued for construction. Professional supervision includes: Control whether the construction is done according to the approval for the construction, or towards the project; control and quality inspection of all types of
works and application of regulations, standards and technical norms; check whether there is evidence of quality materials, equipment and installations that are installed, giving instructions to the contractor; cooperation with the designers to security guards detailed technological and organizational solutions for carrying out works and resolving other issues that arise during the execution of works. Professional supervision may be conducted face to meet the conditions stipulated in this Law for responsibility of the designer or the responsible contractor. In carrying out supervision on the building can not participate in persons who are employed in company or other legal entity which the contractor at the facility, persons who carry out inspections, as well as persons working on issuing permits for construction in authority responsible for issuing permits for construction. The minister responsible for construction closer to prescribe the manner and procedure for carrying out expert supervision during the construction of the facility. Technical review of the facility Article 121 The suitability of the building manual establishes the technical inspection. Technical review of the facility shall be made upon completion of construction or any works provided approval for construction and major project, or upon completion of construction part of the object for which it can issue a use permit in accordance with the law.
Technical examination can be carried out simultaneously with the execution of works at the request of investors, if Upon completion of construction of the facility would not be able to make more efficient buildings. The technical inspection includes the inspection of compliance of the works approval for construction and technical documentation based on which the building is built, as well as technical regulations and standards that apply to particular types of work or materials, equipment and installations. Commission for technical inspection Article 122 Technical Overview of facilities under Article 89, paragraph 4 of this Act shall commission established by the Minister responsible for the construction or corporation, or other legal entity which is entrusted performing these tasks and who is enrolled in the appropriate registry for carrying out these tasks. Technical Overview of facilities under Article 89, paragraph 4, items. 11) - 17) of this Law shall be exercised by the Commission educate the minister responsible for construction on the proposal of the Ministry responsible for work traffic and telecommunications, or corporation, or other business entity that is confided to perform these tasks and which is registered in the appropriate registry for carrying out these tasks. Technical review of the facility for which a permit for construction issued by the competent authority of the autonomous province, conducted by the Commission established by that authority or company or other business entity that to entrust the performance of these tasks and which is registered in the register to perform these
Affairs. Technical review of the facility for which a permit for construction issued by the municipal or city Administration, conducted by the Commission established by the Administration, or corporation, or other business entity that to entrust the performance of these tasks and which is registered in the register to perform these Affairs. Technical review of the facility provides the investor, in accordance with the law. Costs of technical examination shall be borne by the investor. Article 123 In carrying out technical reviews may participate person who meets the requirements of this legally responsible for the designer or contractor responsible for this type of of objects. In performing the technical review may not participate persons who are employed by the company or other legal entity which has prepared the technical documentation, or any contractor works with investors, persons who participated in the preparation of technical documentation and in performing works with investors, persons who carry out professional supervision of persons who carry out inspections as and persons working on a permit to build the body responsible for issuance of a building. It can not be carried out technical inspection of the property or its part, even if you approve the use of the facility, or his part, was built without permits for construction and capital projects. Probation
Article 124 If, in order to determine eligibility for use of the facility, must carry out preliminary tests and checks wiring, equipment, facilities, stability and security of the facility, equipment and plants for environmental or other tests, or if so provided by the technical documentation, the Commission for technical inspection, or a company or other business entity that entrusted the performance of technical inspection, at the request of investors, may propose to the competent authority to approve the release of the object in the trial, provided that it finds that are fulfilled Terms and Conditions. Act approving the release of the object in the trial determined the duration of the trial which can not be longer than one year, and obligations of investors to monitor the results of the trial operation, and after the trial to the competent authority to submit data on its results. Commission for technical inspection, or a company or other legal entity person who is entrusted carry out technical inspections, during the trial operation of the facility checked for compliance with requirements issuance of use permits, and upon the expiry of his probation report submitted to the authority Responsible for the issuance of use permits. Use Permit Article 125 The facility can be used by first acquiring permission usefulness. The authority responsible for issuing permits for construction issued Use Permit within
seven days of receipt of the findings which the Commission has determined that the facility is suitable for use only. For objects referred to in Article 89, paragraph 4, items. 11) - 17) of this Code Use Permit issued by the Ministry responsible for transport and telecommunications. Use Permit is issued for the entire facility or part of an object that represents tehnikotehnoloku whole and as such can be used independently or for the construction of that part of the building issued a special permit to build. Use Permit is issued when it is determined that the building or part of the building is suitable for use only. The Use Permit includes a warranty period for the facility and the individual papers by special regulation. The building is suitable for use if: built in accordance with the approval of the construction and technical documentation based on which the building is constructed; safeguarded proof of the quality derivative works, and built of materials, installations and equipment, issued by the authorized organization; made Geodetic Survey facility and if it meets the second prescribed conditions. At the request of investors' authority to issue permits for construction may be formed Expert Committee to continuously monitor the results of observation of soil behavior and the object. The minister responsible for construction closer to prescribe the content and manner of carrying out technical
review, issuance of use permits, building and ground observation during the construction and use and minimum warranty periods for certain types of facilities or works. Maintenance of facilities Article 126 The owner of the object for which it was issued use permit provides the works on investment and ongoing maintenance of the facility as well as regular, emergency and specialist facility, in accordance with special regulations. Article 127 The facility being built, and whose construction completed without the approval of the construction and capital project can not be connected to electrical, thermal energy or telecommunication network, water supply and sewerage. VI exam and LICENSE FOR RESPONSIBLE planers, planner, planner and CONTRACTOR Article 128 Expert exam, which is a requirement to perform certain duties prescribed by this law, taken before a commission established by the minister in charge of urban planning and construction. The minister responsible for urban planning and construction closer to the prescribed requirements, and program methods of expert examination referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article. Article 129 License for Responsible planner, architect and contractor, as well as the responsible planner issued by the Chamber of Engineers in accordance with the law.
The costs of issuing the license referred to in paragraph 1 hereof, shall be borne by the applicant for the issue of licenses. Chamber of Engineers issued a license solution can be seized if it finds that the authorized person nesavesno and improperly performing duties for which a license is issued. Against the decisions referred to in paragraphs 1 and 3 of this Article may be appealed to the minister in charge of urban planning and construction. The minister responsible for urban planning and construction provides more detailed requirements and procedures for issuance and revocation of licenses under paragraph 1 of this Article. VII ENGINEERING Serbian Chamber of Commerce Article 130 In order to improve the conditions for performing professional work in the field of spatial planning and urban planning, design, construction and other areas important for the planning and construction, protection of the general and individual interest in performing tasks in these areas, the organization in providing services in these areas, as well as to achieve other goals established Engineering Chamber of Serbia (hereinafter: the Chamber). Chamber members are engineers architectural, civil, mechanical, electrical, traffic engineers and other technical professions, and graduate spatial planners, who license issued under Article 129, paragraph 1 hereof. The Chamber is a legal entity with headquarters in Belgrade. Article 131 The Association shall perform the following tasks: 1) establishes the rights and duties of a professional and ethical
standards of conduct of members in carrying out Minister of urban planning, design and construction works; 2), determines the conditions for issuing licenses to responsible planners, responsible planners, designers responsible and responsible contractor in accordance with the provisions of this Act; 3) compliance checks issued licenses under regulations of other countries; 4) keep records of persons referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article; 5) to organize courts of honor for the determination of a violation of professional standards and norms (Professional liability), as well as the imposition of measures for the violation; 6) perform other duties in accordance with the law. The organization and manner of performing activities referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be closely regulated by statute and the general acts of the Chamber. At the statutes and general regulations of the Association approved by the ministry responsible for urban planning and construction, following the opinion of the Secretariat responsible for urban planning and construction. Article 132 The bodies of the Chamber are the Assembly, Governing Board, Supervisory Board and the President. The Chamber is organized by stem sections responsible for spatial planners, urban planners, Planners and responsible contractors. The work of stem sections managed by the Executive Board of the section. The Steering Committee consists of President, Vice President, three
representatives of the ministries responsible for of urban planning and construction, and chairmen of executive committees of stem sections. The number, composition, scope and manner of electing the bodies referred to in paragraphs 1, 2, 3 and 4 of this Article shall be determined by statute The Chamber. Article 133 Chambers gets funds for membership fees, fees for determining compliance with requirements for responsible planners, designers, contractors accountable and responsible planners, donations, sponsorships, gifts and other sources in accordance with the law. The Association shall establish the amount of dues and fees for a license under paragraph 1 of this article with obtained the consent of the Minister of Construction. Supervision over the legality of the Chamber made the ministry responsible for urban planning and of construction. VIII demolition Article 134 Municipal and city administration shall order, or odobrie solution, by virtue of office or at the request of an interested person, for the demolition of the building determined that due to deterioration or major damage threatened its stability and that an immediate threat to human health, the neighboring buildings and the safety of traffic. The solution referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article may be made if they had previously resolved issues of accommodation
user facility, except when approved by the demolition of the building at the request of the owner, the holder the right to dispose of the object that this object is used. Appeal the decision of the demolition of the building does not stay the execution of solutions. Municipal Assembly, or city regulates and provides the conditions and measures that need to be implement and provide ongoing demolition of the building which presents an imminent danger to life and human health, the neighboring buildings and the safety of traffic. Article 135 If the municipal or city administration determines that an immediate danger to life and health people, neighboring buildings and the safety of traffic can be removed and reconstructed buildings, it notifies the owner or holder of the right of disposal facilities to undertake the necessary measures in accordance with the law. Decisions to approve the reconstruction of the object under paragraph 1 of this Article shall be period within which the reconstruction work to finish. If the reconstruction of the building is not completed within the set time Municipal or City Administration shall order, or odobrie solution, ex officio or at the request of the person, demolish the building. Article 136 Demolition of buildings referred to in Art. 134 and 135 of this Act may be made to the company, other legal entity or action, which are registered in the appropriate register for the construction of facilities or to perform the works. If the demolition of buildings being built and its construction completed
without the approval of the construction and capital project, executed at the expense of investors, municipal or city government, the demolition of the object performs an enterprise, other legal entity or action, which are registered in the appropriate register for construction of facilities or for the works. Demolition of paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article manages responsible contractor. IX SUPERVISION The inspection supervision Article 137 Supervision over the implementation of the provisions of this Act and the regulations donetih under this Act, conducted by the Ministry in charge of urban planning and construction. Inspection supervision is performed by the competent ministry inspectors within the spheres defined the law. Autonomous province delegated the performing inspections in the field of urban planning at Territory of autonomous provinces and the construction of buildings for which approval is issued for construction under this Act. Municipality or town or city of Belgrade, delegated to perform inspections the construction of facilities for which issue permits for construction on the basis of this law. Urban Affairs inspectors can perform Architect or construction, which has at least three years of professional experience and passed the examination and who meets all other requirements prescribed by law. The tasks of building inspectors can carry out a graduate civil engineer
or architecture, which has at least three years of professional experience and passed the examination and who meets all other requirements prescribed by law. Inspection tasks that have the legally entrusted to the municipality may carry out a person who has a higher academic degree or construction architectural profession and at least three years of professional experience and passed the examination and that meets all other requirements prescribed by law. The minister responsible for urban planning and construction closer to prescribe the form and content legitimation of urban, building inspector and surveyor. The rights and duties of zoning inspector Article 138 In carrying out the inspection, zoning inspector checks whether: 1) the corporation, or other legal entity that creates spatial and urban plans or performs other duties stipulated by this law, a person who performs work meets the prescribed conditions; 2) a plan relating to the organization, planning and interior design created and promulgated in accordance with laws and regulations issued there under law; 3) the act on urban conditions, an excerpt from the urban planning and urban design, built and issued in accordance with this Law; 4) the preliminary design, the basis of which the permit was issued for the construction, manufactured in accordance with extract from the urban plan or urban plan or act on urban conditions; 5) to change the situation in the area carried out in accordance with
this Act and the regulations issued there under the law. The company, or other legal entity that creates spatial and urban plans or carries out other duties specified by this law, a company or person who made the changes in space, as well as relevant municipal and city authorities are obliged to provide zoning inspector full and free access to the available documentation. Powers zoning inspector Article 139 In carrying out the inspection, zoning inspector is empowered to undertake the following measures: 1) to prohibit the solution further development of regional and urban development plan, if it finds that company or other legal entity that creates a spatial and urban plan does not meet conditions prescribed by law; 2) to order that the solution of the municipal or city government annulment of acts of urban conditions, extracts from urban planning and urban design, within a period not longer than 15 days, if it finds that these acts are not in accordance with the law or plan; 3) to initiate proceedings for the approval of the construction on the basis of official controls, if establishes that the preliminary design based on which permit was issued for the construction is not made in accordance with the urban plan or act on urban conditions; 4) notify the competent authority or competent inspectors and to take other measures to
that is empowered, if he determines that the changes in the state space are not made in accordance with this Law and regulations issued there under law; 5) notify the authority responsible for making spatial and urban planning and Suggest a minister in charge of urban planning institute proceedings for the assessment of legality plan, if it finds that the spatial and urban plan is issued in accordance with the law or the process by which lead to it is not administered in the manner prescribed by law; 6) to promptly notify the minister responsible for urban planning, if it finds that the authority jurisdiction to make the urban plan is not brought within the prescribed period the spatial and zoning plan or the decision to determine which parts of the urban plan is not in accordance with the provisions of this Act and plans donetih under this Act. In the case referred to in paragraph 1, item 1 of this Article, the corporation, or other legal entity may continue with the development of urban documentation when you remove the established irregularities and in writing notify the inspector who has brought a solution to ban production of these documents, the inspector determines that irregularities have been removed. The rights and duties of building inspector Article 140 Building inspector in the exercise of inspection checks whether: 1) the corporation, or other legal entity or action that builds a building, or a person exercising supervision, or persons performing certain tasks in the
design or construction of facilities, meet the prescribed requirements; 2) Is the facility being built, or for works approval was issued for construction; 3) the start of building construction or works reported in the prescribed manner; 4) the site is marked in the prescribed manner; 5) the facility is built according to the approval for the construction and capital project; 6) work was carried out or materials, equipment and installations which are incorporated under the laws and prescribed standards, technical norms and standards of quality; 7) the contractor to take measures for the security of the building, adjacent buildings, traffic, environment and environmental protection; 8) on the house which is built or constructed, there are weaknesses that jeopardize the security its use and the environment; 9) lead contractor building log book and inspection in the prescribed manner; 10) in the course of construction and use of prescribed exercise facility monitoring and maintenance of the facility; 11) for the facility that is used use permit was issued; 12) a use permit issued in the prescribed manner; 13) performs other tasks stipulated by law or regulation issued there under the law. Building inspector is authorized to supervise the use of facilities and to undertake measures if found to be using the facility endanger human life and human health, safety environment, endangers the environment and if nenamenskim using affects the stability and
security of the facility. Powers of building inspector Demolition Article 141 In carrying out the inspection building inspector is authorized to: 1) order the solution of the demolition of the building if the building is constructed or its construction completed without approval for the construction and application start of construction or construction works, and capital projects; 2) order the suspension solution works and set a deadline that can not be longer than 30 days obtaining approval for new construction, or Recovery Units existing capital project, if the building is not built according to building permit, and the main project, and if the investor fails to obtain approval to build or not to amend the main project, to order solution demolish the building or its part; 3) order the solution of the demolition of the building or its part if the construction continued, that works even after the adoption of solutions on the suspension of works. The solution of the destruction refers to the parts of objects that are not described in the solution of the destruction and the resulting after compiling zabelebe and make a whole building. Suspension of works Article 142 When the building inspector in performing the inspection finds that: 1) in the course of construction does not take measures for the security of the building, transport, environment and protection environment, naredie solution to the investor or contractor measures to eliminate
deficiencies, the period of their execution, as well as the suspension of further execution of the works until These measures would be applied, under the threat of compulsory execution against the investor, or contractors; 2) work performed, or materials, equipment and installations that are installed do not match law and regulation standards, technical norms and quality norms obustavie solution still works until they rectify the shortcomings identified; 3) the site is marked in the prescribed manner, and obtained written confirmation built the foundations of compliance with the main project, it shall order the suspension of works and the solution determine the deadline for removal of defects, which can not be longer than three days. Ban Article 143 If a building inspector in the exercise of the inspection finds that: 1) the corporation, or other organization or entity that has been entrusted the exercise of professional supervision of building construction or works do not meet the prescribed requirements, banned solution still works to meet the requirements; 2) the property being built or was built, there are deficiencies that constitute immediate danger to the stability and security of the building and its surroundings and life and health, banned the use of the solution of the object or its part until they rectify the shortcomings identified; 3) the object for which the permit was issued for construction uses no use permit, naredie
investors obtain use permits within the time limit shall be not less than 30 nor more than 90 days, and if the investor does not obtain in a given period will bring a solution on the Prohibition of use the facility; 4) the use of the facility endangers human life and health, safety or environmental endangers the environment, it shall order the performance of necessary work, or to prohibit the use of building or part of the building. Command Article 144 When the building inspector in performing the inspection finds that during construction, or the use of the facility does not perform required monitoring, and maintenance of the facility, naredie solution to the investor and the contractor, or to object to the perceived irregularities removed. Article 145 Solution of art. 139, 141, 142 and 143 of the zoning laws and building inspector submitted to the Chamber. Article 146 In the process of making a solution, or orders referred to in Art. 141, 142, 143 and 144 delivery will be regarded as an orderly handing investor or contractor or courier to the address investor or contractor, or nailing to the door of investors or contractors or handing in work premises investor or contractor, or hill of the facility that is
constructed or used, and what the inspector finds Imprint of the time and place of delivery. Konstatovanje cases referred to in Art. 141, 142, 143 and 144 Imprint inspector made the decisions, Orders confirmed by his signature. The Imprint will enter all relevant information about the day, place and type of facility as well as the names of investors or contractors if it is known, and if an action will be taken against an unknown person. Later occurrence of investor or contractor, or changes to the side of the same does not interrupt the proceedings or extending deadlines. Article 147 On the solution of urban development, or building inspector may be appealed within 15 days of receipt of the settlement. Autonomous province delegated the resolution of the appeal against the Trial Solutions donetog in inspection procedures in the field of construction of buildings that are built on the territory autonomous regions. An appeal from the decision of paragraph 1 shall not stay the execution of solutions. Article 148 In performing inspection supervision, surveying the inspector is empowered to, if it determines that the data from zoning and other plans and projects transferred to the field against the law, order solution taking measures to remedy deficiencies and notify the zoning and building Inspector General.
X PENALTIES Criminal acts Article 149 Entrepreneur who is the contractor or responsible person in the legal entity which the contractor to facility being built without permits for construction and capital projects, shall be punished for a crime imprisonment up to one year (Article 88). An individual who is an investor or a responsible person in the legal entity which the investor is the object that is built without permits for construction and capital projects, shall be punished by imprisonment for a criminal offense to three years (Article 88). Article 150 An individual who is connected or responsible person of the legal entity that allows the connection of the building, which is built or constructed without approval for the construction and capital projects, to power, thermal energy or telecommunication network, water supply and sewage systems shall be imposed for criminal offense by imprisonment not exceeding three years (Article 127). Economic crime Article 151 A fine from 50,000 to 450,000 dinars shall be imposed for an economic crime or company other legal entity, which is an investor, if: 1) development of technical documentation entrusted the company or other organization that does not meets the prescribed conditions (Article 107); 2) control of technical documentation entrusted the company or other legal entity which does not meets the prescribed conditions (Article 111);
3) Does not provide exercise supervision of the construction of the facility (Article 120); 4) proceed with the works, and after passing a solution of their termination (Article 142). For economic offense referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the responsible person in the company, or another organization or other legal entity, which is an investor, a fine of 10,000 to 30,000 dinars. Article 152 A fine from 50,000 to 450,000 dinars shall be imposed for an economic crime or company other legal entity that builds a facility, if: 1) build the building without the approval of the construction and capital project or performed works contrary to the technical documentation based on which the building is being built (Article 88); 2) acts contrary to the provisions of Article 118 paragraphs 1-6 of this Code; 3) continue with building the facility after the adoption of solutions on the suspension of construction (Article 142). For economic offense referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the responsible person in a company or other legal entity that builds and runs works fine 10000-30000 dinars. Violations Article 153 A pecuniary fine of 50.000 to 400,000 dinars shall be imposed on a company or other legal entity that is authorized to determine the specific requirements for building construction and renovation space, as well as technical information for connection to the
infrastructure, if not submitted within the prescribed within the required information and requirements for urban development plan (Art. 48, 103 and 169). For the offense referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the responsible person in a company or other legal face a fine of 10,000 to 20,000 dinars. Article 154 A pecuniary fine of 50.000 to 400,000 dinars shall be imposed on a company or other legal entity that creates urban documentation, or perform other tasks specified in this law, failing to allow zoning inspector full and free access to the available documents (Article 138). For the offense referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the responsible person in a company or other legal face a fine of 10,000 to 20,000 dinars. Article 155 A fine fine between 10.000 and 400,000 dinars shall be imposed on the corporation, or other organizations, or other legal entity that builds a facility, if: 1) specifies a person who manages the building construction or works or, if determined person who does not meet the prescribed conditions (Article 117 and 118); 2) does not lead to building log (Article 118); 3) fails to notify the competent authority on completion of the foundation (Article 118); 4) a written warning is not an investor or a person who supervises the application of the provisions of this Act deficiencies in the technical documentation (Article 118). For the offense referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the
responsible person in a company or other legal a person who builds a building, a fine 5000-20000 dinars. Article 156 Fined 5000-20000 dinars or imprisonment not exceeding 30 days shall be imposed for imposed on the responsible official of the competent administrative authority if: 1) fails to deliver in a timely manner the necessary information and facilities for the urban development plan (Article 48); 2) issue a permit for construction in violation of this Act and the regulations issued there under this Law (Article 94); 3) the main plan fails to acknowledge receipt of documentation or evidence to be submitted with the application commencement of work (Article 114); 4) Use Permit issued in contravention of the regulations (Article 125); 5) does not publish an excerpt from the zoning plan, act on urban conditions, approval for the construction, or Use Permit within the prescribed time limit (Art. 56, 57, 94 and 125); 6) Do not take the prescribed measures in carrying out the inspection (Article 138 and 139); 7) Do not allow the zoning or building inspector a full and free access to the available documentation (Art. 138 and 140); 8) fails to notify the owner of the conditions for issuance of a building (Article 160); 9) Do not organize a public presentation of the urban project (Article 61). For repeated violation of paragraph 1 or when the offense was committed from the material
interest, the perpetrator will be subject to fine and imprisonment for up to 30 days. Article 157 A fine from 10,000 to 20,000 dinars shall be imposed on the inspector who cases referred to in Art. 140, 141, 142, 143 and 144 does not adopt a solution that does not issue the command primeren period which can not be longer than seven days after learning of the cases referred to in Art. 140, 141, 142, 143 and 144 For repeated violation of paragraph 1 or when the offense was committed from the material interest, the perpetrator will be subject to fine and imprisonment for up to 30 days. Article 158 Fined 5000-20000 dinars or imprisonment not exceeding 30 days shall be imposed for imposed a citizen if he continues with the construction or use of property after the adoption solutions on the suspension of construction, or on the prohibition of its use (Art. 142 and 143). For repeated violation of paragraph 1 or when the offense was committed from the material interest, the perpetrator will be subject to fine and imprisonment for up to 30 days. Article 159 Fined 5000-20000 dinars shall be imposed on a person who has established action to carry out activities of technical documentation preparation and conduct of operations against provisions of this law (Article 107). XI TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS
Article 160 The owner of the building constructed or reconstructed without a building permit is required to within six months from the date of entry into force of this report municipal or the city administration building whose construction or reconstruction was completed without a building the license. With the application of paragraph 1 shall be submitted to: 1) Proof of ownership or lease of the building land or real property the property or right to use the empty construction site, and the solution Article 84 of this Law. 2) geodetic survey with the sketch of land, buildings and surface facilities. Upon expiration of the period referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the municipal or city authority within which it can not be longer than 60 days notify the owner or property investor on the conditions for issuance approval for construction, or the documentation that is required to accompany the application. Article 161 The owner of the building constructed or reconstructed without a building permit within 60 days of receipt of notice under Article 160, paragraph 3 of this Act, the request for issuance approval for the construction attaches particular: 1) project built building; 2) Proof of ownership or lease of the building land or real property the property or right to use the empty construction site, and the solution Article 84 of this Law;
3) evidence on the regulation of mutual relations with the agency or a body governed by building land. When the municipal and city authorities determined that the facility is used, that is, objects whose the construction was completed without a building permit, meet the prescribed requirements for construction and use, approval for the construction of the Use Permit may be issued a solution. Article 162 If the owner of the building constructed or reconstructed without a building permit does not report facility within the Article 160 of this Act, or fails to submit a request for approval for construction within the Article 161 of this Act, municipal and city authorities will issue the solution to demolish the building or part of the building. Article 163 If the owner of the building constructed without a building permit or building that is used without use permit does not obtain approval to build or Use Permit within 30 days after the deadline referred to in Article 161 of this law, is obliged to pay compensation for the use of construction land in the amount hundredfold the amount prescribed by an act establishing the municipalities fee for the use of building land on which the building was constructed on the basis of building permits or approvals for construction, or whose real property registered in public records under special regulations, which are used based on the use permit. Article 164
If the municipal or city government, bring the solution to demolish the building referred to in Article 162 of this law, the owner built without a building permit shall pay a fee for use of of building land referred to in Article 163 of this Act from the date of execution until the solution to demolish the building. Article 165 Businesses and other legal entities engaged in activities for which the statutory special conditions, are obliged to align its operations with the provisions of this Act within one year from the date of its entry into force. Persons who are up to the date of entry into force of this law passed the state exam which is conducted Inspection of qualification for the job specified by this Act by the regulations that were in effect at the time of their installation, as well as persons who have been recognized by these regulations the right of performing certain tasks, meet the requirements for performing these tasks and to the provisions of this law if they meet the other prescribed requirements. Article 166 Agency starts its work within three months from the date of entry into force of this the law. On the day of the Agency over the employees and put personnel in the Ministry of Urban Planning and buildings (Department of Urban Planning and Urbanism) who work on the competence of Agency, objects, archives and other professional documentation relating to the affairs of the Agency, as well as equipment, tools and other resources that used
to In the performance of these tasks. Article 167 President and members of the Council and the Supervisory Board and the Director, Government Serbia appoint within 30 days from the date of enactment of this Act. Council of the Agency shall issue the Statute of the Agency within 30 days of appointment. Article 168 Until the adoption of Spatial Development Strategy of the Republic of Serbia primenjivae the spatial plan Republic of Serbia. Until the adoption of the municipal zoning plan within six months from the date of effect of this law will bring temporary construction rules. Until the adoption of the general conditions of parcelling and building primenjivae the Regulation on general zoning regulations and land subdivision regulations ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 37/98). Until the adoption of temporary rules of construction under paragraph 2 of this Article, the consent of the special legal provisions as a condition of approval for the construction acquires, by officio authority to issue permits for construction at the expense of investors. Article 169 Urban development plans to bring the entry into force of this Act shall apply in parts which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act and plans donetih under this Act. The body responsible for making zoning plan shall within a period of six months from the date of
the entry into force of this decision on ordering the parts from the urban plan paragraph 1 of this Article. Act on the zoning requirements of Article 57 of this Act until the expiry of the deadline for making urban plan, the publisher, in accordance with the urban plan issued there until the day of entry into force of this Law. Conditions for connection to the transportation and utility infrastructure and other prescribed conditions provides ex officio authority for approval construction at the expense of investors. Plan for which the competent authority issues a decision under paragraph 2 of this Article within the prescribed period ends to be valid. Agencies and organizations responsible for issuing approvals under Article 168, paragraph 4 of this Act, and conditions referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article, are obliged to, and approval or conditions issued Within 30 days of submission of application for their issue. Article 170 Municipality or a town or city Belgrade is obliged to adopt a spatial plan, or Master Plan within 18 months from the date of enactment of this Act. Upon expiration of the period referred to in paragraph 1 above, the ministry responsible for urban planning will ensure The plan referred to in paragraph 1 above at the expense of the municipality or town or city of Belgrade. Process of making and spatial and urban planning started before the entry into force of this Act, shall continue under the provisions of this Act. Article 171 Addressing requirements for the issuance of building permits, use
permits and other requirements for solving the individual's rights and obligations, podnetih to the effective date of this law, will continue under the regulations in force until the date of enactment of this Act. Article 172 Chamber begins its work not later than 90 days from the date of entry into force of this the law. Preparations for the start of the Chamber made the ministry responsible for urban planning and of construction. Article 173 By the beginning of the Chamber, the license for Responsible planner, architect and contractor and for physical planning by the Minister in charge of urban planning and construction, the manner and under conditions stipulated in this Law, provided that the recommendation for the issuance of licenses given persons who have professional results in the management in their respective positions. Professional results referred to in paragraph 1 of this article considers the management of the development of at least four urban and spatial plan, or at least four major construction project at which they constructed buildings of appropriate type and purpose, and the construction of at least four object of appropriate type and purpose. By licensing referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, and until the expiration of six months from the date of entry into force of this Act, the responsible tasks of spatial planners, responsible planners, designers accountable and responsible contractor, that
person can perform meet the requirements for certified physical planner, certified planners, certified designer and manager of construction authorized by the regulations that were in force until the entry into force of this Law. Article 174 On the date of enactment of this Act to issue permits for the construction and use permit provisions of laws and regulations that are inconsistent with this Act shall not be applied. Article 175 On the date of enactment of this Act shall cease to have effect: 1) The Law on Construction ("Official Gazette of RS", no. 44/95, 24/96, 16/97 and 43/01), 2) of the planning and design of spaces and places ("Official Gazette of RS", no. 44/95, 23/96, 16/97 and 46/98), 3) The Law on Construction Land ("Official Gazette of RS", no. 44/95 and 16/97), 4) The law on special conditions for the issuance of a building or use permits for certain objects ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 16/97), 5) The provisions of Article 11 paragraph 2 of the Law on Ministries ("Official Gazette of RS" No. 35/2003). Until the adoption of laws on the basis of the authority of this Act, the primenjivae by-laws enacted under the law shall cease to have effect on the effective date this law, if not inconsistent with this law. Article 176
This law shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette Republic of Serbia ".
Independent members of the Law on Changes and Amendments Law on planning and building ("Official Gazette of RS", no. 34/2006) Article 47 [s] Municipalities will determine building land under article 69 Paragraph 1 Law on Planning and construction ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 47/03 - hereinafter: the Act) for public urbanized land within one year from the date of enactment of this Act. Article 48 [s] The owner of the building constructed or reconstructed without a building permit until the entry into force of the Act, shall within a period of six months from the date of entry into force application of this law the municipal or city government building whose construction, and reconstruction was completed without a building permit. With the application of paragraph 1 this Article shall be submitted to: 1) Proof of ownership or lease of the building land, or right ownership of the property or right to use the empty construction site and solution from Article 84 Act; 2) geodetic survey with the sketch of land, buildings and surface facilities. Upon receipt of the notification referred to in paragraph 1 this Article, the municipal or city administration within the can not be longer than 90 days notify the owner or investor of the
building ability to comply with the zoning plan of the building or on the conditions for issuance of a building, or the documentation that is required to accompany the the request. Article 49 [s] The owner of the building constructed or reconstructed without a building permit within which can not be longer than 90 days from receipt of notification from Article 48 Paragraph 3 this law, the application for a permit to build enclosed in particular: 1) project built building; 2) Proof of ownership or lease of the building land, or right ownership of the property or right to use the empty construction site and solution from Article 84 this Act; 3) evidence on the regulation of mutual relations with authority, or organization that regulated building plot. When the municipal and city authorities determined that the facility is used, or facility Its construction was completed without a building permit, meet the prescribed requirements for construction and use, approval for the construction and utilization permit, the authority responsible for issuance of a building may be issued a solution. The minister responsible for construction closer to prescribe the content and method of making As-built facility, and technical documentation referred to in paragraph 1 this article, as well as content and method of issuing permits for the construction and use
permits for structures whose construction was completed without a building permit. Article 50 [s] If the owner of the building constructed or reconstructed without a building permit is not application object, or fails to submit an application for a permit to build or not obtain approval for the construction, building inspector will bring a solution to demolish the building, or part of the building if a solution is enacted. Article 51 [s] Facilities used for housing whose construction or reconstruction was completed without a building permit to 13 May 2003. years and that his owner reported municipal or city government to 13 November 2003. years may, under prescribed conditions, will be temporary, until the approval for construction, attached to electricity, thermal energy or telecommunication network, water supply and sewerage. Article 52 [s] Temporary construction rules primenjivae to making urban planning based on Act and until the expiration of one year from the date of enactment of this Act. Upon expiration of the period referred to in paragraph 1 this Article, temporary construction rules cease to apply. Article 53 [s] This law shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette Republic of Serbia ".
ZAKON The Amendments ACT ON PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT Article 1 In the Law on planning and construction ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 47/03) in Article 2 Count 11) changed to read: ''11) "nuts" is the nomenclature of statistical territorial units according to the standards of the European Union, or EU Statistical Office in Luxembourg (EUROSTAT). NUTS 1 has three to seven million inhabitants, NUTS 2 has 800,000 to three million inhabitants, NUTS 3 has 150,000 to 800,000 inhabitants and 150,000 inhabitants under a territorial unit of local government;'' In paragraph 25) after the word "traffic" is added to the comma and the words "fire protection". In paragraph 27) after the word "traffic" is added to the comma and the words "fire protection". In paragraph 29) after the words "10 / 0,4 kV", the words "and 20 / 0,4 kV." After item 30) is added to paragraph 31) which reads: "31" accessibility standards "are mandatory technical measures, standards and requirements of design, planning and construction to ensure smooth movement and access for people with disabilities, children and old people." Article 2 In Article 5 Paragraph 2 words "public service" substituted the words "public agencies". Article 3 Article 9 changed to read: "Article 9 Bodies of the Agency's governing board and the director. President and Board members, as well as directors, are appointed and dismissed by the Government.
Chairman and board members, as well as the director shall be appointed for a term of four years, but the same person may be appointed more than twice. " Article 4 The heading above Article 10 and Article 10 changing to read: "The Steering Committee Article 10 Agency's Management Board (hereinafter Board) has five members who shall be appointed from among prominent experts in the fields that are important for carrying out the responsibilities of the Agency, the proposal nalenog Ministry for physical planning. The Steering Committee supervises the operations of the Agency, review annual report on operations and balance sheet of the Agency to carry out other tasks stipulated by law and statute. President and members of the Steering Committee are entitled to remuneration. Chairman of the Board is entitled to compensation in the amount of 30% of the net earnings of the Director, and members of the Governing Board in the amount of 25% of the net earnings of the Agency Director. " Article 5 In Article 11 item 3) the word "Council" substituted the words "Administrative Committee". In paragraph 4) the word "Council" substituted the words "Administrative Committee". Article 6 The heading above Article 12 and Article 12 shall be deleted. Article 7 In Article 13 Paragraph 3 the word "Council" substituted the words "Administrative Committee". Article 8 In Article 21 Paragraph 3 words in brackets "to the European NUTS 4
standard sizes of spatial units" replacing the words "the size of the territorial local government units to 150,000 inhabitants." After paragraph 4 added to paragraph 5 which reads: "The spatial plan of the municipality, prior to publication, obtain the consent of the Minister of Planning, to determine the compliance of this plan with other planning documents, the law and the regulations issued there under the law. " Article 9 In Article 24 Paragraph 2 the word "Agency" replaces the words, "the ministry responsible for spatial planning." In paragraph 3 words "the competent ministries, the prior opinion of the Agency" substituted the words "the ministry responsible for spatial planning." Article 10 In Article 27, Paragraph 1 changed to read: "The planning document, under the conditions stipulated in this Law, may be made to the corporation, or other organization established by the municipality to carry out these activities, as well as a company, or other legal entity that is registered in the register for performing spatial planning and development of planning documents (hereinafter referred to as the holder of the plan). " Article 11 In Article 29, Paragraph 4 the word "Agency" replaces the words, "the ministry responsible for spatial planning." Article 12 In Article 34 Paragraph 2 changed to read: "The President and members of the Commission shall be appointed from among prominent experts in the field of spatial planning and urbanism and other topics of importance for professional activities in the field of planning and interior design and construction.One third of the members of the Commission appointed by the minister responsible for urban planning and construction, and plans to be adopted on the
territory of the autonomous region, one third of the members of the Commission appointed provincial secretary in charge of urban planning and construction with the approval of the minister responsible for urban planning and construction. " Article 13 In Article 39 Paragraph 5 after point 1) is added to item 1a), which reads: "1a) land division;" Article 14 In Article 42, Paragraph 2 added item 15) which reads: "15) special conditions that are public spaces and public facilities of general interest are accessible to persons with disabilities in accordance with accessibility standards." Article 15 In Article 45 Paragraph 3 in the first sentence after the word "contains", the words "textual and graphical part and defined." Paragraph 4 is deleted. Article 16 In Article 48 Paragraph 1 words "in cooperation with the Commission" shall be deleted. Article 17 In Article 50, Paragraphs 1 and 2 changing to read: "Urban development plans, subject to the conditions stipulated in this Law, be made to the corporation, or other organization established by the municipality to perform urban planning, as well as companies or other entities that are registered in the register for the performance of urban planning and development urban development plans. " Former paragraph 3 becomes paragraph 2 Article 18 In Article 53, Paragraph 1 changed to read: "Prior to submitting the proposed zoning plan for the authority responsible for its adoption, shall be publicly available through
advertisements in daily and local newspaper. Public inspection at least 15 and no longer than 30 days from the date of announcement. " In paragraph 3 words: "with all the observations and opinions in any objections," replacing the words "with the accepted observations and opinions on objections." Article 19 In Article 54 after paragraph 1 adds a new paragraph 2 which reads: "The general plan adopted for the town or city of Belgrade, before publication, to obtain the consent of the Minister responsible for town planning, to determine compliance with these plans, planning documents, the law and the regulations issued there under the law. " Former paragraphs 2 and 3 become paragraphs 3 and 4 Article 20 In Article 57, Paragraph 3 point at the end replaced the bent and added the words "proof of ownership or lease of the building land or real property to the property or right to use the empty construction site." Article 21 In article 58 after paragraph 2 the following new paragraph 3 and 4 to read as follows: "For the construction of telecommunications facilities in the area which is planned to draw up urban development plan, and that not been adopted urban plan or urban plan is designed to build these types of facilities shall be issued to the act on urban conditions in accordance with the terms of authority, or organization responsible for telecommunications operations in accordance with the law. The act referred to in paragraph 3 This article contains a defined position and route of laying telecommunication system given the updated cadastral-topographic base, supplemented with recorded ground cadastre. " Former paragraph 3 becomes paragraph 5 Article 22
After Article 59 Article 59a is added to read as follows: "Article 59a Against the act on urban conditions may file a complaint within 15 days of its issuance. According to the complaint decided by the solution of the authority which issued the act on urban conditions. If the competent authority on the occasion demands podnetog determines that no conditions for the issuance of the act on urban conditions, makes the decisions to reject the request. Against the decisions in paragraph 2 and 3 this Article may be filed. " Article 23 In Article 61 Paragraph 2 changed to read: "Urban development project under paragraph 1 This article is made on the certified topographic-cadastral plan as a land subdivision project, or as an urban-architectural solution for the planned construction. The project includes land subdivision: 1) parcelaciju with analytical and surveying elemetima; 2) defined nivelacione and regulatory requirements; 3) display terminals on the technical infrastructure. Urban-architectural solution for the planned construction includes: 1) situational display parternog solutions and Landscaping; 2) an architectural solution structures; 3) display of traffic and utility infrastructure with connections to the external network; 4) parcelaciju and traffic solutions; 5) a textual description of the solution. ". Former paragraph 3 becomes paragraph 5 Article 24 In Article 64 Paragraph 1 after the word "owner" is added to the comma and the words "or user". In paragraph 2 after the word "owner" is added to the comma and the
words "or the customers". Article 25 In Article 65 Paragraph 2 after the word "owner" is added to the comma and the words "or user". In paragraph 3 after the word "ownership", the words "or the right to use". Article 26 In article 66 Paragraph 2 after the word "owner" is added to the comma and the words "or user". In paragraph 3 after the word "ownership", the words "or the right to use". Article 27 In Article 77 Paragraph 4 words: "the greatest plan allowed construction index" shall be deleted. " Article 28 In Article 84 after paragraph 5 added to paragraph 6 which reads: "The right of use under paragraph 1 this article, which is transferred pursuant to a contract under paragraph 5 This article is in circulation. " Article 29 In Article 89 Paragraph 4 Count 6) words, "the city water supply system and the channeling of wastewater and water treatment plants," replacing the words: "a system for channeling water supply and waste water in cities and urban areas over 100,000 population, facilities for the preparation of drinking water capacity more than 40 l / s and wastewater treatment plants in settlements over 15,000 population or over capacity 40 l / s ". In Section 7) words: "Regulatory work" replacing the words "water facilities". Count 8) changed to read: "8) cultural property of outstanding significance and objects in their protected environment and cultural assets registered in the list of world cultural heritage buildings within the boundaries of national parks and
buildings within the protection of a protected natural reserve of great importance (other than family housing, agricultural and economic structures and their necessary infrastructure, which is being built in villages and settlements), in accordance with the law; " After point 9) is added to item 9a), which reads: "9a) regional landfills for disposal of hazardous waste for the equivalent of over 200,000 inhabitants;" Count 12) changed to read: "12) ports and harbors, except for marina;" In paragraph 16) the word "work" replaces the word: "construction". Article 30 In Article 91 Paragraph 1 Count 1) words "six months" replacing the words "one year". In point 2) the word "line" replaces the words "certified by competent authority that has been done in line." Article 31 In Article 94 Paragraph 1 after the word "approve", the words "existing facility that is being destroyed to build the facility for which a building permit is issued;" Article 32 In Article 97 after paragraph 8 added to paragraph 9 which reads: "Application of paragraphs 1, 4 and 7 and application for renovation of family housing, agricultural and economic structures within the boundaries of national parks and buildings within the protection of a protected natural reserve of great significance, confirming the municipal and city governments. " Former paragraph 9 becomes paragraph 10 Article 33 In Article 98 Paragraph 1 after the words in brackets: "Suitable for children, summer gardens, mobile stalls, etc.", the words "and floating water plants on land." Article 34
In section 103 Paragraph 2 after item 7) is added to item 7a), which reads: "7a) situational plan;" Article 35 In Article 110 Paragraph 3 words: "items. 1) -10) "are deleted. Article 36 Article 117 changed to read: "Responsible contractor manages building construction or works. Responsible contractors may be faced with a university degree or college diploma for facilities under paragraph 5 this Article, the appropriate discipline or license, and directions for works. License to a responsible contractor can acquire person with a college degree or gossiping about the profession, and Brown, state exam and at least three years of experience with high school education or five years experience with a college degree, with professional results in construction of objects. Professional results in construction of the facility pursuant to paragraph 3 this Article shall be considered the results achieved in the management of construction or cooperation on the construction of at least two objects. Construction of facilities for which approval is issued for the construction of municipal and town or city of Belgrade, and consist of PO + P +4 + PK with a total surface area not exceeding 2,000 m2 gross floor area, objects less complex building structures range up to 12 meters, local and non-categorized roads and street, interior plumbing and sewage, heating and air conditioning and electrical installations, internal gas installations, as well as the performance of individual building-craft and installation works, and works on the interior design of buildings and facilities planning, may be responsible works manager and the person who has a higher school qualifications appropriate discipline or directions, passed the certification exam, at least five years experience and with a valid license.
Construction of housing and auxiliary facilities for their needs and the needs of members of the family household, as well as the performance of certain construction-craft and installation works and works in interior design and interior design courts buildings, can manage a person with completed secondary school and higher education in the appropriate discipline and passed the professional the exam. " Article 37 In Article 118 Paragraph 6 Count 5) after the word "diary" is added to the comma and the words "building a book." Article 38 In Article 138 Paragraph 1 Count 5) after the word "law" is substituted bent point and added words "or whether it changes the situation in the area carried out in accordance with the rules and professional standards." Article 39 In Article 140 Paragraph 1 Count 9) after the word "diary" is added to the comma and the words "book building" after the words "and" added the word "provides". Article 40 In Article 147 after paragraph 2 adds a new paragraph 3 which reads: "City of Belgrade confides to resolve the appeal against the Trial donetog solutions in the process of inspection in the field of construction of buildings that are built on the territory of Belgrade, in accordance with the law." Former paragraph 3 becomes paragraph 4 Article 41 In Article 153 after paragraph 2 a new paragraph which reads: "A fine 10000.00 to 50000.00 dinars shall be imposed on the investor public accommodation to the public interest or the responsible person who does not provide access to public facilities of general interest to persons with disabilities in accordance with accessibility standards." Article 42
In Article 155 Paragraph 1 point 2) after the word "diary", the words "and building a book." Article 43 In Article 156 after point 5) is added to item 5a), which reads: "5a) issue an extract from the urban plan or act on urban conditions contrary to this Act and the regulations issued there under this Act (Articles 56 and 57);" Article 44 In Article 163, after the word "land" shall say: "the amount of hundred times the amount" and the word "prescribed" substituted the word: "prescribed". Article 45 In Article 169 Paragraph 3 words: "until the deadline for adoption of the urban plan," replacing the words "until the zoning plan on the basis of this law." Article 46 In Article 170 Paragraph 2 is deleted. Article 47 Municipalities will determine building land under article 69 Paragraph 1 Law on planning and construction ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 47/03- hereinafter the Act) for public construction land within one year from the date of enactment of this Act. Article 48 The owner of the building constructed or reconstructed without a building permit until the date of entry into force of the Act, shall within a period of six months from the date of entry into force of this report the municipal or city government building whose construction or reconstruction was completed without a building permit. With the application of paragraph 1 this Article shall be submitted to: 1) Proof of ownership or lease of the building land or real property to the property or right to use the empty construction site, and the solution of Article 84 The Act.
2) geodetic survey with the sketch of land, buildings and surface facilities. Upon receipt of the notification referred to in paragraph 1 this Article, municipal, or municipal authorities within a period not exceeding 90 days notify the owner or property investor the ability to comply with the zoning plan of the building or on the conditions for issuance of a building, or the documentation that is required to accompany the application . Article 49 The owner of the building constructed or reconstructed without a building permit within the period not longer than 90 days from receipt of notification from Article 48 Paragraph 3 this law, the application for a permit to build enclosed in particular: project built building; Proof of ownership or lease of the building land, or ownership rights to the property or right to use the empty construction site, and the solution of Article 84 this Act; evidence on the regulation of mutual relations with the agency or a body that regulates the building plot. When the municipal and city authorities determined that the facility is used, or building whose construction was completed without a building permit, meet the prescribed requirements for the construction and use, approval for the construction and utilization permit, the authority responsible for issuing permits for construction may be issued a solution. The minister responsible for construction closer to prescribe the content and method of making the project as-built building, and technical documentation referred to in paragraph 1 this article, as well as the content and method of issuing permits for the construction and use permits for buildings whose construction was completed without a building permit. Article 50
If the owner of the building constructed or reconstructed without a building permit application does not object or fails to submit an application for a permit to build or obtain approval for the construction, building inspector will bring a solution to demolish the building or part of the building if a solution is enacted. Article 51 Facilities used for housing whose construction or reconstruction was completed without a building permit to 13 May 2003. years and that his owner reported the municipal or city government to 13 November 2003. years may, under prescribed conditions, be temporary, until the approval for the building, connected to electrical, thermal energy or telecommunication network, water supply and sewerage. Article 52 Temporary construction rules primenjivae to making urban plan on the basis of a maximum until the expiration of one year from the date of enactment of this Act. Upon expiration of the period referred to in paragraph 1 this Article, temporary construction rules cease to apply. Article 53 This law shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia".
Based on Article 54 Paragraph 3 Law on planning and construction ("Official Gazette of RS" No. 47/2003), Minister of Urban Planning and buildings, shall
PRAVILINK A means of maintaining bring urban planning, certification of, the signing, delivery, archiving, duplication and Urban Development ASSIGNED TO THE COMPENSATION PLAN
Article 1 This regulation more detailed provisions on how to bring insight into urban planning, certification of the way, signing, delivery, archiving, duplication and transfer of the urban plan for a fee,
Signing Plan Article 2 Upon the adoption of zoning plan for the signature, certification of the filing is made in three copies in analog and four copies in digital form.
All copies of the urban plan in analog form, prior to certification of sign company or other legal entity or other organization that created the plan, the responsible town planner who led the drafting of the plan and the authority to enact the plan. Corporation, or other legal entity or other organization that created the plan and urban planners responsible for their own purposes may make one copy of the plan for signing, and certification of storage in its archives and documents.
Certification of the plan Article 3 Signed urban plans in analog form overavaju company or other legal entity or other organization that created the plan, the responsible town planner who led the drafting of the plan and the authority to enact the plan.
Delivery Plan Article 4 One specimen donetog, signed and overenog urban planning in analog form and a copy of the plan in digital form shall be submitted to the archives of the body responsible for its enactment, and two copies donetog, signed and overenog urban planning in analog and two copies of the plan in digital form shall be submitted to the authority responsible for its implementation.
One specimen donetog urban plan in digital form shall be submitted to the ministry competent for urbanism.
Archiving Plan Article 5 According to a copy donetog, signed and overenog urban planning in analog form and a copy of the plan in digital form are stored as archival material in the archives of the competent authority for its decision in the archives of the body responsible for its implementation.
Duplication of the plan Article 6 The original Master Plan, the authority responsible for its implementation and multiplies overava a copy donetog urban plan.
Insight into the plan Article 7 Bring the zoning plan under Article 6 this Ordinance at the request of interested persons, the authority responsible for its implementation, provides the insight. Time and place of insight into the Master Plan is published on the notice board of the authority competent to enact the plan.
Extract from town plan Article 8 At the request of the person, the authority responsible for issuing permits for the construction gives an excerpt from the zoning plan, which refers to the location to which the application was made. With the requirement for obtaining a statement from the urban development plan is submitted copies of the plot. Extract contains the rules of regulation and in particular the technical conditions for connection to traffic, utilities and other infrastructure related to the location and typical entity for which the application was made. Excerpt contains rules of construction as defined in urban planning, and relating to the location and typical entity for which the application was made. Excerpt contains all the conditions and data necessary for the preliminary design and nivelacione conditions, especially graphically displayed regulation and the building line. Extract is issued within eight days from the filing requirements, the compensation for actual costs of its issuance.
Assignment Plan
Article 9 Forwarding a copy of the urban plan is done at the request of an interested person. To transfer a copy donetog zoning plan will be charged the actual cost of making copies.
Final provision Article 10 This Regulation shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia".
Number 110-00-00028/2003-01 In Belgrade, 21 July 2003. The Minister, prof. Dr. Dragoslav Sumarac, s.r.
ORDINANCE The content and development of planning documents "Official Gazette of RS ", no. 60/2003 I INTRODUCTORY PROVISIONS Article 1 This regulation establishes the content, manner and procedure of planning documents, the manner of engineering controls, as well as the conditions and manner of presentation planning documents for public inspection. II CONTENTS planning documents First Spatial Development Strategy of the Republic of Serbia Article 2 Spatial Development Strategy of the Republic of Serbia (hereinafter: Strategy) defines the basic orientation of the Republic of Serbia in the field of planning and interior design, in accordance with the prescribed principles of spatial planning. Strategy for the parts of the territory of the Republic of Serbia defines the implementation of national policies and the planning of space depending on the regional and local geographic conditions and development opportunities. The strategy includes targets of spatial planning and development of the Republic of Serbia, the basis for guidance and coordination of spatial development, organization of space, the development priorities of the Territorial series of joint physical and developmental features of which will bring spatial plans. Strategy is specifically defined issues, areas and modalities of transborder and international cooperation in the field of spatial
planning and development. Article 3 The strategy contains the localization of particular public facilities and networks of national importance in accordance with the objectives of spatial development, as well as policies and regimes to protect the natural and cultural values, objects and landscapes, especially the relationship between the town of Belgrade in relation to the territory of the Republic of Serbia, as well as policy development of peripheral less developed or degraded areas, in order to achieve geographic, historical, cultural, economic and social cohesion. The strategy is based on a balanced development, complementarity of rural and urban areas and the use of physical resources, through an active inter-regional and inter-municipal cooperation and participation of local stakeholders in planning and interior design. Article 4 The strategy contains the text portion of the graphical display. Graphical representation of the Strategy is to map the Synthesis Razmeri 1:300 000th Second Scheme of spatial development Article 5 Spatial Development Scheme specifies the spatial development of certain areas which are the basis of spatial development identified in the Strategy. Scheme of spatial development are: 1) Scheme of the spatial development of higher education and scientific research; 2) Scheme of the spatial development of culture; 3) Scheme of the spatial development of health and social care; 4) Scheme of the spatial development of information and telecommunications; 5) Scheme of the spatial development of multimodal transport; 6) Scheme of the spatial development of mining and energy;
7) Scheme of the spatial development of capital economy; 8) Scheme of the spatial development of natural and rural areas, and 9) Scheme of the spatial development of sport and recreation. 1) Scheme of the spatial development of higher education and scientific research Article 6 Scheme of the spatial development of higher education and scientific research determines the balanced development of institutions and organizations of higher education and scientific research, providing completeness, consistency and quality of the education process and research. Scheme of the spatial development of higher education and scientific research directs the activities of professionals and students with the aim of realization of national and regional priorities in the field of social development, economic development and employment. The scheme referred to in paragraph 1 of this article provides links and cooperation with institutions of higher education institutions, scientific research, collaboration between university centers and research institutions, especially those from small and medium-sized cities with a primary purpose of encouraging the development of information and communication technologies. The scheme referred to in paragraph 1 of this article provides an equal measure of fundamental, applied and technological research and education, and their spatial orientation in accordance with international standards and requirements in terms of quality and availability. 2) Scheme of the spatial development of culture Article 7 Scheme of the spatial development of the culture determines the spatial development activities in the field of culture, increasing the availability of institutions, facilities and good culture in the territory of the Republic of Serbia. The scheme referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article determines priority areas of intervention in the field of culture, spatial development
of cultural and artistic centers of national and international importance of allowing transfer of information, taking into account the need to preserve the letter, with all due respect, preservation and transmission of cultural values of minorities. 3) Scheme of the spatial development of health and social care Article 8 Scheme of the spatial development of health and social care defines the spatial conditions that provide uniform access to health facilities and social welfare. The scheme referred to in paragraph 1 of this article provides and determines the network of health and social care and determines the spatial conditions for the development of new information technologies in the field of medicine. 4) Scheme of the spatial development of information and telecommunications Article 9 Scheme of the spatial development of information and telecommunications determines the spatial conditions that provide equal access to its services, and services. The scheme referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall determine the conditions for the spatial development of publishing, telephone (landline and mobile) and the cable network co-ordination of public and private operators with the basic aim of the diffusion of audiovisual and multimedia services, as well as conditions for the spatial development of new information and telecommunication technologies through the establishment of multimedia centers with a variety of projects. 5) Scheme of the spatial development of multimodal transport Article 10 Scheme of the spatial development of multimodal transport people and goods defines multimodal transport system in accordance with user needs, taking into account social, economic and environmental conditions in order to achieve maximum effect in the public transport
sector. Multimodal transport system is determined in accordance with: the harmonious development and the complementarity of different forms of individual and collective transport to adequately equip the vulnerable, degraded or demographic empty areas; needs of national defense, social and economic development, exchange and relationships with international and especially European environment; policies limit or reduce risks and accidents, environmental pollution and increase safety, the choice of modes of transport. The system referred to in paragraph 2 of this article defines the cost of construction, maintenance and use of infrastructure systems, equipment and materials, costs and social costs of environmental protection, as well as other costs that can be expressed in quantitative and qualitative form. The system defines the requirements for the complementarity of different forms of transport and spatial development and deployment of multi-modal transhipment facilities. The scheme referred to in paragraph 1 shall include especially: defined levels of transport, infrastructure, facilities and services at national, regional and local level, as well as the possibility of technological choices appropriate transportation system, in accordance with the principles of increasing the availability and speed of transport, particularly within the system of national andinternational importance. The scheme particularly specifies the system of transport in areas of large towns and ecologically sensitive areas and defines an alternative to individual passenger traffic. The scheme also defines the limits of construction and access to certain transport systems, through the analysis of environmental threats to space and the positive effects of the functioning of the transport system. 6) Scheme of the spatial development of mining and energy Article 11 Scheme of the spatial development of mining and energy sectors notably: the goals of using renewable and non-mining and energy
resources in order to achieve less dependence on imports in terms of mineral and energy resources and provision of security of supply of strategic raw materials and energy, manufacturing and processing resources, as well as the needs of the national , regional and local level, as defined in accordance with the real economic indicators, environmental conditions and transport of raw materials and energy development program of the distribution network of oil, natural gas and electricity, the conditions under which resources can be used. 7) Scheme of the spatial development of capital economy Article 12 Scheme of the spatial development of capital economy defines the spatial development of the economic capital of enterprises and establishments whose activity is not covered by the schemes of spatial development of multimodal transport and mining and energy sectors. Based on long-term strategy for economic development, the scheme referred to in paragraph 1 of this article determines the spatial structures of economic capital and enterprise, and defines the conditions for their functioning in conditions of market economy and privatization process. 8) Scheme of the spatial development of natural and rural areas Article 13 Scheme of the spatial development of natural and rural areas, notably: long-term spatial development and the conditions for the preservation of national natural heritage in line with existing activities and the local geographic conditions, in order to protect the environment, with the aim of maintaining and improving environmental quality, biological diversity, rational use non-renewable resources. The scheme referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article defines the conditions for realization of activity in the prevention of natural and anthropogenic risks, determines degraded or threatened areas and actions necessary for their rehabilitation. 9) Scheme of the spatial development of sport and recreation
Article 14 Scheme of the spatial development of sport and recreation include especially: planned activities aimed at improving access to buildings and other facilities for sport and recreation and determine areas that have priority in this area, in line with the projected needs and available resources. The scheme referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article determines the spatial development of national and international spots for sport and recreation and the level of their equipment, in line with economic, tourist and cultural development. Article 15 Scheme of spatial development of art. 6-14 contain the text portion of the graphical display. Graphical representation scheme of Art. 6-14 of this Ordinance is to map at 1:300 Razmeri 000th Third Spatial Plans Article 16 Spatial plans contain text portion of the graphical display. Text part of the spatial plan includes: 1) Background First description of the boundary area of the spatial plan; Second obligations, requirements and guidance from the planning documents of higher order, and adjacent areas; Third Summarised the current situation (natural resources, population, the network functions and villages, rural areas, economic activities, service activities and public services, transport and infrastructure systems, environment, natural and cultural resources, etc.); 4th constraints and potential areas of spatial plan; 2) the spatial development First general and specific objectives; Second development goals in some areas; 3) The rules of use, planning and environmental planning areas
First use and protection of natural resources; Second network development and planning of settlements; Third spatial development and planning in rural areas; 4th spatial development and deployment of economic activity; 5th spatial development and deployment of service-sector and public services; 6th spatial development, the deployment and use of infrastructure systems; 7th environmental protection; 8th protecting natural and cultural resources; 9th use and development of space of interest for national defense and protection against natural disasters, etc. 4) Implementation of the Spatial Plan First list of priority activities for implementation of the spatial plan; Second Participants in the implementation of the spatial plan; Third measures and instruments for the implementation of the spatial plan; 4th agreement on the implementation of the spatial plan. Text part of the spatial plan referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article may contain tables, charts, diagrams, etc. Article 17 Graphical solutions to basic planning, existing and planned space purposes, phenomena and processes are presented corresponding graphic symbols, using cartographic methods of signs, colors and fills. Article 18 Planning documents are produced in analogue and digital form. The planning documents are being prepared for presentation on the Internet. Internet presentation contains part of the plan text and graphic display. Text part of the planning documents are prepared in a safe format. Graphical views of planning documents presented in a custom format for web search at a resolution of at least 72, 96 dpi, respectively.
To facilitate the preparation of digital graphics can be divided in several parts of which are obtained by connecting a whole. The rules for the digital preparation of planning documents are given in the Appendix which is attached to this Ordinance and its integral part. 1) Spatial plan of areas of special-purpose Article 19 Spatial plan of areas of special purpose shall be the whole space, whose specificity is determined by one or more opredeljujuih purposes, activities or functions in the area that are of national interest, namely: 1) the National Park and other large area of natural resource. Area Spatial Plan includes declared or proposed area of natural resource, the protected zone; 2) the area of immobile cultural goods of exceptional importance. Area Spatial Plan includes declared or proposed area of immobile cultural goods and the protection zone; 3) catchment area of large and medium reservoirs and water source area (zone of large sets of groundwater, a water management and energy systems in the immediate composition of large and medium reservoirs - devices for treatment of water, hydro, etc.).Spatial Plan Area includes the area sources and a wider zone of protection of sources. 4) tourist area. Area Spatial Plan covers a whole area of natural and created resources and tourist zone of protection; 5) an area of extensive exploitation of mineral resources (surface area of exploitation of energy, or nemetalinih metallic mineral mining in large basins). Area Spatial Plan include: opencast mining, landfills, "tailing" and other waste material (ash, sludge, sewage, etc.), facilities for preparation, processing or transformation of mineral resources, a network of external and internal transport system, the installation site for technology and waste water and the zone of direct influence of exploitation and processing of mineral raw materials in the
environment; 6) the area of infrastructure corridors or networks of international corridors, major and regional infrastructure (transportation, energy, telecommunications and water). Area Spatial Plan area includes the infrastructure systems, the surface to form junctions, crossings, terminals, technical facilities, services, parking lots, and areas for locating objects of a variety of purposes (border crossings, tourism, catering, trade, etc.). Areas of spatial plan covers an area which is in close physical and functional connection to Corridor (buffer zone and the objects and surfaces that need to be protected from negative impacts of the corridor). 7) area of the building referred to in Article 89, paragraph 4 of the planning and construction (hereinafter the Act), if authority to enact the plan determines that there is planning its design this type of plan. 8) other areas certain strategies and schemes of spatial development, or field for which authority to enact the plan determines that there is planning its design this type of plan. The boundaries of the planning area boundaries determined by cadastral municipality or municipalities. Article 20 Spatial plan of areas of special purposes may be enacted, or may include a number of smaller areas of special-purpose, if it covers less and are on a smaller distance between, or if it provides the rationale in the preparation, drafting, adoption and application of the spatial plan. Area of special-purpose small scope can be handled within the framework of the regional spatial plan and spatial plan of the municipality, at the proposal of the Republic Agency for Spatial Planning (hereinafter: Agency), if this provides the rationale in the preparation, drafting, adoption and application of the spatial plan. In this case, the spatial plan covers the entire area of special purposes. Article 21 Spatial plan of areas of special-purpose, in addition to the elements
referred to in Article 16 of this Ordinance, shall contain: 1) the boundaries and to record the Podelina specific uses and the zone of protection; 2) position and the regional aspects of development of the special purpose; 3) surface-purpose special purpose with the balance of the planned purpose and content; 4) evaluation of economic viability and social acceptability of the planned activities, facilities and special-purpose functions. Article 22 Spatial plan of areas of special-purpose, depending on the characteristics of the areas to which it pertains, in addition to the elements of art. 16:21 of this Ordinance, shall contain: 1) for the area of national parks and other major natural resource areas: design rules and the use of the area according to the regime of protection of certain natural whole; 2) for the immovable cultural property of great importance: the rules of design and use of space within the wider area of the established regime of protection of cultural property; 3) for the catchment area of reservoirs and water sources: the rules of space planning and utilization of the established regime of sanitary protection of water sources in the wider area; solution to the problem of population relocation, izmetanja roads, and infrastructure and other facilities from the zone of propagation of water reservoirs; conditions of multipurpose utilization of waterreservoirs, etc.; 4) for the tourist area: design rules and use the space for different travel purposes (beaches, marinas, ski resorts, camps, resorts, Leilita, travel services, etc.), deployment of tourist and complementary functions (hunting, fishing, izletnitvo, agriculture,management, crafts, nature protection and immovable cultural property, etc.), assessment of the feasibility of tourism projects and their impact on the environment;
5) for the extensive exploitation of mineral resources: coordination of regional, economic, social, technological and environmental criteria in planning the development, planning and revitalization of the planning area; way to reduce the extent of any permanent or temporary occupation (agricultural) land for the purposes of exploitation and primary processing of mineral resources: way izmetanja settlements, roads, streams, technical infrastructure and other areas of mineral extraction, spatial, economic, social and property-legal aspects of resettlement, reclamation of degraded land, restoration and reconstruction of the landscape after the cessation of mining operations; 6) for the infrastructure corridor or corridor networks: spatial, technological or functional connection corridor with direct environment and location, landscaping and use of facilities and areas in the corridor. The contents and limits of the spatial plan areas of special-purpose facilities referred to in Article 89, paragraph 4 of the Act defines the program of the spatial plan. Article 23 Graphic display of the spatial plan areas of special-purpose maps which are referral lists: 1) the rules of use, planning and environmental space for special purposes - (Referral Map No. 1, "Special Purpose Area"); 2) rules for the development and planning network of settlements, urban development and deployment of economic activities, urban development and deployment of service-sector and public services, urban development, the deployment and use of infrastructure systems - (Referral Map No. 2 "The network settlement functions, public services and infrastructure systems "); 3) the rules of use and protection of natural resources, environmental protection, protection of natural and cultural assets - (Referral Map No. 3, "Natural resources, environmental protection and natural and
cultural resources"). Referral from a spatial plan areas of special-purpose working in Razmeri 1:25 000 or 1:50 000 and 1:100 extremely Razmeri in 000th The number, content and scale reference maps for the objects referred to in Article 89, paragraph 4 of the Act established a program of the spatial plan. 2) The regional spatial plan Article 24 Regional spatial plan is adopted for the territory of the autonomous region, an area of Belgrade, as well as the area sizes of spatial units NUTS 2 and NUTS 3 The boundaries of the regional spatial plan defines the boundaries of the autonomous province or city or municipality covered by the plan. Article 25 Regional spatial plan in addition to the elements referred to in Article 16 of this Ordinance, includes measures of organization intermunicipal coordination in the region, measures and instruments for the immediate application of rules of organization and use of space in the plans are narrower territorial entities and settlements, as well as guidelines for the preparation of plans and programsthe local authority. Article 26 Graphical representation of the regional spatial plan include referral maps showing: 1) rules of urban development - (Referral Map No. 1, "Application of space"); 2) rules for the development and planning network of settlements, urban development and deployment of economic activities, urban development and deployment of service-sector and public services, and urban development, the deployment and use of infrastructure systems - (Referral Map No. 2 "The network settlement functions, public services and infrastructure systems "); 3) the rules of use and protection of natural resources, rural planning,
environmental protection, protection of natural and cultural assets (Referral Map No. 3, "Natural resources and rural areas, environmental protection and natural and cultural resources"). Referral from the regional spatial plan work in Razmeri 1:50 000 and 1:100 000, in a very Razmeri 1:200 000 3) The spatial plan of the municipality Article 27 Spatial plan of the municipality in addition to the elements referred to in Article 16 of this Ordinance, includes measures and instruments for the immediate implementation of planning policies and the use of urban space in the immediate plans of territorial entities and settlements, as well as rules for the regulation of space that is planned to draw up urban development plan. Article 28 Graphic display of the spatial plan of the municipality are referral maps showing: 1) rules of urban development - (Referral Map No. 1, "Application of space"); 2) rules for the development and planning network of settlements, urban development and deployment of economic activities, urban development and deployment of service-sector and public services, and urban development, the deployment and use of infrastukturnih system - (Referral Map No. 2 "The network settlement functions, public services and infrastructure systems "); 3) the rules of use and protection of natural resources, rural planning, environmental protection, protection of natural and cultural assets (Referral Map No. 3, "Natural resources and rural areas, environmental protection and natural and cultural resources"). Reference maps of spatial plan of municipalities working in Razmeri 1:25 000 or 1:50 000 III method and procedure development of planning documents First Decision making and program planning document
Article 29 Make a planning document approach is based on the decision of the competent authority. The decision referred to in paragraph 1 of this article is prepared on the basis of the development plan document, which is an integral part of the decision. Program for the development plan document include: the type of planning document, the scope of the planning document (represented by graphs), the reasons for the planning document, the legal basis for developing a planning document, the basic problems and limitations characteristic of the planning area, subject, objectives and tasks of the planning document ; potential planning areas and the possible development priorities, the content of the basic stages of the planning document, the basic dynamics of the implementation phase of the planning document, review and evaluation of existing documentation and background relevant to the development plan document, the financial resources needed to produce the planning documents, and other issuesof importance for the development plan document. Article 30 Program to create a spatial plan areas of special-purpose facilities referred to in Article 89, paragraph 4 of the Act, in addition to the elements referred to in Article 29 of this Ordinance, includes and defines the contents of the spatial plan areas of special-purpose, number, content and razmer referral cards, and other issues of importance to its development. Second Development of Planning Document 1) Development Strategy Article 31 Starting point for the Strategy are previous works that include situation analysis, policy-development and spatial aspects of development in areas that will make urban development schemes. Article 32
Phases of the Strategy are to: 1) the concept of spatial development, and 2) the draft Strategy. Based on the concept referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article, the Agency conducted an expert discussion on the entire territory of the Republic of Serbia, with the ministries, special organizations, territorial units, public enterprises, professional associations, NGOs, etc. After completion of the expert discussions the Agency makes the draft strategy of choice between at least two different variants of spatial development, harmonization of planning subjects. 2) Area plans Article 33 Phases of the spatial planning are: 1) development strategy planning areas, and 2) the proposed spatial plan. Development strategy of the planning areas referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall contain in particular: the interpretation of the results of analysis of existing documentation for the planning area, as well as results uraenih expertise in different areas; description of the situation, potentials and limitations of the planning area, the proposal of basic and specific goals proposed ground rules use, planning, protection and development of the planning area; records and the possibility of settling conflicts in the area on the principles of sustainable development, development of alternatives; guidelines for the selection of priorities and development priorities; other elements that are relevant to spatial planning process. Based on the development strategy of the planning areas referred to in paragraph 1 of this article, performed by professional control and coordinate the views of relevant ministries, special government organizations, organs of territorial units, local governments, as well as user space, for more efficient completion of making and planning document. Third Engineering controls and public disclosure 1) engineering controls
Article 34 The planning document, before submitting to the competent authority for its decision, subject to the professional control and exposed to public scrutiny. For planning documents with the technical control, and exposure to public inspection in the jurisdiction of the Agency, the Agency may form a commission to pursue the professional control and presentation planning document for public inspection. For the regional spatial plan for the city of Belgrade, the body responsible for setting up a plan may form a commission for professional exposure control plan and the public. Commission under Article 34 of the Law handles the presentation of spatial plan of the municipality to public scrutiny. Article 35 The planning document, before the public review, subject to professional control. The spatial plan is subject to control by the professional stages of development. Article 36 Expert review of the planning document includes: 1) checking compliance plan document and its solutions with: law, the decision about making a planning document, bring planning documents, as well as other laws and regulations; 2) checking the justification of the planning solution in terms of: the rational use and protection of natural resources and created goods, harmonization of spatial deployment of people and activities, directing the development and urbanization process, the rational organization's network of settlements, as well as the development and function of urban centers, rational organization and planning of traffic network and technical infrastructure, environmental protection, natural values and immovable cultural property, compliance planning solutions to the needs of defense and protection against natural disasters and other
threats to peace and war; 3) the testing and evaluation of the reality and feasibility of proposed solutions to the planning document. Article 37 About making the professional control of the planning document constitutes the report. The report referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall contain: 1) the introductory part - where to provide basic information about the text and graphical part of the planning document, the data on the present commission members and other persons present, data on the time and place maintenance of engineering controls, etc., 2 ) observations and suggestions of the committee members, and 3) the Commission's conclusion - that includes the views of the remarks given by the processor which is the planning document required to comply. The report referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be signed by the president and secretary of the commission conducting the technical control, as well as the authorized person who has studied organ committee. Article 38 Check that the company acted in accordance with reports on the performed expert control planning document shall: 1) The Commission, in its full composition - when given a number of objections to the planning document, and you need a bigger change the contents of the planning document, or when the Commission assesses that the need to reconsider a planning document in its entirety, 2) some members of the committee that determined the session of the Commission - in the case when the observations of small-scale and largely technical in nature. 2) Public inspection Article 39 Leaving the planning document for public inspection shall be performed after the engineering controls.
The strategy is presented for public scrutiny in draft form, which establishes the government of the Republic of Serbia. Text and graphics display part of the strategy, before the public review, overava minister responsible for regional planning. Spatial plan of areas of special-purpose, regional spatial plan and spatial plan of the municipality are exhibited for public inspection in the form proposed. Text and graphics part of the regional plans referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article, before the public review, overava authorized person of the Agency and the Municipal Assembly, Assemblies, and the Assembly of Belgrade. Article 40 Advertise the public review of the Strategy, the spatial plan areas of special-purpose regional spatial plan and implement the Agency, unless otherwise specified. Advertise the public review of the regional spatial plan for the city of Belgrade City Assembly of Belgrade conducted. Advertise exposure for public inspection spatial plan of municipalities conducted by the Municipal Assembly. Article 41 Leaving the planning document for public review advertised in a newspaper, published for the whole territory of the Republic of Serbia. Exposure to public scrutiny spatial plan of the municipality advertised in the local newspaper that is published and distributed to the municipalities. Leaving the planning document for public inspection may be sound in the electronic media. Municipal Assembly, or city whose entire territory or a part of its territory lies in the scope of the planning document, required that the entrance to the administration building is highlighted in a visible place an ad on the presentation of the planning document for public inspection.
Article 42 Listing on the presentation of the planning document for public review include: full name of the institution that conducts advertising, the name of the planning document whose exposure to advertising, information about time and place of presentation planning document for public scrutiny, the manner in which interested legal and natural persons may submit objections to planningdocument, information about time and place of holding sessions of the Commission for public inspection, as well as other information that may be of importance for public inspection. Listing on the presentation of the planning document for public inspection and may contain graphic display of areas covered by the planning document. Article 43 The strategy is presented for public inspection at all district headquarters in the Republic of Serbia. Regional spatial plan and spatial plan areas of special-purpose exposing it to public inspection in buildings of all municipal assemblies, or town located in the coverage of the spatial plan. Regional spatial plan for the city of Belgrade is exhibited for public inspection in the City Assembly of Belgrade. Spatial plan of the municipality is exposed to public inspection at the Municipal Assembly. Article 44 The planning document is presented on the public access to the central hall of the building district, or municipality, or town or in a separate room that is designated for the presentation of the planning document for public inspection. If you are planning document lays out for public scrutiny in a separate room, it is at the entrance to the building or in the central hall of the building to emphasize information about that room in which the planning document is exposed to public scrutiny.
Article 45 The competent municipal or city administration to all interested individuals and corporate entities that perform an insight into the subject planning document provides the necessary information and technical assistance in connection with some solutions and possible objections to granting planning document. Article 46 Interested legal and natural persons to submit objections subject to a planning document for the duration of public inspection, in writing and submit them to the municipal or city government, which has exhibited a planning document for public inspection. The authority of the municipal or city government shall provide all the remarks on the subject of a planning document which announced the public review, not later than five days after the completion of public review. The authority of the municipal or city government has set out a planning document available to the public gives its observations on the planning document, as well as a short report on the presentation of the planning document for public inspection. Legal entity that operates in the area outside of the planning document, comments on the planning document can be forwarded directly to an entity which has announced a public review. Article 47 Commission under Article 34 of this Ordinance in session in the period specified in the advertisement presentation planning document for public inspection in the Headquarters district or head office of the Municipal Assembly, or town, the area covered by the planning document. If the advertising exposure of the planning documents available to the public comes to change date and place of holding sessions of the Commission under Article 34 of this Ordinance, subject to the Listed public inspection announces new date and place of holding sessions
of the Commission. If upon completion of public review to determine the number and scope of objections sent to a planning document, the Commission may be in session more than once, or may define a new term of the meetings of the Commission no later than five days from the date of the first session. Article 48 Session of the Commission under Article 34 of this Ordinance attended by representatives of the planning document processors, representatives of municipal authorities and city government has presented a planning document for public inspection, as well as the applicants had no objections to the planning document. Applicant objections to the planning document explains the remarks before the committee. Any objections processor podnetoj planning document publicly present their views. Article 49 Commission under Article 34 of this Ordinance in closed session which takes place later, take a stance on any podnetoj objections and making up a report on completed public release signed by the President and members of the Commission and the authorized person who has studied organ committee. Report on completed public release of the planning document shall contain: 1) Introduction part - a brief overview of activities related to the decision making process, negotiating, drafting and technical control of the planning document, 2) information on Advertising and implementation process of public scrutiny, as well as information about maintaining the Commission's session, and 3) an overview of all objections that are filed in the planning document with the position of the Commission on any objections and short explanation. The report referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article, the body is studied Commission sent to all administrative bodies, which were exhibited planning documents for public inspection.
The report referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article, the Commission who is educated processor delivers planning document that is required to act upon it within a period not longer than 30 days after receipt of the report. The deadline for acting on the report of the completed public release of the Strategy is 30-60 days. 4th Analytical and documentation basis Article 50 Simultaneously with the development plan document for each phase of art. 32 and 33 of this Ordinance, access to the development of analytical and documentation basis of the planning document. Analytical and documentation basis of the planning document contains, in particular: excerpts from the higher order planning documents, planning documents, excerpts from neighboring areas, a list of documents used for the preparation of planning documents (planning, technical, developmental and others); excerpt from the documentation being used; elaborate on the individual areas on which the synthesis is made, an explanation of objectives, planning solutions and guidelines for the implementation of the planning document, thematic maps and other graphs, special conditions and requirements of the competent authority; opinions of the competent ministries and other organizations; report on the performed expert control planning document; report the public release of the completed planning document, and other documents relevant to the development plan document. An integral part of the analytical and documentation basis of spatial plan is the strategy of development of the planning areas under Article 33 of this Ordinance. Analytical and documentation basis of spatial plan areas of specialpurpose, in addition to elements from paragraphs 2 and 3 of this Article, includes: excerpts from the long-term strategies, plans and programs relating to the dominant purpose, function or activity in the
area of planning, analysis and evaluation of development activities in the planning area and its impact on the environment and natural and cultural assets and the performance of other activities in space, availability and terms of sustainable use of space and other documents relevant to the development plan document. 5th Agreement on implementation of the spatial plan Article 51 Agreement on implementation of the spatial plan is an integral part of the spatial plan and concludes by making the spatial plan. Agreement on implementation of the spatial plan has particular responsibilities in the implementation of the basic planning solutions, the obligations of signatories in respect of the conditions for access to appropriate funds (according to specified planning solutions and measures), as well as the dynamics and the way of providing funds for their implementation. IV FINAL PROVISIONS Article 52 On the effective date of this Ordinance shall supersede the Regulation on the content of the Spatial Plan ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 1 / 99). Article 53 This Regulation shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia". Contribution RULES FOR DIGITAL PREPARATION planning documents First Topographical signs 1) Point means Are signs dotted the village and individual or group facility, planned and / or existing. 2) Line means First The boundaries of [the state border, the border AP, county boundaries (region), municipal boundaries, boundaries KO (Atari
settlements), the boundary of the planning area] - black color ________________________________________ Type the border line thickness Transparency Shape ________________________________________ State border 75 lines long line-item-item-long line 12 pt Limit AP 75 lines long line-item-long Line 9 pt The border districts (regions) 50-line center line center line-item 6 pt Municipal boundaries 25 full line of 3 pt Limit KO (Atari settlement) 0 solid line 1 pt The boundary of the planning area 0 dotted line 6 pt ________________________________________ Second Isoline thickness of 0.25 to 1 pt. Shape line - a solid line. Third Transport infrastructure Road transport, air transport, rail transport, water transport, telecommunications thickness of lines 9, 6, 4.5, 3, 2.25, 1.5 pt. 4th Energy and other infrastructure Power line, pipeline, oil pipeline, heating, plumbing, sewage, drainage network thickness of the line 4.5, 3, 2.25, 1.5 pt. Planned facilities are drawn intermittently format dashed line with medium segments. Apply the following types of lines: First full line of ________________________________ Second dotted lines ................................................ ................. Third dashed line with short segments __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ 4th dashed line with the mid-___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ __ 5th dashed lines with long segments _____ _____ _____ _____ ___ 6th line mean line-item short-line ___. ___. ___. ___. 7th line long line-item-long line _____. _____. _____. _____
8th line long-line point-point-long line _____. . _____. . _____. . Thick lines represent the millimeters of the analog mapping and points (points-pt) for digital processing, and are given in the following thicknesses:
3) Surface means Surface signs are planned to existing space purposes, the regime of use and zone protection areas, as well as a large group of objects. For the presentation of the method used and the method of color fills. Land use: Building plot - yellow Agricultural land - light orange Water land (light blue with vertical hatches) Waters - blue Forest land - green Protected natural goods - dark green Protected cultural property - light green Zone of protection depending on the purpose (first-degree sharpest darkest color) Exploitation of mineral raw materials - brown Housing - Housing zone with the primary function (collectively and family housing) - yellow with vertical hatches 4) A descriptive signs Descriptive signs are in Cyrillic in the scheduled code 1251 (ANSICyrillic) TrueType font Century Gothic and Times New Roman for digital processing, the size of 60-20 pt, normal size, bold, italic, underline, bold italic.
Descriptive signs monitor orientation north. Second Color Name Transparency color red green blue color name (red, green, blue): 75 50 25 0 Bela Bela 255 255 255 (255, 255, 255) Black Black 0 0 0 (0, 0, 0); Dark blue 0 0 128 Dark blue (0, 0, 128); Dark Blue 1 (indigo) 51 51 153 Dark Blue 1 (indigo) (51, 51, 153); Dark blue 2 0 51 102 Dark Blue 2 (0, 51, 102); Blue Blue 0 0 255 (0, 0, 255); Blue 1 (golubija blue) 102 102 153 Blue 1 (golubije blue) (102, 102, 153); Blue 2 (dark teal) 0128128 Blue 2 (tamnotirkizna) (0, 128, 128); Light blue 1 0128255 Light Blue 1 (0, 128, 255); Light blue 2 (Aqua) 51,204,204 Light blue 2 (Aqua) (51, 204, 204); Light blue 3 (sky blue) 0204255 Light Blue 3 (sky blue) (0, 204, 255); Light blue 4 (turquoise) 0255255 Light blue 4 (Turquoise) (0, 255, 255); Light blue 5 (pale blue) 153 204 255 Light Blue 5 (pale blue) (153, 204, 255); Light blue 6 (pale turquoise) 204 255 255 Light Blue 6 (pale turquoise) (204, 255, 255); Dark green 0 51 0 Dark green (0, 51, 0); Dark green 1 - Dark Olive 51 Dark green 51 0 1 - dark olive (51, 51, 0); Green Green 0 128 0 (0, 128, 0); Olive - Green 128 128 0 Olive-green (128, 128, 0); Water - Green 51,153,102 Water-green (151, 153, 102); Bright green 0 255 0 bright green (0, 255, 0); Light Green 204 255 204 Light Green (204, 255, 204); Light yellow 255 255 153 Light yellow (255, 255, 153); Light yellow one - light Sombre 255 204 153 Light Yellow 1 - Sombre
light (255, 204, 153); Yellow Yellow 255 255 0 (255, 255, 0); Yellow 1 - Golden Yellow 255 204 0 1 - Gold (255, 204, 0); Light orange 255 153 0 Light orange (255, 153, 0); Orange Orange 255 102 0 (255, 102, 0); Brown - Sepia 153 51 0 Brown - Sepia (153, 51, 0); Dark Red - Bordeaux 128 0 0 Dark Red - Bordeaux (128, 0, 0); Red Red 255 0 0 (255, 0, 0); Purple - pink 255 0 255 Purple - pink (255, 0, 255); Roze Roze 255 153 204 (255, 153, 204); Purple - Lavender Purple 204 153 204 - Lavender (204, 153, 204); Lights Purple - Purple 153 51 102 Svetla purple - purple (153, 51, 102); Purple Violet 128 0 128 (128, 0, 128); Dark purple 153 0255 Deep Purple (153, 0, 255); Transparency color ranges in the interval 25%, 50%, 75% and 0%. Transparency is applied in combination with the hatches, when there are more layer. Third Hatches To represent the surface characters are used, and hatches, as follows: vertical, horizontal and oblique (upright and downward at an angle of 45%).
ORDINANCE About Conditions of parceling construction and contents, CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURE OF ISSUING ACT ON URBAN CONDITIONS OF OBJECTS FOR WHICH GRANTED APPROVAL FOR CONSTRUCTION OF MUNICIPAL OR CITY DEPARTMENT "Official Gazette of RS ", no. 75/2003
GENERAL PROVISIONS Article 1 This Ordinance shall be determined by general conditions of land subdivision and construction of the settlement until such time as the zoning plan and land outside the village until you pass a spatial plan, or zoning plan with the elements on which it may issue an act on zoning conditions or extract from the plan, and to obtaining approval for the construction and contents, conditions and procedure for issuance of the act on urban conditions for structures approved for construction issued by the municipal or city governments. Article 2 General Terms of zoning regulation, in terms of this Ordinance, constitute a set of interdependent rules and elements of education and development of building lots, determining the regulation and construction lines, mutual position, height and external appearance of buildings, and other rules for the formation of the act on urban conditions and giving permission for the construction of which is applicable when a valid spatial or urban plan does not contain these elements. Article 3
General parcellation, in terms of these Regulations, include the planning elements for determining the size, shape and surface lot, regulatory, nivelacione elements for marking building lots and construction rules, which are usually determined by the spatial or urban planning, in a case provided for by law. Article 4 If urban and spatial plan not been adopted, or if the spatial and urban plan has enough elements for the implementation of regulation and land subdivision in accordance with the general rules set forth in this ordinance, act on urban conditions may establish rules for structures in the zones referred to in Article 6 of this Ordinance, and family housing; Multiple dwellings, rural residential, commercial, commercial, industrial, economic structures and other facilities by type and purpose, and which are not covered by Article 89 of the Act. General rules of urban regulation Article 5 Regulation of space settlements is based on a system of regulation elements, namely: 1) urban indicators (for all purposes, the index or the degree of development, or utilizing index); 2) urban network lines (regulation lines, building lines, wheel lines of roads, perimeter zone); 3) Rules of construction (an object, distance, height of the building, setting up fences, parking and garaging, etc.). Article 6 Areas intended for construction may be the specific way of using the building as shown: First zone houses for rent, Second rural areas, Third zone of the few resorts and family building, 4th general residential zone in high density neighborhoods, 5th mixed and industrial areas,
6th city housing and generally higher density zone, 7th zone reconstruction and rehabilitation, 8th central urban zone and business zone, 9th Other special areas and special facilities, infrastructure facilities, gas stations and more. Family residential buildings are buildings housing a maximum of 4 units. General residential zones are zones with two or more types of housing construction. Urban development indicators Article 7 Index or the degree of development of the relationship between gross developed surface constructed above ground floor of usable space and surface plots, and the maximum allowed by the zones of construction is: First zone Vacation Home 0.3 Second rural zone 0.6 Third zone of the few settlements and the construction of family 1.0 4th general residential zone in the villages of medium density 1.6 5th mixed and industrial zones and other special areas of 2.1 6th city housing and the general zone of larger density of 2.4 7th zone of reconstruction and renewal 3.2 8th central urban zone and business zone 4.2 Article 8 Index, or utilizing land is the relationship between gross surface area of the facility and building lots multiplied by the number 100 and the maximum allowed by the zones of construction is: First zone houses for rent 20 Second rural areas 30 Third zone of the few settlements and the construction of 40 family 4th general residential zone of high density 50 5th city housing and the general zone of larger density of 60
6th mixed and industrial zones and other special areas 70 7th zone of reconstruction and renovation of 80 8th urban and central business zone 90 Article 9 For the construction of facilities of general interest may be waived by the zoning of certain indicators of Art. 7 and 8 of these Regulations. The urban network of lines Article 10 Regulation line is a line of demarcation of parcels for land and buildings of public interest or public construction land, the parcels that have other purposes, or from other construction sites. Article 11 Line regulation is determined in relation to the shaft line (axis of a public road) or on the perimeter (Kay, tracks, railways, hospitals, etc.) and marks of all existing and planned roads. The distance between the regulating lines (bandwidth control) is determined depending on the function and level roads, and infrastructure as well as horizontal, overhead and underground regulation, a minimum allowable bandwidth regulation by types of street: First residential streets 8.00 Second collecting street 10.00 Third pedestrian paths 1.50 4th driveway 5.00 5th Family passes 2.50 6th roads in rural areas 10.00 Regulatory lines are analytical geodetic marks for all the planned roads in the village. Article 12 Regulatory lines and axle road a public road are the basic elements for determining the transport network. Regulatory and axle line of new roads shall be determined in relation
to existing regulation and parcelaciju, the existing alignment of roads and transport network functionality. Leveling of roads and other public areas shall be budgeted and downs of transverse and longitudinal profile of the belt regulation.The established analytical coordinates (elevation alignment) of characteristic points in the plan are leveling ground for determining the grade level of regulatory lines as a basis for entrance to the building and decorating other areas outside the zone regulation Article 13 City and naseljska (primary and secondary) network infrastructure (water, sewer, TT networks, gas networks, district heating) is placed in the area of regulation. For new or built in the village, down the belt regulation for setting up the infrastructure network and public greenery (trees, parks) in areas of parcels characterized purposes (public road) and outside these zones (transmission lines, pipelines, main gas pipelines, heating, etc.). Article 14 Building line coincides with damper line on the building or land is located at a distance that is for certain types of objects defined by this ordinance Building object is placed on the front facade of the building line or within the space oivienog building line. If the rules provide for particularly important areas or zones where major reconstruction utilizing parcel, it is necessary to define the construction yard line. Article 15 Underground construction lines to underground facilities to be built in the area unaffected by the construction of objects of general interest (underground Pedestrian passes, underground public garage spaces, communal facilities, etc.) shall be in the band regulation. Underground construction of underground lines for other objects (parts of buildings, shelters, garages, etc.) can be determined in a belt
between the regulation and the building line, as in the inner courtyard outside dimensions of the object, if it is not an obstacle to the functioning of the facility or infrastructure and transport networks . Article 16 For above-ground facilities to be built in the area unaffected by the construction of objects of general interest (overhead Pedestrian crossings, overhead gangways as the connection of two objects over a public road, etc.) overhead line construction shall be in the area of regulation. The urban policies of spatial planning and construction Article 17 Objects can be placed on the building plot: 1) in an unbroken series of - building on the plot touches both lateralline building lots; 2) in the interrupted series of - building touches only one side lot line construction; 3) as free-standing - object does not touch a single line of building lots; 4) as poluatrijumski - property touches three lines of building lots. Article 18 Mutual distance of free viespratnica and facilities are being built in a series of interrupted, at least half the height of the higher building. Distance may be reduced to a quarter if the facility naspramnim side walls do not contain naspramne openings on the premises for residential (as well as studios and business premises). This distance can be less than 4.00 m if one of the walls of the building has openings for day lighting. In addition to the requirements of paragraph 1 of this multi-storey detached building can block direct sunshine to another facility for more than half of direct insolation. In building viespratnica and facilities are being built in a continuous sequence, the new facility is left svetlarnik same size and symmetry svetlarniku existing building.
Article 19 The height of the building is the distance from the house to the zerokote kote slemenu (for buildings with pitched roof) or up to the level wreath (for objects with flat roof). The maximum building height established by the provisions of this Ordinance. Zero (absolute) point is the point of intersection of the lines of the terrain and the vertical axis of the object. Article 20 The relative height of the building is one that is determined by other objects or width regulation. Relative height is determined by the following relations, namely: 1) The height of the new facility is less than 1.5 the width of the street or the regulation of distance to the building line naspramnog facility; 2) The amount wreath of a new building with cornice cornice is synchronized with the neighboring property. Article 21 The height of the building is: 1) the relatively flat terrain - the distance from the zero-kote kote slemenu (for buildings with pitched roof), or wreath (for objects with flat roof); 2) on steep terrain with a slope towards the street (upward) when the distance from zero elevation to the elevation or vertical alignment of public access roads less than or equal to 2.00 m - distance from the zero-kote kote slemenu or wreath; 3) on steep terrain with a slope towards the street (upward) when the distance from zero elevation to the elevation or vertical alignment of the public access road to greater than 2.00 m - height from the public road alignment up to the level slemenu (wreath) less than the height difference 2.00 m; 4) on steep terrain with a slope from the street (down), when the object is zero elevation lower than the elevation of the public or the access road - height from alignment times up to the level slemenu (wreath);
5) on steep terrain with a slope that follows the slope of road building height shall be determined by applying the relevant points of this article. The height of buildings that have an indirect link with public or private access road over the pass is determined in accordance with the provisions of Par. 1) to 5) of this Article. Article 22 Ground floor level of buildings shall be determined in relation to elevation and alignment of public access roads, and the zero elevation object, as follows: 1) ground floor level of new buildings on flat terrain can not be less than the dimensions or alignment of public access roads; 2) ground floor level can be a maximum of 1.20 m above the zero elevation; 3) for objects on the ground with a steep incline from the street (down), when the zero elevation lower than the elevation of leveling a public road, ground floor level can be a maximum of 1.20 m below the elevation of the public road alignment; 4) for the structures on steep terrain with a slope that follows the slope of road ground floor level of the object is determined by applying the appropriate points in this article; 5) For facilities that have an indirect relationship with the public, via a private passageway, ground floor level shall be determined by the act on urban conditions and applying the appropriate points in this article; 6) for objects on the ground floor have a non-residential purposes (operations and activities) ground floor level can be a maximum of 0.20 m above the pavement elevation (displacement of up to 1.20 m outperforming inside the building). Article 23 Outages on the property can not exceed the building line of more than 1.60 m, and regulatory line more than 1.20 m to the upper part of the facility of 3.00 m. The horizontal projection of failure sets in relation to
construction and regulatory line. Article 24 Building supplies at ground level can exceed construction, or the regulatory line (counting from the base body of the building to the horizontal projection turns out), as follows: 1) stores shop windows - 0.30 m, the whole amount, when the minimum pavement width is 3.00 m, and below that the width of sidewalks is not allowed to build outage window bars on the ground; 2) bedrooms bars - 0.90 m for the entire amount in Pedestrian Zones; 3) locksmith transparent cantilever canopies in the area of ground floors - 2.00 m for the entire width of the building with a height of over 3.00 m; 4) canvas canopy with a massive construction locksmith - 1.00 m from the outer edge of pavement at a height above 3.00 m, and Pedestrian zones according to specific site conditions; 5) console commercials - 1.20 m in height over 3.00 m. Article 25 Building elements (bay windows, porch, balconies, entrance canopies with and without pillars, canopies, etc.) on the first floor level can not exceed the building, and regulatory line (counting from the base body of the building to the horizontal projection turns out), as follows: 1) on the part of the building towards the front yard - 1.20 m, but the total area of building elements can not exceed 50% of street facades above the ground; 2) on the part of the building to the side yard of predominantly northern orientation (minimum distance of 1.50 m) - 0.60 m, but the total area of building elements can not exceed 30% of the side facades above the ground; 3) on the part of the building to the side yard mostly facing south (the minimum distance of 2.50 m) - 0.90 m, but the total area of building elements can not exceed 30% of the side facades above the ground; 4) on the part of the building to the rear yard (minimum distance from
the rear line of the adjoining building plot of 5.00 m) - 1.20 m, but the total area of building elements can not exceed 30% of the rear faade above the ground. For excesses greater than 1.20 m applies the rule in Article 23 of this Ordinance. Article 26 Open exterior stairs shall be placed on the property (front side) if the building line of 3.00 m set back from the regulatory line and if you master on their own height to 0.90 m. Bathing in paragraph 1 of this article by master on their height over 0.90 m included in the dimensions of the building. Bathing in paragraph 1 which are placed on the side or back of the building can not interfere with the passage of the yard and other functions. Article 27 Building supplies below the level of pavement - basement level - can exceed construction, or regulatory line (counting from the base body of the building to the horizontal projection turns out), as follows: 1) at foundations and basement walls - 0.15 m to a depth of 2.60 m below the pavement surface, and below that depth - 0.50 m; 2) manholes basement to the sidewalk level elevation - 1.00 m. Rates based can not cross the border adjoining parcels, except with the consent of the landowner or user. Article 28 Height nazitka residential attic is no more than 1.60 m starting from the attic floor level to the point of fracture of roof slope, and is determined by the particular case. Article 29 Building lots may hedge a masonry fence to a height of 0.90 m (counting from the sidewalk elevation) or transparent fence to a height of 1.40 m. Pitches with wheel alignment is higher than 0.90 m from the
neighboring, can be transparent hedge fence to a height of 1.40 m, which can be placed on the foundation of which is determined by the competent municipal authority. Zidane and other types of fences are set at the setting so that the line fence, the fence and gates are the building plot, which makes reservations. Opaque masonry fence between the land rises to a height of 1.40 m with the consent of neighbors, so that the fence be on the land owners fence. Adjoining building lots may be living a green hedge fence, which is planted in the axis limits of building lots or transparent fence to a height of 1.40 m, which is set according to the cadastral plan and the operator, so that the fence be on the land owners fence. Doors and gates on the street the fence can not be opened outside the regulatory line. Article 30 Parcels in rural areas can hedge in the manner provided in Article 29 of this Ordinance, and may be pregraivati into functional whole (housing part, the economic part, the economic approach, housing and access to garden), with the height of internal fences may not exceed height of the outer enclosure. Article 31 Pitches for objects of general interest to distance themselves in the manner provided in Article 29 of this Ordinance. Building lots on which there are objects that represent an immediate danger to human life, and building lots of special purpose, to distance themselves in a manner determined by the competent authority. Building lots on which there are industrial buildings and other work and business centers and industrial zones (warehouses, workshops, etc.) can hedge the stone fence height to 2.20 m. Article 32 Drainage of surface water shall be nivelacionim solution at the level of
the block in the regulatory plan. If this solution does not exist, surface water drains from the land drop by Rigol, or the street (at regulated sewer or jarkovima) with the smallest drop of 1.5%. Surface water from one building lot may not be usmeravati to another plot. Surface and other waste water from yard drains in rural areas are regulated by ubrine pit when a commercial yard located along a public road. Article 33 The external appearance of the building, roof shape, applied materials, colors and other elements are determined by an architectural project. The external appearance of the building in the urban whole of special cultural value, adjusted to the conditions of conservation. General rules for the regulation of family housing Article 34 Minimum distance between the building and line regulation for family housing facility is 3.0 m. The zone in which there are built family residences distance referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be determined on the basis of the position of most buildings here (over 50%). For family residential building that has an indirect relationship with the public through a private passage through the separation referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be the act on urban conditions. Article 35 The distance between family dwellings except poluatrijumskih facilities and uninterrupted is 4.00 m. For the constructed family dwellings whose mutual distance is less than 3.00 m, in the case of reconstruction can not be predicted on the sides of neighboring openings naspramni residential premises. Distance family dwelling which has an indirect relationship with the public road on private passages of neighboring buildings shall be established by the Act of urban conditions by type of construction in
accordance with this ordinance. Distance of new family housing facility from another facility, any kind of construction or non-residential building may be at least 4.00 m and the distance is determined by applying the general rule under Article 18 of this Ordinance. Article 36 Minimum allowable distance between the base dimensions (without failure) a family housing facility and adjoining building plot lines for: First free-standing buildings on the northern part of the side-yard orientation of 1.50 m Second free-standing buildings on part of a side yard facing south 2.50 m Third dual objects, and objects in a series of interrupted on the lateral part of the yard 4.00 m 4th first or last object in a continuous series of 1.50 m For the constructed family housing which is the distance to the border of building lots of less than values determined in paragraph 1 of this Article, if the reconstruction can not be predicted on the sides of neighboring openings of residential premises. For zone built family housing which is the distance to the border of building lots of different values determined in paragraph 1 of this Article may be new objects placed on the distances that were previously set up the rules as follows: First free-standing buildings on the northern part of the side-yard orientation of 1.00 m Second free-standing buildings on part of a side yard facing south 3.00 m The distance of the family housing facility that has an indirect relationship with the public, via the private passage, to the extent of building plots is determined by the act on urban conditions by type of construction in accordance with this ordinance. Article 37
The maximum number of storeys of the family dwelling in rural areas is up to P +1, rare in residential areas and villages to the P +1 + Pk, and in residential areas and places of secondary and higher density to P +2 + Pk (P - Ground Floor, 1, 2 - number of floors; Pk - top floor). Article 38 Height of the family dwelling not to exceed 12.00 m. Family residential buildings can have a cellar or basement rooms, if there is no interference geotechnical and hydro-technical nature. Article 39 Parking of vehicles for their own purposes, the owners of family and residential buildings of all types usually provide space on its own building plot, outside the public road surface, and this - a parking garage or a place in one apartment. Parking of vehicles for their own purposes, the owners of other buildings of all types usually provide space on its own building plot, outside the area of public road, and it - a parking garage or place of 70,00 m2 of useful space, with the proviso that at least a third vehicle being were reunited in the garage. Article 40 Act of urban conditions in the same building plot can be determined by building and other facilities under special conditions for a particular construction zone. Article 41 Width of passage for private land that do not have direct access to a public road can not be less than 2.50 m. General rules for the regulation of rural buildings Article 42 Regulating the distance line from the building line for rural residential building is 5.0 m. In the area of built rural dwellings separation referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be determined on the basis of the position of most buildings here (over 50%).
For rural residential facilities that have an indirect relationship with the public road on private passages, the distance referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be the act on urban conditions. Article 43 Distance between spratnih rural dwellings is 10.00 m and 6.00 m. The free-surface For rural facilities on building plots whose front lot width greater than 15.00 m distance between at least 6.0 m. For residential buildings in the building plots whose front lot width of less than 15.00 m mutual distance of at least 5.00 m. For rural facilities constructed within a range less than 3.00 m can not be predicted on the sides of neighboring openings of residential premises. Distance between rural facilities that have an indirect relationship with the public, via the private passage, shall be governed in urban conditions by type of construction in accordance with this ordinance. Article 44 Distance of basic dimensions (without failure) slobodnostojeeg dwelling on the northern part of the side yard line orientation and the adjoining lot is 2.50 m, a double and objects in the interrupted series of 4.00 m. For residential buildings constructed whose distance to the border of building lots of less than values determined in paragraph 1 of this Article shall not be parties to the neighboring predicted open residential premises. The distance of a house that has an indirect relationship with the public, via the private passage, to the extent of building plots is determined by the act on urban conditions by type of building and applying the rules in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article. Article 45 Economic structures are: 1) Animal stalls (ivinarnici, pigstys, Govedarnica, ovarnici, tannery),
outlets for livestock, pits ubrine - dump, outhouse, etc.; 2) the housing facility: summer kitchen, Mlekara, sanitary bandpass, storehouses of food for their own use, etc.; 3) smokehouse, dryers, cage, barn, carport for machines and vehicles, storehouses of food and facilities intended for feeding livestock, etc. Distance between a house and animal barns is 15.00 m. Dump and outhouse can be away from the houses, wells, and the living source of water for at least 20.00 m, and only at a lower elevation. Distance between the object of economic items. 1, 2 and 3, paragraph 1 of this article depend on the organization's yard, with the dirty objects can be placed just down the wind compared to the pure object. The position of objects referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article in relation to the building line shall be the act on urban conditions and the application of minimum allowable distances set forth in this ordinance. Article 46 If the economic parts of the adjacent land immediately adjacent, the distance between the new economic structures of the boundary of the plot can not be less than 1.00 m. If the economic part of a parcel immediately adjacent to the residential part, the other plots, the distance between the new economic structures is determined by applying the rules referred to in Article 45 of this Ordinance. Article 47 The plot with the slope gradient of the public road (down) in the case of new construction, residential garden is set on the highest point along the public road. The minimum width of the access road to economic plot is 3.00 m. The economic garden is placed behind the residential courtyards (down). The plot with the slope gradient of the public road (upward) in the case of new construction, residential garden is set on the highest point. The minimum width of residential access road is 2.50 m, 3.00 m and
economic If the conditions referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article, a commercial yard can be put to the public, and economic structures on the building line. The distance from the building to the regulation line is determined by applying the general rules of regulation under this ordinance increased with at least 3.00 m of green space. General regulation for Multiple housing Article 48 The distance between the regulation and construction lines for Multiple housing facilities except in a row is 3.0 m, except when the act on urban conditions issued for the regulated portion of the street where the building and regulating lines overlap. In the area of residential buildings constructed vieporodinih distance referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be determined on the basis of the position of most buildings here (over 50%). For facilities that have an indirect relationship with the public, via the private passage, the distance referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall be the act on urban conditions. Article 49 Vieporodinih distance between the planned residential and surrounding buildings, except buildings in a row, is 5.0 m. For built facilities that are less than 3.00 m can not be predicted on the sides of neighboring openings naspramni residential premises. Vieporodinih distance between residential buildings that have an indirect relationship with the public, via the private passage, shall be the act on urban conditions by type of construction in accordance with this ordinance. Distance vieporodinog dwelling from another building any kind of construction or non-residential building shall be determined by applying the general rule under Article 18 of this Ordinance, but shall not be less than 4.00 m. Article 50
Distance of basic dimensions (without failure) vieporodinog residential building and adjoining building plot line is 2.5 m. Built housing for Multiple objects whose distance to the border building lots less than the value determined in paragraph 1 of this Article shall not be parties to the neighboring predicted open naspramni residential premises. Distance vieporodinog housing facility that has an indirect relationship with the public, via the private passage from the boundary of building lots shall be determined by the act on urban conditions by type of construction in accordance with this ordinance. Article 51 Spratnost vieporodinog residential building shall be determined according to the following formula, namely: 1) in the zone of high density up to P +3 + Pk to P +4 (P - Ground Floor, 2, 3 - number of floors; Pk - loft) 2) the zone of high density up to P +6 (P - Ground Floor, 3, 6 - number of floors) Act of urban conditions can be established with higher levels from specified number of storeys, item 2) of paragraph 1, in accordance with the meat situation. Multiple residential buildings can have a cellar or basement rooms, if there is no interference geotechnical and hydro-technical nature. Article 52 Vehicle subsistence vieporodinog owners of houses, all kinds of construction, as a rule, provide the building outside the pitch surface of a public road and a parking garage or a place on a flat, or one parking space from 70 m2 floor space, with the proviso that at least half vehicle is placed in a garage. Garages vieporodinih housing units are planned or under the object dimensions, outside dimensions of the building underground or above ground on the building plot. Garage area vieporodinih residential buildings that are planned over
ground on the building parcel included in the determination of the index or the degree of development in utilizing building lots. Article 53 In the event that the building lots for residential construction Multiple DISCLAIM enclosure is made in the manner referred to in Article 29 of this Ordinance. GENERAL RULES OF URBAN parcellation Division of the enlargement of building lots Article 54 A lot, as a rule, a rectangle or trapezoid. Building plot (planned and existing) has a surface area and shape that allows the construction of the facility in accordance with the solutions from the plan, the rules of construction and technical regulations. Article 55 Building plots can share the land division to a minimum determined by applying the rules of parcelization. Division of Paragraph 1 of this Article may be established urban project, if it meets the conditions for the application of general rules and regulation of land subdivision under this Ordinance. Article 56 Building plots can be ukrupniti preparcelacijom, according to a planned or existing construction, or planned or existing purposes of building plots. Enlargement of paragraph 1 of this Article may be established urban project, if it meets the conditions for the application of general rules and regulation of land subdivision regulations. Planning project Article 57 Planning project is made in accordance with the zoning plan and the need for land subdivision or preparcelacije in accordance with this ordinance. Planning project is made on the certified topographic-cadastral plans
as well as urban-architectural solution for the planned construction and includes a graphical and textual part. Graphic part of the urban project in the required number of sheets include: - Situational view of town and parternog solutions, or disposition of facilities with nivelacionim and regulatory solution; - Urban solution proposed land subdivision with analytical and surveying members; - Urban-architectural solution for interior design and building, an architectural solutions of buildings and landscape planning, with the necessary urban and architectural elements of space (Intersect, prospects, silhouettes, roofs, paint, trim details, etc.); - Plan roads if they are provided in the area that are governed by a town planning project, or situational display of traffic surfaces with elements of the marking; - Plan of the free (not built) surface (vegetation, paving, urban equipment, etc.); - Combined display of communal infrastructure with connections to the external network, or design solutions are synchronous with the utility infrastructure plan for the larger complexes, and if necessary, plan individual utility installations and structures (situations and profiles). Text part of the urban project description, technical description and explanation of the solution of urban projects, and requires a description and explanation of: - Purpose and character of the area (traffic areas if the urban project and provided space for other purposes); - Purpose building as a whole, as well as the purpose of certain overhead and ground floors; - The necessary projects and work on existing buildings (reconstruction; nadziivanje; repairs; adaptation, installation and replacement of state; extension, change of purpose, etc.); - Stages of bringing the solution space purposes if it is provided.
Planning project if necessary, can also contain photographs of existing buildings and make the relationship with them, through scale models, computer editing, animation and more. Planning project is shown in razmerama 1:1000, 1:500 or as appropriate detail, and profiles and details of suitable size. Documentation urban project includes: - The border area, which governs planning project with the extract from the plan which envisions the creation of urban features of the area subject of urban projects in urban or larger spatial whole or - Excerpt from an appropriate plan that elaborates on urban design, with the borders of the covered space; - Analysis of the environmental impact of those facilities for which there is an obligation of such analysis; - Drawings, plans and programs for existing and future users; - Information on existing facilities, or facilities to be built; - Urban and architectural solutions to jury or the general or conceptual designs of the building - depending on the characteristics of space, and alternative solutions (if any) from the analysis indicate that the choice of most appropriate solutions, etc.; - Need explanation. Urban land subdivision in the solution of proposed planning project is shown in Razmeri 1:1000 and 1:500 for the urbanized area and a small area of the complex, or other appropriate Razmeri (1:2500, 1:2880 for an area outside the building REGIONS and large areas of the complex) . General rules for the parcelling of family housing Article 58 Minimum building plot to build slobodnostojeeg family dwelling is 300.00 (m2), the dual object is 400.00 m2 (two per 200,00 m2), objects in an unbroken series of 150.00 m2 130.00 m2 poluatrijumskih buildings and facilities the interrupted series of 200,00 m2. For construction land whose surface is less than the minimum area
specified in paragraph 1 of this article can act on zoning conditions to determine the construction of family housing facility GF +1, with two apartments, the index or the degree of development of up to 1.0 and an index or utilizing to 60 Article 59 Minimum width of the building lots for the construction slobodnostojeeg family residential structure is 10.00 m, 16.00 semidetached houses (two per 8.00 m) and objects in a continuous series of 5.00 m. For building plot, whose width is less than the minimum width specified in paragraph 1 of this Article may determine the conditions of the urban construction of the building number of floors to P +1, with two apartments, the index or the degree of development of up to 1.0 and an index or utilizing up to 60 . General rules for land plotting facilities in rural areas Article 60 The smallest parcel in the new (built in) rural settlement for nonagricultural households is 400.00 m2 for mixed 600.00 m2 and 800.00 m2 for agriculture. The minimum width of the front lots in rural areas for all types of construction is 15.00 m. For building plot with the area or width less than the minimum area or width specified in paragraph 1 of this Article, may act on zoning conditions to determine the construction or reconstruction of the number of storeys of the building to P +1, the index or the degree of development of up to 0.6 and an index or degree iskorienosti to 40 General parcelling housing for Multiple Article 61 The minimum lot width for detached Multiple dwellings is 20.0 mA for the objects in the interrupted series of 15.0 m. The minimum parcel size for Multiple dwellings is 600 m2. ACT ON URBAN CONDITIONS
Act on urban conditions for construction outside of the village Article 62 With the request for the issuance of the act on urban conditions shall be a copy of the plan and sutuacioni plan or graphic representation of the lot where the proposed construction of the planned disposition, height, size and purpose facility. The act of energy facilities for which construction is issued energy permits issued in accordance with the permit and the spatial plan. Prior to issuance of the act on urban conditions for construction of certain types of objects are obtained and other conditions prescribed by law (analysis of impacts on the environment, etc.). The contents of the act on urban conditions Article 63 Act on urban conditions which the issuing authority in the municipality or town or city of Belgrade, contains an excerpt from the physical or preispitanog urban planning and construction of temporary rules, and general rules of construction and land subdivision and zoning requirements related to building plot the requirements for the issuance of the act on urban conditions, including: - Rules of construction; - Regulatory and building line; - Nivelacione conditions; - Opportunities and technical conditions for connection to traffic, utilities and other infrastructure; - Other special conditions; - Name of the authority which issued the act on urban conditions; - Number and date of the act on urban conditions; - Signature of authorized person; - Stamp of the authority which issued the act on urban conditions. Act on urban conditions for construction of facilities referred to in Article 89, paragraph 4 of the planning and construction, in addition to elements referred to in paragraph 1 of this article contains information
about the previous works. Issuance of the act on urban conditions Article 64 Act on urban conditions, the applicant shall be issued in two copies, and when the act on urban conditions issued by the Ministry in charge of urban planning: an example is submitted to the municipality or city in whose territory the facility is built, or procures the act on urban conditions. Contributions to the act on urban conditions Article 65 The competent municipal or local government or the ministry responsible for urban development, the applicant to act on zoning conditions submitted and obtained copies of conditions or opinions of agencies and organizations that have established special conditions for making the act on urban conditions, in order to develop the preliminary design and for obtaining approval for construction. Article 66 Upon entry into force of this Ordinance shall supersede Regulation on general rules of zoning and land subdivision regulations ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 37/98). Article 67 This Regulation shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia"
EXAMPLE OF DECISION FOR THE DETERMINATION OF LEASE AND FEES FOR BUILDING REGULATION OF LAND DECISION On the criteria and criteria for determining LEASE AND FEES FOR BUILDING REGULATION OF LAND
("Official Gazette of the City of Belgrade", no. 16/2003, 22/2003 - corr., 24/2003, 2 / 2004 and 12/2004, "Official Gazette of RS", no. 68/2005 - Decision of the USRS and the "Official Gazette of Belgrade, "no. 3 / 2006) I GENERAL PROVISIONS Article 1 This decision establishes the criteria and criteria and to calculate the amount of contracting and lease fees editing of building land in urban areas of municipalities: Novi Beograd, Zemun, Zemun, Zemun, Novi Beograd, Zemun, Zemun, Zemun, Zemun and Stari Grad (hereinafter referred to as urban areas municipalities). Article 2 Rents and fees for the editing of building sites shall be determined by zones and building purposes. The fee for the editing of building land in addition to the criteria referred to in paragraph 1 this Article shall be determined and the costs of editing of building land (cost of preparing and equipping). Article 3 The basis for determining the boundary zone of the economic or market value of the criterion location, where value locations precisely proportional to its attractiveness and excellence, and traffic opsluenosti accessibility, scope and diversity of supply in the zone, the number of users who visit me, a special fitness for a particular purpose, etc.. Area of city municipality is divided into five zones extending from the center to the periphery. As a special extra-zone shall be established for the most attractive
locations in the zone in the previous paragraph are planned to build office and residential buildings, as well as to build in green spaces. An integral part of this decision is a list of areas of the city's municipal codes and schematic graphical representation of the same. Article 4 Application objects - space or land for which rent is determined and benefits are: - Objects of social standards (schools, colleges, children's institutions, institutions of social protection, health facilities, cultural facilities, sports facilities and religious buildings); - Housing (flats in collective residential buildings, apartments in apartment and office building, residential buildings in a row, the housing part of the studio and accompanying garage in residential buildings); - Economic and productive sectors (storage, warehouses and warehouse facilities, manufacturing trades, industry, construction, municipal buildings, markets, traffic and associated buildings, public garages, and associated business space - an office in a business or manufacturing facility and associated garage at the facilities); - Business services (business and residential apartments, diplomatic missions, embassies and residences, restaurants, hotels, exchange, commercial and health care, commercial and educational, commercial facilities of children's institutions, studios, galleries, showrooms, sports and business activities sports facilities for commercial use, service trades and associated garage space in these facilities); - Business and Commercial (administrative, commercial, commercial, shopping centers, wholesale, discounts,
facilities for fun and entertainment: betting, casinos, video clubs, etc.., and other commercial facilities character and associated garage space in these facilities); - Individual residential buildings (residential buildings on separate parcels, with a maximum of four flats and useful surface area not exceeding 400 square meters. All other facilities for housing purposes are the objects referred to in indent 2 of this article. Application objects - space, or land, other than those specified in paragraph 1 this Article shall be by najslinijoj purposes. Article 5 Rents and fees for the editing of building land are calculated per square meter (m2) usable area of buildings whose construction planning document provides the basis JUS UC 2100 ("Official Gazette of FRY", no. 32/2002), respectively, which is determined by the project as follows: - Usable area is the floor area of the building. In doing so, the area included all areas the window niches, windows, radiator, built-in parts of the furniture and the like; - All usable area is counted toward the final measures of the processed surface of the walls. If the measures taken between the raw surfaces of the walls, or from the project (drawings), then calculated as area reduced by 3%. This reduction does not apply if the walls of prefabricated elements, which the machined surface does not increase the thickness of the wall marked in the figure, if the project provided for unfinished walls, and if measures are taken from the project as built;
- Area of the social standards of the area is all working, auxiliary and ancillary facilities with associated communications; - A residential area is the sum of all floors in flats in the collective residential building (excluding communication and common areas outside the flat) and size of dwellings in residential and commercial buildings; - Area of economic production space area of all the working, auxiliary and ancillary facilities with accompanying and supporting business communications, office space and whose surface does not exceed 25% of the total area; - Area business and service area is the total net area of all space; - Area business and commercial space area of all the working, auxiliary and ancillary facilities with associated communications; - Surface facilities diplomatic and consular missions (embassies) and the residence area of all working, auxiliary and ancillary facilities with associated communications; - Area corresponding garage area is the area of the garage spaces without communication; - Size of individual housing area of all floors in the family housing building, including communications and utility areas; - Area of sports and recreational facilities, swimming pool, gym, sauna, biliary fat and similar spaces in residential buildings, are not considered common areas. Article 6 Usable area of contracting and rental fees for editing of building land is calculated with the following coefficients: First coefficient of 2 for:
1.1. objects filling stations with associated content without shelter, Second coefficient of 1 for: 2.1. all the usable area referred to in Article 5, 2.2. Recreational "bubble" 2.3. canopies with a gas station, Third coefficient of 0.75 for: 3.1. galleries indoors 3.2. living space and warehouse in the basement and the basement level, 4th Coefficient of 0:50: 4.1. garage spaces without communication, 4.2. all ancillary buildings with brick family dwellings (storage, sheds, etc.). 4.3. outdoor swimming pools and sports facilities open to family housing, 4.4. shelter to the economically-productive and commercial buildings, 4.5. areas of open space (balconies, terraces, porches and balconies). 5th Coefficient of 12:25 for: 5.1. objects of public purposes: recreation and sports facilities and facilities for fun and entertainment in the open space 5.2. economic structures with a family dwellings (bins, barns, Senica, etc..) 5.3. open storage. The fee is not charged for surface lifts and utility facilities (substations, akubaterija, hidrocila and transformer sub-stations within the facility). II RENT Article 7 The height of the rent for public and other construction land shall be calculated according to the zones set out in this decision, whereby within each zone determines the height of the rent
for different purposes. Rents are determined by the net amount on a monthly basis and calculated per square meter of useful surface of the object, which is built in a particular zone. Rents, in the previous paragraph is set forth in the calculated net of tax services. Taxes on services shall be borne by the lessee. Red. no. Purpose Land - Property Leasing on a monthly basis din/m2 object Extra Zone I Zone II Zone III Zone IV Zone V Zone First Units of social standards 1.88 1.48 1.38 0.96 0.57 Second Housing facilities 3.66 2.44 2.11 1.79 1.30 0.98 Third Economic and production facilities 2.72 2.31 1.93 1.37 1.00 4th Business-service facilities 14.80 9.87 7.80 6.42 4.68 3.45 5th Business and commercial buildings 20.48 13.65 9.75 7.02 5.01 3.84 6th Individual residential buildings 3.66 2.12 1.58 1.07 0.78 0.58 The obligation to pay rent is a person who has exercised the right of tenure, and it occurs on the day the lease agreement, a lessee is paid monthly, yearly or for a period of five years in advance. Specified rent is subject to change in accordance with the monthly indicator of price growth in the small city Bureau of Statistics and Informatics. The parameters on the basis of which the rents are subject to mandatory review after five years period, as required earlier. III Compensation for THE REGULATION OF PUBLIC BUILDING LAND Article 8 The fee for the regulation of construction sites by this decision, pay the person who received land
lease, a person who has the right to land use, building rights, which performs renovation, reconstruction, extension, change of purpose and build a temporary facility, as well as the owners of buildings constructed or reconstructed without a building permit. A person who performs internal adaptation and reconstruction within the existing dimensions and volume of legal constructed facility, without increasing the total calculated surface and no change purposes, does not pay compensation for the editing of building land. Article 9 Regulation of building land includes the costs of preparing and equipping of public construction sites, including: - Preparation of a public building land includes investigative work, making surveying and other surface, making planning and project documentation, resolving property-legal affairs, displacement, demolition of buildings that were designed for this plan, renovation of facilities, development of programs for editing land and other works; - Construction and equipping of public lands includes the construction of water supply and networks, sewer, traffic area with full equipment, building and parking area peakih, construction and editing of public green areas with support facilities and other works. The fee for the editing of building land does not include infrastructure costs that an investor separately agreed with the relevant companies (of power distribution facilities and networks, TT facilities and networks, the cable distribution system, heating of, gasification, etc.)..
Article 10 The amount of compensation for the regulation of construction sites shall be determined depending on: - Costs of regulation of construction sites, - Purpose of object-space (or land), scheduled for construction. Article 11 Fee for regulation of construction sites shall be determined according to the functional range of network whose funding is used and refers to: - Backbone Network - The primary network, - A secondary network. Article 12 Calculation of compensation for the regulation of construction sites shall be based on infrastructure costs The functional range, namely: - The cost of building the main network (buildings and works which are of direct influence on the total capacity and function of the appropriate municipal systems and are important for the places and the area of the city municipality) - The cost of building the primary network (buildings and works, serving two or more blocks stamenih existing or planned, or narrow spatial whole other purposes and have significance only for the part Territory), - The cost of building a secondary network (parts of utility systems serving two or more objects in a residential block, or in the narrow space a whole other purpose and are important only for the housing block or narrow spatial whole). Work on construction of utility facilities, the part that serves some
residential buildings or facilities other purposes, in order to connect these facilities with the appropriate systems Neighborhood utility infrastructure, are considered integral parts of facilities that serve, not shown in the work on the regulation of urban construction sites and are not included in the fee for editing construction sites. Performance and funding of these works bear the face of Article 8 this decision. Article 13 Fee for regulation of construction sites is calculated by the square meter of useful surface of the object or area that is being built. Article 14 Fee for regulation of construction sites shall be calculated on the basis of zones established by this decision, whereby within each zone is determined amount of compensation for different purposes. Red. Fee for regulation of construction sites din/m2 no. Purpose of land - property Type of Charge Extra Zone I Zone II Zone III Zone IV Zone V Zone First Facilities of social standard fee for the backbone network 4.698 3.453 3.166 2.261 786 The fee for the primary and secondary network 6.581 5.704 4.826 3.510 2.633 Total fees 11.279 9.157 7.992 5.771 3.419 Second The fee for residential buildings backbone network 11.262 8.044 6.971 5.899 4.290 3.217 The fee for the primary and secondary network 9.213 6.581 5.704 4.826 3.510 2.633 Total fees 20.475 14.625 12.675 10.725 7.800 5.850 Third Economic and production facilities fee backbone network 9.722
8.179 6.765 4.727 3.370 The fee for the primary and secondary network 6.581 5.704 4.826 3.510 2.633 Total fees 16.303 13.883 11.591 8.237 6.003 4th Business-service backbone network facilities fee 18.437 13.169 9.896 8.031 5.822 4.246 The fee for the primary and secondary network 9.213 6.581 5.704 4.826 3.510 2.633 Total fees 27.650 19.750 15.600 12.857 9.332 6.879 5th Business and commercial facilities fee for the backbone network 29.007 20.719 13.796 9.214 6.511 5.042 The fee for the primary and secondary network 9.213 6.581 5.704 4.826 3.510 2.633 Total fees 38.220 27.300 19.500 14.040 10.021 7.675 6th Individual residential buildings for compensation backbone network 11.262 6.715 5.820 4.935 3.580 2.610 The fee for the primary and secondary network 9213 2042 1770 1500 1100 900 Total fees 20.475 8.757 7.590 6.435 4.680 3.510 When negotiating with the payment of fees, the Department negotiates a fee is charged for backbone network. Together with payment for the backbone network, the Department contracts and compensation primary and secondary network, which is charged depending on the degree of order a specific location. In The fees for primary and secondary networks, the participation fee for the primary network is 60%, and fees for the secondary network 40%, within which the participation of the individual elements of infrastructure are: roads 45%, 35% of sewage and water 20%. In the case of partial payment contracts fees for primary and secondary networks, payment of compensation
for the lacking infrastructure to make the so that it will pay when you edit the program provide for construction of building sites Remaining work on the regulation of land, amounting valorizovanom growth of retail prices according to the data Institute for Informatics and Statistics, from the date of contract to the payment, which will conclude an annex the contract. The established fees for editing of building land is subject to correction when making annual editing program of building sites, as well as during the execution of the program. For individual housing in settlements Peani, Umka, handles, big Motanica, Ruanj, Pinosava, Beli Potok, Zuce, chickpeas, Great Village, Sheep, a village on the road Whirlwind Sheep-Rad, the village of Stari Grad, Ostrunica, Jajinci Village - south of the creek Lipica, part of the settlement Kumodra village, included detailed zoning plan "Kumodra residential village" (east of Poplar Street, South, Spring, Daljska the Country), part of the village Veliki Mokri Lug between street kladenac Mitkov, Nicolas Grulovia and Highway and part of Mali Mokri Lug village southeast of partisan Street and Boulevard of King Alexander, as well as in settlements that are located outside the General Urban Plan of Belgrade, belonging to the territory urban municipality mentioned in Article 1 This decision, which is owned by private individuals, the fee for editing building land is determined by the amount of 70% of the amount of benefit for the V zone. Article 15 Fee for regulation of construction sites, calculated by this decision,
shall be reduced by: - The amount of 40% for facilities that builds the Red Cross of Bosnia and the Red Cross Society of Bosnia and Montenegro, as well as other organizations with the same delatnou, for objects that are intended to carry out their activities. For warehouses for the storage of humanitarian aid, which is financed by the construction of the Red Cross Serbia, the fee will be charged in the amount of 10% of compensation; - In the amount of 20% for facilities under Article 4 these decisions which are liable to State agencies and organizations, agencies and Organization of units of territorial autonomy and local self-government and organizations engaged in public Service operating funds of state-owned, for facilities for purposes that are a function of their activities; - In the amount of 20% for flats Solidarity Fund for Housing, which builds and finances the Foundation for the solution housing needs of young scholars at the University of Belgrade University of Arts in Belgrade and housing for socially vulnerable persons whose construction is financed from the budget; - Fee for regulation of construction land for the construction of religious buildings by this decision, calculated the amount of 10% of compensation; - For housing and office space for the displacement for the Department of Building and Land Construction of Belgrade, JP, who used to prepare the public and other construction land for construction infrastructure facilities and site restoration, compensation for the editing of building land is not contracted and not paid;
- For the construction of facilities that are directly in the function of utility activities and facilities that are part of infrastructure networks and facilities, which builds the Directorate in accordance with the program editing construction land, the fee for the editing of building land is not contracted and paid. Article 16 (Deleted) Article 17 Fee for regulation of construction land for construction of diplomatic and consular representative shall be calculated on the basis of this decision, in accordance with the provisions of the Vienna Convention and other international law, while respecting the principle of reciprocity. Article 17a Fee for regulation of construction sites for buildings in Belgrade Free Zone is calculated The amount of compensation for the backbone network. The fee for the primary and secondary networks are not calculated for the same charge and was done by the Company "Free Zone Belgrade." Article 18 The investor who destroys an existing legally constructed building and build new on the same site, in accordance with planning act, shall be charged for the regulation of construction sites for the difference in area between the building which builds and legally constructed facility that is falling. The legality of the construction and building area of Paragraph 1 this article proves it: land certificates or from the list of real estate, a copy of the plan, building permit, Use Permit, the technical documentation and on-site inspection, carried out by an authorized
person of the Directorate. For buildings constructed in period when there was no obligation to obtain a building permit, instead of it, shall be submitted to the conviction Geodetic Institute of the recording surface of the object. The provisions of paragraph 1 this Article shall not apply in cases where the investor is given the land use before the 24th December 2002. , In the process of public bidding, public bidding process ad or contract. Article 19 The fee established by this Decision shall be subject to coordination of the date of conclusion of the contract if the indicator growth of retail prices published by the Municipal Bureau of Statistics and Informatics, calculated cumulatively from the The effective date of this decision, exceed 10% or if the CHANGE dinar exchange rate in relation to the euro for more than 10% compared to the fixed rate on the date of entry into force of this Decision. Alignment in terms of paragraph 1 this Article shall be made for the percentage that exceeds 10%. If there is an increase in both the basis of paragraph 1 this article, synchronization will be performed by a basis, according to the higher percentage increase. Article 20 The fee calculated under this Decision shall be paid once or in installments. In the case of payment of compensation for the regulation of building land, one-time payment within 15 days from the date of calculation, the taxpayer is entitled to a reduction of fees by 30%. Entitled to a reduction under paragraph 2 this Article, a taxpayer who has made payment in installments in the case
one-time payment of the remaining nedospelih war, and the taxpayer who made a one-time payment of compensation the final calculation. In the case of payment in installments, the taxpayer shall pay as follows: - The first installment in the amount of 10% of the accrued benefits for the regulation of construction sites within 15 days from the date of calculation; - The remaining amount of fees charged in equal monthly or quarterly installments within a period of up to 36 months of legal entities, up to 60 months for individuals. Rate subject to adjustment to the growth indicators retail price, according to the Institute for Informatics and Statistics; - If a taxpayer pays a fee in installments, within 12 months are entitled to a reduction of 15% of accrued benefits. Thus the calculated fee, the taxpayer is obligated to pay as follows: the first installment in amount of 10% of benefit, within 15 days from the date of calculation, and the remaining amount of the calculated fees, in 11 equal monthly or quarterly war. Rate subject to adjustment to the growth indicators retail price, according to the Institute for Informatics and Statistics. In the case of payment in installments, the final calculation, the taxpayer made payments in the period up to six months, without deduction. Rate subject to adjustment to the indicators of growth in retail prices, According to data from the Institute for Informatics and Statistics. Order of providing payment, the taxpayer is required to submit a Department of instruments payments of providing: bank guarantee "no objection" and payable "on the first call," the clause inclusion of evaluation in the guarantee, a mortgage in favor of the
Directorate, promissory notes, irrevocable contractual authority or other instrument specified by the Directorate of providing upon agreement in accordance with the regulations. The charges The Directorate will carry instruments for the benefit of the prescribed payment accounts. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article, the Department may, at the bidding of public real objects over 10,000 square feet, arranged dynamics of the settlement of liabilities over a longer period of time and lower amount and rate. Article 20a If the ad is a public auction or bidding in the process of land lease, or the act of granting land on lease, the urban plan or act of competent authority provided phased construction of facilities, as well as in the case when at the same location, provided construction of several buildings, payment of fees for editing of building land contracts for all phases, ie for all objects, within the time limit for construction of facilities, with unit-cenom determined at the conclusion of the subject to adjustment to the indicators of growth in retail prices according to data from the Institute for Informatics and Statistics, to the payment date. In the case referred to in paragraph 1 this Article shall have the right to deduction of fees, namely: - 30% for each phase as a whole and for each object, in the case of payment for that phase, or building, once; - 15% for each phase as a whole and for each object, in the case of payment for that phase, or facility, in installments within 12 months. Article 20b
Change-purpose building being built, after the enactment of the act of giving land to build, does not affect at an agreed fee for editing of building land in the case when for a new purpose object to this decision provided for a lower fee, unless the changes resulting change detailed regulation plan. Article 20V (Deleted) Article 21 * When paying in installments, and payment rate of 10% to compensate for the regulation of construction land, or payment rate and in the agreed amount for facilities over 10,000 square meters and obtain confirmation from the Directorate of respect for the contractual dynamics is a prerequisite for the application works. Article 22 Direction may be granted to a taxpayer obligation to make payment of compensation and property (residential, commercial and other area) or works on objects from the editing program of building sites that are ceded by the statutory procedure. In the case referred to in paragraph 1 this Article, the taxpayer is not entitled to deduct fees from Article 20 Costs over contracts, taxes on transfer of absolute rights, etc.., shall be borne by the taxpayer. Article 23 Participants in the process of leasing the building site, paying the deposit, amounting to 10% of the initial amount of rent and charges for editing of building sites or take bank guarantee "without complaint "collectible" first call "on deposit with validity of up to 90
days from the date of its of issue. Paid a deposit is considered to be part of settling the obligation under a lease contract and compensation for editing and Treats in the same way that reconciles the total lease obligation or fee for editing, in accordance with this decision. IV OTHER BUILDING LAND Article 24 A person who exercises his right to build on the rest of the construction site which has been given on lease, except fees for the regulation of land and building rents, wages and other editing construction sites in accordance with this decision. The fee for editing other construction land, whose editing can be performed on the basis of programs that the proposed Directorate of the Assembly of Belgrade, is determined by the program to Based on the invoice cost editing area. Until the adoption of paragraph 1 this Article, remuneration for editing other construction land calculated on the basis of the calculation of actual costs of the location, which is conducted by the Directorate. V Compensation for THE REGULATION OF PUBLIC BUILDING LAND In the process of being legalized individual housing objects Article 24a The fee for the editing of building sites for single houses, owned by a physical face in the process of obtaining approval for the construction and use permits in accordance with Art. 160th and 161 Law on Planning and Construction (hereinafter referred to
legalization), calculated only in the amount of fees backbone network as defined in Article 14 this decision. The fee for the primary and secondary network is calculated and does not charge, unless the Department This work is performed in accordance with the editing program of building land. Owners of premises under paragraph 1, this Article does not pay rent for their land to be leased in accordance with Article 81 Paragraph 3 Item 2) of the planning and construction. Article 24b The owner of an individual dwelling referred to in Article 24a of this decision in the villages of Article 14 Paragraph 4 this decision, the fee for editing of building land is paid in the amount of 50% of the fees established pursuant to Article 24a the V zone. Article 24V The fee for the editing of building land accrued under this decision is reduced depending on the constructed usable living area by a member of the family household owners, including the owners, as follows: - The extra and I zone - 20% for an area of 20 m2 per member of the family household; - In zone II and III - 20% for an area of 30 m2 per member of the family household; - In zone IV and V, as well as in settlements in Article 14 Paragraph 4 These decisions - 30% for an area of 30 m2 per capita the family household. Entitled to a reduction of compensation under paragraph 1 This article does not belong to the owner who does not live in the same. Members of the family household in terms of paragraph 1 this Article shall mean: spouse, child (born in
marriage or out of wedlock, adopted or step), parents of the owner and his spouse, and a person who is owner legally obligated to support. The status of the family household is proved: birth and permanent residence or Other eligible proof. For the residential area, built over an area under paragraph 1 this article per member family household, owner of the illegally constructed or reconstructed building, the fee for regulation of construction sites will be charged the full amount referred to in Art. 24a and 24b of this decision. Article 24g The fee for the editing of building land accrued under this Decision shall be paid once or in installments. In the case of payment for one-time editing of building land, payment within 15 days from the settlement, the taxpayer is entitled to a reduction of fees by 50%. The right to deduction of a taxpayer who has a compensation payment made in installments, the remaining part nedospeli Fees paid at once. In the case of payment in installments, the taxpayer pays for the following periods: - For objects in the extra and I zone within the 60 months, - For objects in II, III, IV and V zones, as well as settlements in Article 14 Paragraph 4 this decision, within up to 120 months. The fee is paid in installments under the following conditions: - Within 12 months with the right to deduction of 15%, with the first installment is 10% of the calculated fees and be paid within 15 days;
- In the period to 60 or up to 120 months, with the first installment is 10% of the fees charged and paid within 15 days; - Within 12 months, with the right to deduction of 30% of the calculated fee, provided that the first installment is 20% of benefit and is paid within 15 days; - For the building of extra and I zone, for a period longer than 12 months, with the right to deduction of 20% accrued benefits, with the first installment is 40% of benefit and is paid within 15 days; - The property in II, III, IV and V zones, as well as settlement under Articles 14 Paragraph 4 this decision, a period of more than 12 months, with the right to deduction of 30% of the calculated fee, provided that the first installment is 25% determined fees and is paid within 15 days. In the case of paragraph 5 this Article, the remaining balance of accrued benefits shall pay in equal monthly or quarterly installments. Rate subject to adjustment to the indicators of growth in retail prices, According to data from the Institute for Informatics and Statistics Order of providing the payment in installments, the taxpayer signs the lien statement to suit the book is in favor of the Directorate of lien - the mortgage and order in his house, which irrevocably and unconditionally recognized the claim of the Directorate for the conclusion of the contract and allows the Department of its settle a claim through the execution of the pledged real estate. Signature of mortgagor in this statement overen be the competent court. Article 24d The fee for the editing of building land is not paid in the process of legalization for ancillary facilities,
garages, barns, etc.., built by individual residential building and garage within the building in zones IV and V, and in settlements in Article 14 Paragraph 4 this decision. Article 24 The fee for the editing of building land is not paid in the process of legalization for the facilities constructed ending with the 1971st year. Time of construction proves the conviction Geodetic Institute of the recording facility, and If the object is not recorded, the finding of the court vetaka civil engineering profession, or other credible the evidence. Article 24e The provisions of Art. 24a to 24 this Decision shall apply in the case of legalization: - Dwellings as separate parts of the collective residential building, - Work on an adaptation of a dwelling or work on reconstruction, conversion or merger of common premises housing in collective residential buildings. VI TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS Article 25 The investor who has concluded a contract with the Directorate on the regulation of fees for construction and editing land under the provisions of the Decision on Changes and Amendments to the Decision on the elaboration of criteria and, methods of calculating and Contract fees for editing of building land ("Official Gazette of the City of Belgrade, no. 27/2002) may continue to regulate the remaining obligation under the agreed amount of compensation and the agreed schedule, the What is required to notify the Directorate in writing within 30 days from the date of entry into force of this Decision.
Article 26 The investor who has entered into a contract with the Directorate of faznoj construction, compensation can edit construction sites to regulate the contractual terms for the future stages in accordance with the provisions of Decision on Changes and Amendments to the Decision on the elaboration of criteria and, methods of calculating and contracting fees editing of building land ("Official Gazette of the City of Belgrade", no. 27/2002), with a commitment conclusion of the annex to the agreement within six months. The provisions of paragraph 1 this Article shall also apply to investors who, until the entry into force of this Decision received a binding solution to land use, and has not concluded a contract with the Directorate. Article 27 The investor who has concluded a contract with the Directorate on the regulation of fees for construction and editing land under the provisions of the decisions that were valid before the Decision on Changes and Amendments to the Decision on the Elaboration meters, the method of calculating and negotiating fees for the editing of building land ("Official Gazette of Belgrade, "no. 27/2002), can regulate its remaining obligations under the provisions of the Decision on amendments and Amendments to the Decision on the elaboration of criteria and, methods of calculating and negotiating fees for construction and editing Land ("Official Gazette of the City of Belgrade", no. 27/2002), under the following conditions: - An investor who has expired contractual maturity, concluded an annex of the contract and the obligation to pay at least to 24 December 2003. year;
- An investor who has not expired the agreed payment period concludes annex to the agreement within six months of The effective date of this decision, but the obligation to execute the agreed schedule and within the previously concluded contract. Article 28 The investor who has not concluded a final settlement, may be his duty on this basis regulated by the Decision on Changes and Amendments to the Decision on the elaboration of criteria and, methods of calculating and negotiating Fees for editing of building land ("Official Gazette of the City of Belgrade", no. 27/2002), which will conclude an annex to the contract, and by 24 December 2003. year. Article 29 The investor who is the Directorate submitted a request, complete documentation for contracting in order to obtaining solutions to the approval of the works before the entry into force of this decision, and there is no concluded agreement, their obligations can be determined in accordance with the Decision on Changes and Amendments to the Decision on the Elaboration meters, the method of calculating and negotiating fees for the editing of building land ("Official Gazette of Belgrade, "no. 27/2002), with the obligation to conclude a contract within three months from the date of entry into force this decision. Article 30 Investors who fail to comply with the provisions of Art. 25th to 29 are obliged to charge for editing Construction sites are settled in accordance with the provisions of this decision.
Article 31 In cases where the procedure of public bidding, or bidding begin before entry into force of this Decision, the calculation of compensation shall be made under the provisions of which were valid until the date of its entry into force. Article 32 * In the case where the investor exercises his right to a refund of funds paid as compensation to edit land, the calculation is done by the paid amount of the payment date, calculated in the paid area in square meters at the location for which the payment is made. For such permission given area is calculated fees, according to the Decision on the amendment of the Decision on the elaboration of criteria and, methods of calculating and negotiating Fees for editing of building land ("Official Gazette of the City of Belgrade, no. 27/2002), which represents the amount of funds for reimbursement. Accrued funds Directorate returns the taxpayer, if the borrower is not the same directorate or by one basis, payment of funds from the new taxpayers (if a site has been the subject of leasing). Relapse funds can be made in accordance with the law. Article 32a In calculating fees for editing of building land for construction of foreign investors, The rights and obligations of foreign investors apply the provisions of the Law on Foreign Investment. Article 33 On the effective date of this Decision shall supersede the Decision on the elaboration of criteria and, methods of calculating and
Contract fees for editing of building land ("Official Gazette of the City of Belgrade", no. 3 / 2002 and 27/2002). Article 34 This Decision shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Journal of the City of Belgrade." Independent members of the Decision on Changes and Amendments Decision on the criteria and criteria for determining the rents and fees for editing construction sites ("Official Gazette of the City of Belgrade", no. 24/2003) Article 17 On the effective date of this Decision shall supersede the provisions of paragraph 2 Article 29 Decision on criteria and criteria for determining rents and compensation for the editing of building land ("Official Gazette of Belgrade ", 16/2003). Article 18 This Decision shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Journal of the City of Belgrade." LIST OF AREAS urban municipalities by zones BORDER ZONE The first zone The old part of town From the highway Belgrade - Nis, bank of the river basin (right side downstream, including specific surface Waters) to the Sava River port, over land in the axis of the stairs to the Great Karaoreva street Karaore Street, Parisian, Tadeua Kouka, to the shores of the Danube, the Danube river bank (Including certain surface waters) to the dock at the level of the Danube route Cvijieva, Cvijieva Dure
Djakovica, Duke Dobrnjca, DM Pavlovic, Cvijieva, Stanoja Glavas, Prince Danilo, Roosevelt Lush elopeka, Zahum, uka Dinica, Boulevard of King Alexander, Vatroslava Jagia, Zarka Zrenjanin, steps, Mileevska, bojanski, Season, erdapsk, Southern Boulevard, the Bay, Boulevard I, Pasteur, Deligradska, the passage between the buildings to Dr Kosta Todorovic, Dr Kosta Todorovic, Resavska, Durmitor, Prince Milo, the intersection of Duke Boulevard and Highway Passenger and the along the highway to the shore of the river basin. Boulevard from the intersection of peace and Dr Milutin Ivkovic, street Dr Milutin Ivkovic, JA Boulevard, Veljko Lukic Kurjak Crnotravska, unknown heroes, the street next to the complex to the VMA Michael Avramovic, Michael Avramovic, Boulevard of Peace, I've Vojinovi, around the block to John Marinovic, John Zujovic, Uros Predic, Teodora Drajzera, Duke Travelers Boulevard, across the street blocks to the intersection Zupan Caslav and D. Radenkovic, Zupan Caslav street, around the block to the boulevard Duke Misic, Boulevard Duke muscle to Glisic Milovan, Milovan Gliia across the street to block Zanka Stokic, Zanka Stokic, Glavinia, bone Glavini Vase Pelagic, Colak Antinori, Kozjaka, Stipski, Duke Boulevard Passengers, the Boulevard of Peace Boulevard to the intersection of peace and Dr Milutin Ivkovic. Novi Beograd From the shores of the Sava River Boulevard of Mihajlo Pupin, Nikola Tesla Boulevard, Estuary Road (around the block 16) to Mihajlo Pupin Boulevard, Boulevard of Mihajlo Pupin, the boundary between blocks 12 and 13, Boulevard Nikola Tesla
boundary between the blocks 11a and 11b, Mihajlo Pupin Boulevard to the roundabout, Street Youth Brigade, the Anti Boulevard Boulevard Arts highway, highway to the bridge and the bridge Gazela GEZE bank of the river basin (including the particular surface waters) to Branko's bridge. The second zone The old part of town From the pier at the level of the Danube river bank line Cvijieva Basin (including the specific surface Waters) by Ade Huje level in the direction of Triglav street to street and intersection Vinjiki Triglav, further Vinjiki Street, Mijo Kovacevic, Roosevelt, Demetrius Tucovia to the Trieste, Trieste, Pop Stojanov, ika, Grcic Milenko, Southern Boulevard, Grcic Milenko, highways, Despot Ugljesa, Peka Pavlovic, Misko Jovanovic, Ljubo Kovacevic, Kumodraka, Radoje Dakic, Lim, in the axis of the Lima over the blocks to Duke degree, Duke Steppe, Colonel Puric, Jove Ilic, JA Boulevard, Dr Milutin Ivkovic, Boulevard Peace Boulevard Dukes Passenger Stipski, Kozjaka, Colak Antinori, Vaso Pelagic, Costa Glavini anko Stoki from Zanka Stoki over the block to Gliia Milovan, Milovan Glisic, Boulevard Duke Misic, Pastrovici Poeka, Prince Vieslava, Pioneering the pioneer town, still Pioneer Vieslava to the Prince, Prince Vieslava, mild Parovia, Pozega, Kiev, Nikolai Gogol, Vinodolska, Jastrebovljeva, umadijski Square, Turgenev, Kirovljeva to the Labor and Worker Topiderski river, Topiderski RECOM until it joins the river Sava, Sava RECOM (including certain
surface waters) to bridge the Gazelle, Gazelle highway from the bridge to Prince Milo, Prince Milo, Durmitorska, Resavska, Kosta Todorovic, a passageway between buildings to Deligradska, Deligradska, Pasteur, JA Boulevard, the Bay, Southern Boulevard, erdapsk, Sazonova, bojanski, Mileevska, Radivoje Korac, Zarko Zrenjanin, Vatroslava Jagia, Boulevard of King Alexander Duka Dinica, Zahum, elopeka, Drieva, Roosevelt, Knez Danilova, Stanoja Glavas, Cvijieva, DM Pavlovic, Duke Dobrnjca Dure Djakovica, to the intersection with Cvijic, Cvijic to the dock basin. Area Banjica From street corners Pivljanina Baja and Michael Avramovic Avramovic, Michael, the street next to the complex to the VMA Crnotravska, Crnotravska, Queen Anne, Raska, Borska, Pere Velimirovic, around the block to Milan Blagojevic-Hispanic, Hispanic-Milan Blagojevic, Michael Avramovic. The area of New Belgrade and Zemun From the bridge Gazela bank of the river basin (including the particular surface waters) by the end of the village Dr Ivan Fisherman covering Block 71, the border village Dr Ivan Ribar, Yuri Gagarin, Youth Brigade, Milutin Milankovitch to Toinog wells, Zemun to Gandhi, Gandhian and Partisan aviation Street Partisan aviation elebonovi to Mark, Mark elebonovi planned higway 2a-2b to the planned road T-6, a limit to the block 53, including a block 53, the highway to the "small loop "Border Complex" Ikarus "including the complex marshalling station Zemun, a limit marshalling
railway station and up the street Joze uri, street Joze uri highway, highway to Toinog wells Tosin well, Sremskih detachment, Louis Adamic, Goce Delco, Mihajlo Pupin Boulevard, factory, 22 October Vrtlarska, women square, roll Orc, Main, Njegoeva, Karamata, to the shores of the Danube River, along the coast River Basin (including the particular surface waters), off the coast of the Danube River through the block, the axle Streets aleksinakih miners to the intersection with Boulevard of Nikola Tesla, Nikola Tesla Boulevard, the border between blocks 11a and 11b, Mihajlo Pupin Boulevard to the roundabout, Youth Brigade, the Anti Boulevard, Boulevard of the Arts, the highway Belgrade - Zagreb to bridge the Gazelle. Locations with Zrenjaninski and Panevaki Panevakog way from the bridge to the border of City Plan, for commercial buildings and facilities economically-productive purposes. Third zone From the corner of Mijo Kovacevic and 29 November Vinjika, Triglavska, partisan path, Lokrum, Drugovaka, Kupa, Astronomical, Ramska, Volgina, Dragica rights, Dragisa Lapcevic, Veljko Dugoevia, edge forest to the Novice Cerovia, Duke Sime Popovic, Kosta Novakovic, Lukijana ingrijina Musick, Milan Rakic, Arad, Jonathan Kusilek, Lord Vucic, Olga Jovanovic, Mother Kujundzic Zivko Davidovic, Velizar Kosanovi Pljevaljska, Virpazarska behind "Eastern Gate of Belgrade" to Rebels, Ustanika to swing over to block Michael Todorovic, highway Belgrade - Zagreb, Grcic Milenko, Southern Boulevard, Grcic Milenko ika, Pop Stoyanov, Trieste, Demetrius Tucovia, Roosevelt
Mijo Kovacevic is on 29 November. From the shores of the river Danube in the direction of Triglav street level, on the coast around rush hour Ade Huje (including particular surface waters) to the coast, which is parallel to the road to Ada Huju, on the coast and over land to Vinjiki street Vinjiki Street to the intersection Vinjiki and Triglav Triglav in the direction of the street Ade Huje overland to the shores of the Danube River. From the intersection of Radoje Dakic and Kumodraska, Kumodraka, Vitanovaka, Gostivarska, Kaerska, Ljube ercera, Milan Raspopovi, Florida, Ljubo Vuckovic, Duke Steppe, Rebel, I Avenue, Jove Ilic, Colonel Puric, Duke Steppe, Lim, Radoje Dakic. Area Banjica From the corner Crnotravska and Queen Anne, Crnotravska, Borska, Raska, Queen Anne to the corner Crnotravska. Area Banovo Hill From the bridge to Kirovljevoj, Kirovljeva, Turgenev, umadijski square Jastrebovljeva, Vinodolska, Nicholas Gogol, Kiev, Pozega, mild Parovia, Prince Vieslav Miloja aki, Demetrius Avramovic, Vladimir Rolovia, Olympics, Ratko Mitrovic, George Ognjenovic, Merchant, Catherine Bogdanovic, Peter Lubarde, internal street blocks to Lieutenant Spasic and Masaru, Lieutenant Spasic and Masaru, right across the line next to Milorad Jovanovic complex FMP to future road 1-1, route of the road 1-1, Lazarevaki time, Sava highway, the bridge to Kirovljevoj. The area of New Belgrade and Zemun From the motorway junction and Joze uri, Joze uri Street, railroad tracks to Mary Bursac, Mary
Bursac, Milan Uzelac, passage, Prvomajska, Novogradska, Tsar Dusan, to the end of the complex Gaj, Coast River Basin (including the particular surface waters) and Karamata, Njegoeva, Main, evil orc, Senski square Vrtlarska, 22 of October. The factory, Mihajlo Pupin Boulevard, Goce Delco, Louis Adamic, Sremskih detachment, Tosin well, highway, highway to Joze uri. From the intersection Toin well and the shaft extension of the street Milutin Milankovitch, Milutin Milankovitch, Youth Brigade, Yuri Gagarin, the limits of sport and recreation center to Dr Ivan Ribar Vineyard, Vinogradska, Vojvodina, Zemunska, Tosin well to the intersection with the axis of the street Milutin Milankovitch. FOURTH ZONE From the intersection Vinjiki and Triglav, Triglavska, partisan path Jovanke Radakovic Bosutska, Volgina, Kordunaka, forest edge to Lukijana Musick Musick Lukijana ingrijana, Milan Rakic, Arad, Jonathan Kusilek, Lord Vucic, Olga Jovanovic, Mother Kujundzic ivka Davidovic, Velizar Kosanovi Pljevaljska, Virpazarska, behind the "eastern gate of Belgrade" to Ustanika, Ustanika to Swing over to block Michael Todorovic, the highway Belgrade - Zagreb highway Belgrade Zagreb to the street Despota Ugljesa, Despot Ugljesa, Peko Pavlovic, Milorad Jovanovic, Ljuba Kovacevic, Kumodraka, Vitanovaka, Gostivarska, Kaerska, Ljubo ercera, Florida, Ljube Vuckovic, Duke Steppe, Kumodraka, Kumodrakog boundary stream to the streets of Blok, Circular path, Brace Srni to the intersection with Bridge Cvetanovom,
Milos kladenac to loop behind the RO Swallow the highway Belgrade - Zagreb, Palih fighters, the National Front, Bajdina, green hill, over the block on Zlatibor, Mirijevski, forest edge to the nut Serbian, Serbian and Roma settlement Matrix Block 2, Kornati, Mirijevski hill, around the Brickyard, "Polet" Brickyard "Rekord" Brickyard "Balkan", to Slanakog times around the village and Vinjica Vinjika baths, Despotovaka, A. Savic-Rebac the sleeve of the river Danube, bank of the Danube River sleeve (including certain surface waters) to the coast parallel to the road for Ada Huju, and overland to Vinjiki, Vinjiki the intersection Vinjiki and Triglav. From the corner Crnotravska Boulevard and I, The Boulevard, peacocks, Radomir Markovic, around the village to Plitvice, Plitvice, Banjicki time, about a block edge of the forest to the Sixth lick, around the hill to the village Kanarevo Borski, Borska, Misko Kranjec, Pilot Michael Petrovic, Ibar highway, Merchant, Joseph Debeljak Vodovodska, Milorad Jovanovic, the planned route of the road 1-1 to the FMP, the complex boundary FMP to Lieutenant Spasic and Masaru, Peter Lubarde, merchant, George Ognjanovia, Ratko Mitrovic, Olympic Games, Vladimir Rolovia, Demetrius Avramovic, Milorad aki, Prince Vieslav rim trees in the street Crnojevia, Vrbnika to Patriarch Demetrios Pere Velimirovic, Borska, Crnotravska, Crnotravska Boulevard to the intersection with JA. The area of New Belgrade From the corner of Norway and Mark elebonovi street brand elebonovi, partisan aviation Gandijeva, Vojvodina, Dr Ivan Ribar extension to Greece, Grkenland, Norway to
the intersection with Mark Street elebonovi. The area of Zemun From the intersection of the street Joze uri and railroad tracks, railroad tracks to Mary Bursac, Mary Bursac, Milan Uzelac, passage, Prvomajska, Novogradska, Tsar Dusan, Batajniki drum, parallel to the street Lazarus Mamuzi next to the factory complex "Galenika" Highway to Novi Sad, Novi Sad highway for, Road T-6 to the intersection with the railroad tracks, railroad tracks to the street Joze uri. PETA ZONE The fifth zone covers all of the remaining area is not covered by the previous zones and extra zones and within The boundaries of a zoning plan. EXTRA BUSINESS ZONE From the corner Tadeua Kouka and Nocaj of the Dragon, Dragon of Nocaj, Brace Jugovic, Macedonia, Nuieva, Mother Jevrosime, Kondina, Kosovo, Takovska, along the Boulevard of King Alexander to Roosevelt and back to Resavska, Resavska, Crown, Svetozar Markovic, Njegoeva, Kneginje Zorka, The Boulevard, Tirza, King Milutin, Nemanjina, Prince Milo, Popular Front, green wreath, Carice Milica, Tsar Lazar, Graanika, Parisian, Tadeua Kouka to the intersection with the street from the Dragon Nocaj. EXTRA RESIDENTIAL ZONE Boulevard from the intersection of peace and Dr Milutin Ivkovic, street Dr Milutin Ivkovic, JA Boulevard, Veljko Lukic Kurjak Crnotravska, unknown heroes, the street next to the complex to the VMA Michael Avramovic, Michael Avramovic, boulevard of peace, I've Vojinovi, around the block to
John Marinovic, John Zujovic, Uros Predic. Teodora Drajzera, Dukes Boulevard Passenger over the block to the intersection street Zupan Caslav and D. Radenkovic, Zupan Caslav street, around the block to the boulevard Duke Misic, Boulevard Duke muscle to Glisic Milovan, Milovan Gliia across the street to block Zanka Stokic, Zanka Stokic, Kosta Vase Glavini Pelagic, Colak Antinori, Kozjaka, Stipski, Duke Boulevard Traveller, Peace Boulevard, Boulevard to the intersection of peace and Dr Milutin Ivkovic. EXTRA FOR THE CONSTRUCTION ZONE in a green area The area of Old Town From the shores of the river Danube in the axis of the street Tadeua Kouka, up and down the street Tadeua Kouka, Parisian, Karaoreva to the Great Shaft stairs, shafts Great stairs to the shore of the river basin, coastal rivers Sava and Danube rivers (including the appropriate surface waters) below Kalemegdan, the axis of the street Tadeua Kouka. Calculated as the first zone increased by 25%. The area of New Belgrade From Branko's Bridge along the Boulevard of Mihajlo Pupin, Nikola Tesla Boulevard, Estuary Road (around the block 16), Boulevard of Mihajlo Pupin, the boundary between blocks 12 and 13, Nikola Tesla Boulevard, up the street Aleksinakih miners, to the shores of the Danube River in the axis of the street Aleksinakih miners, along the coast to the mouth of the Danube River and the coast River Basin to the bridge (blocks 10, 12, 13, 14 and 15) - including some surface waters of these rivers. Calculated as the first zone increased by 25%. Great War Island
The area of the island, including some surface waters. Calculated as the first zone increased by 25%. Ada Ciganlija Peninsula area includes Ada Ciganlija, the space of her waters and space: from the mouth of the river Topiderski the Sava River, along the shores of the river to Topiderski Workers street, street of Labour, the Sava highway to the intersection Lazarevakim the road, from the junction of the first line across the field to the old times Makikog Obrenovakog Obrenovako through the top cover. Calculated as the third zone increased by 25%. Koutnjak Since crossing the river and the streets Topiderski Pastrovici Pastrovici Poeka, Prince Vieslava, Pioneer to the pioneer town, Pioneer continues to Vieslava Prince, Prince Vieslava, forest edge to the street Skojevska new Crnojevia, the trail to the Tales, Vrbnika, Patriarch Demetrios Rakovicka time, Topiderska, Topiderski RECOM Pastrovici up the street. Calculated as the second zone increased by 25%. Topider Boulevard Duke muscle from the Emperor's bridge, Banjikih casualties, D. Radenkovic, Zupan Caslav, Pushkin, the Duke Travelers Boulevard, Theodore Drajzera, John Zujovic, around the block until I've Vojinovic, Boulevard of Peace, Baja Pivljanina, Milan BlagojevicHispanic, Rakovicka time, Pere Velimirovia to Patriarch Demetrius, Patriarch Demetrios Rakovicka time, Topiderska, Topiderski RECOM to the street Pastrovici Patrovievom the boulevard Duke of muscle. Calculated as the first zone increased by 25%. Park Forest Zvezdara
Out of intersections and streets Dragice rights Volgina, Volgina, Pamska, the path to Astronomy, Astronomy, Kupa, Drugovaka, Lokrum, partisan path Jovanke Radakovic Bosutska, Volgina, Kordunaka, of Kordunake over the block to Lukijana Miickog, Costa Glavinia, Duke Sime Popovic, Novice Cerovia, Trnavska, paths and borders of forests to Dugoevia Veljko Veljko Dugoevia the intersection with axis of the street Dragisa Lapcevic, shafts and street Dragisa Lapcevic, Dragica rights to Volgina. Calculated as the third zone increased by 25%. Banjicki Forest Boulevard from the junction and I Veljko Lukic Kurjak Boulevard JA, Crnotravska, Veljko Lukic Kurjak to Boulevard intersection with JA. Calculated as the first zone increased by 25%.
Regulation on contents, manner, conditions, supervision and control by performing geodetic works in Engineering and technical areas ("Official Gazette of RS", no. 59/2002) I INTRODUCTION Article 1
This ordinance regulates the content, manner, conditions, monitoring and control through geodetic works in the engineering and technical areas, in accordance with the Law on the State and Premeru cadastre and registration of rights to immovable property - "Official Gazette of RS", no. 83/92, 53/93, 67/93, 48/94, 12/96, 15/96, 34/2001 and 25/2002 - (hereinafter the Act). Engineering and technical areas are considered the following areas: Civil Engineering and Architecture, mechanical engineering and shipbuilding, mining and energy, agriculture and forestry. Geodetic works in engineering and technical areas shall include all geodetic articles in the previous works in the preparation of project documentation, implementation projects, as well as works in the exploitation and maintenance of facilities. Article 2 Geodetic works in the engineering and technical areas referred to in Article 1, paragraph 3 of this Ordinance are: 1) Preparation and development of surveying for a variety of engineering projects; 2) geodetic works in the course of the project; 3) record as-built condition; 4) testing of soil and deformations of objects. Article 3 Geodesic surfaces in Article 2, item 1) of this Rule shall be considered: 1) topographic or topographic-cadastral plans in digital or analog form; 2) specific plans for the engineering design scale (1:50, 1:100, 1:200,
1:250, etc). zahtevanog content in analog or digital form; 3) orthophoto plans in analog or digital form; 4) a digital terrain model; 5) graphical and analytical views that are the result of geodetic measurements for the needs of the project. Article 4 Geodetic works in Article 2, item 2) of this Rule are all geodetic works which follow technical and technological implementation of engineering projects, and work on solving the current and extraordinary tasks during implementation. Article 5 Geodetic works in Article 2, Item 3) of this Rule shall be made to determine differences of the project and the standards for this type of object, for technical acceptance, for installation of mechanical equipment, for maintenance of facilities, as well as other similar needs. Article 6 Papers referred to in Article 2, Item 4) of this Rule are all geodetic works on the ground observation and facility during the construction and use of the facility. II MAKING GEODETSKO and technical documentation Article 7 Geodetic-technical documentation for the objects for which a building permit is issued relevant ministry may made by the registered enterprise for the production technical documentation, if at least two staff persons with university
degree in geodesy and authorization for the design and execution of geodetic works in the appropriate engineering and technical fields. Geodetic-technical documentation for the objects that are not covered by paragraph 1 of this members, can the company made, or action that is registered for the production technical documentation, if at least one employed person with a professional degree in geodesy and authorization for the design and execution of geodetic works in the appropriate engineering and technical fields. Article 8 Geodetic and technical documentation, as well as its component parts or projects, signed by the person who is a chief designer guided their development. Responsible design, in terms of paragraph 1 of this Article, who manages the production of technical documentation in its entirety, can be a person who has a university degree in geodesy, Three years of experience and authority for designing and carrying out surveying work in appropriate engineering and technical fields. Responsible engineer who manages the production of technical documentation in inenjerskotehnikoj the field of mining and energy can be a person who has a university degree mining professions - mining navigate measurements, three years of experience and authority to design and construction surveying work in this area. Responsible engineer who manages the production of a particular part
of the technical documentation may be a person with a college degree in geodesy, three years of work experience and authority for designing and carrying out surveying work in the appropriate engineering and technical fields. III control of technical documentation Article 9 Technical control of the general and capital project can be done to the company or organization that meets the requirements of Article 7 of these Regulations, as determined by the investor. Technical control of the general and capital projects that can not be made the subject of paragraph 1 of this members who prepared the geodetic project. The costs borne by the investor of technical controls. Article 10 In exercising technical control is able to participate face that meets the requirements of this Rules for making these types of technical documentation. In exercising technical control can not take part: a person who is employed by the company or other organization that has prepared the technical documentation, or participated in its development, a person who is employed by the investor and the person who supervises the application of this Ordinance. IV performing geodetic works Article 11 Geodetic works in Article 2 of the items. 2), 3) and 4) of this Rule may be made to the company, action or if at least one employed person with a college or
degree in geodesy and authorization for the design and execution of appropriate species surveying work. Geodetic works in Article 2 of the items. 2), 3) and 4) of this Ordinance, for structures building permit issued by the competent ministry, may be carried out if the company has at least two staff persons with a university degree in geodesy and authorization for the design and implementation of appropriate types of surveying work. Geodetic works in Article 2, item 1) of this Rule may be made firm or action if at least one person employed in geodesy with a passed professional examination for employees in state administration, in accordance with the Act. Article 12 The Contractor shall appoint a person who manages the performance of geodetic works. Geodetic works can be guided by a person holding a university degree or higher surveying profession, at least three years of experience and authority to design and perform surveying work in the appropriate engineering and technical field, or a person had secondary school education in geodesy, at least ten years of experience and authority to carry out surveying work in the appropriate engineering and technical fields. Geodetic works in engineering and technical fields of mining and energy can guided by the person who holds a university degree in the profession of mining - mining navigate measurements,
at least three years work experience and authorization for the design and execution of geodetic Work in this area. Article 13 The Contractor is obliged to: 1) performs works according to technical documentation in accordance with regulations, standards, technical norms and quality standards that apply to certain types of geodetic works; 2) Keep a diary works and inspections; 3) immediately notify in writing the investor and supervision about the flaws in technical documentation and the occurrence of unforeseen circumstances that affect the still works; 4) for works which have an impact on the content of the Land Cadastre and the Cadastre Submit a real estate surveying work with the appropriate organizational unit Geodetic Institute, and to make submission of appropriate data, accordance with the Act. V SUPERVISION performing geodetic works Article 14 Professional supervision of geodetic works referred to in Article 2 of this Ordinance shall face designated by the investor, in accordance with the Act, unless the works referred to in Article 2, item 1) of this Regulations pertaining to the data and cadastral diameter over which the monitoring is done Republic Geodetic Authority, in accordance with the Act. Article 15
This Regulation shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette Republic of Serbia ".
Pursuant to Section 106 Law on planning and construction ("Official Gazette of RS", no. 47/03 and 34/06), Minister for Capital Investments makes
PRAVILINK
on the methodology and procedure of realization of projects for construction of facilities for which approval for construction issued by the ministry in charge of construction, or an autonomous province
Item Article 1 This regulation prescribes in detail the methodology and procedures for implementation of projects for construction of facilities for which approval for construction issued by the ministry in charge of construction, or an autonomous province.
Procedures Article 2 Realization of projects for construction of the Article 1 This Ordinance shall be made by the procedure which provides: Compliance with the construction of facilities essential concepts and plans for economic and spatial development of the Republic; timely consideration and appreciation of natural and created the conditions of which depend on expediency and the effects of construction, the rationality of economic, technical and technological solutions for facility construction and reliable checks their compliance with the conditions and characteristics of the area on which to build the facility, the needs of environmental protection, as well as the applicable rules and regulations of the profession.
The performance of the construction of the facility Article 3 Jobs in the construction of the facility mentioned in Article 1 this Rule may perform an enterprise or other legal entity that meets the requirements prescribed by the Planning and Construction (hereinafter the Act).
The initial terms of reference Article 4 For the planned construction of the facility, the investor determines the initial terms of reference, which provides in particular: 1) Type and purpose of the facility; 2) obligation to comply with the appropriate construction of the facility planning documents and zoning plans; 3) capacity (size) of the object is expressed in units primeren his purposes (size, production volume, throughput, etc..) 4) the most important factors of which depends on the choice of an optimum location for the construction of the facility; 5) Approximate date for construction; 6) other information, requirements and limitations that an investor considers important for the construction of the facility.
Previous work Article 5 For security guards data required to create technical documentation, or the creation of certain phases of the technical documentation, the investor provides the performance of previous works. Previous work carried out in accordance with the Act and the Regulations on the content, scope and method of making prefeasibility study and feasibility study for construction of buildings ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 80/05 - hereinafter: the Regulations ), as well as other regulations governing the planning and construction.
Obtain a statement from the urban plan or act on urban conditions Before the start of the previous works the investor obtains an excerpt from the urban plan or act on urban conditions which are issued in accordance with the Act.
Program of previous works Article 7 Depending on the type, scope and complexity of previous works, the investor determines the program of previous works, notably: 1) the type and extent of previous works;
2) an explanation of criteria by which the choice made in previous works; 3) display the potential functional, technological and temporal interdependence of individual works; 4) project tasks for each of the planned works prior to evaluating their potential value and deadlines; 5) A special note for certain types of previous works, which are supposed to be executed in several phases; 6) other information relevant to the successful execution of previous works.
Previous feasibility studies and feasibility studies Article 8 Based on the results of previous works shall be prepared pre-feasibility study and feasibility study. Preparation of a pre-feasibility study, which contains the general design and feasibility study, which includes preliminary design provides the investor.
Contents of pre-feasibility study Article 9
Contents of pre-feasibility study and general design must be in accordance with the Act and Regulations. General design and preliminary feasibility study on the investor submits revizionoj Commission on the technical control. About making the professional control of this paragraph 2 Article audit commission report submitted with the proposal of measures applied by the investor in making a feasibility study and preliminary design.
Contents of the feasibility study Article 10 Contents of the feasibility study and preliminary design shall be in accordance with the Act and Regulations. Preliminary design and feasibility study on the investor submits revizionoj Commission on the technical control. About making the professional control of this paragraph 2 Article audit commission report submitted with the proposal of measures applied by the investor in the development of capital projects. Approval for construction Article 11 Approval for construction issued by the ministry in charge of construction, or an autonomous province in accordance with the Act. With the application for a permit to build the investor submits the
documentation or evidence specified in the Act and the Rules on Contents and approval for the construction and contents of the application early works ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 60/03) .
Terms of reference for the master project Article 12 Based on the preliminary design and feasibility studies and acting on behalf of the audit committee, investor provides drafting terms of reference for the main project. Terms of reference for the master project contains a particular investor requirements relating to: 1) the use of previously developed technical documentation; 2) technical and technological characteristics of the facility; 3) The requirements of building construction; 4) the content and design of the project.
Main Design and expert review Article 13 Contents of capital project must be in accordance with the Act and regulations issued there under the law.
The investor is obliged to comply with the Act provide the technical control of the main project. If the audit commission in the process control expert preliminary design and feasibility studies ordered the investor to comply with the measures proposed in the submitted report when developing the main project, the investor is obliged to deliver a major project on the evaluation revizionoj Commission, which checks whether it is in the main project proceeded according to its orders.
Assignment of construction Article 14 Construction of building works or the investor may be referred to the company or other legal entity which meets the requirements of the contractor specified in the Act.
Preliminary work Article 15 If prior to the commencement of construction carried out preparatory works (works that precede the construction of the building), the investor is obliged to comply with the Act and regulations issued there under the law, the performance of these papers report the authority which issued the approval for construction. With the application commencing the execution of preparatory work shall be approved for construction and project preparatory work, which
is subject to technical control. Sign commencement of works Article 16 Investor, eight days before the start of building construction, applying authority which issued the license to build the name of contractor, the start of works and completion of construction. With the application commencement of works, the investor submits documentation prescribed by the Act and the Rules on Contents and approval for the construction and contents of the application commencement of works. The authority which issued the approval for the construction of confirmed receipt of the documentation filed Pursuant to the Act and regulations issued there under law and shall inform the municipal authority for Inspection municipality in whose territory he will build the facility.
Construction Contract Article 17 Investor with the contractor concludes the construction of which contain: 1) value and the method of calculation and payment of the contracted works as a whole and the parts of the characteristic; 2) the period of completion as a whole and the parts of the
characteristic; 3) The procedure in the event of unforeseen circumstances that require extra work or unforeseen works, or amendments of the main project; 4) the procedure in case of temporary or permanent suspension of work due to unforeseen circumstances; 5) The provisions of the development and control of project-built facility; 6) The provisions on the rights of the investor transfers to persons who perform the professional designing and construction supervision; 7) The provisions of the Contractor's liability for the consistent implementation of existing regulations in the course of construction; 8) sanctions for failure or untimely performance of contractual obligations; 9) The provisions on the manner of exercising the rights of the owner or user of the facility during the warranty period; 10) The procedure in the event of circumstances that require the termination of the contract; 11) Other provisions of importance for the regulation of mutual relations.
Professional and Supervision
Article 18 The investor provides expert supervision during building construction or works in accordance with the Act and the Regulations on the Manner and Procedure for the exercise of supervision during the building construction ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 105/03). The investor may conclude a special contract for the engineering supervision, which ensures that during construction of the consistent conduct of the main design concepts based on which the facility is built.
The introduction of performers in the business Article 19 Investor surrender land to the contractor for the construction of a properly marked points of bounds of building plots confirmed the technical documentation Pursuant to which an object is constructed, or carry out works and approval for construction, of which the relevant record.
The Contractor and the responsible contractor Article 20 The contractor solution determines the responsible contractor who will operate the building construction or carrying out works in accordance with the Act.
The Contractor and the contractor shall be responsible during building construction or works in all adhere to the rights and obligations stipulated in Article 118 Law and regulations donetih by law.
Notice of completion of works Article 21 Contractor upon completion of all works written inform investors that the building completed and the facility is ready for technical review. The building is considered ready to conduct a technical review: 1) If all works are carried out, the technical documentation approved in accordance with the regulations, the approval for the construction contract and construction; 2) if the project was created as-built facility; 3) If the evidence been secured on the quality of your project, or the quality of the installed material and equipment and other permits and approvals required by law; 4) If the documentation is prepared construction site; 5) if removed temporary structures and devices. The notice under paragraph 1 this article overava and supervisory authority.
An application for a use permit Article 22 Upon receiving the notification from Article 21 This Ordinance shall investor authority which issued the approval for the construction of a request for a use permit. Upon receipt of the request for the issuance of use permits shall be established eligibility to use the exercise facility technical review. Technical review of the facility shall be in accordance with the Act and the Regulations on the content and manner of performing the technical inspection of the facility and the issuance of use permits ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 111/03). Probation Article 23 If during a technical inspection determines that the purpose of determining eligibility for use of the facility required probationary period, the authority which issued the approval for construction can, at the request of investors, permit the release of the object in the trial under the conditions prescribed by the ordinance referred to in Article 22 Paragraph 3 this Ordinance.
Use Permit Article 24
If you are in the process of technical review determines that the facility is suitable for use, use permit is issued in accordance with Article 125 Act and the Rules on Contents and performing technical inspection facility and issuance of use permits. For objects for which probation was granted, use permit shall be issued upon completion of probation when the Commission for technical inspection, or company or other entity that has been entrusted the exercise of technical inspection determines that the facility is suitable for use.
Building handover Article 25 The investor and the contractor shall be required to complete the handover of the building within the stipulated period. The record of the transfer facility is listed on the documentation and information that is subject to the transfer and any remaining obligations of the parties pending in relation to individual works and the mutual benefits and other claims.
Registration of ownership rights to property Article 26 The investor will be made after the handover of the facility to prepare the documentation required for registration of ownership rights to
property, or the parts of the building and through the competent authorities initiate a procedure of registration of such rights in the relevant public records.
Use and maintenance of the facility Article 27 The owner is required to use the building constructed and maintained in a manner and under conditions specified by the project facility maintenance, and applicable regulations and special conditions authorized bodies and organizations. The owner immediately organized maintenance facility or maintenance facility contract Delegated to another person.
Application of Regulations Article 28 The provisions of this Ordinance may be applied in the process of realization of projects for facilities for which the permit is issued for the construction of municipal and town or city of Belgrade.
Entry into force of Article 29 This Regulation shall enter into force eight days after its publication in
"Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia". Number 110-00-00036/2006-01 In Belgrade, 8 May 2006. The Minister, Velimir Ilic, s.r
RULES ON THE CONDITIONS FOR PLANNING AND DESIGN OF BUILDINGS IN CONNECTION WITH free movement of children, the elderly, the handicapped and disabled persons ("Off. Gazette of RS", no. 18/97) I GENERAL PROVISIONS Article 1 These Rules are developed urban-technical conditions (hereinafter referred to as conditions) for planning of public spaces and pedestrian traffic areas, entrances to buildings and design of buildings (housing, facilities for public use, etc..), As well as special devices in them, which to ensure smooth movement of children, the elderly, the handicapped and disabled persons (hereinafter referred to as persons with special needs in the area). Article 2 Facilities for public use, under this regulation are: hospitals, health centers, schools, homes for the elderly, rehabilitation centers, sports and recreational facilities, banks, post offices, commercial buildings, transportation terminals, facilities for the needs of state bodies and bodies of territorial autonomy and local governments and other facilities.
II CONDITIONS FOR SPACE PLANNING AND DESIGN OF FACILITIES FOR PERSONS WITH SPECIAL NEEDS IN SPACE PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC AND PUBLIC AREAS First Sidewalks and pedestrian paths Article 3 Sidewalks and pedestrian paths, pedestrian crossings, parking areas and other areas in the streets, squares, promenades, parks and playgrounds where the range of persons with special needs in the region are interconnected and adjusted for orientation and the inclinations that can not be greater of 5% (1:20), and exceptionally 8.3% (1:12). The highest cross-slope of street pavements and pedestrian paths perpendicular to the direction of motion is 2%. Walkways in the public green and recreational areas are well lit, marked and provided with places to rest with benches along the direction of movement should have a bench seat at a height of approximately 45 cm and handrails at a height of approximately 70 cm above the walking paths, in addition bench provides space measuring 110 x 140 cm to accommodate a wheelchair. Article 4 In order to free movement of persons in wheelchairs street width sidewalks and pedestrian paths shall be at least 180 cm and 120 cm highly, while the width between the fixed obstacle to the passage of at least 90 cm. Promenade area is firm, smooth and slip resistant. On the streets or other major pedestrian areas, the contrast of colors and materials are provided visibility of the main streams and their changes in direction. Article 5 In the main corridor of pedestrian movement is not set poles, billboards or other obstructions, and the existing obstacles are clearly marked. Parts of buildings such as balconies, erker, hanging billboards and the
like. And lower parts of the foliage, which are located right along pedestrian corridors, raised at least 250 cm to the surface at which the pawn moves. Second Pedestrian crossings Article 6 Place pedestrian crossing is marked so that it is clearly different from the sidewalk surface. Pedestrian crossing is placed at right angles to the pavement. Pedestrian crossings equipped with light signals to August exceeds many blind or visually impaired person should be equipped with special sound signaling, and in places exceeds August a number of children (kindergarten, school, etc..) Pedestrian crossings need to equip light signals announcing and sound signals. Passage through the pedestrian island in the middle of August is performed without curbs, the level of August and the width of pedestrian crossings, and at least 180 cm and a length of at least 150 cm and the width of the pedestrian island. To overcome the height difference between the sidewalk and August can be used tapered curbs, with width zakoenog part of at least 45 cm and a maximum slope of zakoenog of 20% (1:5). Third Parking spaces Article 7 Places for parking of vehicles used by persons with special needs in the area are planned near the entrance to the building, facilities for public use and other objects, it is marked as accessible. The minimum width for parking spaces with special needs in the area is 350 cm. Subject to paragraph 1 of this Article provides for: 1) for public garages, public parking, and parking facilities for the public use and larger apartment buildings, at least 5% of the total number of parking spaces; 2) the parking lots with fewer than 20 seats, which are the health clinic, pharmacy, grocery stores, post office, restaurant and kindergarten, at
least one parking space; 3) at the gas station parking lots, restaurants and motels near main roads and highways 5% of the total number of parking places, but not less than one parking places; 4) the parking areas with community health centers, hospitals, homes for the elderly and other major health and social institutions, and other facilities that primarily serve persons with special needs in space, at least 10% of the total number of parking places. 4th Perceptions of public transport Article 8 The positions of public transport, it is anticipated plateau (platform) for pedestrians at least 200 cm wide, and the positions near the school buildings, as well as the views of the underground and suburban railways, the plateau width for pedestrians at least 300 cm. Height of the plateau (platforms) corresponds to the input of the first steps of public transportation vehicle or wagon floor, and when used in vehicles with high first stairs at a height of up to 18 cm lower than the first steps of the vehicle. APPROACHES TO BUILDING Article 9 Access to the facility to provide part of the building whose ground floor of the ground level or less elevated above the ground. Mastering the height difference between the surface and pedestrian access to the property shall be: 1) ramps for pedestrians and wheelchair height difference of up to 76 cm; 2) external stairs, steps and lifting platforms, the height difference greater than 76 cm. First Ramps for pedestrians and wheelchairs Article 10 Overcoming differences in elevation and 76 cm between the two pedestrian area and the driveway to the building is done using the
ramp so that: 1) Ramp slope not greater than 1:20, and can amount to very short distances to 1:12; maximum permissible total length of the ramp in a particular case is 15 m long ramp of 6 m and up to 9 if it were a smaller slope , separated by resting for at least 150 cm long (exceptionally 140 cm); 2) minimum clear width of ramps for the passage-way is 90 cm; 3) are protected from external ramp side curb height 5 cm, 5-10 cm wide and equipped with handrails on both sides curtains podesnog forms for acceptance at a height of 70 cm, and 90 cm, handrails should be continuous and to extend at least 30 cm in front of and behind the beginning of the end of the ramp, handrail should be well secured to the wall (bracket), and handle terminations to be facing the wall, and the carrier; color barsshould be in contrast with the background color; 4) the surface barrier solid, smooth and slip-resistant, if the ramp designed for frequent use by persons with visual impairments, the surface of the ramp may be in color in contrast with the background; 5) is to overcome major differences in elevation may in special cases referred to in item 1 above shall apply to a resort-way barrier between the opposing arms, secured by a fence, handrails or walls. Second Stairs and stairways Article 11 Stairs and stairways shall be adapted to the use of persons with special needs in the area so that: 1) The minimum width of stair arm is 120 cm; 2) the minimum tread width of 30 cm and the maximum allowed height of 15 cm steps; 3) steps of the forehead to the surface are slightly tapered treads, excluding protrusions, and closed; 4) the surface of the forehead steps in a contrasting color to color treads;
5) between the steps and resting on the bottom and top of the stairs there is a contrast in colors; 6) access to the stairs, guardrails and handrails to stair surfacing eligible for ramps provided in Article 10 of these Regulations; 7) the floor area at a distance of 50 cm from the beginning of the descending branch of the staircase has a different tactile and visual processing to the processing platform; 8) step at the bottom of the staircase arm is drawn over the surface of which pedestrians move in front of the said arms. Third Ramps Article 12 Overcoming differences in elevation to a height of 90 cm, where there is no possibility of overcoming these differences ramps, stairs and stairways shall be elevating platforms. Lifting platform provides the size of the plateau at least 110 x 140 cm with the operating mechanism, surrounded by a protective fence, upholstered and equipped with non-slip material and has a switch for the call and the safety device. RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES FOR PUBLIC USE First The movement in buildings Article 13 The entrance to the building adapts to the use of persons with special needs in space, so that: 1) front door is a flat plateau pedestrian dimensions of at least 150 x 150 cm; 2) the light beam door at least 90 cm, and the facilities in which the frequent movement of disabled people, at least 183 cm, the minimum depth windscreen area, if such a space is provided in case the interior and exterior doors open in the same direction is 210 cm, and in the event that both of the doors open to the windshield area of at least 300 cm; 3) the windshield area extends toward the inner part of the building for
at least 91 cm from the plane of the inner gate; 4) to allow automatic opening door with a "contact" carpet laid on both sides of the neck by a length of 152 cm, if provided a way of opening doors; 5) under the windshield in the level of the entrance hall and staircase area of buildings, and if the floor height difference can not be avoided, they are overcome by using a flat platform at floor level to the windshield at least 150 cm long and ramps or stairs, the substrate must be resistant to sliding, and mats are made of solid material, are placed so that their surface is level with the floor; 6) all glass partitions of unbreakable glass and provided a physical barrier at a height of 90 cm and a color-coded at a height of 140 to 160 cm; 7) access to the building is covered by drawing the object, or using canopies, and visible enough for the visually impaired. If the building has a number of external inputs, the requirements of paragraph 1 of this Article shall meet at least one entrance that is marked with an accessibility for persons with special needs in the area. Article 14 The smooth movement of persons with special needs in the area are projected pedestrian access and corridors with a width of at least 180 cm (195 cm highly) for two-way movement, and at least 90 cm for oneway movement in the aisles for short distances. If an object has more corridor or passage to the same point, the requirements of paragraph 1 of this Article shall meet at least one of them, which is marked with an accessibility for persons with special needs in the area. Article 15 Overcoming differences in elevation of strata shall be internal stairs and stairways, ramps and elevators. Internal steps and stairs meet the requirements of Article 11 of this
Ordinance. To overcome differences in elevation of strata are used primarily bifurcated staircase and multi-spoke, the same height and depth through all floors of the building. Article 16 To connect two straight communication with the height difference surface to 76 cm, next steps can be designed ramps that meet the requirements of Article 10 of this Ordinance. Article 17 Overcoming differences in elevation of floor in apartment buildings and facilities for public use, is done through the elevators, so that: 1) access to the elevator at the entrance to the building space has dimension at least 150 x 200 cm with a floor area at a distance of at least 50 cm away from the elevator door different tactile and visual processing in relation to the surrounding floor area; 2) the internal dimensions of the elevator at least 110 x 140 cm; 3) the elevator doors, which are shear and open to the external side, have a clear opening width of at least 80 inches and are painted a contrasting color to color of the surrounding wall; 4) overlapping the seat of the cab is set at a height of 50 cm and equipped with two hand grip at a height of 90 cm; 5) controls (buttons) be set at a height of 90 to 120 cm from the floor and inside the cabin at a distance of 40 cm from the corner of the cabin, all commands are executed with embossed markings and contrasting colors to the ground, except that the command level entrance to the building and contact the different color from the other controls on the dashboard; 6) lift has visual and audible signals to indicate which floor the elevator arrives; 7) is enough to set the duration of opening the door to full width and the ability to control the opening of the door using the device, if provided for automatic opening and closing;
8) under the elevator and slip resistant cabin lighting provides sufficient visibility without reflection. In the house or the entrance to the facility that has multiple elevators, at least one of them should meet the requirements of paragraph 1 of this article and it is marked as accessible to persons with special needs in the area. Article 18 To overcome the height difference of up to 90 cm in apartment buildings and facilities for public use, if not possible use the stairs or ramps and stairs, ramps are applied to meet the requirements of Article 12 of this Ordinance. To overcome elevation differences between floors can be applied very special elevators in the shape of the seat or platform, which move on rails over the so-called arms of the stairs. "Eskaliftovi". Article 19 Door width for safe passage of wheelchairs is at least 76 cm. Doors up to 85-90 cm predict if there is a need wheelchair turning in a door if the door is near the threshold, or the front door of the public buildings, or if there is a greater flow of people. Free maneuvering areas in the driveway gate has a width of at least 120 cm, in the case of narrow space, predict the shear gate. In apartment buildings and facilities for public use may be provided an automatic sliding doors and automatic doors. Door handle and keyhole are at a height of approximately 80 cm from the floor. Edge of the door on the side of the latch located at least 50 cm from the corner of the room or on the wall of the bumps or other obstacles placed upright on a flat door, and if the automatic doors should be equipped with a vertical handle that pulls down the length of at least 30 cm, which easily catches the lowest end of which lies at an altitude of approximately 80 cm above the lower edge of the door. The doors are easy to spot visually and marked as provided in Article
13 of this Ordinance. Article 20 During the installation of fixed furniture elements to provide corridors for the movement of at least 90 cm wide. The floors in residential and other premises can not have height differences or other obstacle (thresholds), and if they have them they can not be more than 2 cm and must be rounded edges. Second The use of certain rooms in buildings Article 21 Corridors, hallways and other auxiliary facilities are minimum width of 150 cm and 200 cm in length without equipment. All the rooms are going without thresholds or other differences in elevation. Bedroom, living room and dining area and work in the living room in homes for the disabled are the least surface area of 9 m2, and the length of the shorter sides of at least 240 cm. Space around the kitchen equipment in the apartments used by people in wheelchairs, to allow maneuvering a wheelchair, which provides as follows: 1) the free space between the edge of kitchen cabinets and the wall is at least 140 cm; 2) using special kitchen units that enable underlining wheelchair access to work surfaces, sinks and stoves; 3) to facilitate relocation of kitchen appliances and dishes, the elements are placed in the kitchen in the form of letters G, P, or a parallel form II. In the design of sanitary facilities in buildings for public use and housing designed for persons with special needs in the space provided the necessary space for unhindered wheelchair access to individual sanitation. Equipment hygiene facilities should be simple and convenient to use. The sanitary facilities must be installed alarm system.
Article 22 Open the doors and windows, and railings on the balconies and terraces in areas that are located in buildings for public use and homes that use of persons with special needs in space, is designed so that: 1) are bright and width of all interior doors at least 81 cm, and the input of at least 91 cm; 2) does not have thresholds higher than 2 cm, the same goes for doors; 3) the door, if they are glazed, are of unbreakable glass or protected by grille, and if the glass is brittle, then the door may be glazed from the height of 80 cm from the ground up; 4) door hinges are placed at the corners of the room; 5) should be avoided by placing the door open to the corridors or areas where there is circulation of people. 6) the large glass surface in the vicinity of a traffic area below the mark about the eye, colored tape or a frame; 7) Window sills are set to a maximum of 80 cm from the floor level; 8) the windows open and close easily, and handles on them are placed at a height of 90 to 120 cm from the floor; 9) railings on the balconies and terraces of housing for people in wheelchairs to the field of view 30 cm from the floor and up, and if the fence is transparent, non-transparent part of the amount must not exceed 90 cm. Article 23 Arrangements for the management and control installations in the building (switches, sockets and intercom, etc..) Projected to: 1) the intercom set at a height of 120 cm from the floor; 2) the light switch and a bell placed at a height of 90 cm from the floor; 3) the outlet for a lamp, TV, phone and other devices placed at a height of 40 cm from the floor; 4) is above the outlet in the kitchen work tops installed at a height of 100 cm from the floor;
5) is placed above the bed outlet at a height of 80 cm from the floor; 6) Pull the alarm switch and pull puller set that reaches a height of 60 to 70 cm above the floor; 7) all devices placed at a distance of 40 cm from the corners of the room; 8) all water connections and drain waste water carried to a height of 100 cm from the floor; 9) to facilitate the detection, all devices are in a contrasting color to the ground, and the information embossed on them to read the touch; 10) switches for the automatic opening of doors set to open doors, not in the way of wheelchairs and other assistive devices for walking, and baby carriages; 11) easy-grip handles and turning, so that they might serve people with limited strength in the arms and hands. Article 24 The entrances to residential mailboxes to receive mail, set at a height of 100 to 120 cm from the floor. Third Special conditions for individual items of equipment and facilities Article 25 When designing hospitals, health centers, homes for the elderly, rehabilitation centers, homes for the holidays and the like. in premises which provide for the stay of persons with special needs in the area, in addition to requirements set forth in this ordinance, it is necessary to provide for: 1) an empty space with a bed size of at least 160 x 100 cm; 2) a room with bathroom; 3) a room equipped with an alarm device; 4) marked with an accessible room at a height of 140 to 160 cm from the floor. Each with at least one room must meet the above criteria. Article 26 In office buildings, the height of counters and sales outlets adapted to
the needs of persons with special needs in the area and is 80 cm from the floor, and if there are multiple object points or desks or other items of equipment to work with clients, providing at least one point that meets this condition. The facilities for public use in which the movement of pedestrians directed by a fence, an access corridor width of at least 90 cm. Article 27 In theaters, convention halls, stadiums and similar facilities, for persons in wheelchairs to provide special places to accommodate a wheelchair, whose dimensions are at least 90 x 140 cm, with a built without the inclination of the slip-resistant material. These places are planned or in the aisle near the entrance and visibly marked, they can be grouped. Article 28 In public sports and recreational facilities, swimming pools and playgrounds for people with special needs in the area provide a specifically designated changing rooms, which are the minimum dimensions of 140 x 160 cm, with door at least 81 cm wide, which is open towards the outer side, and equipped the corresponding alarm device and a device for forcibly opening the door from the outside and where there hangers for clothes at a height of 140 cm, there are no edges on the floor by more than 2 cm, which is exempt from the processing of edge swimming pool, in the length of at least 150 cm from the bank's height of 50 cm and width of 30 - 40 cm. Article 29 Payphones that are tailored to the needs of persons with special needs in the area meet the following requirements: 1) the cabin or the area in the vicinity of the phone is at a height more than 2 cm in relation to pedestrian access plateau which measures 150 x 150 cm, and if the height difference up to 8 cm in relation to pedestrian access plateau, it is necessary to accessprovide a ramp. 2) if the phone is placed in the cab, cab dimensions are 90x110 cm,
and the cabin door open towards the outer side and have a width of at least 80 cm; 3) the phone is placed at a height of 100 to 120 cm; 4) near the appliance or in the cab is placed overlapping the seat at a height of 50 cm. Other devices and equipment for Postal services are projected at a height of 100 to 120 cm from the floor. Article 30 In public toilets and toilets in facilities for public use (hotels, restaurants with more than a hundred places, health centers, schools, universities, etc.). In which the performance of four or more cabins, at least one cabin male and female toilet area is projected to be in accordance with the terms of this Ordinance. Cab is designed so that: 1) front door of the cabin are 90 cm wide; 2) in the cabin provide hangers for clothes at a height of 120 cm from the floor; 3) to set the cabin door accessibility sign at a height of 140 to 160 cm. 4th Systems orientation Article 31 The signs and boards to inform and name plate (hereinafter referred to as marks) are visible, legible and recognizable. The signs referred to in paragraph 1 above are: 1) signs for orientation (sketches, plans, models and others.) 2) signposts; 3) functional signs, which give information about the purpose of certain areas (parking lots, garages, elevators, sanitary facilities, etc.).. Signs on the walls are placed at a height of 140 cm to 160 cm above the floor or ground, and if not possible, it must be ensured that the text corresponds to a distance suitable for reading. The characters are well secured, and to eliminate reflections, can be a relief - convex and properly positioned relative to the light source.
Height of letters on signs shall not be less than 1.5 cm for internal use, or 10 cm for external use. Article 32 Recognition doors, stairs, ramps, elevators and passageways, fire protection equipment, equipment for rescue and evacuation routes shall be used in contrasting colors and lighting appropriate treatment of walls and floors. To improve sound reception for those who use hearing aids, in the public rooms can be set loop technology, wireless infrared systems or other technical means to enhance the sound. III TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS Article 33 During reconstruction of existing facilities, the provisions of this Ordinance if it allows the location, construction and other conditions of citizens. Article 34 This Regulation shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia". "Official Gazette of RS", no. 105/2003
On the basis of Article 120 Paragraph 5 Law on Planning and Construction ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia", no. 47/2003), Minister of Urban Planning and Construction shall
PRAVILINK On the procedure for expert supervision during construction FACILITY
Article 1 This Ordinance shall be specified by the manner and procedure for performing expert supervision during the construction, reconstruction and repair of facilities (hereinafter supervision).
Article 2 Professional supervision relates to: 1) the preparatory work; 2) construction and construction-craft works; 3) installation of installations, facilities and equipment;
4) other works which are performed during the construction of buildings.
Article 3 Professional supervision is provided in particular: 1) controls whether the construction is done according to the approval for the construction and the main project; 2) regular and timely monitoring of the quality of works being carried out and checking whether the execution of all types of work conditions and measures applied by law and other regulations, standards and technical norms; 3) Control and checking the quality of the work done that is the nature and dynamics of structures can not be checked in later stages of construction (work on the performance of foundations, reinforcement, formwork, insulation, etc..) 4) quality control materials, installations, equipment, plant and equipment that are installed in the facility, or placed, and check whether they are provided with the necessary certificates, certificates or other documents proving their quality; 5) control compliance of all types of building works approval for the construction and final design upon which to build the facility and shall promptly take measures in case of deviation from the capital construction project;
6) timely identification of changes in the conditions of the construction and taking the necessary measures in the event that these conditions affect the further work (changes in soil types or other parameters determined by geotechnical studies and others.) 7) check the application requirements and measures for environmental protection and protection of adjacent structures, installations, equipment, plant and equipment; 8) regular monitoring of the dynamics of the construction and compliance with construction and contractual terms; 9) cooperation with the designer to ensure the details of technological and organizational solutions for construction and resolving other issues that arise during the works. A person who performs professional supervision gives instructions to the contractor, working with designers and planning control in order to ensure proper implementation of the design concept of the building and works and works with contractors in the preparation of project-built and resolving all other issues that arise during the works.
Article 4 Professional supervision is provided from the start of construction of a structure to its completion and issuance of occupancy permit and includes all phases of construction.
Article 5
A person who performs professional supervision determines the investor or company or other entity that has been entrusted the investor professional supervision (hereinafter supervisory authority).
Article 6 Professional supervision can be provided for carrying out certain works on the construction of the facility, as well as supervision by the designer of the building.
Article 7 The supervisory authority has the right to constantly monitor and supervise the works on site, as well as in other places where operations are executed for the construction of a structure.
Article 8 All observations in the course of supervision, the supervisor entered the building log properly.
Article 9 If the supervisory authority to carry out professional supervision that the contractor deviates from the basic concepts of construction, details of projected, anticipated quality of the materials that are installed, or in respect of other elements that would affect the quality of work, a defined value of the facility or the extension of deadlines,
notify investors and contractors and take other measures within its powers.
Article 10 When removal of irregularities which do not admit of delay, notify the competent supervisory authority of inspectors in order to take necessary measures (issuing orders to the contractor to undertake the necessary measures for the prevention and elimination of negative consequences, the suspension of works in all cases when it comes to the conclusion that the construction work deviates from technical documentation and where specific deviations may be an impact on capacity, serviceability, durability, cost and implementation of the design concept of the object, or may result in material damage and human casualties, etc.)..
Article 11 If, during the execution of works necessary to deviate from the technical documentation, the supervisory authority shall notify the investor in order to take appropriate measures.
Article 12 Supervisory authority in the course of quality assurance in writing that states the work performed under the expert supervision, the deficiencies noted in the works, the action taken by or sent them to the contractor or responsible contractor, given the deadlines for their correction, objection to the dynamics and quality of construction, as
well as other data relevant to the monitoring of the construction of a structure. The information specified in paragraph 1 supervisory body of this article in a building log entries. Building log certified by the signature and seal of the supervisory authority and the responsible contractor.
Article 13 On the effective date of these Rules, the Rules on Contents and expert supervision during construction ("Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia", No. 58/97).
Article 14 This Regulation shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia".
Number 110-00-00041/2003-01 In Belgrade, the first October 2003. The Minister, prof. Dragoslav umarac, s. r.
On the basis of Article 106 Law on Planning and Construction ("Official Gazette of RS", no. 47/03 and 34/06) Minister of Capital Investments makes PRAVILINK on the methodology and procedure of realization of construction projects for which the building permit issued by the ministry in charge of construction, or the autonomous region
Subject Article 1 These Rules shall define the methodology and implementation procedures of construction projects for which the building permit issued by the ministry in charge of construction, or the autonomous region.
Procedure Article 2
The realization of construction projects in Article 1 this Ordinance shall be according to the procedure that ensures: compliance with the basic construction concepts and plans for economic and spatial development of the Republic, due consideration and respect to all natural and created the conditions on which they depend usefulness and effects of construction, the rationality of economic, technical and technological solutions for building construction and reliable verification of their compliance with the conditions and characteristics of the area on which to build the facility, the needs of environmental protection, as well as the applicable rules and regulations of the profession.
Performing construction work Article 3 The activities on building out in Article 1 this Ordinance may be performed by an enterprise or other legal entity which meets the requirements prescribed by the Planning and Construction (hereinafter the Act).
The initial terms of reference Article 4 For the planned construction of the facility, the investor determines the initial terms of reference, which provides in particular: 1) the type and purpose of the facility;
2) obligation to comply with appropriate construction planning documents and urban planning; 3) Capacity (size of) the object is expressed in units appropriate to its intended purpose (area, production volume, bandwidth, etc..) 4) the most important factors that influence the choice of optimal locations for the building; 5) approximate date for the building; 6) other information, requirements and limitations that an investor considers important for the building. Earlier work by Article 5 In order to ensure data required to create technical documentation, or the creation of certain phases of the technical documentation, the investor provides the performance of previous works. Earlier work carried out in accordance with the Act and the Regulations on the content, scope and method of preparation of preliminary feasibility study and feasibility study for the construction ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 80/05 - hereinafter: the Regulations), as well as other regulations governing the planning and construction.
Obtain a statement from the urban plan or act on urban conditions Article 6
Before the start of the previous works the investor obtains an extract from the urban plan or act on urban conditions issued in accordance with the Act.
Program of previous works Article 7 Depending on the type, scope and complexity of previous works, the investor determines the program of previous works, notably: 1) the nature and extent of previous works; 2) explanation of the criteria on which selection was made of previous works; 3) information on potential functional, technological and temporal interdependence of individual works; 4) terms of reference for each of the previous papers provided with an assessment of their value and potential timeframes; 5) special instructions for certain types of previous works which are assumed to be executed in several phases; 6) other information relevant to the successful execution of previous works.
Previous feasibility studies and feasibility studies
Article 8 Based on the results of previous works shall be made prior feasibility studies and feasibility studies. Preparation of preliminary feasibility study which includes the general design and feasibility study that includes conceptual design provided by the investor.
Contents of preliminary feasibility study Article 9 Contents of preliminary feasibility study and general design must be in accordance with the Act and Regulations. General design and preliminary feasibility study submitted to the investor revizionoj Commission for technical control. Upon completion of professional control in paragraph 2 this article review commission shall submit a report and propose measures to the investor in the manufacturing feasibility study and preliminary design.
Contents of the feasibility study Article 10 Contents of the feasibility study and preliminary design must be in accordance with the Act and Regulations.
Preliminary design and feasibility study submitted to the investor revizionoj Commission for technical control. Upon completion of professional control in paragraph 2 this article review commission shall submit a report and propose measures to the investor in the manufacturing of the main project.
Approval for construction Article 11 Building permit issued by the ministry in charge of construction, or an autonomous province in accordance with the Act. The application for approval to build the investor submits the documentation or evidence in the Act and the Guidelines on the method of issuing permits for the construction and content to commencement of works ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 60/03). Terms of Reference for the preparation of the project Article 12 Based on the preliminary design and feasibility studies and acting on the orders of the review commission, the investor provides drafting terms of reference for the main project. Terms of Reference for the preparation of the project include, in particular the requirements of investors related to:
1) the use of previously developed technical documentation; 2) technical and technological characteristics of the facility; 3) the conditions of construction of the facility; 4) the content and design of the project.
Final design and technical control Article 13 Content of the main project must comply with the Act and regulations adopted pursuant to law. The investor is obliged to comply with the Act provide technical control of the main project. If the audit commission in the professional control of the project proposal and feasibility study ordered by the investor to comply with the measures proposed in the report submitted at the detailed design, the investor shall submit the final design review revizionoj Commission, which checks whether the actions were taken to the main project its accounts.
Transfer of construction Article 14 Construction of building works or the investor can give a company or
other legal entity that meets the requirements for contractors in the Act.
Preliminary work Article 15 If performed before the start of construction preparatory works (works that precede the construction of the building), the investor is obliged to comply with the Act and regulations adopted pursuant to law, carry out such works report the agency that issued the building permit. The application to commencement of preparatory works shall be submitted for approval and construction of the project preparatory work that is subject to technical inspection.
Login to commencement of works Article 16 The investor, eight days before the start of construction of the facility, reported the agency that issued the building permit artist, the commencement of work and deadline for completion of construction. The application to commencement of works, the developer submits documentation prescribed by the Act and Guidelines on the method of issuing permits for the construction and content to commencement of works. The authority which issued the approval for the construction of
confirmed receipt of the documents submitted pursuant to the Act and regulations adopted pursuant to law and notify the municipal authority for the inspection activities of the municipality in whose territory the facility built.
Construction contract Article 17 Investor with a contractor agreement for the construction of which shall contain: 1) value and the method of calculation and payment of the contracted project as a whole and the parts of the characteristic; 2) the deadlines for completion of works in general and characteristic parts; 3) the procedure in the event of unforeseen circumstances that require extra work or unforeseen work or amendments to the detailed design; 4) the procedure in case of temporary or permanent suspension of work due to unforeseen circumstances; 5) Provisions on the design and control project constructed facility; 6) provisions on the rights of the investor transfers to persons engaged in professional and project construction supervision; 7) the liability provisions for consistent implementation of contractor regulations in force during construction;
8) sanctions for failure or untimely performance of contractual obligations; 9) provisions on the exercise of the rights of owners or users of the facility during the warranty period; 10) procedure in the event of circumstances requiring termination of the contract; 11) Other provisions of importance for the regulation of mutual relations.
Professional and project supervision Article 18 The investor provides expert supervision during construction of the building or construction works in accordance with the Act and the Regulations on the procedure for carrying out technical supervision during construction of the facility ("Official Gazette" No. 105/03). Employer may conclude a special contract for the engineering supervision, which ensures that during the construction to uphold the main design concepts based on which the building is constructed.
The introduction of performers in the business Article 19 Investor surrender land to the contractor for the construction of the
items properly marked the boundary lines of construction plots confirmed on the basis of technical documentation that will build the facility, or carry out works and construction approval, and shall make a record.
The contractor and the contractor responsible Article 20 Solution determines the Contractor responsible contractor who will manage the construction of a structure, ie works in accordance with the Act. The contractor and the contractor shall be responsible to the facility during construction works and adhere to all rights and obligations set out in Article 118 Law and regulations adopted pursuant to law.
Notice of Completion Article 21 Contractor upon completion of all works written informed investors that building a complete and that the facility is ready for inspection. The building is considered to be ready for technical inspection: 1) if they were made all the arrangements provided for the technical documentation approved in accordance with the regulations, the approval for the construction and building contract;
2) if it is made-built design; 3) if they provided evidence of the quality of completed work, or the quality of the installed material and equipment and other permits and approvals required by law; 4) if the documentation is prepared building site; 5) if removed temporary structures and devices. The information referred to in paragraph 1 this article and verified by the supervisory authority.
The request for the issuance of occupancy permits Article 22 Upon receipt of the notice referred to in Article 21 this Ordinance shall be submitted by an investor who issued the building permit application for use permits. Upon receiving the request for the issuance of use permits shall be established eligibility for use of the facility performing the technical inspection. Technical inspection of the facility shall be in accordance with the Act and the Guidelines on how to carry out technical inspection and issuance of use permit ("Official Gazette" No. 111/03).
Probation
Article 23 If during a technical inspection determines that the facility to determine suitability for use required probationary period, the authority which issued the building permit may, at the request of investors, permit the release of the facility into operation under the conditions prescribed by the ordinance referred to in Article 22 Paragraph 3 this Ordinance.
Use Permit Article 24 If you are in the process of technical inspection determines that the facility is suitable for use, occupancy permit is issued in accordance with Article 125 Act and the provisions of the Regulations on how to carry out technical inspection and issuance of occupancy permits. Premises for which probation was granted, a use permit is issued upon completion of probation when the Commission for technical inspection, enterprise or other business entity that is entrusted to technical inspection determines that the facility is suitable for use.
The handover of the facility Article 25 Employer and the Contractor shall handover the building to carry out the agreed period.
The record of the transfer facility is listed on the documentation and information that is subject to the transfer and any remaining outstanding liabilities of contracting parties in relation to individual works and mutual benefits and other claims.
Registration of title to the property Article 26 The investor will be made after the handover of the facility to prepare documents required for registration of title to the property or the part of the building and through the competent authorities initiate a procedure of registration of such rights in the relevant public records.
Operation and maintenance facility Article 27 The owner is required to use facility constructed and maintained in a manner and under conditions specified in the project of maintaining the facility and the applicable regulations and special conditions authorized bodies and organizations. The owner immediately organize the maintenance of the facility or contract facility maintenance is entrusted to another person.
Application of Rules Article 28
The provisions of this Ordinance may be applied in the process of realization of projects for facilities for which the building permit issued by the municipality or town or city of Belgrade.
Entry into force of the ordinance Article 29 This Regulation shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia". Number 110-00-00036/2006-01 In Belgrade, 8 May 2006. The Minister, Velimir Ilic, mp
RULES Of Contents and technical inspection FACILITY USE PERMIT ISSUANCE AND "Off. Gazette of RS ", no. 111/2003 Article 1 This regulation establishes the content and manner of performing the technical inspection, and inspection of certain works that are performed during the construction or reconstruction of the facility and the issuance of occupancy permits. Article 2 Technical inspection of facilities, equipment, apparatus and equipment
belonging to that object or embedded in it, and completed construction works will be performed under the provisions of the planning and construction and these Regulations, unless specific types of facilities are not issued specific regulations on technical inspection . Article 3 Technical inspection of the facility is performed upon completion of the building, or part thereof if it is for its construction or execution of the works approval for the construction and if the authority responsible for issuing permits for construction confirms receipt of the documentation on the main project, based on which construction was done the object. If the object for which the approval was granted for the construction of the whole building, being built in phases, the technical inspection may be performed for individual phases or components that are independent of technical-technological unity in relation to other phases, if the authority responsible for issuing approval for the construction of confirmed receipt of documentation on the main project, under which the construction of the building was done. Article 4 Technical inspection of the facility includes: 1) check the full technical and other documents for construction or for works; 2) A review of construction of the building or construction works in accordance with the main project under which the facility is built. Article 5 Checking the full technical and other documents determined by whether the investor and the contractor, prior to and during construction, secure and orderly took all the necessary documentation. Without the required documentation that can not be carried out technical inspection, shall be: 1) approval for construction;
2) a major project in which the facility is built; 3) built design or final design approved and certified by the contractor and the supervisory authority that the state is derived as the projected state of the main project; 4) Individual certificates evidencing the quality of the installed material and equipment (manufacturer declaration), or performed works (test cubes, test the quality of surface nasutih et al.) 5) special certificates issued by authorized specialized institutions, refer to the appropriate safety system installations and equipment (lifts, ground installations, noise emission, etc.).. Documentation referred to in paragraph 2 above shall also apply to construction diary and other documentation of the building site which, in some cases, the contract provided for construction and inspection of books. Article 6 A review of building construction in accordance with the main project, based on which the object is constructed, shall be: 1) position and the basic dimensions of the object; 2) basic elements of building construction; 3) Elements of technical security at the facility; 4) finish the building and equipment; 5) types of installations in the house; 6) the specific devices and systems that are embedded in the object; 7) arrangement of building plots on which the facility is built. Article 7 Survey of the basic dimensions of the object is checked, in particular: 1) compliance status of the foundation and the outside edges of the object with the position and construction of control lines from the situation plan, or if the prescribed conditions are complied on the minimum distance of the object or its parts from the boundaries of building plots and formerly built facilities on the same and adjacent parcels;
2) Compliance leveling feature of the structure or its parts, with the main project; 3) compliance of the basic dimensions of the facility and its characteristic parts with the main project. Summary referred to in paragraph 1 above, shall be based on: 1) detailed design; 2) approval for construction; 3) confirmation of the competent authority on the basis of compliance with the approved position of the main project; 4) documentation of the specific building site surveying work carried out during construction; 5) Building log; 6) visual observation and, if necessary, control measurements. Article 8 Examining the validity of the basic elements of the building envelope is checked, in particular: 1) the projected construction of the facility; 2) location, physical and technical characteristics of all major elements of the building envelope. Summary of construction works, referred to in paragraph 1 above, shall be examined on the basis of: 1) capital project or projects constructed facility; 2) quality certificates installed material, and the results of the control of the work done; 3) Building log and diary sections relating to adequate control of works (formwork, reinforcement, the quality of the embankment, taking control samples, etc..), Or in the manner and conditions of execution of these works; 4) visual observation and, if necessary, subsequent control tests. Article 9 Technical inspection, when it is prescribed for certain types of facilities to verify the technical elements of the protection of facilities, such as:
1) protective fence; 2) retaining walls; 3) protective canopy; 4) Network and other forms of protection cuttings and embankments from erosion; 5) internal and external walls, dikes and canals which are executed in order to fire protection, and appropriate hydrant installations; 6) parts of the structure or works to ensure adequate insulation, thermal and acoustic insulation; 7) devices for the absorption, ie purification of exhaust gases, vapors and contaminated water; 8) other works and building elements that are important for its safe use. Check the state of the work done under paragraph 1 above, shall be based on: 1) capital project or projects constructed facility; 2) specific written confirmation of relevant bodies and organizations that are authorized by law to control the validity of certain works, equipment and facilities (sanitary control, fire protection, labor inspection, environmental protection, etc..) 3) Building log proving that the supervisory authority in the course of performing this type of work, control their accuracy; 4) visual observation and, if necessary, subsequent tests. Article 10 A review of finishing equipment and facility checks the conformity of the work done with the main project in terms of: 1) the type, quality, and ways of embedding material processing method was applied to finish the building of individual elements (floors, woodwork, wearing layer of August et al.) 2) the type and technical characteristics of certain elements of the equipment building (the part that does not control the technical installations and equipment).
Check order of finish and equipment facility shall be based on: 1) capital project or projects constructed facility; 2) Building log that shows whether the supervisor monitor and control the performance of this type of work. Article 11 A review of the installation in the house is checked in particular: 1) compliance of the work done with the basic technical solutions contained in the main project; 2) location, type, and thermal profiles applied, sound and anticorrosion protection of pipes, wires and channels that are embedded; 3) the reliability of connections and fittings (pressure probes, ground control, etc..) 4) technical characteristics and incorporating certain elements of the equipment and measuring instruments; 5) installation of connectors to the appropriate infrastructure systems. Overview of safety implemented installations shall be based on: 1) capital project or projects constructed facility; 2) quality certificates installed material and equipment; 3) special certificate authorized bodies and organizations on safety relevant systems; 4) Building log which shows that the supervisor monitor and control the performance of this type of work. Article 12 Physical examination of works of construction of the lot where the facility is built, checked, in particular: 1) whether the parcels are removed from the building site auxiliary facilities and equipment, or previously constructed buildings whose demolition provided approval for the construction and final design; 2) whether the anticipated leveling of the terrain made (dams, cascades, etc..) 3) whether the completed work provided for drainage of rainwater and ground water (gutters, drainage channels, etc..)
4) whether, in accordance with the main project, carried out fencing of building lots; 5) whether the arrangement is made provided free surfaces on the lot (pedestrian and vehicular paths, fire roads and plateaus for emergencies, parking lots, lawns, etc..). Checking the completeness and correctness of renovation works building lots shall be based on: 1) approval for construction; 2) the main project in which the facility is built; 3) Building log or diary of referring to this type of work. Article 13 When it comes to specific objects and works of complexity and specific technical and technological properties and buildings and works that are prescribed for special protection measures, technical review can be expanded and adapted to the characteristics of buildings and works. Article 14 Technical inspection of the facility by the Commission, within which the act on her education. Article 15 When is a technical inspection of facilities that are prescribed by previous tests and inspections of installations, equipment, facilities, stability or security of property, plant and equipment for environmental protection or other tests, or if so provided in the main project, a check is done before giving the Commission report . Article 16 A final inspection shall be taken. The minutes shall include in particular: 1) number and date of the Education Commission; 2) the names of committee members, the name of the investor and the contractor and the names of their representatives who participated in the commission, as well as the names of other persons who
participated in the commission and attended its work; 3) place, time and manner of the commission; 4) subject to technical review; 5) a list of documents made available to the Commission; 6) statement that the facility is constructed according to the main project and the project built structure; 7) the opinion of the Commission proposals, as well as the separate opinions of individual members of the committee; 8) statement of whether the facility is suitable or not suitable for use. The minutes shall be signed by members of the committee. The minutes shall be submitted to the authority that formed the Commission. If you have identified important deficiencies and irregularities in the derived object, the chairman of a technical inspection of the facility shall submit to the Serbian Chamber of Engineers list of irregularities and deficiencies with the data as a responsible contractor. Article 17 If the object identified deficiencies and irregularities, the Commission shall give his opinion whether it may grant permission for its use only after elimination of the deficiencies and irregularities or due to the type and nature of deficiencies and irregularities, and prior to their removal, along with taking the necessary measures to secure in the execution of subsequent works to fix the deficiencies and irregularities. If it is determined that the deficiencies and irregularities in the building can not be removed or that there is irreparable threat to the stability of the structure or the life or health of people, traffic or nearby facilities, the Commission will propose to demolish or remove the object. If during a technical inspection determines that there is doubt about the quality of the Commission may propose to test the quality of materials, installations and equipment. Article 18 Upon receipt of the minutes of the final inspection of the facility with
the statement that the facility is suitable for use, the competent authority, issued the use permit. Article 19 The request for the issuance of use permits shall include: 1) name, and name and address of the investor; 2) name of the object, with information on the type and purpose, for which a use permit; 3) mark the location where the facility is built, or the reconstruction the location where the facility is located; 4) Name and address of the contractor and the responsible contractor; 5) information on the documentation (number and date of issuance of building permit application and commencement of works). Article 20 The occupancy permit is issued by the enacting clause, in addition to information provided by the law, includes: 1) name, and name and address of the investors who use permit is issued indicating the seat or address; 2) the name of the object data type and purpose (residential, industrial, energy, traffic, etc..), The dimensions, number of floors and mark the location where it was built, and of (cadastral parcels); 3) Name and address of the contractor who built the facility and the name of the responsible contractor; 4) a statement that the facility is built in all the issued approval for the construction and capital project; 5) a statement that was made geodetic survey of the facility; 6) the warranty period for the facility and certain types of work determined by special regulation. Explaining the decision, in addition to the prescribed data, and data are entered on the content and type of documentation submitted by the investor with the request for the issuance of use permits (building permit, approval, decision, etc..), As well as data from the record of the
final inspection of the facility. Article 21 The administrative authority which issued the use permit shall deliver two copies of the decision and a copy of the minutes of the final inspection of the investor, and basic information from the decision (on the investor, property, number and date of the decision authorizing the use of the facility, etc..) Entries in the list - review issued use permits and notify the building inspector. Article 22 If the competent authority shall authorize the use of the building where there are certain defects and irregularities, which, according to the type and nature do not affect their proper and safe use, will determine the period within which the investor and the contractor shall remove such deficiencies and irregularities, and if necessary security measures that must be taken in the interest of safe use of the facility during the execution of subsequent works on oklanjanju identified deficiencies and irregularities. Article 23 If the identified deficiencies and irregularities of Occupancy is issued, the developer or contractor, after elimination of the deficiencies and irregularities, he shall request subsequent inspection of the work done. Technical review of subsequent works shall be executed in the manner and procedure prescribed by this ordinance. If the technical inspection of the work done later on a substantial change in the building due to subsequent construction works, shall be re-inspection facility. Article 24 Initiate technical reviews completed according to the regulations in force before the entry into force of this Regulation. Article 25 Technical inspection of buildings constructed or reconstructed without
a building permit and the issuance of use permits shall be based on project-built facility in the manner and procedure prescribed by these Rules and regulations governing the content of the project as-built high-rise building constructed or reconstructed without a building permit. Article 26 On the effective date of these Rules, the Rules on the content and manner of conducting technical reviews of the facilities and the issuance of use permit ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 58/97). Article 27 This Regulation shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia".
Pursuant to Article 49 Paragraph 3 Law Amending the Law on Planning and Construction ("Official Gazette of RS", No. 34/06), Minister of Capital Investments makes
PRAVILINK The project built the facility and the technical documentation and issuance of permits for construction and occupancy permits for buildings whose construction was completed without a building permit
I. GENERAL PROVISIONS
Article 1 These Rules shall prescribe the content and method of project-built facility, or technical documentation, as well as the content and method of issuing permits for construction and occupancy permits for buildings whose construction was completed without a building permit.
Article 2 The provisions of this Ordinance shall apply to facilities constructed or reconstructed without a building permit to 13 in May 2003.year, which the owner reported the municipal or city government in due course. For objects under Article 89 Paragraph 4 Law on Planning and Construction ("Official Gazette of RS", no. 47/03 and 34/06 hereinafter: Law) constructed or reconstructed without a building permit to 13 in May 2003. The provisions do not apply to these Regulations.
II. Built design
Article 3 Built design is made for the purpose of obtaining the building permit or
occupancy permit for the constructed or reconstructed facilities specified in Article 2 Paragraph 1 of these Regulations, as well as for use and maintenance of the facility.
Article 4 Built design under Article 3 this Ordinance shall be developed as a conceptual project that contains information in Article 92 The Act.
Article 5 For public use facilities (schools, hospitals, children's facilities, cinemas, stadiums, theaters, military facilities, courts, police facilities, religious facilities, etc..), Infrastructure facilities, energy facilities, buildings floors through P +4, facilities built for the market and buildings constructed in seismic regions IX degree, built design is made such a major project that contains data from the Article 103 Paragraph 2 The Act. The project constructed facility under paragraph 1 this Article, subject to technical control.
Article 6 For facilities which are built a new space (build on), and facilities constructed in areas of seismic IX degree-built design, in addition to information under Article 5 this Ordinance, and control includes seismic and structural analysis, which build on an analysis of conditions, which confirms that:
1) build on the stability of the building is not compromised, or adjacent facilities; 2) build on has not worsened the usability of building parts for the purposes they serve, and other terms of use buildings; 3) building as a whole meets the requirements of stability, security and modern living conditions or use.
Article 7 Built design includes general, textual and graphical part. General Part
Article 8 The general part of the constructed facility includes: 1) a cover page with name and location of the facility, the project name and date of manufacture, the name (or name) and address of the investor, the name and address of company or other legal entity which has prepared the technical documentation; 2) information on the investor, property type, location of building (cadastral parcel, cadastral municipality), year of construction, the designer (excerpt from the company register and license authorized designer) and the value of building construction.
Text of
Article 9 Text of the project consists of technical reports on the condition of the building, installation, network infrastructure, and external regulation.
Article 10 Technical report on the condition of the building include: 1) a description of the structural system; 2) information on conditions of funding; 3) data on the climatic zone and the zone of seismicity; 4) information on installed materials; 5) information on the degree of completion of the building and the perceived quality of the works, with special emphasis on the state of construction and fulfillment of the requirements for use in terms of stability and security.
Article 11 If you are installing the object executed under the conditions issued, or consent or contract with a public company or body, not attached to the project of those installations.
The correctness of the works to verify the reports prepared by authorized companies or other legal entity.
Article 12 Report on the state of existing infrastructure networks, the manner of connection with proof of eligibility issued by the competent organizations or businesses.
The graphics
Article 13 The graphic part of the project includes site plan, basic foundation of all levels and the roof, typical cross sections and building the necessary appearances.
Article 14 General Plan, in addition to elements established art. 59th and 93 Act, and the label contains the cadastral parcel on which the facility is located, signs of adjacent land parcels, the positions of objects in adjacent plots, plots show the position of the parts of the world, internal pedestrian and vehicular traffic routes, the location of the terminal, the route of underground installations and absolute height levels.
Layout plan prepared in an appropriate scale, design architect on the basis of the made land surveyor recording of authorized persons entered in the appropriate register for the performance of surveying.
Article 15 Base of the foundation, roof and all floors with the main dimensions, tabulation purposes of premises and net and gross building area shall be developed in an appropriate ratio. Article 16 The typical section includes ground zero elevation and absolute dimensions (cross-section of the building and grounds in proper mixing).
Article 17 Elevations are shown graphic photographs of faade or side dish.
Article 18 If the facility whose construction or reconstruction was completed without a building permit there is a project by which the facility is built with a report on technical control, the designer will be responsible for his signature and seal verify the existing project as-built design in terms of these Regulations, if it determines that carried out in complete accordance with the state of the project. For facilities in Article 5 of these Regulations, built design includes a
statement of the responsible planners that the project complies with the law and other regulations, standards, technical norms and quality standards.
Article 19 Built design for auxiliary facilities include land survey, technical description, basis, purpose and appearance. The certificate mentioned in para 1 This is done by the authority competent to issue the building permit.
III. APPROVAL FOR THE CONSTRUCTION, USE OR PERMIT
Article 20 Building permit issued at the request of the owner of the building constructed or reconstructed without a building permit (hereinafter referred to as the owner). The request for approval shall include: 1) The name or the name of the owner; 2) information about the object for which the issuance of building permits for construction (residential, commercial, industrial, energy, traffic, size, number of floors, etc..) 3) mark the location (cadastral parcels) on which the facility is
constructed or reconstructed at the location where the facility is located; 5) information on the documentation submitted with the request.
Article 21 The application for construction approval shall be submitted to: 1) information from Article 48 Paragraph 3 Law Amending the Law on Planning and Construction; 2) built design in triplicate; 3) proof of ownership, or lease of construction land, or ownership of the facility, or right to use the vacant building land, and nothing in Article 84 Law; 4) evidence on the regulation of mutual relations with the agency, or organization that regulates the plot.
Article 22 The application for approval for the construction of this facility on the existing and planned areas for public uses, as well as complexes and transport corridors, energy, water and utility infrastructure, building complex built in the cultural property of outstanding significance and objects in their protected environment and cultural assets entered in the List of World Heritage, and this facility within the boundaries of national parks and protected natural good of outstanding importance in
the protection zone of the first and second degree, shall be submitted, in addition to the documentation referred to in Article 21 this Ordinance, and approval of public enterprises, land users or organizations responsible for protection of monuments of culture and nature.
Article 23 Building permit is issued within 15 days of filing a regular application for authorization for construction. Disposition decision under paragraph 1 this Article, in addition to information provided by the law, includes: 1) The name or the name of the owner to whom the permit is issued for the construction of the seat with a note or address; 2) information about the object whose construction was completed without a building permit that meets the requirements for construction and use, with basic information about its purpose, type (residential, commercial, industrial, energy, traffic, etc..) Dimensions, number of floors, and net gross building area and mark the location of (cadastral parcel, cadastral municipality); 3) name of the company or other legal entity or action that created the built design and name of the responsible designer; 4) a statement that the project is constructed facility is an integral part of the approval for construction.
Article 24 In all copies of the constructed facility project (the project covers, drawings, etc..) Duly completed and sealed, the competent authority which issued the decision on approval for construction, stamped with an indication of the number of solutions and the date of its adoption and signature of authorized person. One copy of building permit and built design with all the attachments reserves the authority to issue permits for construction.
Article 25 The competent authority which issued the approval for the construction, deliver two copies of the decision owner, one copy to the competent inspection authority, and the basic data from the solution (the owner of the building, structure, number and date, etc..) Entries in the list - review of licenses issued .
Article 26 The authority responsible for issuing building and occupancy permits evaluates opportunities for matching the object with the urban plan, without first obtaining statements from the urban plan or act on urban conditions, in accordance with the Act and these Rules.
Article 27 If in the process of renewal survey, which was not completed until the
entry into force of these Regulations, made the recording of the existing boundaries of parcels that are not spent in the cadastre, and where there are facilities whose construction was completed without a building permit, such a land survey serves as a allotment project in terms of the Act.
Article 28 When the municipal or city government determines that an object that is used or building whose construction was completed without a building permit meets the requirements for construction and use, building permit and occupancy permit, the authority responsible for issuing building permits may be issued in one document. Compliance with the conditions of use specified in paragraph 1 this Article shall be determined on the basis of written statements by responsible project that the facility meets the requirements for construction and use. For facilities in Article 5 of these Regulations, the conditions for the use or suitability for use shall be determined by technical inspection in accordance with the Act.
IV. FINAL PROVISION
Article 29
This Regulation shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the Republic of Serbia".
Number 110-00-66/06-10 In Belgrade, 12 September 2006. The Minister, Velimir Ilic, mp
DECISION ON THE USE OF SPACE TO Bringing the planned purpose (''Official Gazette of the City of Novi Sad''No. 10/2001) Article 1 This Decision establishes the terms and conditions of use of developed and undeveloped areas to arrest the planned purpose set
forth general or regulatory plan of the settlement or settlements (hereinafter referred to as urban plan). And undeveloped SPACE Article 2 By bringing the planned purpose undeveloped space can be used temporarily for construction of non-residential purposes or to be regulated as part of the final solution (green area, parking lots, sports facilities, etc.) under the terms and conditions provided herein. Construction of temporary facilities may be allowed only if the program provides temporary use of construction land. Article 3 By bringing the space to the planned purpose set forth the general urban plan, regulatory plan or settlement that is conditional on the adoption of the regulation plan of the settlement, the urban plan of the project or parcels, undeveloped space can be used for construction of facilities that are, by destination, size and their shape consistent with the existing predominant use of space use, provided that: - To plot on which the temporary structure is built to meet the criteria for the construction of such facilities and - To comply with building requirements as established by regulation or general plan of the village for that type of facility. Article 4 For execution of works referred to in Article 2 and 3 of this Decision urban-technical conditions will be built upon obtaining the consent of the City Planning Commission of the Executive Board of the City of Novi Sad. II built space Article 5 The existing buildings can be, to arrest the planned purpose, works are carried out to improve conditions for the use of built space under the terms and conditions specified herein. Terms and method of using built-up area to the planned purpose of
bringing him shall be determined separately for: - Space available for construction of public services, community facilities, transport facilities and other infrastructure, - Space for existing family housing that changes the type of housing and - Another area that is changing the purpose or manner of use. Article 6 The existing building, located in the area intended for the construction of public services, utilities and transportation facilities and other infrastructure, which is a medium-term program of development of construction land planned for detention purposes, may be approved only works maintenance facility. Ongoing maintenance, the terms hereof, shall be considered works of plastering, podziivanju walls for insulation from moisture, replacement of worn-out roofing and carpentry, painting the building (except in urban areas of protection) and installing the shallow pitched roof slope 10%. Article 7 The existing building, located in the area intended for the construction of public services, utilities and transportation facilities and other infrastructure, the program mid-construction land is not planned to bring purpose, may be granted: upgrading bathrooms to 6 m2, upgrade toilets and works within the building which provide sanitary and hygienic conditions for the free use of the existing building, change of use in residential and commercial property division of the new residential dwelling units, conversion of the business in a residential area, as well as the conversion of attic space into a residential or commercial property. When the existing building tends to fall may be approved for its reconstruction or construction of new building of the same size and same number of floors. Article 8
The parcel or property in the existing family housing that changes the type of housing in multi-family housing, and fulfilled the conditions for bringing the planned purpose can be performed only works that are planned by the regulation plan. It is considered that the conditions for bringing the planned purpose when: First There is a plan that is the basis for implementation, Second is equipped with a communal land or equipment included in its medium-term program of development of construction land, Third existing parcel meets the requirements for the construction of the planned facility, 4th Applicant can be an investor of the planned facility. Notwithstanding paragraph 1 and 2 above on a plot in the existing family housing where the conditions for detention purposes, may be approved for change of use of dwelling to office accommodation, conversion of attic space into a residential or commercial property and execution of works within the building to ensure sanitation conditions for the unhindered use of the facility. Article 9 The house which is located in an area of the existing family housing that changes the type of housing, for which conditions have been met to bring the planned purpose of Article 8, paragraph 2 of this Decision, may be permitted: upgrading bathrooms to 6 m2, upgrade toilets and works within facility in order to provide sanitary and hygienic conditions for the free use of the existing building, conversion of residential to business and business in a residential area, sharing an apartment in new residential units, conversion of attic space into a residential or commercial property. When the existing building tends to fall may be approved for its reconstruction or construction of new building of the same size and same number of floors. New building can be built in another part of the plot if it does not threaten existing and planned use of land and the
surrounding area. Article 10 For execution of works referred to in Article 7 paragraph 2 and Article 9 paragraph 2 of this Decision urban-technical conditions will be developed at the request of the City Administration-office responsible for issuing zoning permits, after the completion of the forensic facility in which to carry out works. Expertise will provide a complete technical description of the condition of the building and the land on which the facility is located, and propose the necessary construction work. Expertise will make a person from the list of experts designated by the Secretary of the City Administration. The costs of expert testimony borne by the person making the request for the issuance of zoning permits. Article 11 The built facility located in an area that changes the purpose and the purposes that are not covered by Article 6 and 9 hereof, may be permitted to perform routine maintenance work on the building and execution of all works referred to in Article 9 of this decision. The facilities in residential zones vieporodinog, in which the Master Plan of Novi Sad basis for building regulation plan, and these zones are completed units which have no current regulation plans can be approved within the building works in order to provide sanitary and hygienic conditions for the smooth use, conversion of residential to business and business in a residential area, sharing an apartment in new residential units and conversion of attic space into a residential or commercial property. Article 12 Upon entry into force of this Decision, the Decision on conditions and how to use the space to set forth the purpose of bringing him in urban plans ("Official Gazette of the City of Novi Sad", no. 14/96). Article 13
This Decision shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the City of Novi Sad".
DECISION About the City of ("Official Gazette. List of Novi Sad", no. 22/2006)
I GENERAL PROVISIONS Article 1 This decision lays down the conditions for general and municipal development of Novi Sad (hereinafter City), identify specific conditions and general utility of the City in the zones under special protection regime, regulate the procedure, manner and conditions for installation of street furniture in public areas, and other issues of importance to the general and municipal development and use, maintenance and protection of public land in the City. Article 2 Street furniture within the meaning of this Decision, are: street furniture, prefabricated buildings and other devices installed in public areas in accordance with the permit (hereinafter referred to as facilities and equipment), and municipal facilities and equipment specified herein. Article 3 General arrangement of the city, in terms hereof, including: First conditions and method of installation, maintenance and protection of urban furniture and equipment and facilities in public areas and areas visible from public areas. Second development, use, maintenance and protection of public areas, and Third and maintenance of the external parts of buildings. Article 4 Utility of the City, the terms hereof, including conditions and manner of
installation, maintenance and protection of utility facilities and equipment, as well as requirements to perform certain activities: First public advertising, Second maintenance of public lighting, lighting facilities and festive decoration of the City, Third remove snow and ice from public areas, and 4th installation and maintenance of public toilets. Article 5 Public areas, in terms of this decision are: First developed construction land which is in general use: - Roadways, sidewalks, pedestrian and bicycle paths and strips, pedestrian islands and divider, squares, overpasses, stairways that connect the surface of public transportation, bridges, quays, - The bus station and stop, taxi - stops and parking lots, - The area around the bus and railway stations, petrol stations and docks, - Public green spaces between and around buildings, street lawns, parks, squares, Park Forest, - Markets, public beaches, coasts, cemeteries, hallways, playgrounds, - Other built areas intended for public use, and Second Undeveloped Land in which the right to use a City. Article 6 The outer parts of the building, in terms hereof, the facade of its ornaments and all other elements of the facade of the building, balconies, windows, storefronts, portals, gates, doors, passages and other openings in the building, roof, chimneys, snow stops, gutters, eaves as an integral Parts of the building and other construction elements of buildings that are visible from public areas. Article 7 Street furniture, in terms of this Decision, are: First dedicated kiosks, Second public clocks,
Third benches, 4th mailboxes and public pay telephones, 5th decorative jardiniere, 6th poles, balls, fences and other barriers in public areas, and 7th other street furniture specified acts based on this decision. Article 8 Facilities and equipment, in terms of this decision are: First kiosks and huts, Second vehicles rebuilt in prefabricated buildings adapted for carrying out commercial activities (trams, cars, buses, ships, etc..) Third summer garden, 4th free standing and wall cabinets, 5th movable stalls, 6th exhibition counters, 7th awnings, 8th apparatus for popcorn, chestnuts and corn, 9th cooling equipment, 10th facilities for carrying out entertainment programs, and 11th billboards and other advertising signs (hereinafter: the advertising sign). Facilities and equipment, pursuant to paragraph 1 this Article, the fences and construction sites, building site scaffolding and construction materials deposited. Article 9 Communal facilities and equipment, in terms of this Decision, are: First fountains, Second public fountains and wells, Third advertising billboards and other means of posters and publications (hereafter referred to as public announcement equipment), 4th containers for collection of garbage, 5th bin,
6th public lighting poles, 7th public toilet, and 8th other communal facilities and devices that are installed in public areas in accordance with regulations adopted pursuant to this Decision. Article 10 Zone under the special protection regime in the City (hereinafter referred to as zones of protection) in terms of this decision are: First in Novi Sad area bounded by streets: Milos Bajic, Danicic, Golden Beams, Sava Vukovic, Branimir, St. Sava, Petar Kocic, Temerin, Jovan Subotic, Safarikovo, the Jewish streets of Safarikova to your Pelagic, Pelagic Vase, Peter Drapina Streets of Your Pelagic up Streets Laza Kostic, Laza Kostic, Srem to the streets of Maxim Gorky, Maksim Gorky from the quay Sremska raid victims, victims of the raid quay and quay to the streets of Belgrade Milos Bajic, and Second in Petrovaradin: Upper and Lower Fort to suburb, and the area bounded by streets: Reljkovievom of crossing the street with Preradovievo Ostrovsky, Ostrovsky and Paul Streets Jurisica Forward, and Preradovievo to cross the street Reljkovievom. Article 11 Street furniture is temporarily placed in public areas and areas visible from public areas in a manner and under conditions determined by this decision and other documents issued pursuant to this Decision. II GENERAL ORGANISATION OF THE CITY First Detailed conditions for the temporary placement of street furniture Article 12 Detailed conditions for the temporary placement of street furniture are regulated by: First Decision on determining the place of temporary kiosks and barracks, which is an integral part of the Study on temporary kiosks and huts (hereinafter referred to as the Study)
Second Decision on determining the place and conditions for temporary placement of certain objects and devices in public areas that are in a protected zone, which is an integral part of the Study of street furniture, Third Decision on determining the place for the temporary placement of billboards, which is an integral part of the Study on the temporary installation of billboards, 4th Rules on technical and other conditions for the temporary placement of billboards and other advertising symbol on public land, and 5th Rules on technical and other conditions for the temporary placement of facilities and equipment in public areas and areas visible from public areas (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations). The acts mentioned in paragraph 1 this Article shall Mayor of Novi Sad (hereinafter referred to as Mayor). Article 13 The study includes urban conditions with graphs containing an area of each site for the kiosk, or hut, verifiable and accurate setting of the particular type of kiosk, or barracks, with the conditions for connection to the infrastructure (hereinafter referred to as location), as well as activities that may be performed in a particular type of kiosk, or barracks. Expert work on the preparation of the decision under Article 12 Paragraph 1 Item 1 this decision, and studies conducted Public Enterprise "Urbanism," Planning Institute Beograd (hereinafter: the Institute for Urban Planning), which is due to the relevant public utility and other companies and institutions to obtain all necessary documentation for the development of solutions and studies. Article 14 Study of street furniture include: First street furniture that can be placed in public areas and areas visible from public areas in a protected zone,
Second requirements for installation, use and maintenance of street furniture, Third guidance on technical solutions, design, materialization and total artistic expression of street furniture, and 4th Other data relevant for the development and installation of street furniture. Expert work on the preparation of a study under Article 12 Paragraph 1 Item 2 this decision, the Department performs for the Protection of Cultural Monuments of the City of Novi Sad (hereinafter: Office). Article 15 The study mentioned in Article 12 Paragraph 1 Item 3 This decision contains general traffic and infrastructure conditions and criteria for determining urban places, with graphic depictions of types and distribution of billboards. Article 16 Regulations under Article 12 Paragraph 1 Item 4 this decision, contains technical and other special conditions for the temporary placement of billboards and other advertising symbol on public land, as well as the requirements for placing certain types of advertising resources (advertising billboard, fed-light, a pillar, display, etc.).. Regulations under Article 12 Paragraph 1 Item 5 this decision, contains transportation and other technical requirements for the placement of facilities and equipment in public areas and areas visible from public areas. Article 17 In order to provide uniform urban, aesthetic and technical solutions in terms of this decision, the general and municipal development of the City, Chief Architect: First Discuss Draft eleborata under Article 12 this decision, and suggests some solutions in terms of, Second proposes to introduce new elements of street furniture and discuss their technical, aesthetic and other solutions,
Third give an opinion on urban equipment placed in accordance with program regulations and other public and public utility companies, 4th determine the conditions of technical, aesthetic and other street furniture solutions under the authority of this decision, and 5th Perform other duties in accordance with this decision. Second Street furniture Article 18 Dedicated kiosks are prefabricated structures that are placed on the public or areas visible from public areas, in order to provide facilities or for other purposes (bus stops, collection of parking facilities, provision of pedestrian zones, etc.).. Article 19 A public clock is placed on the buildings, public areas or areas visible from public areas. The public clock to raise legal and natural persons who are required to maintain them in good and tidy condition. Article 20 Benches are placed on the premises in accordance with the program in charge of a public company, who takes care of their maintenance. The company that sets the bench is required to be maintained in good and tidy condition. Article 21 Mailboxes and public pay telephones are installed in public areas in accordance with the schedule of the proposed company in charge of their placement, with the consent of the competent city government. The company specified in paragraph 1 this Article, shall be required to mailboxes and public pay telephones in proper and orderly condition. Article 22 Decorative flowerpot placed in a protected zone, in accordance with the Study of street furniture. Decorative flowerpot may be placed outside the protection zone, the proposed individual or legal entity, in accordance with conditions
determined by the Chief Architect. Decorative jardiniere in paragraph 2 This article sets the Public Enterprise "City Development Institute" in Novi Sad (hereinafter referred to as City Development Institute), a person referred to in paragraph 2 this Article is to be maintained in good condition and vegetable crops cultivated in them. Article 23 Poles, balls, fences and other barriers in public places raises a public company in charge of their maintenance. Article 24 Other street furniture, established acts issued in accordance with this decision, there is also maintained in the manner prescribed in these regulations. Third Facilities and equipment Article 25 Decision approving a temporary placement facility, or equipment of the premises (hereinafter: approval), but the City Administration for Municipal Affairs (hereinafter the City Administration), with prior approval of the occupancy of public land (hereinafter: the Commission ). Notwithstanding paragraph 1 this article, the approval of the Mayor's proposal may be issued without prior approval of the Commission. Permission for the temporary placement of advertising labels issued by the City Development Institute, with prior approval of the Commission. Permission for the temporary placement facility, or equipment of the premises which, according to special regulations and other documents entrusted to the management, maintenance and use of public enterprise or other legal entity, issued by a public company or other legal entity, in accordance with this decision and regulations issued pursuant to this Decision, the Commission's prior approval. Article 26 The Commission shall establish and appoint the mayor.
The Commission has a Chairperson, Deputy Chairperson, four members and their deputies. Administrative and professional work for the Commission carries out the City Administration. Article 27 An applicant for a permit shall submit with the application: First proof of establishing operations for particular activities, or evidence of activity in the inscribed Business Register, Second technical drawing or sketch of the measures that define the position of an object or device on the premises, Third proof of payment of communal taxes, if you had a permit for occupancy of public land in the previous period, and 4th other evidence, depending on the specific conditions laid down by this decision to set up the structure or equipment of the premises. Article 28 Approval is issued for a maximum period of one year, if this decision otherwise. The authorization expires before the expiration of the period for which it was issued, if the authorization holder: First fails to pay the local utility tax within 15 days from the date of the obligations, Second not put an object or device, pursuant to the conditions of approval, and Third uses an object or device for the activity that has not been established in the permit. The authorization expires before the expiration of the period for which it was issued and when nearing land use or other work performed on the premises. City Administration prosecuted ex officio in the case referred to in paragraph 2 Item 1 of this article. In the cases referred to in paragraph 2 , items. Second and 3 this Article, the City Administration initiate the procedure on the proposal of
the City Administration of Inspection, in the case referred to in paragraph 3 this Article, the Department proposed to build the city. The decision on termination of validity in cases specified in paragraphs. Second and 3 this Article, the City Administration made with prior approval of the Commission. The decision specified in paragraph 6 this Article may be appealed City Council of the City of Novi Sad (hereinafter referred to City Council) within 15 days of receipt. Article 29 For the time of the event which is sponsored City (Novi Sad Marathon, festivals, etc..), Objects and devices, installed on the premises in accordance with approval, may be temporarily removed for the duration of the event. In the case of paragraph 1 this Article, the decision on the temporary removal of structures and facilities with public areas brings the City Administration. The decision specified in paragraph 2 this Article may be appealed to the City Council within 15 days of receipt. An appeal under paragraph 3 this Article shall not prevent the execution. First Kiosk and barracks Article 30 Kiosk is the assembly-disassembly facility on a site area to 25 m2, a small prefabricated building huts on a site area of more than 25 m2, which are used for particular activities identified Elaborate. Article 31 The location is given on the basis of the vacancy, and such competition for the allocation of sites (hereinafter: application). The competition committee formed by the conduct and appointed by the Mayor (hereinafter: the Commission for conducting the competition). The site gives a maximum of five years.
The decision on the contest by the Commission. The decision referred to in paragraph 4 this article include: First location for the kiosk, or hut, type, area and purpose of the kiosk, or barracks, Second time that is given to location, Third time and manner of filing for the competition, 4th initial amount of rent to qualify for the award of the location (hereinafter referred to as the initial amount of rent), 5th amount of the guarantee amount for participation in the contest, 6th information on the documentation submitted with the application for this program, 7th criteria for selecting the best bid, 8th place and time of opening of bids, 9th time and manner of publishing the competition results, 10th indication that the bids submitted in sealed envelopes, and 11th other requirements prescribed by law. Article 32 The initial amount of rent specified in Article 31 Paragraph 5 Item 4 hereof, shall be determined in the annual amount of the local municipal tax for the appropriate type, area and purpose kiosks and huts. Guarantee amount specified in Article 31 Paragraph 5 Item 5 this decision is set in the amount of 10% of the initial amount of rent. Article 33 The right to apply are all natural and legal persons. The persons referred to in paragraph 1 this Article shall be entitled to apply for the award of up to one quarter of sites for which vacancy has been advertised. The deadline for submitting applications for participation in the tender is 15 days from the date of its publication in "Official Gazette of the City of Novi Sad." Late and incomplete applications and applications that are not in
accordance with paragraph 2 this Article shall not be considered. Article 34 Commission for the implementation of the competition determines ranking based on the criteria for selecting the best offer. The criteria referred to in paragraph 1 this article are: First offered amount of rent, Second length of the activity is provided for the competition, and Third number employed by the participants of the competition. Commission for the implementation of competition makes the decision on the allocation of sites on the basis of the list in paragraph 1 this Article, within seven days after the deadline specified in Article 33 Paragraph 3 this decision. Article 35 The decision of the enforcement of the competition shall be delivered to all participants of the competition. Participant has the right to contest the City Council object to the decision of the Commission under paragraph 1 this Article within eight days from receipt of the decision. Article 36 Applicants granted locations shall the offered amount of rent paid within eight days from the date of the decision of the Commission for the implementation of the competition, otherwise it is decided to award the applicants' site which is next in the ranking determined in accordance with Article 34th st. First and 2 this decision. The fee does not include the annuity in the amount of municipal taxes by local entrant can pay as holder of the authorization to use the site, in accordance with the decision to regulate local utility taxes. Article 37 The applicants, which was given location, the guarantee amount paid for participation in the competition shall be credited in the amount of rent. The applicants who are not assigned location, returns the amount of
guarantee for participation in the competition, within three days of the decision of the Commission for the implementation of the competition. The participant who withdraws from the competition using the assigned location, the amount of guarantee for participation in the contest will not be refunded. Article 38 The City Administration shall issue a decision on the use of the site the applicants on the basis of the Commission's decision to implement competition and evidence of payment of the offered amount of rent. The decision under paragraph 1 this Article may be appealed to the City Council. The decision referred to in paragraph 1 this Article shall cease to have effect if the contest participant within 60 days of the final decision does not set up kiosks, or hut, or if it starts to perform the activity. Article 39 The City Administration shall annually holder approval for use of location issue a decision determining the amount of communal taxes for that year. Article 40 At the request of an interested person, kiosk, or shack shall be placed in a populated area outside the area of Novi Sad, on the basis of individually crafted urban conditions, with the opinion of the local community and the prior approval of the Mayor. Upon the approval of the Mayor under paragraph 1 this article, the approval for the use of location for the kiosk, or hut, is issued to that person. The holder of the authorization referred to in paragraph 2 this Article, shall stand, or hut placed within 60 days from the date of final approval. Article 41 The holder of the authorization to use the right location can use the site to assign to another person, and to change the activity they
perform in a kiosk or a barrack, with prior approval of the Commission. Approval for the transfer of location or change of activity that takes place in a kiosk, or hut, in accordance with paragraph 1 this Article, shall the City Administration. Article 42 Approval for use of location shall terminate before the end of the period for which it was issued, in addition to the cases under Article 28 st. Second and 3 This decision, if the authorization holder ceases to carry on business in a kiosk or shed more than 60 days. After the final decision on the termination of the authorization for use of location in the cases referred to in Article 28 Paragraph 2this decision, as in the case where the approval holder ceases to carry on business in a kiosk, or hut, more than 60 days, the location is given for use on a competitive basis. Second Vehicles rebuilt in prefabricated buildings Article 43 Vehicles rebuilt in prefabricated buildings customized for particular commercial activities (trams, cars, buses, ships, etc..) Placed on the premises in accordance with approval. Third Summer garden Article 44 Summer garden is a facility designed for catering industry that is placed on public road in front of the building or premises where the catering business exclusively. Summer garden can be placed in front of the kiosk, or barracks. Notwithstanding paragraph 2 this Article, shall be allowed set up the summer garden in front of a kiosk or on a public beach huts, which are regulated by act of the company entrusted with the management and maintenance of public beaches. Article 45 Summer garden are tables, chairs, umbrellas and a corresponding mobile easily detachable components.
Elements of the summer garden in paragraph 1 this article, included in the total area occupied by the lobby. In the summer garden and around fences, forming terraces or podium, or denivelisanje public areas where the summer garden setting, is allowed under the terms of the Regulations. In a summer garden are not allowed to grill, spit, bar-counter, fountains, musical devices, nor is it permitted to make music live. Article 46 In proceedings on a request for approval to set up the summer garden in the transport area, City Administration, ex officio, shall obtain the opinion of the City Administration for traffic and roads, on fulfillment of conditions laid down in the Regulations, and if the summer garden placed on the public green area which is in maintenance of greenery, obtain the opinion of the Public Utility Company "City Park" Beograd (hereinafter: PUC "City Park"). 4th Free standing and wall cabinets Article 47 Free standing and wall cabinets are objects that are installed to exhibit and advertise goods outside the premises, in accordance with the Regulations. Article 48 An applicant for approval to set up free standing and wall cabinets, shall submit with the application proof of ownership or right to use the office building or space that is close to public areas on which is placed in cabinet. If there are more applicants, priority is given to an applicant who has no business building a street showroom. 5th The mobile stand Article 49 The mobile stand is a mounting structure that can occupy a maximum of 2 m2 of public areas and is intended for exhibition and sale of goods:
First souvenirs, books, journals and other publications, tapes, CDs, and eyeglasses, and flowers in front of the cemetery, industrial ice cream and creams, "hot dog", the popcorn and chestnuts, Second Flowers, cards and other decorative items to mark the national, religious and other holidays: - Christmas and New Year holidays, from 15 December in each year until 15 January next year, and - 8 March, in the period from 1 to 10 March of the year, Third candy, balloons and the like., for the time of the dragon children's games, 4th beverages and food in the original packaging, souvenirs and decorative items, during the "EXIT" festival 5th old products and crafts, handicrafts, flowers and souvenirs on the occasion of "market good things" 6th selected souvenirs and relevant publications in the field of tourism in the tourist area of the pier on the river Danube in Novi Sad, and 7th other products for the time of the event which is sponsored City. Setting up mobile stalls for exhibiting and selling flowers in front of the cemetery shall be made on the basis of the competition, according to the application of Art. 31st to 39 this decision. The appearance of moving counter determines the detailed study of street furniture. The mobile stalls are not allowed to musical devices. 6th Exhibition Stand Article 50 The exhibition stand is a mounting structure that holds up to 2 m2 of public areas, and sets the business object to exhibit goods in the house sale. 7th Awning Article 51 Awning is free standing structure with appropriate surfacing, designated for protection from the sun.
Awning can be set only in the summer garden. Article 52 An applicant for approval to set up tents shall submit zoning requirements for setting up tents. Planning regulations referred to in paragraph 1 this article, include dimensions, construction, shape and color of awnings. Article 53 Other types of free-standing canopies can not be placed on public land as a stand-alone facilities. 8th Coffee popcorn, chestnuts and corn Article 54 Coffee popcorn, chestnuts and corn can be installed on the premises, provided that it takes more than 2 m2. Article 55 Approval for use of sites in the area of protection for temporary placement apparatus for popcorn, chestnuts and corn, is given on the basis of such competition, according to the application of Art. 31st to 39 this decision. 9th Refrigerator Article 56 Cooling device for selling drinks, ice cream industry and creams can be installed on the premises, provided that it takes more than 2 m2. In front of the office building can be set up to three cooling devices. Notwithstanding paragraph 1 this article, sales of industrial ice cream and creams in the zone of protection can be provided by mobile carts. The appearance of mobile carts in paragraph 3 this Article, determine the detailed study of street furniture. Article 57 When issuing a license to set up a temporary cooling system, priority is given to an applicant who has a business area near the public area where it sets the device (confectionery, dairy restaurant, etc.).. 10th Facilities for entertainment performance
Article 58 Entertainment facilities for the performance of the circus, amusement park, appliances and entertainment devices and the like. Facilities specified in paragraph 1 this article may be placed on the public green area provided that the previously concluded agreement on the renewal of the surface, with the company entrusted with maintenance of public green spaces. Article 59 An applicant for approval to set up the facility to run entertainment programs on the premises on which the stage is set, or other detachable temporary object (eg "EXIT" and other events), shall submit a project report on design and technical control project, prepared by a person authorized to design. An applicant for approval to set up the circus or amusement park, is required to determine the total area occupied by the circus or amusement park, or area used by each device for entertainment, the number and type. 11th The advertising code Article 60 Advertising is a billboard marking and lighting Raklem, and other electronic display device and an object that is placed on the public area and an area visible from public areas, for advertising. The advertising code in terms of paragraph 1 this article, is the inscription on the facade of the building, especially on the set of poles or masts. For advertising events can be placed between the transparent buildings during maintenance events. Article 61 Locations for temporary installation of billboards are given on the basis of such competition, analogous application of Art. 31st to 39 this decision. An applicant for approval to set up other advertising code, shall
submit: First Draft public areas with the technical description and design of advertising signs, and Second urban conditions, structural analysis and safety budget and schedule installation, if an application is to set the neon advertising signs. Development Institute of the City shall obtain ex officio review of the City Administration for traffic and roads, on fulfillment of conditions laid down in Article 12 of Regulation Paragraph 1 Item 4 this decision. 12th Fence construction sites, building site scaffolding and construction materials deposited Article 62 Fences of construction sites and scaffolding, and disposal of construction materials on public land for construction work on facilities, is permitted in accordance with the approved site plan and the planned schedule of works. The contractor is required to protect building materials deposited from the corresponding distribution of fence, and that after the completion of public space into its original condition or the state provided planning documents. Article 63 An applicant for a permit for disposal of building materials for construction works, shall submit with the application: First building permit or certificate of registration starting work, if the construction or reconstruction of the building, Second site plan or scheme for the larger organization or a sketch of a busy construction site for the disposal of construction materials, Third decision to change modes of transport, by the City Administration for transport and roads, and 4th PUC approval "City Park", if it takes a public green area. Article 64 The public area in the pedestrian zone are not permitted mixing mortar
and concrete, and other works that may cause damage to public areas. 13th Other objects and devices Article 65 Approval may be granted for a temporary placement and other facilities or devices not specified in this decision, and the facilities and devices that do not meet the requirements established by the general laws enacted in accordance with this decision, the Mayor's proposal. Article 66 The goods, fuel and other items can be placed in public areas, except in the case of loading or unloading, which can not last longer than 24 hours. 14th Development, use, maintenance and protection of public land Article 67 The establishment, maintenance and protection of public spaces and urban equipment, take care of legal and natural persons whose duty it is based on these decisions and other documents compiled in accordance with this decision. Article 68 In order to provide a general and utility of the City, through use of public areas is not allowed: First contamination and damage to public areas, and urban equipment placed in public areas, Second leave things, objects and other waste in public areas, Third graffiti, draw, or otherwise damage or destruction of public spaces and street furniture, 4th unauthorized installation, removal or relocation of street furniture, 5th prevent installation of street furniture for which a permit or other act adopted in accordance with this decision, and 6th use of public spaces and street furniture which are contrary to the purposes, without permission or not in accordance with the issued approval.
15th Improvement and maintenance of external parts of buildings Article 69 Under the arrangement of the external parts of buildings includes the works for which no building permit is issued. Owners and users of buildings are required to provide regular maintenance of orderly appearance of external parts of buildings. When external parts of buildings are neat and functional state, bringing in an orderly and functional state is performed immediately. Under the clean and functional condition of the external parts of buildings are assumed to be neatly plastered, painted, painted, they are not damaged, soiled or graffiti, or otherwise impair its appearance is not the general aesthetics of the City. Article 70 The external parts of buildings and other facilities for public use, can be paint murals, with the consent of the Commission on a proposal from the City Administration of Culture. Murali, the terms hereof, the art of aesthetic non-exclusive content that is painted on the outer parts of buildings or other object used by the public, in order to create and develop cultural ambience and aesthetics of the City. Article 71 The owner, lessee or other user of office space in buildings is required to put the business name on the required space, and if such facilities are not provided, the business name is placed in accordance with the conditions laid down in Article 81 of the StudyParagraph 1 this decision. For office spaces in buildings that are located in zones of protection, conditions and manner of placing business name prescribed by the Institute. Article 72 The owner, lessee or other user of office space in the building, shall provide a neat appearance of the external parts of the building and the
termination of the activity in the premises. The person referred to in paragraph 1 this Article, shall be required to remove all notices, advertisements and other signs which indicated the conduct of activities in the area. Article 73 Passages in the protection zone passes and areas intended for public access to business communication and other facilities. Requirements for arranging passage from paragraph 1 this Article shall be made a special study that the Institute in cooperation with the chief architect. Article 74 Air conditioners may be placed on the outer parts of the building, a place that is a designated project construction or rehabilitation facility. If the place for setting air-conditioners are not determined under paragraph 1 of the project this Article, air-conditioning can be placed in locations not visible from public areas (garden facade, sheltered parts of the loggia and balconies or terraces, etc.).. If for technical and technological reasons it is not possible to set air conditioners in the manner specified in paragraphs. First and 2this article, they will be set based on the conditions issued by the Department of City Planning. When installing the air conditioner is required to provide a condensed water runoff in a manner that prevents the bleed to other areas. Article 75 The Office shall publish the conditions and technical protection measures for the works mentioned in article 74 this decision, when these works are carried out on the outer parts of a building: First declared the immovable cultural property Second in the protected environment of an immovable cultural property, and Third in the zone of protection. Article 76
Perda the mounting structure with appropriate surfacing, which is placed on the faade of the building above the wall opening, in order to protect from the sun. Form perde form must accompany the opening of the wall above it is placed. Appearance perde determined by the Regulations. Article 77 Any legal or natural person who sets perdu is required to obtain zoning requirements for setting perde containing dimension, structure, shape and color perdu. Article 78 The network of cable distribution system is usually set as underground installations. Notwithstanding paragraph 1 this Article, a network of cable distribution system may be installed on existing poles low-voltage power lines, in accordance with planning conditions issued by the Department of City Planning. In the case of displacement of low-voltage power lines from aerial to underground, relocated to the network of cable distribution system. Article 79 Placing advertising signs on the facade, roof and other surfaces of buildings visible from public areas shall be regulated by the ordinance issued by the Mayor on the proposal of City Development Institute, and the proposed protection zone of the Institute. Any legal or natural person appointed advertising label in paragraph 1 this article in accordance with planning conditions issued by the Department of City Planning. III MUNICIPAL PLANNING OF THE CITY First Communal facilities and equipment Article 80 Utility facilities or equipment of Article 9 this decision, placed and maintained natural or legal persons who are entrusted with carrying
out certain activities, or in charge of setting up and maintaining certain facilities or equipment. Legal and natural persons referred to in paragraph 1 this Article, are obliged to communal facilities and equipment maintained in proper, neat and clean condition. Second Public advertising Article 81 Equipment for public advertising is placed in accordance with the decision on the temporary installation of equipment for public advertising, which is an integral part of the Study on the temporary installation of equipment for public advertising. The decision referred to in paragraph 1 The mayor of this Article shall be adopted. Decision and studies under paragraph 1 this Article shall be limited to: First space for temporary installation of equipment for public advertising, Second type and layout of equipment for public advertising, and Third how to set the business name on the facades of buildings that are not in the zones of protection. Expert work on the preparation of documents under paragraph 1 this article, performed by the Institute for Urban Planning. Notwithstanding, the city administration may approve the temporary installation of equipment for public announcements in places that are not specified in paragraph 1 of Decision this article, and to determine the free space for posters, if existing facilities do not meet the increased demand for advertising on the occasion of cultural, sporting or other events, or election campaigns. Article 82 Installation and maintenance of public advertising is a City Development Institute. Companies and individuals use the equipment for the public announcement on the basis of contract concluded with the Department
for the construction of the City. To use the equipment for public advertising fee is paid. Criteria for determining amount of compensation under paragraph 3 this article brings Development Institute of the City, with prior approval of the Mayor. Article 83 Legal or natural persons referred to in Article 82 Paragraph 2 hereof, shall be required to remove the poster, advertisement or other ad message within 24 hours from the expiry of the period of public announcement. Article 84 If the poster, advertisement or other advertising message placed contrary to the provisions hereof, or in places not meant for that, the authorized inspector shall order their removal at the expense of the person who appointed them. Third Public lighting, lighting facilities and decoration ceremony of the City Article 85 Public lighting is a system of facilities, installations and equipment for lighting of public spaces and the external parts of buildings and other structures (hereinafter referred to as street lighting). Work on the installation of street lighting and its maintenance performed legal or natural person assigned to such activities. Article 86 Maintenance of street lighting works includes the replacement of lighting and other body worn or damaged elements, cleaning, corrosion control and cleaning and protective coverings pillars illuminated body. Article 87 In order to emphasize silhouettes, outdoor lighting permanently illuminate objects and environmental entities that have historical, cultural, architectural, administrative, economic or other significance.
The Mayor shall issue a decision determining which environmental entities and objects illuminate, in terms of paragraph 1 of this article. Objects and ambient lighting units shall be based on the project prepared by the Department of lighting for the construction of the City. Article 88 On the occasion of national holidays, certain religious holidays, important cultural and sports events and events (New Year, Christmas, Easter, "Sterijino pozorje", "Dragon Children's Games", etc..), The City is officially a special project to decorate festive decoration and lighting of the City . The project under paragraph 1 This article develops Development Institute of the City. Article 89 Installations and equipment for lighting objects and ambient units, as well as festive decorations and lighting. City are an integral part of public lighting. Installations and equipment specified in paragraph 1 this article are held constant in proper, neat and clean condition, and removed within three days after the holiday, event or events that are placed on the occasion. 4th Removing snow and ice from public areas Article 90 Removal and removal of snow and ice from public areas shall be in accordance with the provisions of this Decision in accordance with the Programme of winter maintenance service. The program referred to in paragraph 1 this article brings Development Institute of the City by 15 October of each year, for the programming period on the proposal and public utility companies, and in accordance with the plan of technical directing traffic for the period. Mayor approves the application under paragraph 2 of this article. Article 91 Program of winter maintenance service includes:
First overview of the activities of public utilities and other public companies participating in the program, Second winter service work programs of public utilities and other public enterprises, Third number and placement of workers on duty to remove snow and ice, 4th involvement of workers and machinery to remove snow and ice on the degree of preparedness, 5th list of city streets with the order of precedence by which to remove snow and ice from these areas, prevent the formation of ice and sprinkled with suitable material, 6th places to dump the snow, and how they are held, 7th number and type of mechanical or other means, their purpose and schedule of use, and 8th the funding necessary to implement the program of winter maintenance service. Article 92 City Administration for traffic and roads, based on the technical plan of regulating traffic in the winter time, prescribe the manner of traffic in the winter, and in particular states: First one-way street for traffic, Second roads where stopping is prohibited and parking of vehicles on the road during snowfall, Third special regime for parking the vehicle for easy removal and garbage collection, and 4th streets where traffic is prohibited in the case of heavy snow. Article 93 The public utility company "Market", Novi Sad, is obliged to apply and remove snow and ice off of market space, as well as areas that are directly related to the functional space markets (markets around the sidewalks and access roads). Article 94
The public utility company "Put" Novi Sad, is required to remove snow and ice from the pavement and bridges, in accordance with the Programme of winter maintenance service. Public Utility Company "Water Supply and Sewerage" Novi Sad, is required to maintain the functional condition of street drains and open channels during the melting snow. The public utility company "Clean" Novi Sad, is obliged to perform work to remove snow and ice in accordance with the Programme of winter maintenance service. JKP 'Parking Servis' Novi Sad, is required to remove snow and ice from the parking lot where a fee is charged for parking. PUC "City Park" removes snow and ice from bus stops in urban and suburban passenger transport. Companies that manage the railway station and bus stations for intercity, suburban and urban traffic, they are obliged to clean the snow and to relate to dump snow, ice and if you sprinkle the surface of suitable materials which are access roads to these objects. Article 95 Companies, institutions, other legal entities and entrepreneurs, are obliged to clear snow from sidewalks, driveways and paths that are used in front of office buildings and that, in the case of ice, sprinkled with suitable material from August to the building in which the business premises is located, as and to remove snow and ice from the roof of the building if they represent a danger to bystanders and to the building. Obligations under paragraph 1 this article, refer to the assembly housing, or owners or tenants of flats and family houses or buildings. If the ground floor there is a business premises, the obligation under paragraph 1 this article apply to owners or users of the room. The contractor is responsible for removing snow from sidewalks and suitable materials for scattering in the case of ice in front of the building under construction.
Member of undeveloped building land is required to provide snow removal in the case of pavement ice dispensing the appropriate material for the next part of this land, which is used for vehicle traffic and pedestrian movement. Obligations of the century. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 This article has been continuing every day in winter, between 5.00 to 22.00 hours. Article 96 When removing snow and ice from rooftops passers must be warned, the installation of air ducts and preserved from damage, gutters and drains not to bury, and the snow that is disposed so as not to obstruct traffic on the road and sidewalk pedestrian passage. When it is not possible to remove snow and ice from the roofs of buildings, the faces of Article 95 this decision, they shall promptly set the appropriate warning labels about the danger of collapsing snow and ice from rooftops. 5th Installation and maintenance of public toilets Article 97 The public toilet is a toilet facility that is placed on public road or is located within the office building (shopping, sports and business centers, etc.).. Public toilets can be permanent or temporary. Permanent public toilet can be masonry or prefabricated and shall be connected to public water supply and sanitation, public toilets and the installation must be automated. Temporary public toilet is a prefabricated building which is placed at the request of the organizers of public events or other gatherings. Article 98 Legal or natural person assigned to the maintenance of public toilets, as well as the organizer of a public event or other event, shall provide: First permanent sanitary, technical and hygienic public toilets, Second regular maintenance and functionality of public toilets, Third sanitary and technical guidance on the use, at a visible place for
users, and 4th continuing presence of workers to maintain hygiene during working hours. The City Administration shall prescribe the requirements of maintenance, equipment and use of public toilets. Article 99 Legal or natural person assigned to the maintenance of public toilets, make price list, with the consent of the Mayor. Section 100 The maintenance of public toilets in commercial buildings intended for public use (shopping, sports and business centers, etc..), Are obliged to take care of the owners or lessees of such facilities. IV SUPERVISION Section 101 Monitoring of the implementation of this Decision shall City Administration. Inspection supervision over the implementation of this Decision and other general and individual acts issued on the basis of this decision, shall the City Administration for Inspection by authorized inspector. Section 102 In the inspection, in addition to statutory powers utility inspector shall, in particular: First control condition of street furniture and method of its maintenance and protection of the natural and legal persons to whom it is entrusted, Second control the performance of the utility of the City, as determined by this decision: - Installation and maintenance of public advertising, - Organization and maintenance of the external parts of buildings, - Installation and maintenance of street lighting, lighting facilities and festive decoration of the City, - Removal of snow and ice from public areas,
- Installation and maintenance of public toilets, - Use, maintenance and protection of public land, Third controls whether the urban equipment installed in accordance with the conditions specified in the approval of the competent authority, 4th bring the proceedings in the case of forced removal of the facility, equipment and other items from public areas, or in the case of a public accounts and other company or entrepreneur to eliminate consequences and shortcomings in public areas, whether a misdemeanor act of the offender, and 5th take other necessary measures for the use of public areas in accordance with this decision and other documents issued in accordance with this decision. Section 103 Municipal Inspector is authorized to order the building owner decision to perform maintenance on the building, when the outer parts of the buildings are functional and good condition, or if they are not plastered, painted, painted, if they are damaged and dirty, graffiti or otherwise by its appearance impair the overall aesthetic appearance of the City. The decision referred to in paragraph 1 This article contains a description of the work that needs to perform maintenance on the external parts of the building, the period in which the building owner shall perform work or to conclude the performance of the relevant papers. The deadline for concluding the contract for the works can not be longer than 30 days after receipt of the decision, and the deadline for completion will be determined depending on the scope and complexity of work to be done and can not be longer than 60 days from the date of the contract. Exceptionally, at the suggestion of the owner of the building, the municipal inspector may grant an extension of time for the works for
more than 30 days, if it determines that it is justified by the extent and complexity of work. In the period from 1 November of the first March next year, the municipal inspector may determine that the deadline for completion of ordered work to begin flowing from the first of March. Section 104 The decision of works submitted to the owner for the building of collective housing, the assembly building. The decision referred to in paragraph 1 this article, which was issued for works on the outside of the building in a protected zone, the inspector shall submit to the Department. Section 105 In the inspection, the municipal inspector is authorized to order the removal of a decision structure or device that is placed on the premises without permission, if not used in accordance with the authorization, approval, or if the holder fails to pay the local utility tax, subject to misdemeanor prosecution. In the cases referred to in paragraph 1 this Article, when the owner or user is not on the site, the inspector shall, without hearing, issue a decision ordering that the structure or device, and other objects and installations, removed within a specified period which can be determined by hours, the threat of enforcement. In paragraph 2 this article, paste in the structure or device, indicating the date and hour when pasted, which is considered to be the delivery was made, and later damage, destruction or removal of this solution does not affect the validity of the submission. The appeal, st. First and 3 shall not stay the execution. When the user or owner does not comply with an order under paragraph 3 this Article, the municipal inspector shall, in accordance with the adopted conclusion authorizing the execution, carried out enforcement. Accommodation and keeping forcibly removed plants, facilities,
installations and other objects shall be ensured by the Joint Services. Download facilities, equipment, installations and other objects removed from public areas shall be at the expense of the owner or user. Section 106 If the owner or user fails to take forcibly removed plants, facilities, installations and other objects within 60 days of forced removal, the Joint Services Department will be sold at public auction and the proceeds of such sale are used to cover the costs of removingand storage, and if not sufficient, the difference is paid by the owner or user of the procedure provided for the compulsory collection of public revenues. When the owner or user does not take perishable goods or caught on in the house, or device that is forcibly removed within the period specified in the decision of municipal inspector for the Joint Services Department will hand them over to the company registered for their traffic, based on contracts. The contract referred to in paragraph 2 this article concludes Common Affairs. Prices for determining the costs of forced removal and storage facilities, equipment, installations and other objects, made by the Mayor. City Administration for Inspection is not responsible for damage to goods and other items that are on or in the facility or device that is removed, or the risk of their eventual destruction. V PENALTIES Section 107 A fine of 5.000,00 dinars to 500.000,00 dinars shall be imposed on a company if: First do not put benches in accordance with the program of a public company in charge, and if not maintained properly and in good condition (Article 20),
Second set up mailboxes or public phone box opposite to Article 21 this decision, and if not maintained in good and proper condition, Third can not ensure the maintenance of poles, balls, fences and other barriers in public areas (Article 23), 4th not maintain equipment for public advertising (Article 82, paragraph 1); 5th by order of the inspector does not remove the ad or ad message equipment contravention of this decision, or in places not meant for that (Article 84), 6th not fulfill the obligations stipulated in Art. 93rd and 94 this decision, and 7th not clear snow from sidewalks, driveways and paths in front of office buildings, in the manner prescribed in Article 95 this decision. For the offenses referred to in paragraph 1 this Article, shall be fined from CSD 250.00 to 25,000.00 responsible person. For the offenses referred to in paragraph 1 this Article, shall be punished by a fine of entrepreneur 2,500.00 to 250,000.00 dinars. Section 108 A fine of 5,000.00 to 500,000.00 dinars shall be imposed on a legal person if: First Public clocks are not in proper and good condition (Article 19, paragraph 2); Second does not maintain decorative flowerpot in a good condition and do not plant crops cultivated in them (Article 22, paragraph 3), Third does not remove the objects and devices placed on the premises during the event which is sponsored City (Article 29, paragraph 1); 4th not installed kiosk, or hut in a populated area outside the area of Novi Sad, in accordance with the terms of Article 40 this decision, 5th means of transport not installed in a prefabricated building reconstructed in line with the approval (Article 43), 6th Set summer garden contravention of Article 44 this decision, 7th within and around the summer garden set the fence, forming a
platform or plateau or denivelie public area of the lobby set, contrary to the conditions specified in the Regulations (Article 45, paragraph 3), 8th Set in the summer garden grill, spit, bar-counter, fountain, music device, and if the summer garden performed live music (Article 45, paragraph 4), 9th set free standing and wall cabinet to the conditions set forth in the Regulations (Article 47), 10th moveable stall not installed in accordance with the terms of Article 49 this decision, 11th set up an exhibition stand in contradiction to Article 50 this decision, 12th do not put the awning in accordance with Art. 51st and 52 this decision, 13th put another kind of free-surface canopy to the public as an independent facility (Article 53), 14th set up facilities for performing entertainment contrary to the requirements of Article 59 this decision, 15th Set refrigerator to sell potions, creams and ice cream industry conditions contrary to Article 56 this decision, 16th placed billboard and other advertising sign contrary to Article 61 this decision, 17th Set the fence sites, building site scaffolding and construction materials deposited on public land, contrary to Article 62 this decision, 18th building material deposited does not provide distribution and dissipation of the premises and upon completion of work does not result in a public area to its original state or the state provided planning documents (Article 62, paragraph 2), 19th performs construction work in the pedestrian zone, which can cause damage to public areas (Article 64), 20th goods, fuel and other items left on premises for more than 24 hours (Article 66),
21st do not care about the organization, maintenance and protection of public spaces and street furniture (Article 67), 22nd acts contrary to the provisions of Article 68 this decision, regarding the use of public spaces, 23rd on the outer parts of buildings and other facilities for public use paint murals contrary Article 70 this decision, 24th place your business name contrary to Article 71 this decision, 25th not provide the neat appearance of the external parts of the building by the termination of the activity in the premises and remove all notices, advertisements and other marks in this area (Article 72), 26th offices passage in a protected zone to the conditions set by special Elaborate Office (Article 73), 27th does not install air conditioners in accordance with Art. 74th and 75 this decision, 28th set perdu contrary to the terms of Art. 76th and 77 this decision, 29th not set up a network of cable distribution system, in accordance with Article 78 this decision, 30th advertising signs placed on the facade, roof and other surfaces of buildings visible from public areas, contrary to Article 79this decision, 31st does not maintain communal facilities and equipment in proper, neat and clean condition (Article 80), 32nd equipment for public advertising placed contrary to Article 81 Paragraph 1 this decision, 33rd used equipment without prior public announcement of the contract with the company that creates and maintains equipment for the public announcement (Article 82, paragraph 2); 34th not act in accordance with Art. 83 and 84 this decision, 35th does not maintain street lighting in accordance with Article 86 this decision, 36th objects and ambient conditions contrary to illuminate the whole of the lighting project (Article 87 para. 2 and 3), 37th festively decorating the City is not in accordance with a special
project of decorating and lighting ceremony of the City (Article 88), 38th does not maintain installations and devices for ambient lighting units, lighting and decorating ceremony in the City proper, neat and clean and do not remove them within three days after the holiday, event or events that are placed on the occasion (Article 89), 39th does not remove snow and ice by winter service program (Article 90, paragraph 1); 40th does not remove snow from sidewalks, driveways and paths in the manner prescribed in Article 95 this decision, 41st does not comply with Article 96 this decision, the removal of snow and ice from the roof of the building, 42nd failure to act in accordance with Article 97 Paragraph 3 this decision, and 43rd does not provide conditions for the installation and maintenance of public toilets, as well as requirements for the equipment and use prescribed by the City Administration (Articles 98 and 100). For the offenses referred to in paragraph 1 this Article, shall be the responsible person or natural person shall be fined from CSD 250.00 to 25,000.00. For the offenses referred to in paragraph 1 this Article, shall be punished by a fine of entrepreneur 2,500.00 to 250,000.00 dinars. Section 109 Fine ranging from 250.00 to 25,000.00 dinars for a natural person if: First put music on the mobile device market stalls or in its immediate vicinity (Article 49, paragraph 4); Second Set machine for popcorn, chestnuts and corn on the premises, contrary to Article 54 this decision, Third set up facilities for carrying out entertainment programs on the green surface, without the prior concluded agreement on the renewal of the surface with the company entrusted the maintenance of public green areas (Article 58, paragraph 2), and 4th not provide a neat appearance and the functional state of the
external parts of the building in accordance with Article 69 this decision. For the offenses referred to in paragraph 1 this Article, shall be punished by a fine of entrepreneur 2,500.00 to 250,000.00 dinars. Section 110 For violations prescribed in this Decision, the competent authority may on the spot to collect the natural person and responsible person, a fine of 5.000,00 dinars, a legal person and entrepreneur, in the amount of 20,000.00 dinars. VI TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS Section 111 The acts mentioned in Article 12 Paragraph 2, Article 79 Paragraph 1, Article 81 Paragraph 2 and Article 99 Mayor of this decision will be made within six months from the effective date of this decision. By the time the acts specified in paragraph 1 this Article shall apply to rules issued in accordance with the provisions of the decision which shall cease to have effect upon the entry into force of this Decision. Section 112 The procedures for approval in which the solution is not reached, the first instance, be completed according to the provisions of this decision. Section 113 Holders of licenses for setting up temporary facilities and equipment, which are made in accordance with the provisions of the decision which shall cease to have effect upon the entry into force of this Decision, are obliged to adjust structures and devices with the provisions of this decision and other documents issued pursuant to this decision within 90 days from the effective date of this decision or 60 days from the date of entry into force of the by-laws enacted in accordance with this decision. Section 114 The owner or user of the facility which is located in a protected zone
and has set perdu, is obliged to adjust the look and shape perde the terms of the Study of street furniture, within 90 days of its adoption. Section 115 The owners, lessees or other users of office space in buildings, harmonized set of business names with the provisions of this decision within one year from the date of enactment of Article 81 Paragraph 1 this decision. Section 116 Owners and users of business and other premises in the passage in the zone of protection shall, within six months from the study referred to in Article 73 Paragraph 2 this decision, comply with the conditions set out arrangements passages. Section 117 Companies and individuals that are placed advertising signs on the facades, roofs or other surfaces of buildings visible from public areas in a protected zone, are required to obtain zoning requirements of Article 79 Paragraph 2 this decision within six months from the adoption of Article 79 of Regulation attitude. First this decision. Section 118 On the effective date of this decision comes into effect: First The decision of the municipal order ("Official Gazette of the City of Novi Sad", no. 6 / 93, 15/93, 3 / 94, 11/94, 10/2001), unless the provisions of Art. 34th to 40 which remain in force until a special decision on the regulation of terms and rules of public utilities and pest control pest and Second The decision to set up temporary prefabricated buildings and other public areas ("Official Gazette of the City of Novi Sad", number 23/2005), and Third Decision on the Procedure and Manner of holding the external parts of buildings in the City of Novi Sad ("Official Gazette of the City of Novi Sad", number 22/2002), and rules issued this decision. Section 119
This Decision shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the City of Novi Sad".
Decision on temporary construction regulations (''Official Gazette''of Novi Sad, no. 19/2003 and 13/2004) Basic Provisions Article 1 This Decision establishes requirements for the issuance of zoning approval for subsequent construction and to issue temporary permits for the construction of buildings that were constructed without
building permits to 13 in May 2003. year, which are: -Reported to the City Administration, City of Novi Sad in charge of issuing approval for construction and 13 November 2003. year, -Numbered to 13 in May 2003. The ex officio by the Commission for determination of structures built without a building or occupancy permit, -Numbered to 13 in May 2003. The report by the individual owners of this facility without a building permit submitted to the Commission to determine the structures built without building or occupancy permit. Article 2 Constructed building, the degree of completion, the terms hereof shall be: -Object that is used, -Object that is not used, and has defined horizontal and vertical dimensions, respectively, which has a flat or pitched roof. Constructed building, in terms of types of derivative works, in terms hereof shall be: -New residential, commercial, economic, outbuilding, garage, etc.. -Reconstructed building, -Enlarged and upgraded facility, Nadzidan-building in order to repair a flat roof, -Conversion of the attic or other common spaces in residential or commercial property, -Conversion of residential to business or business in a residential area, -Close terraces, loggias and the like. Article 3 Determining whether a facility constructed by the date specified in
Article 1 hereof, shall be based on: Object-list by the enumerator, -Construction inspection of documents, Aerial-image, -Investor requirements for calculating construction land addressed Public Enterprise "City Development Institute" Novi Sad, -Other suitable evidence to be used in proceedings before the administrative body with Implementation of the Law on Administrative Procedure. Article 4 Determining the status of objects referred to in Article 1 hereof, shall be made for objects: -That are built in areas which have not adopted the appropriate master plan, -That are built outside the construction area, -Which are built in a cottage and vineyard areas. Article 5 Determining the status of objects referred to in Article 1 of this decision and to create conditions for the issuance of subsequent or temporary permit, shall be made depending on the degree of variation in the current master plan. Deviations from the current master plan, as defined in paragraph 1 above, may be minor and drastic. The slight deviations Article 6 Slight differences in terms hereof, may be in relation to: - Plan allotment, - The percentage of construction land, - Planned floors.
Article 7 When the facility is built on a plot which, in form and surface, deviates from the plan provided, will be accepted that the existing parceling. actual situation on the ground, unless the endanger public city functions (construction of road and utility infrastructure, public use facilities, etc.).. Article 8 When The plot plan exceeds the allowed percentage of deviation will be accepted up to 50% in relation to the plan provided for a percentage of construction land, provided they are not threatened functioning of the planned capacity of public infrastructure and other city functions. Article 9 Deviation from storey building will be accepted for one floor in relation to the plan provided number of floors. Article 10 In the cases referred to in Article 7, 8 and 9 hereof, subject to the conditions are met and other law prescribed conditions, the owner will be issued subsequent approval for the construction of a previously the opinion of the Public Enterprise "Urbanism" Department of City Planning (hereinafter referred to as JP "Urban"), and when the facility is built in the old town and the previously the opinion of the City Institute for Preservation of Monuments. The party - the owner bears the real cost of obtaining the opinion referred to in paragraph 1 above. The drastic deviation
Article 11 The drastic differences in terms of this decision are: -When the constructed facility can not apply the provisions of Articles 7, 8 and 9 hereof, -When the facility is built on the land for which the plan provided for other purposes, -When it is built on a plot more than one main building. Article 12 In the case referred to in Article 11 of the first line of this decision, if the constructed object, by purpose and architecture, can be incorporated into the corresponding and adjacent area without special intervention existing or planned infrastructure, the state will be accepted and carried out will be issued later approval for construction. If the constructed building, the purpose and architecture, can be incorporated into the corresponding and adjacent space, you first have to make significant adjustments to the planned infrastructure or significant intervention in the existing infrastructure, will be accepted and carried the state shall be issued subsequent approval for the construction, provided that the owner of the object previously concluded contract with public authorities and public utility companies to perform the required the works. Terms of the century. 1 and 2 above shall be determined on the basis of expert analysis that will, for each a concrete object, do PE "Urbanism" in cooperation with the relevant secretariats of the City Administration of the City of Novi Sad, professional services by public
utilities and public companies, and if necessary, with representatives of the City Institute for Preservation of Monuments and representatives of certain professional associations. If conditions have been met from st. 1 and 2 above, the subsequent approval of the construction will be issued If the owner, in addition to meeting the conditions laid down by law, contributions built design facility and approval of the project and public utility companies in which infrastructure facility is connected or to be connected, and if the facility is located in the old urban core and the consent of the Institute for the Protection of Cultural Monuments. The actual costs of expert analysis referred to in paragraph 3 above shall be borne by the owner. Article 13 In the case referred to in Article 11 of the second line of this decision may, if it meets the other law prescribed conditions, issue a temporary permit for construction under the condition that the area is not annual program of construction land planned for the purpose of detention. In the case of paragraph 1 of this Article the owner shall, in addition to other prescribed documentation, submitting a certificate of organization which are entrusted with editing construction land whether that space is an annual program editing Construction is planned to bring land use; built design and approval of the project and public utility companies in which infrastructure is facility is connected or to be connected.
In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraph 2 of this Article, the owner must provide the expert finding that the facility is safe for use, made by the organization which has been entrusted After realizing the technical inspection of the constructed object. Article 14 In the case of Article 11 the third line of this decision may be issued for subsequent approval construction of built facilities provided to carry out pre-parceling or parceling the subject parcel if it allows its cadastral features. When they can not meet the conditions referred to in paragraph 1 above, the owner chooses One major object of the statement on the record before the body responsible for issuing approval for construction. In the case referred to in paragraph 2 above shall be issued for subsequent approval for the construction of main building who opted for his owner, and for other objects to issue temporary approval for the construction. For the subsequent issuance of permits for construction and for temporary building permit, the owner must provide evidence referred to in Article 13 para. 2 and 3 of this Decision. Article 15 For facilities in Article 4 of the first and second indent of this decision will be issued if the application meets the law prescribed conditions, a temporary building permit provided that the owner provide evidence referred to in Article 13 para. 2 and 3 of this Decision. Notwithstanding paragraph 1 of Article 4 of the objects from the first line of this decision, will be issued
subsequent approval for the construction, provided that the facility is by purpose, horizontal and vertical dimensions fit the predominant use of the existing use of space. For facilities in the third indent of Article 4 of this decision if they exceed the prescribed area for a weekend house, and the wine-house, will be issued subsequent approval for the construction, provided that the owner, apart from Article 13 para. 2 and 3 of this decision, filing and approval of the National Park "Fruka worse" if the land on which it is built facility located within the boundaries national park or guardian consent, and the Republic Institute for Nature Conservation Department in Novi Sad, if you plot on which the building is constructed within the boundaries protected natural "Begeka pit." Transitional and Final Provisions Article 16 If the facility is built without a building permit a project with a certificate and report on completed technical inspection and if the chief designer determines that the condition derived fully meets the project is allowed to instead create a new project built facility, chief designer with his signature and seal certify existing project. Article 17 The provisions hereof shall not apply to buildings constructed in the existing corridors or planned transportation and other municipal infrastructure, which will be determined on the basis of opinions obtained from JP "Urban".
Article 18 This Decision shall apply in proceedings conducted before the Commission to determine buildings constructed without a building or occupancy permit. Article 19 This Decision shall apply to the adjustment of the Spatial Plan of the City of Novi Sad and urban plans with the provisions of the planning and construction, or until the urban development plans for areas for which they have not adopted before the entry into force of this the decision. Article 20 This Decision shall enter into force eight days after its publication in "Official Gazette of the City Novi Sad ".

Slobodan Maldini: Handbook For Builders and Investors

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Slobodan Maldini: Handbook For Builders and Investors

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Slobodan Maldini: Handbook for Builders and Investors